Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 17, 2007
Registration No.  333-             
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
         
Israel   4812   [not applicable]
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
                10 Hagavish Street
                Netanya, Israel 42140
                (972) 52-999-0052
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
     
LIAT MENAHEMI STADLER
General Counsel
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Netanya, Israel 42140
(972) 52-999-0052
  CT CORPORATION SYSTEM
111 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10011
(212) 894-8940
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
 
             
Copies to:
MICHAEL P. KAPLAN
Davis Polk & Wardwell
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000
  ODED ERAN
ADAM M. KLEIN
Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co.
Europe-Israel Tower
2 Weizmann Street
Tel Aviv, Israel 64239
(972) 3-608-9999
  AARON M. LAMPERT
Naschitz, Brandes & Co.
5 Tuval Street
Tel-Aviv 67897, Israel
(972) 3-623-5000
  PHYLLIS G. KORFF
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                              
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                              
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                              
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                         
                         
                         
            Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum      
Title of Each Class of     Amount to be     Offering Price per     Aggregate Offering     Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Registered(1)     Unit(2)     Price(2)     Registration Fee
                         
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share
    21,821,250     $18.00     $392,782,500     $42,028
                         
                         
(1)  Includes 2,846,250 shares which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JANUARY 17, 2007.
18,975,000 Ordinary Shares
(CELLCOM LOGO)
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
Ordinary Shares
 
        This is an initial public offering of ordinary shares of Cellcom Israel Ltd.
      The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering 18,975,000 ordinary shares to be sold in the offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the offering.
      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ordinary shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $16.00 and $18.00. We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CEL.”
       See “Risk Factors” on page 10 to read about factors you should consider before buying the ordinary shares.
 
       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body, including any state securities regulators, has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
         
Initial public offering price
  $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders
  $       $    
      To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 18,975,000 ordinary shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 2,846,250 ordinary shares from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
      The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2007.
Bookrunners
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Citigroup Deutsche Bank Securities
 
Joint-Lead Manager
Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
Co-Managers
Jefferies & Company William Blair & Company


Table of Contents

(CELLCOM COVER 1)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
     
    ii  
    ii  
    ii  
    1  
    10  
    24  
    25  
    26  
    26  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    35  
    67  
    71  
    91  
    101  
    113  
    116  
    119  
    124  
    129  
    132  
    137  
    137  
    137  
    137  
    138  
    F-1  
  EX-3.1: ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND MEMORANDUM
  EX-4.1: FORM OF ORDINARY SHARE CERTIFICATE
  EX-5: OPINION OF GOLDFARB LEVY ERAN MEIRI & CO
  EX-10.1: TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT
  EX-10.2: SERIES A INDENTURE
  EX-10.3: SERIES B INDENTURE
  EX-10.4: 2006 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
  EX-10.5: REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
  EX-10.6: NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL LICENSE
  EX-21: SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
  EX-23.1: CONSENT OF SOMEKH CHAIKIN A MEMBER OF KPMG INTERNATIONAL
 
      In this prospectus, “Cellcom,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Cellcom Israel Ltd. and its subsidiaries. The terms “NIS” refers to new Israeli shekel, and “dollar,” “USD” or “$” refers to U.S. dollars.
      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus which we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or such free writing prospectus. The selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ordinary shares.
      Until                     , 2007, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
      We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Israel, or Israeli GAAP, and, unless otherwise indicated, all financial data and discussions related to such data are based upon financial statements prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP. The principal differences between the accounting principles applied by us under Israeli GAAP and generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, are discussed in note 28 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
      Unless we indicate otherwise, U.S. dollar translations of the NIS amounts presented in this prospectus are translated using the rate of NIS 4.302 to $1.00, the representative rate of exchange as of September 30, 2006 as published by the Bank of Israel.
TRADEMARKS
      We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business. We have omitted the “ ® ” and “ tm ” designations for certain trademarks, but nonetheless reserve all rights to them. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its respective holder.
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
      This prospectus contains information about our market share, market position and industry data. Unless otherwise indicated, this statistical and other market information is based on statistics prepared by the Ministry of Communications of Israel, the Ministry of Finance of Israel, the Central Bureau of Statistics of Israel, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or OECD, and Pyramid Research.
      Industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified the accuracy of market data and industry forecasts contained in this prospectus that were taken or derived from these industry publications.

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements.
CELLCOM
General
      We are the leading provider of cellular communications services in Israel in terms of number of subscribers, revenues and EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Upon launch of our services in 1994, we offered significantly lower prices for cellular communications services than the incumbent provider and transformed the nature of cellular telephone usage in Israel, turning it into a mass market consumption item. We surpassed the incumbent cellular operator and became the market leader in terms of number of subscribers in 1998 and, despite the entry of two additional competitors, we have continued since then to have the highest number of subscribers. As of September 30, 2006, we provided services to approximately 2.83 million subscribers in Israel with an estimated market share of 34.4%. Our closest competitors had market shares of 31.9% and 28.7%, respectively. In the nine-month period ended September 30, 2006, we generated revenues of NIS 4.2 billion ($974 million), EBITDA of NIS 1.4 billion ($322 million), and operating income of NIS 762 million ($177 million). See note 3 to the “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a definition of EBITDA. We incurred significant debt in late 2005 and early 2006, which has resulted in increased financial expenses for us. Our long-term debt at September 30, 2006 was approximately NIS 3.3 billion ($767 million).
      We offer a broad range of cellular services through our cellular networks covering substantially all of the populated territory of Israel. These services include basic and advanced cellular telephone services, text and multimedia messaging services and advanced cellular content and data services. We also offer landline transmission and data services to business customers and telecommunications operators and, since July 2006, we offer landline telephony services to selected businesses.
Our History
      We hold one of the four general licenses to provide cellular telephone services in Israel. Our cellular license was granted by the Ministry of Communications in 1994 and is valid until 2022.
      Our principal founding shareholders were Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., or DIC, a subsidiary of IDB Holding Corporation Ltd., or IDB, which prior to September 2005 indirectly held approximately 25% of our share capital, and BellSouth Corporation and the Safra brothers of Brazil, which together indirectly held approximately 69.5% of our share capital and voting rights in respect of an additional 5.5% of our share capital. IDB acquired the stakes of BellSouth and the Safra brothers in September 2005 and, following the sale of minority stakes to four groups of investors in 2006, IDB currently indirectly holds 78.5% of our share capital and voting rights in respect of an additional 5.5% of our share capital.
      Following the acquisition by IDB in 2005, IDB put in place a new management team, including Ami Erel, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, who had previously been President and CEO of Bezeq — The Israeli Telecommunications Corporation Ltd., or Bezeq, the incumbent landline provider, Amos Shapira, our Chief Executive Officer, who had been CEO of Kimberly-Clark’s Israeli subsidiary and El Al Airlines, and Tal Raz, our Chief Financial Officer, one of the founders and formerly a director of Partner Communications Ltd., or Partner, one of our principal

1


Table of Contents

competitors. Our new management team has already implemented a series of initiatives to drive revenues. In addition, between September 2005 and September 2006, while increasing the number of positions in units that deal directly with our customers (such as sales and service), which we call customer-facing positions, our new management reduced our overall workforce by over 2%, primarily through the elimination of over 16% of positions in units that do not deal directly with our customers, which we call non-customer facing positions. Contracts with our main suppliers were also renegotiated to reduce costs. Our management structure has also been rationalized by providing customer-facing executives with a direct reporting line to our CEO and through the merging of technology sub-units. Following the implementation of these initiatives, our revenues and operating income increased by approximately 9% and 24%, respectively, and our general and administrative expenses decreased by 5% in the first nine months of 2006 compared to the first nine months of 2005.
      Our new management also faces a number of challenges. We operate in a highly regulated and competitive industry. Compliance with the provisions of our licenses and applicable laws and regulations governing our operation, as well as our need to comply with possible future changes to our license and applicable legislation, limits our freedom to conduct our business and can adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We may face claims of being in violation of regulatory requirements, including as to the implementation of number portability. We also face intense competition. Further, companies in our industry are exposed to a number of legal claims, including class actions, and recent legislation has made it easier to assert class actions. See “Risk Factors.”
Competitive Strengths
      We believe that the following competitive strengths will enable us to maintain and enhance our position as the leading provider of cellular communications services in Israel:
  •  Unique combination of leading market position and strong operational momentum. In the last year, we have achieved market-leading subscriber and revenue growth while steadily strengthening our operating margins.
 
  •  Strong and distinctive own brand. Our established brand enjoys strong recognition in Israel. Since 2004, we have made the enhancement of our image among consumers a top priority and have invested substantial resources to position Cellcom as a local cellular company.
 
  •  Transmission infrastructure and landline services. We have an advanced fiber-optic transmission infrastructure that consists of approximately 1,300 kilometers of inland fiber-optic cable, which, together with our complementary microwave-based infrastructure, connects the majority of our cell sites and provides for substantially all of our backhaul services. Our transmission infrastructure significantly reduces our operational reliance on Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator in Israel, while also saving us substantial infrastructure-leasing cash costs.
 
  •  Strategic relationship with a leading group of local and international shareholders. Our ultimate parent company, IDB, is one of the largest business groups in Israel. We enjoy access, through our management services agreement, to the senior management of the IDB group, who are some of the most experienced managers in Israel. In 2006, our shareholder base was broadened as a result of IDB’s sale of minority stakes to a series of highly regarded international and local financial investors, including affiliates of Goldman Sachs, Bank Leumi, Migdal Group and the First International Bank of Israel.
 
  •  Strong management team. Since IDB acquired control of us in September 2005, we have put in place a team of seasoned managers with significant experience and solid track records in previous managerial positions.

2


Table of Contents

  •  Strong cash flow generation. We have a proven track record of strong financial performance and profitability with cash operating margins that have been higher than those of our principal competitors. This performance has allowed us to distribute dividends to our shareholders.
      Notwithstanding our strengths, we face intense competition in our industry from competitors with strong market shares, and our results of operations may be adversely affected by measures that we take to maintain our market share.
Business Strategy
      Our goal is to strengthen our position as the leading cellular provider in Israel. The principal elements of our business strategy are:
  •  Maximize customer satisfaction, retention and growth. Our growth strategy is focused on retaining our subscribers and expanding the selection of services and products we offer to our subscribers in order to enhance customer satisfaction and increase average revenues per user, or ARPU. In addition to providing quality customer service, we also strive to retain our subscribers and attract new subscribers by offering them advanced handsets, handset upgrades, attractive calling plans and value-added services. In 2006, we introduced a “churn lab” that identifies subscribers at high risk of churn and seeks to preemptively approach them with tailored solutions to maintain their satisfaction with our services.
 
  •  Grow and develop our Internet, content and data services. The usage of cellular content and data services in Israel is currently relatively low compared to western European countries and we believe that we have significant growth potential in this field. We intend to continue to invest in the deployment of our high speed UMTS/ HSDPA network, which covered 80% of the populated territory of Israel at the end of 2006. We also plan to expand our content and data services, products and capabilities through in-house expertise and strategic relationships with leading cellular content providers.
 
  •  Grow roaming revenues. We have experienced steady growth in roaming revenues since 2003 and believe that roaming presents an important source of future revenue and profit growth for us. We currently have GSM roaming agreements with over 450 operators in 167 countries, of which 45 operators in 27 countries are also 3G operators, and we aim to increase our number of relationships.
 
  •  Further develop and strengthen the Cellcom brand. External market surveys that we have commissioned indicate that brand recognition has become an increasingly important factor in subscriber selection of, and loyalty to, a cellular operator. Due to our extensive efforts in the past few years, we believe that we have established the Cellcom brand as one of the most recognized and respected consumer brands in Israel. We plan to continually enhance our brand through maintaining our high network quality, the provision of innovative products and services, quality customer service and investments in advertising and promotional campaigns.
 
  •  Optimize our cost structure. We intend to continue our efforts to control costs so that we can improve profitability while also improving the quality of our services. We intend to continue to focus on identifying further opportunities to manage our costs without reducing the quality of our service.
 
  •  Capitalize on our existing infrastructure to selectively provide landline telephony services. Our 1,300 kilometer inland fiber-optic network and our microwave infrastructure provide us with the ability to offer cost-efficient landline telecommunications solutions. We hold a license to operate a landline service in Israel and, since July 2006, we offer our landline telephony service to selected businesses.

3


Table of Contents

      However, as we operate in a highly regulated industry, compliance with our licenses and applicable laws and regulations may limit our freedom to conduct our business and implement our strategies, and may thereby adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Additional Information
      Our principal executive offices are located at 10 Hagavish Street, Netanya, Israel 42140 and our telephone number is (972) 52-999-0052. Our website is www.cellcom.co.il. Information in or connected to our website is not part of this prospectus.

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
The offering 18,975,000 ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholders.
 
Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering 97,500,000 ordinary shares
 
Over-allotment option The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 2,846,250 ordinary shares to cover over- allotments.
 
Use of proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the offering.
 
Dividend policy Our Board of Directors has adopted a dividend policy to distribute each year at least 75% of our annual net income, subject to applicable law, our license and our contractual obligations (which currently limit distribution of dividends) and provided that such distribution would not be detrimental to our cash needs or to any plans approved by our Board of Directors. Dividend payments are not guaranteed and our Board of Directors may decide, in its absolute discretion, at any time and for any reason, not to pay dividends. See “Dividend Policy.” We currently expect that the quarterly dividend we will declare for the first quarter of 2007, which may be funded out of a combination of net income, existing retained earnings and/or a portion of the approximately NIS 280 million of retained earnings described under “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview — New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets,” will be NIS 1.4 per share. Any dividends must be declared by our Board of Directors, which will take into account the factors set out above. The amount of dividends per share we will pay for the first quarter does not necessarily reflect dividends that will be paid for future quarterly periods, which can change at any time in accordance with the policy described under “Dividend Policy.”
 
New York Stock Exchange
symbol
“CEL”
      Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus:
       — does not take into account the sale of up to 2,846,250 ordinary shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase from the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments;
       — does not take into account the exercise of any options to purchase ordinary shares, approximately 2.4 million of which are outstanding as of November 5, 2006 at an exercise price of $12.60 per share;
       — gives effect to a 10-for-1 share split and a distribution of approximately 84.5 ordinary shares to all shareholders for each outstanding ordinary share, both of which were effected on October 12, 2006 in order to avoid the need to issue fractional shares upon option exercise; and
       — assumes the amendment of our articles of association upon the completion of this offering.

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
      You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section of this prospectus entitled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
      We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with Israeli GAAP. The summary information also includes certain items in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Israeli GAAP differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a summary of the principal differences, see note 28 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
      Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli consumer price index, or Israeli CPI. Accordingly, among other things, non-monetary items (such as fixed assets) were adjusted based on the changes in the Israeli CPI from the Israeli CPI published for the month in which the transaction relating to the asset took place up to the Israeli CPI at the date of the balance sheet. Starting January 1, 2004, the adjustment of financial statements for the impact of the changes in the purchasing power of the Israeli currency was discontinued. The adjusted amounts included in the financial statements as of December 31, 2003 constitute the starting point for the nominal financial report as of January 1, 2004. Any additions made from January 1, 2004 are included at their nominal values.
      For your convenience, the following tables also contain U.S. dollar translations of the NIS amounts presented as of September 30, 2006, translated using the rate of NIS 4.302 to $1.00, the representative rate of exchange on September 30, 2006, as published by the Bank of Israel.
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006   2006 (In $)
                         
    (In NIS millions, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
                                               
Revenues
    5,261       5,600       5,114       3,845       4,191       974  
Cost of revenues
    3,075       3,302       3,133       2,264       2,470       574  
                                     
Gross profit
    2,186       2,298       1,981       1,581       1,721       400  
Selling and marketing expenses
    613       661       623       453       473       110  
General and administrative expenses
    682       684       656       512       486       113  
                                     
Operating income
    891       953       702       616       762       177  
Financial income (expenses), net
    (216 )     (45 )     24       13       (128 )     (30 )
Other income (expenses), net
    1       1       (11 )     (10 )     (1 )     0  
Income tax
    245       292       232       201       243       56  
                                     
Net income
    431       617       483       418       390       91  
                                     
Basic and diluted net income per share
    4.42       6.33       4.95       4.29       4.00       0.93  
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000  
Dividends declared per share(1)
                34.87             4.41       1.03  
U.S. GAAP Income Statement Data (2) :
                                               
Net income
    441       620       491       460       374       87  
Basic and diluted earnings
    4.52       6.36       5.04       4.72       3.84       0.89  

6


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006   2006 (In $)
                         
    (In NIS millions, except per share data)
Other Data:
                                               
EBITDA(3)
    1,890       1,914       1,643       1,320       1,429       332  
Subscribers (end of period)(4)
    2,300       2,450       2,603       2,554       2,828        
Period churn rate(5)
    27.3 %     19.9 %     15.0 %     10.5 %     12.4 %      
ARPU (in NIS)(6)
    162       174       151       154       152       35  
Average monthly usage per subscriber (in minutes of use, or MOU)(7)
    316       334       321       326       336        
         
    As of September 30, 2006
     
    (In NIS millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
       
Cash
    118  
Working capital
    180  
Total assets
    5,014  
Shareholders’ equity
    184  
U.S. GAAP Data (2) :
       
Total assets
    9,085  
Shareholders’ equity
    4,018  
 
(1)  All dividends declared were paid in cash in the first nine months of 2006.
 
(2)  Under U.S. GAAP, DIC’s acquisition of our shares in 2005 is treated as a purchase that requires a revaluation of our assets and liabilities, leading to increased amortization expense of intangible assets, offset by decreased depreciation expense of tangible assets under U.S. GAAP. In addition, we were required to push down certain DIC debt and the interest expense relating to such debt incurred to finance the acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to increased financial expense under U.S. GAAP. See note 28 to our consolidated financial statements. As a result of this accounting treatment, U.S. GAAP data presented for the year ended and as at December 31, 2005 and for the nine months ended and as at September 30, 2006 are not comparable with the data presented for the previous periods.
 
(3)  EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated.

7


Table of Contents

     The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:
                                         
        Nine Months
    Year Ended   Ended
    December 31,   September 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
    (In NIS millions)
Net income
    431       617       483       418       390  
Financial expense (income), net
    216       45       (24 )     (13 )     128  
Other expenses (income)
    (1 )     (1 )     11       10       1  
Income taxes
    245       292       232       201       243  
Depreciation and amortization
    999       961       941       704       667  
                               
EBITDA
    1,890       1,914       1,643       1,320       1,429  
                               
(4)  Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and affected our other key performance indicators accordingly.
     We also revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000.
(5)  Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services.
 
(6)  Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber.
     We have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods presented:
                                                   
        Nine Months Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   September 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006   2006 (In $)
                         
    (In NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
Revenues
    5,261       5,600       5,114       3,845       4,191       974  
 
less revenues from equipment sales
    498       646       565       406       477       111  
 
less other revenues*
    22       21       38       26       43       10  
 
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
    (62 )                              
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
    4,803       4,933       4,511       3,413       3,671       853  
Average number of subscribers
    2,477,316       2,368,919       2,489,453       2,467,596       2,675,807       2,675,807  
Months during period
    12       12       12       9       9       9  
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
    162       174       151       154       152       35  
    *  Other revenues includes revenues from repair services and transmission services.

8


Table of Contents

  **  Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU.
     If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, ARPU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been NIS 154, which is equal to ARPU for the corresponding period in 2005.
(7)  Average monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is calculated by dividing the total billable minutes (of outgoing and incoming calls from other networks, excluding roaming usage) during the month, by the average number of subscribers during such month, and by dividing the sum of such results for all months in the reported period by the number of months in the period. If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, MOU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been 339 minutes, which represents an increase of 4.0% compared with the corresponding period in 2005.

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would be likely to suffer. In such case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to our Business
We operate in a heavily regulated industry, which can harm our results of operations.
      A substantial part of our operations is subject to the Israeli Communications Law, 1982, the Israeli Wireless Telegraph Ordinance (New Version), 1972, the regulations promulgated thereunder and the license for the provision of cellular services that we received from the Ministry of Communications in accordance with the Communications Law. The interpretation and implementation of the provisions of our general license, as well as our other licenses, are not certain and disagreements have arisen and may arise in the future between the Ministry of Communications and us. The Communications Law and regulations thereunder grant the Ministry of Communications extensive regulatory and supervisory authority with regard to our activities, as well as the authority to impose substantial sanctions in the event of a breach of our licenses. In the event that we materially violate the terms of our licenses, the Ministry of Communications has the authority to revoke them.
      Our general license is valid until February 2022. It may be extended for additional six-year periods upon our request to the Ministry of Communications and confirmation from the Ministry of Communications that we have complied with the provisions of our license and the applicable law, have continuously invested in the improvement of our service and network and have demonstrated the ability to do so in the future. Our other licenses are also limited in time. However, our licenses may not be extended when necessary, or, if extended, the extensions may be granted on terms that are not favorable to us. In addition, the Ministry of Communications may modify our licenses without our consent and in a manner that could limit our freedom to conduct our business.
      Further, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by new legislation and decisions by our regulators that:
  •  reduce tariffs, including interconnect and roaming tariffs, limit our ability to vary charging units or otherwise intervene in the pricing policies for our products and services;
 
  •  regulate the termination of predefined term agreements, including requiring us to disconnect subscribers once the initial term expires;
 
  •  impose new safety or health-related requirements;
 
  •  impose additional restrictions on the construction and operation of cell sites;
 
  •  impose restrictions on the provision of content services;
 
  •  limit or otherwise intervene with the services or products that we may sell; or
 
  •  set higher service standards.
      See “Regulatory Matters — Our Principal License.”
      If we fail to compensate for lost revenues resulting from past or future legislative or regulatory changes with alternative sources of income, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

10


Table of Contents

We may face claims of being in violation of the law and our license requiring the implementation of number portability and the terms of our license governing the method of charging for SMS messages.
      As a result of an amendment to the Communications Law in March 2005, cellular and landline telephone operators were required to implement number portability by September 1, 2006. Number portability would permit our subscribers to change to another network operator without having to change their telephone numbers. Despite efforts to introduce the requisite technology and coordinate the transition to number portability by September 1, 2006, currently none of the cellular or landline operators has implemented number portability. We, Pelephone Communications Ltd., or Pelephone, and Partner have filed a petition with the Israeli High Court of Justice for the issuance of an order to the Government of Israel and the Ministry of Communications to show cause for their failure to act immediately in order to initiate an amendment to the Communications Law postponing the deadline for the implementation of number portability. If a reasonable extension to the deadline is not effected or other adequate relief is not granted, we may be exposed to substantial sanctions and legal claims, including potential class actions by subscribers.
      In 2005, our license was amended to regulate charging for SMS messages sent outside our network, which, under one interpretation of the amendment, may lead to claims of our not being in compliance with our license. To date, we have fulfilled the license requirements, even under this potential interpretation, with respect to SMS messages sent to subscribers of one other cellular operator. However, due to technological difficulties which we and our competitors face and have not yet been resolved, we may face claims, if such interpretation of the amendment prevails, of not having implemented the amendment with respect to SMS messages sent to subscribers of two other operators. We had notified the Ministry of Communications of our technological inability to fully implement the amendment, if it is so interpreted. The Ministry of Communications had proposed an amendment to our license to resolve this problem, which we believe is unsatisfactory because it does not change the charging criteria but mainly proposes certain customer notification requirements. Until such time as the cellular operators develop the necessary interfaces or our license is amended, we may be exposed, if such an interpretation prevails, to substantial sanctions and legal claims.
We may not be able to obtain permits to construct and operate cell sites.
      We depend on our network of cell sites to maintain and enhance network coverage for our subscribers. In addition, where necessary, we provide certain subscribers with bi-directional amplifiers, also known as “repeaters,” to remedy weak signal reception in indoor locations. Some of these repeaters are located outdoors on rooftops. We also deploy and operate microwave sites as part of our transmission network. The construction and operation of these various facilities are highly regulated and require us to obtain various consents and permits. See “Regulatory Matters — Permits for Cell Site Construction.”
      We have experienced difficulties in obtaining some of these consents and permits, particularly in obtaining building permits for cell sites from local planning and building authorities. As of September 30, 2006, we operated approximately 10.5% of our cell sites without building permits or applicable exemptions. Although, in relation to approximately 6.5% of our cell sites we are in the process of seeking to obtain building permits or to modify them to satisfy applicable exemptions, we may not be able to obtain all the necessary permits or make the necessary modifications. Approximately 23% of our cell sites operate without building permits in reliance on an exemption from the requirement to obtain a building permit, mainly for radio access devices. Our reliance upon the exemption for radio access devices has been unsuccessfully challenged by local planning and building authorities in the courts. However, such challenges, and other claims asserting that those cell sites do not meet other legal requirements continue. In addition, we operate other cell sites in a manner that is not fully compatible with the building permits issued

11


Table of Contents

for these cell sites which may, in some cases, constitute grounds for termination of their lease agreements or claims for breach of such agreements. Our rooftop microwave sites and repeaters operate in reliance upon an exemption from the requirement to obtain a building permit. Substantially all of our outdoor microwave sites are rooftops. It is unclear whether other types of repeaters require a building permit. Our reliance on an exemption from the requirement to obtain building permits for the microwave sites and repeaters has not, to date, been subject to judicial challenge. Operation of a cell site or other facility without a building permit or not in accordance with other legal requirements may result in the issuance of a demolition order for the cell site or other facility or the bringing of criminal charges against us and our officers and directors. Certain of our cell sites have been subject to demolition orders. In addition, criminal charges have been brought against us and our officers and directors in connection with cell sites that were alleged to have been constructed without the required permits. Currently 27 cell sites are the subject of criminal proceedings; demolition orders have been granted with respect to eight cell sites while the remaining 19 cell sites are the subject of further litigation. Certain of our officers and directors are also named in a number of these criminal proceedings as defendants. Should any of our officers or directors be found guilty of an offence, although this has not occurred to date, they may face monetary penalties and a term of imprisonment. Our sites may be the subject of further demolition orders and we or our officers and directors may face further criminal charges.
      Pursuant to the Israeli Non-Ionizing Radiation Law, 2006, which is effective, for the most part, as of January 1, 2007, the granting or renewal of an operating permit by the Ministry of Environmental Protection for a cell site or other facility is subject to the receipt of a building permit or the facility being exempt from the requirement to obtain a building permit. Should we fail to obtain building permits for our cell sites or other facilities, including in the event that our reliance upon an exemption from the requirement to obtain building permits for these cell sites and other facilities is found invalid, the Ministry of Environmental Protection will not grant or renew our operating permits for those cell sites and other facilities. Operating a cell site or a facility without an operating permit could subject us and our officers and directors to criminal, administrative and civil liability.
      The draft Non-Ionizing Radiation Regulations published by the Ministry of Environmental Protection in November 2006 propose additional restrictions in relation to the operation of cell sites and other facilities. If these restrictions are adopted in their current draft format, they will, among other things, limit our ability to construct new sites and renew operating permits for a number of our existing sites, specifically in residential areas.
      If we are unable to obtain or renew building or other consents and permits for our existing sites or other facilities, we will be required to demolish or relocate these cell sites and facilities. Our inability to relocate cell sites or other facilities in a timely manner could adversely affect our existing network resulting in the loss of subscribers, prevent us from meeting the network coverage and quality requirements contained in our license and adversely impact our network build-out, all of which may have a material adverse result on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may be required to indemnify certain local planning and building committees in respect of claims against them.
      Under the Israeli Planning and Building Law, 1965, by approving a building plan, local planning and building committees may be held liable to compensate for depreciation of properties included in or neighboring the approved plan.
      In January 2006, the law was amended to require an applicant, as a precondition to obtaining a cell site construction permit from a planning and building committee, to provide a letter to the committee indemnifying it for possible depreciation claims. To date, we have provided over 35 indemnification letters to local planning and building committees. Calls upon our

12


Table of Contents

indemnities may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Further, if we are required to make substantial payments under the indemnity letters, it could trigger a default under our credit facility. We may also decide to demolish or relocate existing cell sites to less favorable alternatives and to construct new cell sites in alternative, less suitable locations or not at all, due to the obligation to provide indemnification. As a result, our existing service may be impaired or the expansion of our network coverage could be limited.
      In addition, local planning and building committees have sought to join cellular operators, including us, as defendants in depreciation claims made against them even though indemnification letters were not provided. We were joined as defendants in a small number of cases. It is possible that the joining of cellular operators to similar claims will continue despite the absence of an indemnification letter. This practice increases the risk that we may be exposed to material liability as a result of depreciation claims.
      Finally, should the Israeli Planning and Building Law, 1965 be construed or amended to allow a longer period of limitation for depreciation claims than the current limitation period of three years from approval of the building plan, our potential exposure to depreciation claims would increase.
Alleged health risks relating to non-ionizing radiation generated from cell sites and cellular telecommunications devices may harm our prospects.
      Handsets, accessories and various types of cell sites are known to be sources of non-ionizing radiation emissions. While, to the best of our knowledge, the handsets that we market comply with the applicable legislation that relate to acceptable “specific absorption rate,” or SAR, levels, we rely on the SAR levels published by the manufacturers of these handsets and do not perform independent inspections of the SAR levels of these handsets. As the manufacturers’ approvals refer to a prototype handset, we have no information as to the actual level of SAR of the handsets throughout the lifecycle of the handsets, including in the case of handset repair. See “Regulatory Matters — Handsets.” Concerns regarding cell sites have already caused us difficulties in obtaining or renewing leases for cell sites. If health concerns over non-ionizing radiation increase, any adverse findings in new studies of non-ionizing radiation are published or if non-ionizing radiation levels are found to be higher than the standards set for handsets and cell sites, consumers may be discouraged from using cellular handsets and regulators may impose additional restrictions on the construction and operation of cell sites or handset usage. See the discussion of the draft Non-Ionizing Radiation Regulations above in “We may not be able to obtain permits to construct and operate cell sites.” As a result, we may experience increased difficulty in obtaining leases for new cell site locations or renewing leases for existing locations (although, in total we have experienced renewal problems with less than 5% of our cell site leases each year); we may be exposed to property depreciation claims; we may lose revenues due to decreasing usage of our services; we may be subject to increased regulatory costs; and we may be subject to health-related claims for substantial sums. We have not obtained insurance for these potential claims. An adverse outcome to, or settlement of, any litigation against us or any other provider of cellular services could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
We face intense competition in all aspects of our business.
      The Israeli cellular telephone market is highly competitive. We compete for subscribers with three other cellular operators. While we enjoy the largest market share, estimated to be 34.4% as of September 30, 2006, two of our competitors, Partner and Pelephone, enjoy estimated market shares of 31.9% and 28.7% respectively, with MIRS Motorola Communications Ltd., or MIRS, estimated to have a market share of 5%. The current competitive pressure in the Israeli market results primarily from the highly penetrated state of the market. See “The Telecommunications

13


Table of Contents

Industry in Israel.” This means that market growth is limited and cellular operators compete intensely to retain their own subscribers and attract those of their competitors.
      Any of the following developments in our market is expected to increase competition further and may result in a loss of subscribers, increased subscriber acquisition and retention costs and ultimately reduced profitability for us:
  •  the implementation of number portability, as it would eliminate one of the deterrents to switching between cellular operators;
 
  •  Pelephone’s offering of certain services jointly with its parent company, Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator; although Bezeq and Pelephone may not offer integrated or combined packages of cellular and landline telephone and other telecommunication services currently, the Ministry of Communications has stated that once Bezeq’s share of the Israeli landline telephone market falls below 85% (Bezeq does not publish its market share), it would be permitted to offer certain services jointly with its subsidiaries subject to regulatory limitations;
 
  •  the entry into the Israeli cellular market by mobile virtual network operators, or MVNOs, could increase competition and thus may adversely affect our revenues; the government has authorized an examination of the desirability of introducing MVNO operation in Israel; the findings and recommendations are expected to be published in May 2007; and
 
  •  a proposed amendment to the Israeli Restrictive Trade Practices Law, 1988 to grant the Commissioner of Restrictive Trade Practices broader authority to take action against oligopolies where there is insufficient competition, including the authority to issue orders to remove or to ease entry or transfer barriers, should the Commissioner conclude that this would increase competition; if the Commissioner were to decide that the Israeli cellular market was oligopolistic and insufficiently competitive, this could limit our freedom to manage our business, increase the competitive pressures that we face and adversely affect our results of operations.
We could be subject to legal claims due to the inability of our information systems to fully support our calling plans.
      In order to attract and retain the maximum number of subscribers in our highly competitive market, we design specific calling plans to suit the preferences of various subscriber groups. We require sophisticated information systems to record accurately subscriber usage pursuant to the particular terms of each subscriber’s plan as well as accurate database management and operation of a very large number of calling plans. From time to time, we have detected some discrepancies between certain calling plans and the information processed by our internal information systems, such as applying an incorrect rebate or applying an incorrect tariff to a service resulting in a higher charge. We have invested substantial resources to refine and improve our information and control systems and ensure that our new calling plans are appropriately processed by our information systems; we have also taken steps to remedy the identified discrepancies and have established reserves where the discrepancies are quantifiable. Despite our substantial investments, we may experience discrepancies in the future due to the multiplicity of our plans and the scope of the processing tasks. Further, while we invest substantial efforts in monitoring our employees and third-party distributors and dealers that market our services, it is possible that some of our employees, distributors or dealers may offer terms and make (or fail to make) representations to existing and prospective subscribers that do not fully conform to applicable law, our license or the terms of our calling plans. As a result of these discrepancies, we may be subject to subscribers’ claims, including class action claims, and substantial sanctions for breach of our license that may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

14


Table of Contents

We are exposed to, and currently are engaged in, a variety of legal proceedings, including class action lawsuits.
      We provide services to millions of subscribers on a daily basis. As a result of the scope and magnitude of our operations we are subject to the risk of a large number of lawsuits, including class action suits by consumers with respect to billing and other practices. These actions may be costly to defend and could result in significant judgments against us. The Israeli Class Actions Law, 2006 and the 2005 amendment to the Israeli Consumer Protection Law, 1981 include provisions that expand the causes of action for which a class of litigants may bring suit, including with regard to any damages allegedly incurred prior to the effective date of these laws, reducing the minimal requirements for certification of a class action lawsuit and reducing the qualifications required to be a lead plaintiff in a class action lawsuit. These laws may increase the number of requests for approval of class actions against us, our legal exposure and our legal costs in defending against such suits, which as a result may materially and adversely affect our financial results. Currently, we are engaged in a number of purported class action suits as a defendant, some of which are for substantial amounts. For a summary of certain material legal proceedings, see “Business — Legal Proceedings.”
      We are subject to the risk of intellectual property rights claims against us, including in relation to innovations we develop ourselves. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages or may be required to obtain licenses for the infringing product or service. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, we may be forced to stop using or selling the products and services, which could adversely affect our ability to provide certain services and products.
We may be subject to increased regulation in respect of handset sales.
      The Ministry of Communications is considering adopting changes to the licenses of the cellular operators that would prohibit cellular operators from offering calling plans that include handset subsidies to subscribers who purchase their handsets from the operators, unless the same terms are also offered to subscribers who purchase their handsets elsewhere. If such proposed changes are adopted, this would impair our ability to offer handsets to our subscribers at subsidized prices or in conjunction with attractive calling plans. This may lead to difficulties in selling advanced handsets that have the potential to generate high content-related revenues, which in turn may reduce our potential revenues or require higher subscriber acquisition costs and adversely affect our results of operations.
We rely on interconnecting telecommunications providers and could be adversely affected if these providers fail to provide these services without disruption and on a consistent basis.
      Our ability to provide commercially viable cellular telephone services depends upon our ability to interconnect with the telecommunications networks of landline, cellular telephone and international operators in Israel in order to complete calls between our subscribers and parties on a landline or other cellular telephone network, as well as third parties abroad. All landline, cellular telephone and international operators in Israel are required to provide interconnection to, and not to discriminate against, any other licensed telecommunications operator in Israel. We have no control over the quality and timing of the investment and maintenance activities that are necessary for these entities to provide us with interconnection to their respective telecommunications networks. The failure of these or other telecommunications providers to provide reliable interconnections to us on a consistent basis could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

15


Table of Contents

There are certain restrictions in our license relating to the ownership of our shares.
      Our license restricts ownership of our ordinary shares and who can serve as our directors as follows:
  •  our founding shareholder, DIC (or its transferee or transferees, if approved in advance by the Ministry of Communications as “founding shareholders”), must own at least 26% of each of our means of control;
 
  •  Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders (or their approved transferees) must own at least 20% of our outstanding share capital and each of our other means of control (DIC has agreed to comply with this requirement);
 
  •  a majority of our directors must be Israeli citizens and residents;
 
  •  at least 20% of our directors must be appointed by Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders; and
 
  •  we are required to have a committee of our Board of Directors that deals with matters relating to state security, which must be comprised of at least four directors (including an external director) having the requisite security clearance by Israel’s General Security Service.
      If these requirements are not complied with, we could be found to be in breach of our license and our license could be changed, suspended or revoked.
      In addition, our license provides that, without the approval of the Ministry of Communications, no person may acquire or dispose of shares representing 10% or more of our outstanding share capital. Further, our directors and officers and any holder of ordinary shares representing 5% or more of our outstanding share capital may not own 5% or more of Bezeq or any of our competitors or serve as a director or officer of such a company, subject to certain exceptions which require the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications.
      To ensure that an unauthorized acquisition of our shares would not jeopardize our license, our articles of association provide that any shares acquired without approval required under our license will not be entitled to voting rights.
      If our service is to be determined by the Israeli Government to be an “essential service”, the Prime Minister and the Ministry of Communications could impose additional limitations including a heightened requirement of Israeli ownership of our ordinary shares.
      Although our articles of association contain certain provisions that are aimed at reducing the risk that holdings or transfers of our ordinary shares will contravene our license, we cannot entirely control these and other matters required by our license, the violation of which could be a basis for suspending or revoking our license. See “Regulatory Matters — Our Principal License.”
We may be adversely affected by the significant technological and other changes in the cellular communications industry.
      The cellular market is known for rapid and significant technological change. Our current technologies, including our 3.5G technologies, may be overtaken rapidly, requiring us to invest in alternative technologies to remain competitive. Further, technologies such as satellite-based personal communications services, wireless broadband access services such as WiMAX, and other technologies that have the capacity to handle cellular calls may enter our market and compete with traditional cellular providers, thus further intensifying the competition we face requiring us to reduce prices, thus adversely affecting our results of operations.

16


Table of Contents

If we cannot obtain or maintain favorable roaming arrangements our services may be less attractive or less profitable.
      We rely on agreements to provide roaming capability to our subscribers in many areas outside Israel. As of September 30, 2006, we had roaming arrangements with over 450 cellular providers in 167 countries around the world. However, as we cannot control the quality of the service that they provide, it may be inferior to the quality of service that we provide. Equally, our subscribers may not be able to use some of the advanced features that they enjoy when making calls on our network. Some of our competitors may be able to obtain lower roaming rates than we do because they may have larger call volumes or because of their affiliations with other international cellular operators. If our competitors’ providers can deliver a higher quality or a more cost effective roaming service, then subscribers may migrate to those competitors and our results of operation could be adversely affected. Further, we may not be able to compel providers to participate in our technology migration and enhancement strategies. As a result, our ability to implement technological innovations could be adversely affected if these overseas providers are unable or unwilling to cooperate with the further development of our network or if they cease to provide services comparable to those we offer on our network.
      In addition, in 2006, the European Union declared that it is considering regulating roaming tariffs. To our knowledge, following such declaration, several operators in Europe agreed to reduce roaming tariffs among themselves. Should such operators decide to reduce roaming tariffs with us as well, this could reduce the revenues we derive from our roaming services and adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.
Our substantial debt increases our exposure to market risks, may limit our ability to incur additional debt that may be necessary to fund our operations and could adversely affect our financial stability.
      As of September 30, 2006, our total indebtedness was approximately NIS 3,588 million ($834 million). Our credit facility and the indentures governing our debentures currently permit us to incur additional indebtedness, subject to maintaining certain financial ratios and other restrictions contained in our credit facility. Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition by, among other things:
  •  increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or business conditions, including increases in prevailing interest rates, particularly because our debentures are linked to the Israeli CPI, and our credit facility bears interest at a variable rate;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our industry and the economy in general;
 
  •  requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, thus reducing the funds available for operations and future business development; and
 
  •  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to operate, develop and expand our business.
Our freedom to operate our business is limited as a result of certain restrictive covenants contained in our credit facility and our indentures.
      Our credit facility contains a number of restrictive covenants that limit our operating and financial flexibility. These covenants include, among other things, limitations on liens (also contained in the indentures governing our debentures), on the incurrence of indebtedness, on the provision of loans and guarantees and on acquisitions, dispositions of assets, mergers and other changes of control. Our credit facility also contains covenants regarding maintaining certain levels of financial ratios during the term of the facility, including as a condition to the distribution

17


Table of Contents

of dividends. Our ability to continue to comply with these and other obligations depends in part on the future performance of our business. Such obligations may hinder our ability to finance our future operations or the manner in which we operate our business. In particular, any non-compliance with performance-related covenants and other undertakings of our credit facility and debentures could result in an acceleration of our outstanding debt under our credit facility and debentures and restrict our ability to obtain additional funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Further, our inability to maintain the financial ratios required under our credit facility for the distribution of dividends may limit our ability to distribute dividends.
Our business results may be affected by currency fluctuations, by our currency hedging positions and by changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index.
      A substantial amount of our cash payments are incurred in, or linked to, non-NIS currencies. In particular, in 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, payments in U.S. dollars or linked to the U.S. dollar represented approximately 19% and 27%, respectively, of total cash outflow. These payments included capital expenditures, cell site rental fees, payments to equipment suppliers and, in 2006, payments of principal and interest on our credit facility. As almost all of our cash receipts are in NIS, any devaluation of the NIS against those non-NIS currencies in which we make payments, particularly the U.S. dollar, will increase the NIS cost of our non-NIS denominated or linked expenses and capital expenditures.
      We engage in currency hedging transactions to reduce the impact on our cash flows and results of operations of these currency fluctuations. We recognize freestanding derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities in our balance sheet and we measure those instruments at fair value. However, accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument, such as a currency hedging instrument, depends on the intended use of the derivative instrument and the resulting designation. For a foreign exchange derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative instrument is initially reported as a component of our shareholders’ equity and subsequently recognized in our income statement as the hedged item affects earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in our income statement without any reference to the change in value of the related budgeted expenditures. These differences could result in fluctuations in our reported net income on a quarterly basis.
      Further, since the principal amount of, and interest that we pay on, our debentures are linked to the Israeli CPI, any increase in the Israeli CPI will increase our financial expenses and could adversely affect our results of operations.
We may not be able to fulfill our dividend policy in the future.
      In February 2006, we adopted a dividend policy targeting a payout ratio of at least 75% of our net income under Israeli GAAP in each calendar year, subject to any applicable law, our license and contractual obligations and provided that such distribution would not be detrimental to our cash needs or to any plans approved by our Board of Directors. Our credit facility limits our ability to pay dividends, including by limiting our distribution of dividends in respect of any financial year so that any distributions based on retained earnings accumulated since January 1, 2006, do not exceed the lesser of (a) 75% of our aggregate net income from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution and (b) the aggregate “eligible dividend amount” from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution, the “eligible dividend amount” being the lesser of (i) our net income for each financial year and (ii) the excess of free cash flow over 110% of total debt service for each financial year. In addition, we are also permitted to make distributions out of the expected approximately NIS 280 million ($65.1 million) adjustment to retained earnings referred to below in “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview — New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets.” Our license requires that we and our 10%

18


Table of Contents

shareholders maintain at least $200 million of combined shareholders’ equity. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt service.” Dividend payments are not guaranteed and our Board of Directors may decide, in its absolute discretion, at any time and for any reason, not to pay dividends.
      Further, our dividend policy, to the extent implemented, will significantly restrict our cash reserves and may adversely affect our ability to fund unexpected capital expenditures as well as our ability to make interest and principal repayments on our debentures and term loan. As a result, we may be required to borrow additional money or raise capital by issuing equity securities, which may not be possible on attractive terms or at all.
      If we are unable to fulfill our dividend policy, or pay dividends at levels anticipated by investors, the market price of our shares may be negatively affected and the value of your investment may be reduced.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers for key equipment and services.
      We depend upon a small number of suppliers to provide us with key equipment and services. For example, Nokia Israel provides our network system based on GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE technology, our UMTS/ HSDPA core system and related products and services; LM Ericsson Israel supplies our radio access network and related products and services based on UMTS/ HSDPA technology; Amdocs Israel provides us with services with respect to the operating of, and the implementation of developments to, our billing system; and Be’eri Printers provides our printing supplies and invoices as well as the distribution, packaging and delivery of invoices and other mail to the postal service distribution centers. In addition, we lease a portion of our transmission capacity from Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator. Bezeq has experienced labor disputes, including stoppages, during the recent privatization process and liberalization of the landline market, and additional disruptions, stoppages and slowdowns may be experienced in the future. If these suppliers fail to provide equipment or services to us on a timely basis, we may be unable to provide services to our subscribers in an optimal manner until an alternative source can be found and our license may be at risk of revocation for failure to satisfy the required service standards.
We are a member of the IDB group of companies, one of Israel’s largest business groups. This may limit our ability to expand our business, to acquire other businesses or to borrow money from Israeli banks.
      We are an indirect subsidiary of IDB, one of Israel’s largest business groups. Other subsidiaries of IDB also operate in the Israeli communication market: Barak and Netvision provide high speed Internet and international telephone services and Globcall provides wireline and landline communication services. As a result, conflicts of interest may arise between us and other IDB group companies. Due to the limited size of the Israeli market and due to the high level of regulation of the Israeli market, in particular in the communications market, our being a member of the IDB group of companies may limit our ability to expand our business in the future, to form joint ventures and strategic alliances and conduct other strategic transactions with other participants in the Israeli communications market.
      In addition, pursuant to the “Guidelines for Sound Bank Administration” issued by the Israeli Supervisor of Banks, the amount that an Israeli bank may lend to one group of borrowers and to each of the six largest borrowers of such banking corporation is limited. Since we are a member of IDB’s group of borrowers, these guidelines may limit the ability of Israeli banks to lend money to us, although this has not occurred to date.

19


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Operating in Israel
We conduct our operations in Israel and therefore our results may be adversely affected by political, economic and military instability in Israel.
      Our operations, our network and some of our suppliers are located in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel may directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its Arab neighbors. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade within Israel or between Israel and its trading partners could adversely affect our operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Since September 2000, terrorist violence in Israel has increased significantly and negotiations between Israel and Palestinian representatives have effectively ceased. The establishment in 2006 of a government in the Palestinian Authority by representatives of the Hamas militant group has created additional unrest and uncertainty in the region. Further, Israel was recently engaged in an armed conflict with Hezbollah, a Lebanese Islamist Shiite militia group, which involved thousands of missile strikes and disrupted most day-to -day civilian activity in northern Israel. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region would likely negatively affect business conditions and could harm our results of operations, including following termination of such conflicts due to a decrease in the number of tourists visiting Israel.
      In addition, in the event that the State of Israel relinquishes control over certain territories currently held by it to the Palestinian Authority, we will not be able to provide service from our cell sites located in Israeli populated areas and on connecting roads in these territories. This may result in the loss of subscribers and revenues and in a decrease in our market share.
Our freedom and ability to conduct our operations may be limited during periods of national emergency.
      The Communications Law grants the Prime Minister of Israel the authority, for reasons of state security or public welfare, to order a telecommunications license holder to provide services to security forces, to perform telecommunication activities or to establish a telecommunications facility as may be required for the security forces to carry out their duties. Further, the Israeli Equipment Registration and IDF Mobilization Law, 1987, also permits the registration of engineering equipment and facilities and the taking thereof for the use of the Israel Defense Forces. This law further sets the payment for use and compensation for damages caused to the operator as a result of such taking. Our general license also permits the Israeli Government, during national emergencies or for reasons of national security, to take all necessary actions in order to ensure state security, including taking control of our network, and requires us to cooperate with such actions. If national emergency situations arise in the future and if we are to be subject during such time to any of the foregoing actions, this could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and provide services during such national emergencies and adversely affect our business operations.
Provisions of Israeli law and our license may delay, prevent or impede an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control.
      Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for transactions involving directors, officers or significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. For example, a merger may not be completed unless at least 50 days have passed from the date that a merger proposal was filed by each merging company with the Israel Registrar of Companies and at least 30 days from the date that the shareholders of both merging companies approved the merger. In addition, a majority of each class of securities of the target

20


Table of Contents

company is required to approve a merger. Further, the provisions of our license require the prior approval of the Ministry of Communication for changes of control in our Company.
      Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax treaty with Israel exempting such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free share exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of numerous conditions, including a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are restricted. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when the time expires, tax then becomes payable even if no actual disposition of the shares has occurred.
      These provisions could delay, prevent or impede an acquisition of us, even if such an acquisition would be considered beneficial by some of our shareholders.
It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against our officers, our directors and us or to assert U.S. securities law claims in Israel.
      We are incorporated in Israel. All of our executive officers and directors reside outside the United States and all of our assets are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult to enforce a judgment obtained in the United States, against us or any of these persons, in U.S. or Israeli courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Additionally, it may be difficult for you to enforce civil liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws in original actions instituted in Israel. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” for additional discussion on your ability to enforce a civil claim against us, our executive officers or directors.
Risks Relating to this Offering
We are controlled by a single shareholder who can significantly influence matters requiring shareholders’ approval.
      Following the completion of this offering DIC will hold, directly and indirectly, approximately 60% of our outstanding share capital. Pursuant to a shareholders agreement among DIC and certain of our minority shareholders, who in the aggregate own 5.5% of our ordinary shares, DIC has been granted voting rights in respect of those shares. In addition to DIC’s shareholdings and such additional voting rights, it has the right to appoint the 20% of our directors that we are required by our license and articles of association to have appointed by Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders. Accordingly, subject to legal limitations, DIC has control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of our directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of our ordinary shares that might otherwise give our shareholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price for our ordinary shares.
      Further, as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the application of the NYSE rules requiring the majority of the members of our Board of Directors to be independent and requiring our Board of Directors to establish independent nomination and compensation committees. Accordingly, our minority shareholders will be denied the protection intended to be afforded by these corporate governance standards.

21


Table of Contents

Our share price may be extremely volatile and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares in the United States or elsewhere. Negotiations between the underwriters and us will determine the initial public offering price and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. As a result, the price determined by the underwriters and us may not be indicative of future market prices. Further, the stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. For example, any active trading market that does develop for our shares may depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about our business or us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our shares would be negatively affected. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our shares could decrease, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. As a result of these factors, after this offering you might be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
A substantial number of our ordinary shares could be sold into the public market shortly after this offering, which could depress our share price.
      The market price of our ordinary shares could decline as a result of sales by our existing shareholders of ordinary shares in the market after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. Once a trading market develops for our ordinary shares, most of our shareholders will have an opportunity to sell their shares for the first time, following the expiration of the lock-up period agreed to between these shareholders and the underwriters. These factors could also make it difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling shares. Specifically, upon completion of this offering we will have 97,500,000 ordinary shares outstanding. This includes the 18,975,000 shares that the selling shareholders are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately thereafter. The remaining shares will be able to be sold after this offering as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information regarding these factors. In addition, we will have 2,500,000 shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options; the options are subject to vesting schedules but vesting will be accelerated upon certain events including any sale by IDB that leads to any reduction in IDB’s ownership below 50.01%.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a U.S. public company.
      As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses that we did not incur before listing on the NYSE. We expect the rules and regulations to which we will be subject as an NYSE-listed company to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, we may experience more difficulty attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of these requirements or the timing of such costs.

22


Table of Contents

We have not yet evaluated our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
      Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the end of our 2007 fiscal year. We have only recently begun the process of determining whether our existing internal control over financial reporting systems is compliant with Section 404. If it is determined that we are not in compliance with Section 404, we may be required to implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our financial reporting. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses as well as outside auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. Further, we may need to hire additional qualified personnel in order for us to be compliant with Section 404. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in our conclusion that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective.

23


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      We have made statements under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed under the caption entitled “Risk Factors.” You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined under “Risk Factors.”
      Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. We assume no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as otherwise required by law.

24


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
      The following table shows, for each of the months indicated, the high and low exchange rates between the NIS and the U.S. dollar, expressed as NIS per U.S. dollar and based upon the daily representative rate of exchange as published by the Bank of Israel:
                 
Month   High   Low
         
    (NIS)   (NIS)
July 2006
    4.521       4.378  
August 2006
    4.408       4.357  
September 2006
    4.394       4.297  
October 2006
    4.302       4.238  
November 2006
    4.331       4.247  
December 2006
    4.234       4.176  
      The following table shows, for periods indicated, the average exchange rate between the NIS and the U.S. dollar, expressed as NIS per U.S. dollar, calculated based on the average of the representative rate of exchange on the last day of each month during the relevant period as published by the Bank of Israel:
         
Year   Average
     
    (NIS)
2002
    4.736  
2003
    4.512  
2004
    4.483  
2005
    4.503  
2006
    4.442  
      As of January 16, 2007, the daily representative rate of exchange between the NIS and the U.S. dollar as published by the Bank of Israel was NIS 4.219 to $1.00.
      The effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our business and operations is discussed in “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

25


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
      We will not receive any proceeds from this offering.
DIVIDEND POLICY
      Our board of directors adopted a dividend policy to distribute each year at least 75% of our annual net income determined under Israeli GAAP, subject to applicable law, our license and our contractual obligations and provided that such distribution would not be detrimental to our cash needs or to any plans approved by our Board of Directors. Our Board will consider, among other factors, our expected results of operation, including changes in pricing and competition, planned capital expenditure for technological upgrades and changes in debt service needs, including due to changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates, in order to reach its conclusion that a distribution of dividends will not prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due. In addition, there is an agreement among the controlling shareholders of IDB, our ultimate parent company, to target a dividend distribution of at least 50% of its distributable gains each year. Dividend payments are not guaranteed and our Board of Directors may decide, in its absolute discretion, at any time and for any reason, not to pay dividends. For example, our Board may determine that our cash needs for debt service, capital expenditures or operations may increase and that it would not be prudent to distribute dividends. Accordingly, you should not expect that any particular amount will be distributed by us as dividends at any time, even if we have previously made dividend payments in such amount.
      Our ability to pay dividends is subject to limitations under our credit facility and Israeli law:
      Credit facility. Our credit facility limits our ability to pay dividends, including by limiting our distribution of dividends in respect of any financial year so that any distributions based on retained earnings accumulated since January 1, 2006, do not exceed the lesser of (a) 75% of our aggregate net income from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution and (b) the aggregate “eligible dividend amount” from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution, the “eligible dividend amount” being the lesser of (i) our net income for each financial year and (ii) the excess of free cash flow over 110% of total debt service for each financial year. In addition, we are also permitted to make distributions out of the expected approximately NIS 280 million ($65.1 million) adjustment to retained earnings referred to below in “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview — New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets.” Once we have made the required principal repayment under the facility that is due on March 9, 2010, the aforesaid limitation may be replaced, at our option, with a new limitation on dividend distributions such that dividends to be distributed for the period between March 9, 2010 and the final repayment date may not exceed the difference between (a) the forecasted cash, cash equivalents and free cash flow (as defined in the facility, such forecast to be pre-approved by the lenders) for the period ending on the final repayment date (not to exceed our free cash flow for the equivalent period in the previous financial year), and (b) 110% of total debt service for the period commencing on the proposed dividend payment date and ending upon final repayment date.
      Israeli Law. Israeli law provides that dividends may only be paid out of cumulative retained earnings or out of retained earnings over the prior two years, provided that there is no reasonable concern that the payment of the dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due. Further, our license requires that we and our 10% or more shareholders maintain at least $200 million of combined shareholders’ equity. DIC’s shareholders’ equity was NIS 4.859 billion ($1.13 billion) at September 30, 2006.
      Prior to 2006, we had not distributed dividends. In January 2006, we distributed a dividend in the amount of NIS 1.7 billion ($395 million). In February 2006, we adopted our current dividend policy. From then through the date of this prospectus, we have distributed additional dividends in

26


Table of Contents

an aggregate amount of NIS 2.13 billion ($495 million), which, together with our distribution in January 2006, constitutes substantially all of our retained earnings from inception to December 31, 2005 and, for the first six months of 2006, substantially 75% of our net income in accordance with Israeli GAAP consistent with the new policy. Our Board of Directors has not yet determined the amount of dividends to be paid with respect to the third or fourth quarter of 2006. Our net income in the third quarter of 2006 under Israeli GAAP was NIS 120 million ($27.9 million). In addition, when we publish financial statements for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, our retained earnings will be retroactively increased (effective January 1, 2007) by approximately NIS 280 million ($65.1 million) as a result of a change in Israeli accounting standards (see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets”). Our Board of Directors will make a determination as to the dividend payments to be made with respect to the second half of 2006 and the first quarter of 2007, and from such increase in retained earnings following finalization of our financial results for the first quarter of 2007. In making the determination, our Board will take into account the considerations set forth above.
      Had our existing policy been in effect for prior periods, we believe we would have been financially able to distribute 75% of our net income each year since 2003. Our principal cash needs, aside from operations, are debt service and capital expenditures. In each year since 2003, our cash generated by operating activities (which reflects a deduction for interest expense), less capital expenditures, was substantially in excess of 75% of our net income. Our cash generated by operating activities is higher than our net income because:
  •  we incur substantial non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that reduces our net income; and
 
  •  we have not typically required significant working capital; our customers generally pay us within 45 days of the end of each monthly billing cycle in which the service was provided, while most of our service providers accept payment on a delayed basis.
      The following table compares our cash flow from operating activities less cash used in investing activities to amounts that may have been distributed had our existing policy been in effect at all times since January 1, 2003.
                                   
                Nine Months
        Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   September 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
    (In NIS millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,393       1,471       1,272       1,067  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (508 )     (852 )     (619 )     (511 )
 
Cash available for dividends(1)
    885       619       653       556  
Dividend distribution pursuant to current policy(2)
    323       463       362       293  
 
(1)  We have not deducted cash used to make principal repayments of debt in determining cash available for dividends as we have been able to access the debt markets as needed in the past to refinance any existing debt coming due, and we anticipate that we will continue to be able to do so.
 
(2)  Calculated as 75% of net income. Does not take into account contractual or other restrictions that may have been in effect at such times.
     Based on our current expectations, we expect that we will continue for at least the next twelve months to generate net cash from operating activities in excess of 75% of our net income. However, our performance in future periods will depend on a variety of factors described under “Risk Factors,” many of which are beyond our control, including changes in the regulatory environment and competition.
      We intend to declare dividends in NIS and convert them for payment in US$ based upon the daily representative rate of exchange as published by the Bank of Israel prior to the distribution date.

27


Table of Contents

      We currently expect that the quarterly dividend we will declare for the first quarter of 2007, which may be funded out of a combination of net income, existing retained earnings and/or a portion of the approximately NIS 280 million of retained earnings described under “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview — New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets,” will be NIS 1.4 per share. Any dividends must be declared by our Board of Directors, which will take into account the factors set out above. The amount of dividends per share we will pay for the first quarter does not necessarily reflect dividends that will be paid for future quarterly periods, which can change at any time in accordance with the policy set out above.

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
      The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2006. This table should be read in conjunction with “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
         
    September 30, 2006
     
    (In NIS millions)
Total debt
    3,588  
Shareholders’ equity:
       
Ordinary shares, NIS 0.01 par value per share, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 97,500,000 issued and outstanding
     
Capital reserve
    (20 )
Retained earnings
    204  
       
Total shareholders’ equity
    184  
       
Total capitalization
    3,772  
       

29


Table of Contents

DILUTION
      Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2006 was NIS (281) million ($(65.3) million) or NIS (2.88) ($(0.67)) per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, total assets, less intangible assets, minus total liabilities, by the aggregate number of ordinary shares outstanding. As we will not receive any of the proceeds of this offering, our net tangible book value will not be affected by the offering. The offering of the ordinary shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, represents an immediate dilution to purchasers of ordinary shares in the offering of $16.33 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
                 
    NIS   $
         
Assumed initial public offering price
    73.13       17.00  
Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2006
    (2.88 )     (0.67 )
Dilution per share to new investors
    70.25       16.33  
      Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price per share.
      The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2006, the number of ordinary shares purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders that are affiliated persons in transactions during the last five years. In addition, the table sets forth the number of ordinary shares to be sold in the offering by the selling shareholders, the total consideration and the average price per share to be paid by the purchasers in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
                                         
    Shares   Total Consideration   Average Price
    Purchased   Amount   per Share
             
    Number   NIS   $   NIS   $
                     
        (In millions)        
Existing shareholders who are affiliated persons(1)
    67,761,645       6,269 (2)     1,370       92.52       20.22  
Purchasers in the offering
    18,975,000       1,388       323       73.13       17.00  
 
(1)  Does not reflect dividends of NIS 39.3 ($9.13) per share paid in 2006.
 
(2)  DIC paid the consideration in U.S. dollars. The consideration amount in NIS was calculated according to the exchange rate at the transaction date.
     Sales by the selling shareholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares purchased by existing shareholders who are affiliated persons in the last five years to 49,761,645, or approximately 51.0%, (48.3% if the over-allotment option is exercised in full).
      The tables above assume no exercise of outstanding share options. At September 30, 2006, there were no ordinary shares subject to outstanding options or warrants. However, in October and November 2006, we granted options in respect of approximately 2.4 million ordinary shares to our chairman, officers and senior employees, at an exercise price of NIS 54.21 ($12.60). We have not reflected the exercise of these options in the tables above. However, given the option exercise price of NIS 54.21 ($12.60), no further dilution will occur.

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
      You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section of this prospectus entitled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
      The selected data presented below under the captions “Income Statement Data,” and “Balance Sheet Data” for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2005, are derived from the consolidated financial statements of Cellcom Israel Ltd. and subsidiaries, which financial statements have been audited by Somekh Chaikin, an independent registered public accounting firm and a member firm of KPMG International. The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2006 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, and the report thereon, are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, the related notes, and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report which contains emphasis paragraphs regarding the convenience translation of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2006 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader and, as explained below, reporting periods prior to January 1, 2004 have been adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency.
      The information presented below under the caption “Other Data” contains information that is not derived from the financial statements.
      Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. Accordingly, among other things, non-monetary items (such as fixed assets) were adjusted based on the changes in the Israeli CPI from the Israeli CPI published for the month in which the transaction relating to the asset took place up to the Israeli CPI at the date of the balance sheet. Starting January 1, 2004, the adjustment of financial statements for the impact of the changes in the purchasing power of the Israeli currency was discontinued. The adjusted amounts included in the financial statements as of December 31, 2003 constitute the starting point for the nominal financial report as of January 1, 2004. Any additions made from January 1, 2004 are included at their nominal values.
      The selected data presented below for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2005, are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Cellcom Israel Ltd. and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus.
      The selected information also includes certain items in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Israeli GAAP differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a summary of certain significant differences, see note 28 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
      For your convenience, the following tables also contain U.S. dollar translations of the NIS amounts presented at September 30, 2006, translated using the rate of NIS 4.302 to $1.00, the representative rate of exchange on September 30, 2006 as published by the Bank of Israel.
                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,
         
            2006
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006   (In $)
                                 
    (In NIS millions, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
                                                               
Revenues
    4,960       5,135       5,261       5,600       5,114       3,845       4,191       974  
Cost of revenues
    2,893       3,111       3,075       3,302       3,133       2,264       2,470       574  

31


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,
         
            2006
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006   (In $)
                                 
    (In NIS millions, except per share data)
Selling and marketing expenses
    574       651       613       661       623       453       473       110  
General and administrative expenses
    621       678       682       684       656       512       486       113  
Operating income
    872       695       891       953       702       616       762       177  
Financial income (expense), net
    (15 )     (5 )     (216 )     (45 )     24       13       (128 )     (30 )
Other income (expenses), net
    6       (5 )     1       1       (11 )     (10 )     (1 )     (0 )
Income tax
    288       266       245       292       232       201       243       56  
Net income
    575       419       431       617       483       418       390       91  
Basic and diluted net income per share
    5.90       4.30       4.42       6.33       4.95       4.29       4.00       0.93  
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000       97,500,000  
Dividends declared per share(1)
                            34.87             4.41        
U.S. GAAP Data (2) :
                                                               
Net income
                441       620       491       460       374       87  
Basic and diluted earnings
                4.52       6.36       5.04       4.72       3.84       0.89  
Other Data:
                                                               
EBITDA(3)
    1,704       1,652       1,890       1,914       1,643       1,320       1,429       332  
Capital expenditures
    1,727       1,073       658       739       747       360       313       73  
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    1,325       1,285       1,393       1,471       1,272       1,000       1,067       248  
Net cash provided (used) in investing activities
    (1,280 )     (1,557 )     (508 )     (852 )     (619 )     (445 )     (511 )     (119 )
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (153 )     436       (603 )     (1,068 )     1,114       (536 )     (2,210 )     (514 )
Subscribers(4)
    2,262       2,468       2,300       2,450       2,603       2,554       2,828          
Period churn rate(5)
    10.5 %     11.2 %     27.3 %     19.9 %     15.0 %     10.5 %     12.4 %        
ARPU (in NIS)(6)
    177       166       162       174       151       154       152       35  
                                                 
    December 31,   September 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
                         
    (In NIS millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash
    6       171       454       5       1,772       118  
Working capital
    (628 )     (67 )     (361 )     (138 )     1,909       180  
Total assets
    5,639       6,047       5,907       5,311       7,016       5,014  
Shareholders’ equity
    1,694       2,114       2,545       3,161       3,649       184  
U.S. GAAP Data(2):
                                               
Total assets
                      5,610       11,100       9,085  
Shareholders’ equity
                      3,312       4,490       4,018  

32


Table of Contents

 
(1)  All dividends declared were paid in cash in the first nine months of 2006.
 
(2)  Under U.S. GAAP, DIC’s acquisition of our shares in 2005 is treated as a purchase that requires a revaluation of our assets and liabilities, leading to increased amortization expense of intangible assets, offset by decreased depreciation expense of tangible assets under U.S. GAAP. In addition, we were required to push down certain DIC debt and the interest expense relating to such debt incurred to finance the acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to increased financial expense under U.S. GAAP. See note 28 to our consolidated financial statements. As a result of this accounting treatment, U.S. GAAP data presented for the year ended and as at December 31, 2005 and for the nine months ended and as at September 30, 2006 are not comparable with the data presented for the previous periods.
 
(3)  EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated.
     The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:
                                                         
                        Nine Months
        Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   September 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
    (In NIS millions)
Net income
    575       419       431       617       483       418       390  
Financial expense (income), net
    15       5       216       45       (24 )     (13 )     128  
Other expenses (income)
    (6 )     5       (1 )     (1 )     11       10       1  
Income taxes
    288       266       245       292       232       201       243  
Depreciation and amortization
    832       957       999       961       941       704       667  
                                           
EBITDA
    1,704       1,652       1,890       1,914       1,643       1,320       1,429  
                                           
(4)  Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and affected our other key performance indicators accordingly.
  We also revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000.
(5)  Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services.
 
(6)  Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because

33


Table of Contents

ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber.

     We have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods presented:
                                                                   
        Nine Months Ended September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,    
            2006
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006   (In $)
                                 
    (In NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
Revenues
    4,960       5,135       5,261       5,600       5,114       3,845       4,191       974  
 
less revenues from equipment sales
    286       502       498       646       565       406       477       111  
 
less other revenues*
    11       10       22       21       38       26       43       10  
 
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
    226       (32 )     (62 )                              
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
    4,437       4,655       4,803       4,933       4,511       3,413       3,671       853  
Average number of subscribers
    2,091,937       2,336,264       2,477,316       2,368,919       2,489,453       2,467,596       2,675,807       2,675,807  
Months during period
    12       12       12       12       12       9       9       9  
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
    177       166       162       174       151       154       152       35  
  Other revenues includes revenues from repair services and transmission services.
  **  Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU.
If the change in methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, ARPU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been NIS 154, which is equal to ARPU for the corresponding period in 2005.

34


Table of Contents

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
      The following operating and financial review and prospects should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Israeli Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or Israeli GAAP, which differ in certain respects from U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP. Note 28 to the audited consolidated financial statements provides a description of the principal differences between Israeli GAAP and U.S. GAAP, as they relate to us, a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of income and total shareholders’ equity, a description of how operating income under U.S. GAAP was determined, a condensed financial statement of cash flows under U.S. GAAP and U.S. GAAP supplementary information.
      Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli consumer price index. Accordingly, among other things, non-monetary items (such as fixed assets) were adjusted based on the changes in the Israeli CPI from the Israeli CPI published for the month in which the transaction relating to the asset took place up to the Israeli CPI at the date of the balance sheet. Starting January 1, 2004, the adjustment of financial statements for the impact of the changes in the purchasing power of the Israeli currency was discontinued. The adjusted amounts included in the financial statements as of December 31, 2003 constitute the starting point for the nominal financial report as of January 1, 2004. Any additions made from January 1, 2004 are included at their nominal values.
      This discussion contains forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many important factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
General
      We are the leading provider of cellular communications services in Israel in terms of number of subscribers, revenues and EBITDA as of September 30, 2006, providing services to approximately 2.8 million subscribers in Israel with an estimated market share of 34.4%.
      We earn revenues and generate our primary sources of cash by offering a broad range of cellular services through our network covering substantially all of the populated territory of Israel. These services include basic and advanced cellular telephone services, text and multimedia messaging services and advanced cellular content and data services. We also provide international roaming services to our subscribers in 167 countries as of September 30, 2006 as well as to subscribers of foreign networks visiting Israel. We offer our subscribers a wide selection of handsets of various leading global manufacturers as well as extended warranty services. We have an advanced 1,300 kilometer fiber-optic transmission infrastructure. Together with our complementary microwave-based infrastructure, our fiber-optic infrastructure connects the majority of our cell sites with the remainder connected using supplemental transmission capacity leased from Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator. Having our own transmission network enables us to save substantial operating cash lease costs that would be associated with complete reliance on Bezeq’s infrastructure, although these savings are partially offset by maintenance costs and microwave spectrum fees. It also allows us to sell transmission and data services to business customers and telecommunications operators. In April 2006, we received a license to provide landline telephone services in Israel as well and we began to offer these services to selected businesses in July 2006. While we expect landline telephone services to be a future growth opportunity, we do not expect material revenues from these services in 2006 or 2007.

35


Table of Contents

      Our management evaluates our performance through focusing on our key performance indicators: number of subscribers, churn rate, average minutes of usage per subscriber, or MOU, average revenue per subscriber, or ARPU, EBITDA (as defined in “— Results of Operations”) and operating income. These key performance indicators are primarily affected by the competitive and regulatory landscape in which we operate and our ability to adapt to the challenges posed. We have modified our process for calculating our number of subscribers at various times in the past. This modification impacts the comparability of our subscriber count and other key performance indicators.
      Our competitive landscape is characterized by a highly penetrated cellular market. Competition is intense and attracting new subscribers and retaining existing subscribers has become increasingly difficult and costly. The competition in our market is expected to increase further as a result of the implementation of number portability, which is likely to occur during 2007, as it will remove a deterrent to switching providers. In the past our revenue growth has largely resulted from growth in the overall market. Going forward, however, we intend to drive revenue growth primarily by: maintaining and enhancing our strong brand; retaining our existing subscribers; growing our ARPU by offering new and advanced services as well as increasing our content and roaming revenues; and attracting new subscribers, mainly from other cellular operators. In particular, in addition to being an important factor in selecting a cellular provider, we believe that content and other value-added services are a potential growth engine for increasing revenues. With the full launch in the third quarter of 2006 of our advanced content services, based on 3.5G HSDPA technology, we have already started to execute our growth strategy in this area.
      The cellular industry is primarily regulated by the Ministry of Communications. See “Regulatory Matters.” While our pricing is not generally regulated, certain of our rates are subject to regulation. In particular, the reduction of interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications in March 2005 and March 2006, which will continue through 2008, has adversely affected our results and requires us to find alternative sources of revenues to compensate for these reductions. Further, commencing January 1, 2009, the basic airtime charging unit, as well as the interconnect tariff unit, will decrease from the current 12-second basic charging unit to a one-second basic charging unit. We are implementing various measures to reduce the impact of this change on our operating results including by offering attractive calling plans based on other charging units, while allowing customers to switch to a basic (one-second) unit calling plan, as our license currently permits us to do. Finally, in November 2006, the licenses of Israeli cellular operators, including us, were amended with respect to the pricing method of calls that terminate in the voice mail of cellular subscribers. This amendment will come into effect in January 2007. Management believes that if the amendment had come into effect as of January 1, 2006, its effect on an annual basis in 2006, based upon September 2006 data, would have been to decrease our annual revenue and net income by NIS 70 million and NIS 40-45 million, respectively.
      The construction and operation of our cell sites and other transmission facilities are highly regulated and require us to obtain various consents and permits. See “Regulatory Matters — Permits for Cell Site Construction.” We have experienced difficulties in obtaining some of these consents and permits, particularly in obtaining building permits for cell sites from local planning and building authorities. See “Risk Factors — We may not be able to obtain permits to construct and operate cell sites.” However, even though 27 cell sites are currently the subject of criminal proceedings (with eight cell sites subject to demolition orders), we do not expect that the demolition of these facilities would have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition. We are also monitoring the consultation process with respect to the draft Non-Ionizing Radiation Regulations published by the Ministry of Environmental Protection in November 2006. However, until the process is complete and final draft regulations are proposed, we will not be in a position to assess their potential impact on our results of operations and

36


Table of Contents

financial condition. Moreover, if we are unable to obtain or renew building or other consents and permits for our existing sites or other facilities, we will be required to demolish or relocate these cell sites and facilities. Our inability to relocate cell sites or other facilities in a timely manner could adversely affect our existing network resulting in the loss of subscribers, prevent us from meeting the network coverage and quality requirements contained in our license and adversely impact our network build-out, all of which may have a material adverse result on our results of operations and financial condition.
      Our profitability is also affected by other factors, including changes in our cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses, including depreciation, and finance expenses.
      Following the acquisition by IDB of a majority interest in us in September 2005, IDB brought in a new management team, including Ami Erel, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, who had been President and CEO of Bezeq, Amos Shapira, our Chief Executive Officer who has been chief executive officer of Kimberly-Clark’s Israeli subsidiary and of El Al Airlines, and Tal Raz, our Chief Financial Officer, one of the founders and formerly a director of Partner, one of our principal competitors. Our new management team has already implemented a series of initiatives to drive growth, including the continued enhancement of our distinctive brand, greater focus on customer service and new sales campaigns, including the launch of new content services. In addition, from September 2005 to September 2006, our new management’s cost-reduction efforts involved the reduction of our overall workforce, including higher-cost temporary workers, by over 2%, primarily through the elimination of over 16% of non-customer facing positions. This streamlining has improved our operating cost structure and reduced our general and administrative expenses. Following implementation of these initiatives, our revenues and operating income increased by approximately 9% and 24%, respectively, and our general and administrative expenses decreased by 5%, in the first nine months of 2006 compared to the first nine months of 2005. Notwithstanding these savings and management’s continued focus on cost cutting initiatives, we expect that selling expenses will continue to increase as a result of sales commissions paid for new subscribers and increased marketing efforts. Further, the higher cost of 3G enabled handsets to support our advanced content and data services may increase the costs related to both subscriber acquisition and subscriber retention.
      Our results are also impacted by currency fluctuations. While substantially all of our revenues are denominated in NIS, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, approximately 27% of cash outflow was denominated in, or linked to, other currencies, mainly U.S. dollars. These payments included capital expenditures, cell site rental fees, payments to equipment suppliers and, in 2006, payments of principal and interest on our credit facility. Changes to the Israeli CPI, may also impact our results as our debentures and some of our expenses are linked to the Israeli CPI. Any devaluation of the NIS against the U.S. dollar or other non-NIS currencies will therefore increase the NIS cost of our expenses that are not denominated in NIS or are linked to those currencies and any increase in the Israeli CPI will increase the financial expenses associated with our debentures. We enter into derivative instruments to mitigate the effect of the various market risks associated with these expenses. See “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
      Further, we incurred significant debt in late 2005 and in the first half of 2006, which will increase our financial expenses compared to historical results. We issued approximately NIS 2.0 billion of two series of debentures which bear interest at the rates of 5.0% and 5.3% and are linked to the Israeli CPI. In addition, in March 2006, we entered into an unsecured syndicated facility agreement with a number of Israeli and international banks arranged by Citibank N.A. and Citibank International plc, which provides for a term loan of $280 million and a revolving credit facility of up to $70 million. In April 2006, we converted part of the outstanding dollar loan into an NIS loan. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt service.”

37


Table of Contents

      In February 2006, our Board of Directors adopted a policy to distribute at least 75% of our net income as determined under Israeli GAAP as dividends, subject to compliance with applicable law, our license and contractual obligations (which currently limit distribution of dividends) and so long as the distribution would not be detrimental to our cash needs or any plans approved by our Board of Directors. During the first nine months of 2006, we distributed cash dividends in the aggregate amount of NIS 3.83 billion. Prior to 2006, we had not distributed dividends since our inception. See “Dividend Policy” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Dividend payments.” In the future, however, our Board of Directors may determine that our cash needs for debt service, capital expenditures or operations may increase and that it would not be prudent to distribute dividends.
      Our majority shareholder, DIC, has agreed with some of our other shareholders to endeavor to cause us to undertake an initial public offering by 2009. We have now decided to become a public company and list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange to take advantage of the equity and debt capital raising opportunities available to a public company in a deep and liquid capital market, to have the ability to use equity based compensation schemes as a tool to incentivize management to generate positive operating results and to provide access to certain of our shareholders to exercise their rights under the registration rights agreement.
New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets
      In September 2006, the Israeli Accounting Standards Board published Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment” which prescribes rules for the presentation, measurement and recognition of fixed assets and related disclosure. Starting January 1, 2007, when this new standard takes effect, we will retroactively separate each individual material component of our network that has an estimated useful life that differs from the dominant asset within the network, mainly transmission equipment such as fiber-optic cables and infrastructure. Then, each component will be retroactively depreciated over its own useful life. The retroactive application of this standard is expected to increase our retained earnings as of January 1, 2007 by approximately NIS 280 million and to have the following effect on our results of operations for all of the periods reported herein.
                                         
    Year Ended   Nine Months Ended
    December 31,   September 30,
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    (In NIS millions)
Decrease in depreciation expense
    46       46       52       39       38  
Decrease (increase) in deferred tax expense
    (17 )     (4 )     (2 )     2       7  
Decrease in capital gain
                (2 )     (2 )     (3 )
Increase in net income
    29       42       48       39       28  
Increase in basic and diluted earnings per ordinary shares
    0.30       0.43       0.49       0.40       0.29  
      It is also expected to have a significant effect on our results of operations for future periods. See “— New Accounting Standards — Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment”.”
Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
      In July 2006, the Israeli Accounting Standards Board published Israeli Accounting Standard No. 29, “Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.” The Standard provides that entities that are required to report pursuant to the Israeli Securities Law, 1968 are to prepare their financial statements for periods beginning as and from January 1, 2008 according to International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS. As we are required to report under the

38


Table of Contents

Securities Law as a result of the listing of our debentures on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, we will adopt IFRS as our financial reporting standard in 2008. As part of this adoption, we intend to include certain balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, and income statement data for the year then ended, that will have been prepared according to the recognition, measurement and presentation principles of IFRS in our annual financial statements for December 31, 2007.
2006 Share Incentive Plan
      In September 2006, our Board of Directors approved an option plan for our employees, officers and directors. The plan has an initial pool of 2,500,000 shares in respect of which options and restricted stock units, or RSUs, may be granted. In October and November 2006, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $12.60 per share. Among those grants were options to purchase up to 450,000 ordinary shares to each of Ami Erel, our Chairman of the Board, and Amos Shapira, our Chief Executive Officer. The remainder of the options grants was made to our senior employees.
      In general, the options and RSUs vest in four equal installments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant. Under Israeli GAAP, we are required to expense the grant date fair value of the options over their vesting period in accordance with Israeli Accounting Standard No. 24. The treatment under U.S. GAAP in accordance with SFAS 123R is the same. In accordance with these standards, we estimate the total compensation cost related to the options granted to be NIS 53 million, of which we expect to expense approximately NIS 30 million before the end of 2007. This cost will be recognized over a period of four years commencing on the date of the grant. However, the vesting of options and RSUs will be accelerated upon certain corporate events, including a merger, a consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, or a sale of our ordinary shares held by IDB that leads to any reduction in IDB’s ownership to below 50.01%. If we distribute cash dividends before the exercise of these options, the exercise price of each option will be reduced by an amount equal to the gross amount of the dividend per share distributed.
Revenues
      We derive our revenues primarily from the sale of cellular network services (such as airtime), handsets and other services, including extended handset warranties and the provision of transmission services. Revenues from airtime are derived from subscribers originating calls on our network and from interconnect revenues from other operators for calls terminating on our network. Revenues also include roaming charges that we bill to our subscribers for the use of the networks of our roaming partners outside Israel, to which we refer to as outbound roaming, and charges that we bill to our roaming partners whose subscribers use our network, to which we refer to as inbound roaming.
Cost of revenues
      The principal components of our cost of revenues are interconnect fees, the purchase of handsets, accessories and spare parts, cell site leasing costs, outbound roaming services fees, royalty payments to the government of Israel, salaries and network development and maintenance. Our cost of revenues also includes depreciation of the cost of our network equipment and amortization of our spectrum licenses. See “— Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates — Long-lived assets — depreciation.”
Selling and marketing expenses
      Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of sales force salaries and commissions, advertising, public relations and promotional expenses. We compensate our sales force through

39


Table of Contents

salaries and incentives. As we continue to focus our efforts on increasing sales of our products and services, we expect our sales commissions to rise accordingly.
General and administrative expenses
      General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and compensation, professional and consultancy fees, leases and maintenance of our offices, bad debt allowance, and other administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses also include depreciation and maintenance fees, mainly for our billing system.
Financial income and expenses
      Financial income and expenses consist primarily of interest expense on long-term and short-term loans and interest on our debentures, the interest income component of handset long-term installment sales, the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, Israeli CPI adjustments related to the Israeli CPI-linked debentures and other expenses, and income or losses relating to financial derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting according to Israeli GAAP.
Other income and expenses
      Other income and expenses consist primarily of capital gains or losses from sale of capital assets.
Income Tax
      Generally, Israeli companies were subject to corporate tax on their taxable income at the rate of 36% for the 2003 tax year, 35% for the 2004 tax year and 34% for the 2005 tax year. Following an amendment to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version], 1961, which came into effect on January 1, 2006, the corporate tax rate is scheduled to decrease as follows: 31% for the 2006 tax year, 29% for the 2007 tax year, 27% for the 2008 tax year, 26% for the 2009 tax year and 25% for the 2010 tax year and thereafter. Israeli companies are generally subject to capital gains tax at a rate of 25% for capital gains (other than gains deriving from the sale of listed securities) derived from assets purchased after January 1, 2003. A deferred tax asset or liability is created for temporary differences between income recognized for tax purposes and for accounting purposes.
      On November 20, 2006, the Israeli Supreme Court overturned a previous ruling made by the Israeli District Court regarding the deductibility for tax purposes of financing expenses that might be attributed by the Israeli tax authorities to the financing of dividends. Following this ruling, we recorded in the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 an additional tax provision of NIS 39 million, based on the possibility that part of our financing expenses accrued in the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 will not be recognized as a deductible expense for tax purposes. While we believe that we have reasons justifying the recognition of these expenses, or part of them, for tax purposes, as of the date of the financial statements the level of certainty required in order to recognize these expenses does not exist. As a result, we recorded the NIS 39 million provision. We are evaluating the possible effects of the ruling, if any, on our future results.
Recent Developments
      In the fourth quarter of 2006, we added approximately 56,000 net subscribers, for a total of 2,884,000 subscribers as of December 31, 2006, compared to an addition of approximately 50,000 net subscribers in the fourth quarter of 2005. Average monthly usage per subscriber (in minutes of use) for the year of 2006 was 338, compared to 321 in 2005.

40


Table of Contents

      We have not yet finalized our financial results for the fourth quarter of 2006, and accordingly the estimates set out in this paragraph are subject to adjustments that could be material as we finalize our results. However, we currently expect that revenues in 2006 will total approximately NIS 5,600 million to NIS 5,620 million, compared to revenues of NIS 5,114 million in 2005, and that ARPU will be approximately NIS 150 to NIS 151, compared to NIS 151 in 2005. Operating income for 2006 will be approximately NIS 965 million to NIS 975 million, including depreciation and amortization of approximately of NIS 880 million to NIS 885 million, compared to operating income of NIS 702 million, including depreciation and amortization of NIS 941 million, in 2005.
Results of Operations
Comparison of nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006
      The following table sets forth key performance indicators for the periods indicated:
                         
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006   Change*
             
Subscribers at end of period(1) (in thousands)
    2,554       2,828       10.7 %
Period churn rate(1)(2)
    10.5 %     12.4 %     1.9 pp
Average monthly usage per subscriber (MOU) (in minutes)(1)(3)
    326       336       3.1 %
Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU)(1)(4) (in NIS)
    154       152       (1.3 )%
Operating income (in NIS millions)
    616       762       23.7 %
Net income (in NIS millions)
    418       390       (6.7 )%
EBITDA(5) (in NIS millions)
    1,320       1,429       8.3 %
Operating income margin(6)
    16.0 %     18.2 %     2.2 pp
EBITDA margin(7)
    34.3 %     34.1 %     (0.2pp )
 
* pp denotes percentage points and this measure of change is calculated by subtracting the 2005 measure from the 2006 measure.
(1)  Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and affected our other key performance indicators accordingly.
 
(2)  Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services.
 
(3)  Average monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is calculated by dividing the total billable minutes (of outgoing and incoming calls from other networks, excluding roaming usage) during the month, by the average number of subscribers during such month, and by dividing the sum of such results for all months in the reported period by the number of months in the period. If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, the MOU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been 339 minutes, which represents an increase of 4.0% compared with the corresponding period in 2005.
 
(4)  Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because

41


Table of Contents

ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber.

     We have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods presented:
                           
    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     
    2005   2006   2006 (In $)
             
    (In NIS millions, except number of
    subscribers and months)
Revenues
    3,845       4,191       974  
 
less revenues from equipment sales
    406       477       111  
 
less other revenues*
    26       43       10  
 
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
                 
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
    3,413       3,671       853  
Average number of subscribers
    2,467,596       2,675,807       2,675,807  
Months during period
    9       9       9  
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
    154       152       35  
    *  Other revenues include revenues from repair services and transmission services.
  **  Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU.
  If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, ARPU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been NIS 154, which is equal to ARPU for the corresponding period in 2005.
(5)  EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way these measures are calculated.
     The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA with net income and operating income:
                 
    Nine Months
    Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
    (In NIS
    millions)
Net income
    418       390  
Financial expenses (income), net
    (13 )     128  
Other expenses (income), net
    10       1  
Income taxes
    201       243  
             
Operating income
    616       762  
Depreciation and amortization
    704       667  
             
EBITDA
    1,320       1,429  
             
(6)  Operating income margin is defined as operating income as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods.
 
(7)  EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods.

42


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:
                 
    Nine Months
    Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
Revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of revenues
    58.9 %     58.9 %
             
Gross profit
    41.1 %     41.1 %
Selling and marketing expenses
    11.8 %     11.3 %
General and administrative expenses
    13.3 %     11.6 %
             
Operating income
    16.0 %     18.2 %
Financial income (expenses), net
    0.3 %     (3.1 )%
Other income (expenses), net
    (0.2 )%     (0.0 )%
             
Income before taxes
    16.1 %     15.1 %
Income tax
    5.2 %     5.8 %
             
Net income
    10.9 %     9.3 %
             
      Revenues
                         
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006   Change
             
    (In NIS millions)    
Revenues
    3,845       4,191       9.0 %
      The increase in revenues was due primarily to an increase of approximately 10.7% in our subscriber base (approximately 7.7% if our calculation methodology had not changed, as discussed above) and an increase in average usage per subscriber, leading to increased airtime usage. Revenues also benefited from a relatively significant increase in roaming services and in content services. In addition, we sold a larger quantity of handsets during the first nine months of 2006 compared with the corresponding period in 2005. The increase in revenues was offset in part by the reduction of interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications in March 2005 and again in March 2006. ARPU decreased slightly despite the increase in revenue from content and roaming services and in airtime usage due to the reduction in interconnect tariffs.
      The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated based on the various sources thereof:
                                 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
    Revenues   % of Total Revenues   Revenues   % of Total Revenues
                 
    (NIS in millions)       (NIS in millions)    
Voice services:
                               
Outgoing air time (including interconnect)
    1,931       50.2 %     1,958       46.7 %
Incoming air time
    815       21.2 %     846       20.1 %
Roaming
    222       5.8 %     292       7.0 %
                         

43


Table of Contents

                                 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
    Revenues   % of Total Revenues   Revenues   % of Total Revenues
                 
    (NIS in millions)       (NIS in millions)    
Total voice services
    2,968       77.2 %     3,096       73.9 %
Other services*
    471       12.2 %     618       14.7 %
                         
Total services
    3,439       89.4 %     3,714       88.6 %
Handsets and accessories
    406       10.6 %     477       11.4 %
                         
Total
    3,845       100.0 %     4,191       100.0 %
                         
 
Consists of fixed monthly subscription fees, content services, text messages, data services, extended warranty fees, transmission and others.
     During the first nine months of 2006, revenues from services (which represent approximately 89% of total revenues) increased by approximately 8.0%, compared with the first nine months of 2005. This increase in revenues from services was primarily as a result of an increase in our customer base of approximately 10.7% (approximately 7.7% if our calculation methodology had not changed, as discussed above) (mainly among “post-paid” subscribers), an increase in average subscriber usage and an increase in revenues originating in content and roaming services. These increases were partially offset by the reduction in interconnect tariffs.
      Revenues from other services also increased mainly as a result of the growth in content services and sales of data packages. As a percentage of total revenues, revenues from other services increased to 14.7% in the first nine months of 2006 from 12.2% in the corresponding period in 2005.
      Handset and accessories revenues (comprising approximately 11% of total revenues) during the first nine months of 2006 increased by 17.5% compared with the first nine months of 2005. This increase primarily resulted from an increase of approximately 8% in the amount of handsets sold, resulting from sales campaigns launched in 2006, and from an increase in the average handset sale price due to higher sales of advanced handsets.
      The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated based on the general types of subscribers:
                                 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
    Revenues   % of Total Revenues   Revenues   % of Total Revenues
                 
    (NIS in millions)       (NIS in millions)    
Individual
    2,112       54.9 %     2,280       54.4 %
Business
    1,609       41.9 %     1,693       40.4 %
Other*
    124       3.2 %     218       5.2 %
                         
Total
    3,845       100.0 %     4,191       100.0 %
                         
 
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services.
     A breakdown of revenues according to types of subscribers (individual and business) shows an increase during the first nine months of 2006 compared with the first nine months of 2005 in revenues attributable to individual subscribers of 8.0%, and an increase in revenues attributable to business subscribers of 5.2%. These increases are the result of a higher subscriber base and increased usage, and also an increase in the average handset sale price due to a larger amount of advanced handsets sold in the period.

44


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated based on the general types of subscription plans:
                                 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
    Revenues   % of Total Revenues   Revenues   % of Total Revenues
                 
    (NIS in millions)       (NIS in millions)    
Pre-paid
    523       13.6 %     530       12.6 %
Post-paid
    3,198       83.2 %     3,443       82.2 %
Other*
    124       3.2 %     218       5.2 %
                         
Total
    3,845       100.0 %     4,191       100.0 %
                         
 
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services.
     A breakdown of revenues according to types of subscription plans (pre-paid and post-paid) shows that the increase in revenues resulted mainly from post-paid subscribers. This increase is the result of an increase in the amount of handsets sold, and an increase in revenues from services resulting from an increase in usage, an increase in content revenues and the expansion of our subscriber base.
Cost of revenues and gross profit
                         
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006   Change
             
    (In NIS millions)    
Cost of revenues — services
    1,816       1,878       3.4 %
Cost of revenues — equipment
    448       592       32.1 %
                   
Total cost of revenues
    2,264       2,470       9.1 %
                   
Gross profit
    1,581       1,721       8.9 %
                   
      The increase in cost of revenues — services resulted mainly from an increase in cost of content services, such as fees to content providers. This increase was also affected by an increase in outbound roaming activity, resulting in an increase in payments to international cellular operators.
      The increase in cost of revenues — equipment resulted from a larger number of handsets sold, as a result of large sales campaigns during the period, and from an increase in the average handset cost due to a larger number of advanced handsets sold.
      The improvement in gross profit was due primarily to higher airtime usage, an increase in roaming activity, and an increase in content services. This improvement was partially offset by the increase in our subsidizing of the cost of handsets sold.
Selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses
                           
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006   Change
             
    (In NIS    
    millions)    
Selling and marketing expenses
    453       473       4.4 %
General and administrative expenses
    512       486       (5.1 )%
                   
 
Total
    965       959       (0.6 )%
                   

45


Table of Contents

      Selling and marketing expenses increased as a result of investments in customer services and an increase in sales commissions as a result of higher handsets sales and expansion of our sale channels, which were partially offset by a decrease in our advertising expenses due to a reduced advertising budget in 2006 compared to 2005.
      General and administrative expenses have decreased due to our streamlining measures, which reduced most of the expense categories in our administrative departments. In particular, from September 2005 to September 2006, we have eliminated over 16% of non-customer facing positions.
      Despite our intensified marketing efforts and investment in customer service, our combined selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses decreased due to the streamlining measures that we implemented in late 2005 and early 2006. See “— Overview.”
Financial and other income (expenses), net
                 
    Nine Months
    Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006
         
    (In NIS
    millions)
Financial income (expenses), net
    13       (128 )
Other income (expenses), net
    (10 )     (1 )
      The increase in financial expenses was due primarily to increased interest expenses as a result of the increase in our outstanding indebtedness following the issuance of our debentures in late 2005 and the first half of 2006, as well as the credit facility with a syndicate of Israeli and international banks arranged by Citibank that we entered into during the first quarter of 2006, raising a total of approximately NIS 3.6 billion. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt service — Credit facility from bank syndicate.” We expect to continue to incur this higher level of interest expense.
      Interest and expenses associated with increases in the principal amount of the debentures, as a result of increases in the Israeli CPI, and interest expenses resulting from the loan facility with the bank syndicate led by Citibank incurred during the first nine months of 2006 were approximately NIS 158 million.
Income tax
                         
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006   Change
             
    (In NIS    
    millions)    
Income tax
    201       243       (20.9 )%
      The increase was primarily due to an additional tax provision of NIS 39 million following a decision of the Israeli Supreme Court in a case to which we were not a party. On November 20, 2006, the Israeli Supreme Court overturned a previous ruling made by the Israeli District Court regarding the deductibility for tax purposes of financing expenses that might be attributed by the Israeli tax authorities to the financing of dividends. Following this ruling, we recorded in the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 an additional tax provision of NIS 39 million, based on the possibility that part of our financing expenses accrued in the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 will not be recognized as a deductible expense for tax purposes. While we believe that we have reasons justifying the recognition of these expenses, or part of them, for tax purposes, as of the date of the financial statements the level of certainty required in order to

46


Table of Contents

recognize these expenses does not exist. As a result, we recorded the NIS 39 million provision. We are evaluating the possible effects of the ruling, if any, on our future results.
      The increase in income tax was also due to a higher income before income tax.
Net income
                         
    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
     
    2005   2006   Change
             
    (In NIS    
    millions)    
Net income
    418       390       (6.7 )%
      The decrease in net income was due mainly to the increase in income tax and a significant increase in financial expenses as a result of our new capital structure, which was partially offset by a significant increase in revenues. We expect this level of financial expense to continue, and therefore to negatively impact our income in future periods.
Comparison of 2003, 2004 and 2005
      The following table sets forth key performance indicators for the periods indicated:
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   Change*
         
    2003   2004   2005   2004 vs. 2003   2005 vs. 2004
                     
Subscribers at end of period(1) (in thousands)
    2,300       2,450       2,603       6.5 %     6.2 %
Period churn rate(1)(2)
    27.3 %     19.9 %     15.0 %     (7.4pp )     (4.9pp )
Average monthly usage per subscriber (MOU) (in minutes)(1)(3)
    316       334       321       5.7 %     (3.9 )%
Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU)(1)(4) (in NIS)
    162       174       151       7.4 %     (13.2 )%
Operating income (in NIS millions)
    891       953       702       7.0 %     (26.3 )%
Net income (in NIS millions)
    431       617       483       43.2 %     (21.7 )%
EBITDA(5) (in NIS millions)
    1,890       1,914       1,643       1.3 %     (14.1 )%
Operating income margin(6)
    16.9 %     17.0 %     13.7 %     0.1pp       (3.3pp )
EBITDA margin(7)
    35.9 %     34.2 %     32.1 %     (1.7pp )     (2.1pp )
 
* pp denotes percentage points and this measure of change is calculated by subtracting the 2003 measure from the 2004 measure and the 2004 measure from the 2005 measure, respectively.
(1)  Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. We revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000.
 
(2)  Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of such period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services.
 
(3)  Average monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is calculated by dividing the total billable minutes (of outgoing and incoming calls from other networks, excluding roaming usage) during the month, by the average number of subscribers during such month, and by dividing the sum of such results for all months in the reported period by the number of months in the period.
 
(4)  Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the

47


Table of Contents

equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber.

  We have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods presented:
                           
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In NIS millions, except number
    of subscribers and months)
Revenues
    5,261       5,600       5,114  
 
less revenues from equipment sales
    498       646       565  
 
less other revenues*
    22       21       38  
 
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
    (62 )            
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
    4,803       4,933       4,511  
Average number of subscribers
    2,477,316       2,368,919       2,489,453  
Months during period
    12       12       12  
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
    162       174       151  
    *  Other revenues include revenues from repair services and transmission services.
  **  Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU.
(5)  EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above) and the impact of purchase accounting (affecting depreciation and amortization expense). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way these measures are calculated.
     The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA with net income and operating income:
                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In NIS millions)
Net income
    431       617       483  
Financial expenses (income), net
    216       45       (24 )
Other expenses (income), net
    (1 )     (1 )     11  
Income taxes
    245       292       232  
                   
Operating income
    891       953       702  
Depreciation and amortization
    999       961       941  
                   
EBITDA
    1,890       1,914       1,643  
                   
(6)  Operating income margin is defined as operating income as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods.
 
(7)  EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods.

48


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenues from operations for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of revenues
    58.4 %     59.0 %     61.3 %
                   
Gross profit
    41.6 %     41.0 %     38.7 %
Selling and marketing expenses
    11.7 %     11.8 %     12.2 %
General and administrative expenses
    13.0 %     12.2 %     12.8 %
                   
Operating income
    16.9 %     17.0 %     13.7 %
Financial income (expenses), net
    (4.1 )%     (0.8 )%     0.5 %
Other income (expenses), net
    0.0 %     0.0 %     (0.2 )%
                   
Income before taxes
    12.8 %     16.2 %     14.0 %
Income tax
    4.6 %     5.2 %     4.6 %
                   
Net income
    8.2 %     11.0 %     9.4 %
                   
Revenues
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   Change
         
    2003   2004   2005   2004 vs. 2003   2005 vs. 2004
                     
    (In NIS millions)        
Revenues
    5,261       5,600       5,114       6.4 %     (8.7 )%
      The decrease in our revenues in 2005 was due mainly to the reduction in interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications in March 2005 and a decrease in the average tariff per minute, both resulting in a reduction in ARPU, and a decrease in the number of handsets sold. This decrease was offset in part by an increase in domestic airtime usage and in outbound roaming usage and by an increase in our subscribers base.
      The increase in our revenues in 2004 was due mainly to an increase in revenues from content services and roaming services, due to intensified marketing efforts in these areas, as well as an increase in handset sales due to aggressive sales campaigns.
      The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated based on the various sources thereof:
                                                 
    2003   2004   2005
             
        % of Total       % of Total       % of Total
    Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues
                         
    (NIS in       (NIS in       (NIS in    
    millions)       millions)       millions)    
Voice services:
                                               
Outgoing air time (including interconnect)
    2,818       53.6 %     2,773       49.5 %     2,535       49.6 %
Incoming air time
    1,242       23.6 %     1,290       23.1 %     1,072       21.0 %
Roaming
    143       2.7 %     230       4.1 %     300       5.8 %
                                     
Total voice services
    4,203       79.9 %     4,293       76.7 %     3,907       76.4 %
Other services*
    560       10.6 %     661       11.8 %     642       12.6 %
                                     

49


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2003   2004   2005
             
        % of Total       % of Total       % of Total
    Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues
                         
    (NIS in       (NIS in       (NIS in    
    millions)       millions)       millions)    
Total services
    4,763       90.5 %     4,954       88.5 %     4,549       89.0 %
Handsets and accessories
    498       9.5 %     646       11.5 %     565       11.0 %
                                     
Total
    5,261       100.0 %     5,600       100.0 %     5,114       100.0 %
                                     
 
Consists of fixed monthly subscription fees, content services, text messages, data services, extended warranty fees, transmission services and others.
     During 2005, revenues from services (comprising approximately 89% of total revenues) decreased by 8.2%, compared with 2004. This decrease resulted mainly from a decline in ARPU by 13.2% due primarily to the reduction of interconnect tariffs in March 2005 by the Ministry of Communications. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in usage of roaming and an increase in our subscriber base of approximately 6.2%.
      During 2004, revenues from services (comprising approximately 88% of total revenues) increased by 4%, compared with 2003. This increase resulted mainly from an increase in ARPU by 7.4% and an increase in our subscriber base of approximately 6.5%. The increase in ARPU was the result of an increase in roaming usage and content services.
      From 2004 to 2005, the revenues from other services, as a percentage of our total revenues, increased from 11.8% to 12.6% correspondingly following an increase from 10.6% in 2003 to 11.8% in 2004.
      Our revenues from the sale of handsets and accessories decreased during 2005 by 12.5%, compared with 2004, as the result of the larger amount of handsets sold in 2004, resulting from aggressive sales campaigns. This increase in sales of handsets in 2004 compared to 2003 also explains the increase in handsets and accessories revenues in 2004 compared to 2003 of 29.7%.
      The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated based on the types of subscribers:
                                                 
    2003   2004   2005
             
        % of Total       % of Total       % of Total
    Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues
                         
    (NIS in       (NIS in       (NIS in    
    millions)       millions)       millions)    
Individual
    2,998       57.0 %     3,140       56.1 %     2,805       54.8 %
Business
    2,192       41.7 %     2,322       41.5 %     2,137       41.8 %
Other*
    71       1.3 %     138       2.4 %     172       3.4 %
                                     
Total
    5,261       100.0 %     5,600       100.0 %     5,114       100.0 %
                                     
 
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services.
     A breakdown of revenues according to types of subscribers shows a decrease in revenues during 2005, compared with 2004, of approximately 11% from individual subscribers, and of approximately 8% from business subscribers. This decrease was mainly due to a decrease in revenues from services primarily resulting from the erosion of ARPU caused by the decline in interconnect tariffs, and a decrease in the amount of handsets sold to individual subscribers.

50


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated based on the types of subscription plans:
                                                 
    2003   2004   2005
             
        % of Total       % of Total       % of total
    Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   Revenues   revenues
                         
    (NIS in       (NIS in       (NIS in    
    millions)       millions)       millions)    
Pre-paid
    713       13.5 %     773       13.8 %     682       13.3 %
Post-paid
    4,477       85.1 %     4,689       83.7 %     4,260       83.3 %
Other*
    71       1.4 %     138       2.5 %     172       3.4 %
                                     
Total
    5,261       100.0 %     5,600       100.0 %     5,114       100.0 %
                                     
 
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services.
     A breakdown of revenues according to types of subscription plans (pre-paid and post-paid) shows that there was a decline in revenues from pre-paid subscribers in 2005 compared with 2004 of 11.8%, and from post-paid subscribers of 9.1%. This decrease is the result of a decline in revenues from services, caused primarily by an erosion in ARPU resulting from the reduction of interconnect tariffs, and a decrease in the amount of handsets sold.
      The increase in revenues in 2004 compared with 2003 resulted primarily from an increase in the sales of handsets. This increase is reflected through the breakdown of revenues according to subscriber type and payment plan.
Cost of revenues and gross profit
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   Change
         
    2003   2004   2005   2004 vs. 2003   2005 vs. 2004
                     
    (In NIS millions)        
Cost of revenues-services
    2,365       2,489       2,450       5.2 %     (1.6 )%
Cost of revenues-equipment
    710       813       683       14.5 %     (16.0 )%
                               
Total cost of revenues
    3,075       3,302       3,133       7.4 %     (5.1 )%
                               
Gross profit
    2,186       2,298       1,981       5.1 %     (13.8 )%
                               
      The decrease in cost of revenues-services in 2005 compared to 2004 was due mainly to the reduction in interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications in March 2005 and to the reduction in salary and related expenses as part of our streamlining measures. The increase in cost of revenues-services in 2004 compared to 2003 was related mainly to the increase in revenues from services and an increase in network maintenance expenses and insurance expenses. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in depreciation expenses.
      The decrease in cost of revenues-equipment in 2005 compared to 2004 resulted mainly from a decrease in handsets costs due to the smaller number of handsets sold during this period. This decrease was partially offset by a significant adjustment to the carrying value of inventory made in the fourth quarter of 2005. As we had excess inventory due to overly optimistic sales projections, we wrote off part of our inventory of i-mode handsets by approximately NIS 28 million resulting in an increase in our cost of sales. The increase in cost of revenues-equipment in 2004 compared to 2003 resulted mainly from an increase in handset costs due to the large number of handsets sold during that year as part of an aggressive sales campaign.
      The increase in gross profit on sales and services in 2004 was due mainly to an increase in revenues from content services as well as to an increase in roaming services, due to intensified sales campaigns in these areas, as well as a decrease in subsidies on handset sales. The decrease in gross profit on sales and services in 2005 was due mainly to the reduction in

51


Table of Contents

interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications in March 2005, a reduction of the average tariff per minute and a decrease in the number of handsets sold.
Selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses
                                           
    Year Ended December 31,   Change
         
    2003   2004   2005   2004 vs. 2003   2005 vs. 2004
                     
    (In NIS millions)        
Selling and marketing expenses
    613       661       623       7.8 %     (5.7 )%
General and administrative expenses
    682       684       656       0.3 %     (4.1 )%
                               
 
Total
    1,295       1,345       1,279       3.9 %     (4.9 )%
                               
      The decrease in selling and marketing expenses in 2005 was due mainly to the reduction in commissions to our distributors as a result of a decrease in handset sales by them and to a decrease in our advertising costs. The decrease in general and administrative expenses in 2005 was due mainly to a reduction in bad debt expenses, due to improvements in our collection system, more efficient staff utilization and other efficiencies achieved.
      The increase in selling and marketing expenses in 2004 was due mainly to the increase in commissions paid to our distributors as a result of an increase in sales of handsets and as a result of an increase in advertising expenses for sales campaigns during this period. We were successful in keeping our general and administrative expenses in 2004 similar to those of 2003 despite the increase in revenues and our number of subscribers.
Financial and other income (expenses), net
                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In NIS millions)
Financial income (expenses), net
    (216 )     (45 )     24  
Other income (expenses), net
    1       1       (11 )
      The transition from financial expenses to financial income in 2005 resulted from a decrease in financial expenses as the result of the repayment of the majority of our bank loans and from our hedging against fluctuations in currency exchange rates and other financial derivative transactions.
      Financial income resulting from hedging transactions amounted to NIS 11 million in 2005, compared with financial expenses of NIS 28 million in 2004. The change primarily resulted from sharp fluctuations in the U.S. dollar: NIS exchange rate during these years, and the use of hedging transactions to mitigate the risk resulting from these sharp fluctuations.
      Financial expenses in 2004 compared with 2003 decreased by approximately 79%. This sharp decline resulted primarily from the repayment of the majority of our loans, in the amount of NIS 1.1 billion during 2004. Financial expenses during 2004 for bank loans decreased by NIS 102 million and financial expenses from hedging activities decreased by NIS 56 million. These decreases were the result of sharp fluctuations in the U.S. dollar: NIS exchange rate during these years.

52


Table of Contents

Income tax
                                         
    Year Ended    
    December 31,   Change
         
    2003   2004   2005   2004 vs. 2003   2005 vs. 2004
                     
    (In NIS millions)        
Income tax
    245       292       232       19.2 %     (20.5 )%
      The decrease in income tax in 2005 compared to 2004 of approximately 21% was due mainly to a lower income before taxes and a lower income tax rate of 34% in 2005 compared to 35% in 2004.
      The increase in income tax in 2004 of approximately 19% compared to 2003 resulted primarily from higher income before taxes.
Net income
                                         
    Year Ended    
    December 31,   Change
         
    2003   2004   2005   2004 vs. 2003   2005 vs. 2004
                     
    (In NIS millions)        
Net income
    431       617       483       43.1 %     (21.7 )%
      The decrease in our net income in 2005 was primarily due to reduced revenues as a result of the reduction of interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications in March 2005. The increase in our net income in 2004 was primarily due to the increase in our gross profit, offset in part by the increase in our selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses, and also due to a sharp decrease in our financing expenses.
U.S. GAAP Results
      Our net income in accordance with Israeli GAAP was NIS 418 million and NIS 390 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively, compared to net income under U.S. GAAP of NIS 460 million and NIS 374 million. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, our net income in accordance with Israeli GAAP was NIS 431 million, NIS 617 million and NIS 483 million compared to NIS 441 million, NIS 620 million and NIS 491 million (on a combined basis), respectively. Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements summarizes the principal differences between Israeli and U.S. GAAP that affect our financial results. Our net income is not significantly different under U.S. GAAP from the results under Israeli GAAP due to the offsetting impact of some of the differences. The principal differences affecting our results of operations are:
  •  Push-down accounting. Under U.S. GAAP, DIC’s acquisition of our shares is treated as a purchase that requires a revaluation of our assets and liabilities, leading to increased amortization expense of intangible assets, offset by decreased depreciation expense of tangible assets under U.S. GAAP. In addition, we were required to push down certain DIC debt and the interest expense relating to such debt incurred to finance the acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to increased financial expense under U.S. GAAP. Push-down accounting had a significant impact on our balance sheet under U.S. GAAP.
 
  •  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment. Under U.S. GAAP, each individual significant component is depreciated over its useful life, rather than depreciating all assets on the basis of the estimated useful life of the dominant asset. This leads to decreased depreciation expense under U.S. GAAP. We will adopt a similar policy under Israeli GAAP beginning in 2007.

53


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
      Our liquidity requirements relate primarily to working capital requirements, debt service, capital expenditures for the expansion and improvement of our networks and payment of dividends. Until the end of 2005, these requirements have been funded largely through funds generated from operations and bank borrowings. However, in late 2005 and the first half of 2006, we raised significant additional capital by issuing two series of debentures in the aggregate principal amount of approximately NIS 2.0 billion ($465 million) and by establishing a credit facility of $350 million. Our Board, at the request of our shareholders, determined to incur such debt, and pay dividends in excess of the amount of such debt with available cash and proceeds of the borrowings, to increase the leverage in our capital structure and improve our shareholders’ expected rate of return on our equity.
      We believe that our financial reserves will be sufficient to fund our anticipated cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support marketing and subscriber retention efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities and the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products.
      In February 2006, our Board of Directors adopted a policy to distribute at least 75% of our net income as determined under Israeli GAAP, subject to compliance with applicable law, our license and contractual obligations (which currently limit distribution of dividends) and so long as the distribution would not be detrimental to our cash needs or to any plans approved by our Board of Directors. It is possible that our Board of Directors’ estimate of our cash needs will be incorrect, or that events could occur that could increase our cash needs beyond anticipated. If that occurs, we may not have sufficient cash to cover these needs as a result of prior dividend payments, and we would need to identify additional sources of financing, which could include equity or debt financing. We may not be able to obtain such financing on acceptable terms or at all.
Dividend payments
      During the first nine months of 2006, we distributed cash dividends in the aggregate amount of NIS 3.83 billion ($890 million) based on retained earnings accumulated since our inception. We did not distribute any dividends prior to 2006.
Debt service
Public debentures
      In December 2005 and January 2006, we issued two series of debentures to institutional and other investors in private placements. In May 2006, we issued additional debentures of the existing two series. The debentures are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. The debentures consist of NIS 1.065 billion ($248 million) aggregate principal amount of Series A Debentures and approximately NIS 925 million ($215 million) aggregate principal amount of Series B Debentures. The Series A Debentures bear interest at the rate of 5.0% per year, linked to the Israeli CPI. The principal is payable in nine semiannual payments commencing in July 2008, and the interest is payable semiannually commencing in July 2006. The Series B Debentures bear interest at the rate of 5.3% per year, linked to the Israeli CPI. The principal is payable in five annual payments commencing in January 2013, and the interest is payable annually commencing in January 2007.
      The debentures are unsecured and do not restrict our ability to issue additional debentures of any class or distribute dividends in the future. The debentures contain standard terms and

54


Table of Contents

obligations including restriction on our ability to create liens on our assets, other than fixed liens on assets provided in connection with financing the purchase of such assets.
Credit facility from bank syndicate
      In March 2006, we entered into an unsecured syndicated facility agreement with a number of Israeli and international banks arranged by Citibank N.A. and Citibank International plc, which provides for a term loan of $280 million and a revolving credit facility of up to $70 million. The term loan is repayable in installments ranging from 10% to 25% of the principal, commencing 24 months after the date of the agreement and maturing on December 22, 2010. Amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility are repayable within a period of one to six months, at our discretion, and final maturity is December 22, 2010. On April 10, 2006, we converted part of the outstanding dollar loan into an NIS loan. We repaid an amount of $137.5 million (comprised of $110 million on account of the term loan and $27.5 million on account of the revolving credit facility) and we received in exchange an amount of NIS 633 million (comprised of a term loan in the amount of NIS 506 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of NIS 127 million). As of September 30, 2006, the outstanding principal amounts denominated in U.S. dollars and NIS were as follows: $170 million and NIS 506.4 ($117.7 million) under the term loan facility; and $36.1 million and NIS 107.6 million ($25.0 million) under the revolving credit facility.
      Dollar denominated loans under the credit facility bear interest at an annual rate of one-to -six-month LIBOR plus a margin that depends on our ratio of net debt to EBITDA as of the last financial statement provided prior to each interest period as follows: 1.35% if our ratio is equal to or greater than 2.5:1; 1.05% if the ratio is greater than or equal to 1.5:1 but lower than 2.5:1; or 0.80% if the ratio is less than 1.5:1. As of September 30, 2006, the average interest rate on the outstanding dollar loans was three-month LIBOR + 1.05% per year. The NIS loans bear interest at an annual rate of one-to -six-month Tel Aviv Interbank Offered Rate, or TELBOR, plus up to 0.3% and a variable margin ranging from 0.8% to 1.35% , depending on our ratio of net debt to EBITDA, as in the dollar loans described above. As of September 30, 2006, the average interest rate on the outstanding NIS loans was three-month TELBOR + 1.05% + 0.17% per year.
      The facility agreement includes standard provisions with respect to voluntary prepayment, events of default, financial covenants and restrictive covenants. The events of default include the loss of control of the Company by IDB or DIC, the revocation of our license, or any amendment of our license that would have a material adverse effect on us, any demands under indemnity letters to local planning and building committees in excess of $50.0 million in the aggregate (or provision or note in our financial statements with respect thereof) and any material adverse change. The financial covenants require that we maintain a ratio of net debt to EBITDA of not more than 2.5:1, and a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense of at least 5.0:1. The restrictive covenants include, among other things, limitations on liens, loans, guarantees and indemnities, the incurrence of indebtedness, acquisitions, dispositions of assets, mergers and other changes of control. Our credit facility limits our ability to pay dividends, including by limiting our distribution of dividends in respect of any financial year so that any distribution, when aggregated with other dividend distributions since January 1, 2006, does not exceed the lesser of (a) 75% of our aggregate net income from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution and (b) the aggregate “eligible dividend amount” from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution, the “eligible dividend amount” being the lesser of (i) our net income for each financial year and (ii) the excess of free cash flow over 110% of total debt service for each financial year. In addition, we are also permitted to make distributions out of the expected approximately NIS 280 million ($65.1 million) adjustment to retained earnings referred to above in “— Overview — New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets.” Free cash flow is defined as EBITDA with the addition or subtraction of changes in working capital, minus capital expenditures and any amounts paid or payable in respect of tax. Debt service is defined as the payments on account of principal and interest of our loans,

55


Table of Contents

including payments in respect of commissions and other expenses. Once we have made the required principal repayment under the facility that is due on March 9, 2010, the aforesaid limitation may be replaced, at our option, with a new limitation on dividend distributions such that dividends to be distributed for the period between March 9, 2010 and the final repayment date may not exceed the difference between (a) the forecasted cash, cash equivalents and free cash flow (as defined in the facility, such forecast to be pre-approved by the lenders) for the period ending on the final repayment date (not to exceed our free cash flow for the equivalent period in the previous financial year), and (b) 110% of total debt service for the period commencing on the proposed dividend payment date and ending upon final repayment date. In addition, we are required to enter into foreign exchange and interest rate hedging agreements pursuant to which at least 66% of any loans outstanding at any time under the credit facility agreement are hedged.
Other credit facilities
      As of September 30, 2006, a balance of NIS 87.5 million under other credit facilities was outstanding. This balance will be payable as follows: NIS 50 million in November 2006, and the remainder of NIS 37.5 million in six equal quarterly payments until January 2008.
Capital expenditures
      Our accrual capital expenditure in 2003, 2004 and 2005 amounted to NIS 658 million, NIS 739 million and NIS 747 million, respectively. Accrual capital expenditure is defined as investment in fixed assets and other assets, such as spectrum licenses, during a given period. For the periods under review, a key focus of our capital investment has been the introduction of our 1800MHz GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network and the build out of our UMTS/ HSDPA network. With the completion of these projects, we do not intend to embark on any significant capital expenditure programs during 2007.
Cash flows from operating activities
      Our cash flows from operating activities increased by 6.7%, from NIS 1,000 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 to NIS 1,067 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, due primarily to the increase in operating income.
      Our cash flows from operating activities decreased by 13.5%, from NIS 1.47 billion for 2004 to NIS 1.27 billion for 2005, due primarily to the decrease in operating income. In addition, cash flows from operating activities increased by 5.6%, from NIS 1.39 billion for 2003 to NIS 1.47 billion for 2004.
Cash flows from investing activities
      The net cash flows from operating activities is the main capital resource for our investment activities. In the nine months ended September 30, 2006, net cash used in investing activities amounted to NIS 511 million, primarily to our technological network infrastructure vendors, compared with NIS 445 million during the corresponding period in 2005, which represents an increase of 14.8%.
      In 2003, 2004 and 2005, our net cash used in investing activities amounted to NIS 697 million (not including our NIS 189 million long-term deposit repayment), NIS 852 million and NIS 619 million, respectively. The payments were primarily for the expansion of the technological network and information systems infrastructures.
Cash flows from financing activities
      The net cash used in financing activities during the first nine months of 2006 amounted to NIS 2,210 million, compared with NIS 536 million during the corresponding period in 2005.

56


Table of Contents

      During the first half of 2006 we received long-term loans in the amount of NIS 1.6 billion under the credit facility, and NIS 250 million was received as the result of the issuance of additional debentures of the same series. Furthermore, we paid cash dividends during the first nine months of 2006 in the amount of NIS 3.83 billion.
      In 2005, net cash provided by financing activities amounted to NIS 1,114 million, which was generated by the issue of our debentures of NIS 1.7 billion and offset by a repayment of NIS 592 million of bank loans, including NIS 533 million for long-term loans and NIS 59 million for short-term loans. Net cash used in financing activities in 2003 and 2004 were NIS 603 million and NIS 1,068 million, respectively.
      During the first nine months of 2006, the average outstanding amount of long-term liabilities (long-term loans and debentures) was NIS 3.2 billion.
      During 2005, the monthly average outstanding amount of short-term credit was NIS 50 million. For the same period, the average outstanding amount of long-term loans was NIS 544 million.
      During 2004, the monthly average outstanding amount of short-term credit was NIS 123 million. For the same period, the average outstanding amount of long-term loans was NIS 1.3 billion.
Working capital
      Our working capital as of September 30, 2006 was NIS 180 million, compared with working capital of NIS 1,909 million as of December 31, 2005. The decline in working capital is the result of the decline in cash and cash-equivalents, resulting from the payment of cash dividends to our shareholders during the first nine months of 2006.
      As of December 31, 2004, we had negative working capital of NIS 138 million. The increase in working capital during 2005 was the result of an increase in cash and cash-equivalents, the issue of two series of debentures and the repayment of loans during 2005, as described above. Substantially all of the cash received from the issue of the debentures was distributed as a cash dividend to our shareholders during the first quarter of 2006.
      Working capital as of December 31, 2003 was negative, and amounted to NIS 361 million.
Trade receivables
      Trade receivables consist of outstanding amounts due from customers, mainly for cellular services and handsets and accessories, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Most of our handset sales are made on an installment basis (generally, 36 monthly payments). Installments due in the twelve months following the balance sheet date are included in current trade receivables; the remaining installments are included in long-term receivables. As of September 30, 2006, net trade receivables amounted to NIS 1,259 million compared to NIS 1,237 million as at December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our revenues, which was offset by an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts of NIS 30 million and a repayment of one receivable in the amount of NIS 43 million. The current maturity of long-term receivables as of September 30, 2006 was NIS 556 million.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
      There are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

57


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments
      Set forth below is a description of our contractual cash obligations, in millions of NIS, as of September 30, 2006.
                                         
    Total   2006   2007-2009   2010-2011   2012 and Beyond
                     
Long-term debt obligations (including interest)(1)
    4,299       78       1,408       1,413       1,400  
Capital (finance) lease obligations
                             
Operating lease obligations
    1,768       67       630       291       780  
Purchase obligations
    242       16       186       40        
Other long-term liabilities reflected on our balance sheet under GAAP
                             
                               
Total
    6,309       161       2,224       1,744       2,180  
                               
 
(1)  Interest on our credit facilities is calculated using LIBOR plus 1.05% and TELBOR plus 0.17% plus 1.175 to 1.25%, depending on the facility, using LIBOR and TELBOR in effect on November 30, 2006. Because the interest rate under the credit facility is variable, actual payments may differ. Interest does not include (a) payments that could be required under our interest-rate swap agreements, which payments will depend upon changes in interest rates and could vary significantly, or (b) any increase in interest that would be required based on increases in the Israeli CPI.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
      In the course of our normal operations, we are exposed to market risks including fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and the Israeli CPI. We are exposed to currency risks primarily as a result of purchasing inventory and fixed assets mainly in U.S. dollars while almost all of our cash receivables are in NIS. A substantial amount of our cash payments are incurred in, or linked to, non-NIS currencies. In particular, in 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, payments in U.S. dollars represented approximately 25% of total cash outflows. Also, we are exposed to interest rate risks through our bank and hedging instruments and to possible fluctuations in the Israeli CPI through our debentures. We do not generally hedge our interest rates other than as required by our credit facility, which requires us to hedge a portion of our interest rate exposure.
      In order to protect ourselves from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, we have established a foreign currency hedging program. Under this program, we currently hedge part of our U.S. dollar liabilities, firm commitments and budgeted expenditures for the next 6 to 12 months using foreign currency forward exchange contracts and currency options. A foreign currency forward exchange contract is a contract whereby we agree to buy or sell a foreign currency at a predetermined exchange rate at a future date. A currency option is an option to buy or sell a foreign currency at a predetermined exchange rate at a future date. The exchange rate fluctuations that impact our foreign currency denominated financial liabilities, firm commitments and budgeted expenditures are intended to be offset by gains and losses on these hedging instruments.
      The goal of our hedging program is to lock in the exchange rates of our transactions denominated in U.S. dollars. We do not hold derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Nevertheless, under Israeli GAAP, we are required to treat our hedges of budgeted expenditures for which there is no contractual commitment as though they were speculative investments. As a result, we are required to value these hedge positions at the end of each fiscal quarter and record a gain or loss equal to the difference in their market value from the last balance sheet date, without any reference to the change in value to the related budgeted expenditures. Accordingly, these differences could result in significant fluctuations in our reported net income.

58


Table of Contents

      We protect ourselves from fluctuations in foreign currency rates in respect of our U.S. dollar long-term loans in the amount of $170 million as of September 30, 2006, by utilizing compound foreign currency and interest swaps, throughout the entire period of the loan.
      From time to time, we receive short-term U.S. dollar loans with a variable LIBOR interest rate. In order to hedge the possible fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the NIS, we execute swap transactions. As of September 30, 2006, we held short-term U.S. dollar loans in the amount of $36 million. These loans have been hedged through a swap transaction for the full period of the loan.
      Also, as of September 30, 2006, we had two outstanding series of debentures, which are linked to the Israeli CPI, in an aggregate principal amount of approximately NIS 2.0 billion. During the first nine months of 2006, we executed five forward Israeli CPI/ NIS transactions, in a total amount of NIS 500 million, each for a period of 12 months, in order to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in the Israeli CPI. We periodically review the possibility of entering into additional transactions in order to lower the exposure in respect of the debentures.
      Set forth below is the composition of the derivative financial instruments at the following dates:
                                                 
    December 31, 2004   December 31, 2005   September 30, 2006
             
    Par Value   Fair Value   Par Value   Fair Value   Par Value   Fair Value
                         
    (In NIS millions)
Forward contracts on exchange rate (mainly US$ — NIS)
    754       (12 )     654       1       486       (27 )
Forward contracts on Israeli CPI rate
                            500       (4 )
Options on the exchange rate (mainly US$ — NIS)
    1,639       12       925       4       796       1  
Compounded foreign currency and interest swap
                            887       (62 )
                                     
      2,393             1,579       5       2,669       (92 )
                                     
Sensitivity information
      Without taking into account our hedging instruments and based upon our debt outstanding as at September 30, 2006, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates or the Israeli CPI would affect us as follows:
  •  an increase of 0.1% of the Israeli CPI would result in an increase of approximately NIS 2.0 million in our financial expenses;
 
  •  a devaluation of the NIS against the U.S. dollar of 1.0% would increase our financial expenses by approximately NIS 9.0 million; and
 
  •  an increase in NIS interest rates of 100 basis points would increase our annual interest expense by approximately NIS 6.2 million ($1.4 million). An increase in U.S. dollar interest rates of 100 basis points would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $2 million.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
      Until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of the NIS based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. Accordingly, among other things, non-monetary items (such as fixed assets) were

59


Table of Contents

adjusted based on the changes in the Israeli CPI from the index published in respect of the month of all of the transactions up to the index in respect of the balance sheet month. Starting January 1, 2004, the adjustment of financial statements for the impact of the changes in the purchasing power of the Israeli currency was discontinued. The adjusted amounts included in the financial statements as of December 31, 2003 constitute the starting point for the nominal financial report as of January 1, 2004. Any additions made during the period are included in their nominal values.
      The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience, where applicable, and on other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and could have a material impact on our reported results.
      In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction, event or activity is specifically dictated by accounting principles and does not require management’s judgment in its application, while in other cases, management’s judgment is required in the selection of the most appropriate alternative among the available accounting principles, that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions.
      We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to our financial results and to the understanding of our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s estimates and assumptions. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if: 1) it requires us to make assumptions because information was not available at the time or it included matters that were highly uncertain at the time we were making our estimate and 2) changes in the estimate or different estimates that we could have selected may have had a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Revenue recognition
Nature of critical estimate items
      As described in Note 2.L to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we recognize revenues from services as they are provided and revenues from sales of handsets and accessories upon delivery.
Assumptions/approach used
      We recognize service revenues based upon minutes used, net of credits and adjustments for service discounts. As a result of the cutoff times of our multiple billing cycles each month, we are required to estimate the amount of service revenues earned during the period, but not yet billed, from the end of each billing cycle to the end of each reporting period. These estimates are primarily based on historical usage and billing patterns.
      The accounting estimates used in the results of operations related to the recognition of revenue require us to make assumptions about possible future billing adjustments arising from disputes with subscribers and discounts not taken into consideration at the time of billing.
Effect if different assumptions used
      Management believes that the provisions (relevant to revenue recognition) recorded for each reporting period represent its best estimate of future outcomes, but the actual outcomes could differ from the estimate selected. The impact of variances in actual performance versus the amounts recorded could have an adverse effect on the accounts receivable reported on the

60


Table of Contents

balance sheet and the results reported in the statements of operations, and could be material to our financial condition.
Long-lived assets — depreciation
Nature of critical estimate items
      The cellular communications industry is capital intensive. The depreciation of operating assets constitutes a significant operating cost for us. We have substantial investments in tangible long-lived assets, primarily our communications networks.
Assumptions/approach used
      We depreciate our network equipment by the straight-line method, on the basis of the estimated useful lives of the dominant asset within each group of assets, mainly over 6.7 years (15% per year). On January 1, 2007, a new Israeli accounting standard will come into effect, pursuant to which we will retroactively separate individual components with estimated useful lives that are different from the entire network, mainly transmission equipment (such as fiber-optic cables) and infrastructures. The retroactive application of this depreciation of individual components is expected to have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position for all of the reported periods. See “— New Accounting Standards — Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment”.” Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms that are reasonably assured. We periodically review changes in our technology and industry conditions to determine adjustments to estimated remaining useful lives and depreciation rates. Such adjustments would affect depreciation prospectively.
Effect if different assumptions used
      Changes in technology or changes in our intended use of these assets can cause the estimated period of use or the value of these assets to change. Actual economic lives may differ from estimated useful lives. Periodic reviews could result in a change in our assets’ depreciable lives, and therefore, our depreciation expense in future periods.
Impairment of long-lived assets
Nature of critical estimate items
      We review finite-lived long-lived assets, principally consisting of property, plant and equipment, and spectrum licenses for impairment based on the requirements of Israeli Accounting Standard No. 15, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable through undiscounted future cash flows. If necessary, we write down the assets to their estimated fair values.
Assumptions/approach used
      In analyzing finite-lived long-lived assets for potential impairment, significant assumptions that are used in determining the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group include:
  •  cash flows attributed to the asset group;
 
  •  future cash flows for the asset group, including estimates of residual values, which incorporate our views of growth rates for the related business and anticipated future economic conditions; and
 
  •  period of time over which the assets will be held and used.

61


Table of Contents

Effect if different assumptions used
      The use of different estimates of assumptions within our undiscounted cash flow modes (e.g., growth rates, future economic conditions, estimates of residual values) could result in undiscounted cash flows that are lower than the current carrying value of an asset group, thereby requiring the need to compare the carrying value of the asset group to its fair value.
      The use of different discount rates when determining the fair value of the asset group could result in different fair values, and impact any related impairment charges. A different method of determining fair value, other than a discounted cash flow model, could result in a lower or higher fair value for the asset group.
      Since our incorporation, we have written down an aggregate of NIS 10 million of the value of our real estate property in Modi’in, Israel.
Accounts receivable — bad debt and allowance for doubtful accounts
Nature of critical estimate items
      We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect estimated losses resulting from the inability of certain subscribers to make required payments.
Assumptions/approach used
      We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts by taking into account variables such as past experience, age of the receivable balance and current economic conditions of the party owing the receivable balance. If the financial conditions of certain subscribers were to deteriorate, resulting in impairment in their ability to make payments, additional allowance for doubtful accounts may be required.
Effect if different assumptions used
      We believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate to cover estimated losses in customer accounts receivable balances under current conditions. However, changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be necessary in the event that the financial condition of our customers improves or deteriorates.
Liabilities arising from litigation
      We are involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We make provisions for liabilities arising from litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5, which requires us to provide for liabilities arising from litigation when the liabilities become probable and estimable. We continually evaluate our pending litigation to determine if any developments in the status of litigation require an accrual to be made. It is often difficult to accurately estimate the ultimate outcome of the litigation. These variables and others can affect the timing and amount we provide for certain litigation. Our accruals for legal claims are therefore subject to estimates made by us and our legal counsel, which are subject to change as the status of the legal cases develops over time. Such revision in our estimates of the potential liability could materially impact our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Push-down accounting — for U.S. GAAP only
      Following its acquisition in September 2005, DIC held a 94.5% controlling interest in our outstanding share capital, and 100% control of our voting rights. As a result, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, requires the acquisition by the parent company to be “pushed-down,” meaning the post-transaction financial statements of the acquired company should reflect

62


Table of Contents

a new basis of accounting. In accordance with Israeli GAAP, reflecting the September 2005 transaction through a new basis of accounting is not permitted.
      The purchase price paid as a result of this transaction has been allocated to a proportionate amount of our underlying assets and liabilities based upon DIC’s acquired interests in the respective fair market values of our assets and liabilities at the date of the transaction. The excess of the purchase price over the identified assets and liabilities is considered as goodwill.
      Goodwill and other identifiable assets are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment losses are not reversed. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the Company. If the recoverable amount of the Company is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Any future impairment which might be required, could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.
      Estimates were used in the course of the acquisition by DIC to determine the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired.
      The application of purchase accounting required that the total purchase price be allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The allocation process required an analysis of all such assets and liabilities including acquired contracts, customer relationships, licenses, contractual commitments and legal contingencies to identify and record the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In valuing acquired assets and assumed liabilities, fair values were based on, but were not limited to: future expected cash flows; current replacement cost for similar capacity for certain property, plant and equipment; market rate assumptions for contractual obligations; estimates of settlement costs for litigation and contingencies; and appropriate discount rates and growth rates. The approach to the estimation of the fair values of our intangible assets involved the following steps: preparation of discounted cash flow analyses; deduction of the fair values of tangible assets; determination of the fair value of identified significant intangible assets; reconciliation of the individual assets’ returns with the weighted average cost of capital; and allocation of the excess purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired to goodwill.
      Determining the particular asset economic lives for intangible assets and for tangible fixed assets involves the exercise of judgment and can materially affect the reported amounts for amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible fixed assets.
Income taxes
      We account for income taxes under Israeli Accounting Standard No. 19, “Taxes on Income.” Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as current or non-current items in accordance with the nature of the assets or liabilities to which they relate. When there are no underlying assets or liabilities, the deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in accordance with the period of expected reversal. Income tax expenses represent the tax payable for the period and the changes during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
      To compute provisions for taxes, estimates need to be made. Estimates are also necessary to determine whether valuation allowances are required against deferred tax assets. These involve assessing the probabilities that deferred tax assets resulting from deductible temporary

63


Table of Contents

differences will be utilized. Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Given the complexity, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate adjustments to tax income and expense in future periods. We establish reasonable provisions for possible consequences of tax audits. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by ourselves and the tax authorities.
New Accounting Standards
Israeli Accounting Standard No. 26, “Inventory”
      In August 2006, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Israeli Accounting Standard No. 26, “Inventory.” This standard provides guidelines for determining the cost of inventory and its subsequent recognition as an expense as well as for determining impairment in value of inventory written down to net realizable value of the inventory. This standard also provides guidelines regarding cost formulas used to allocate costs to various types of inventory. This standard will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007. Implementation of Standard No. 26 is not anticipated to have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment”
      In September 2006, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment.” Standard No. 27 prescribes rules for the presentation, measurement and recognition of fixed assets and for the disclosure required in respect thereto. Standard No. 27 provides among other things the following:
Revaluation of assets
      Standard No. 27 provides that a group of similar fixed asset items should be measured at cost net of accumulated depreciation, less impairment losses, or alternatively, at its revalued amount less accumulated depreciation, whereas an increase in the value of the asset to above its initial cost as a result of the revaluation will be directly included in shareholders’ equity under a revaluation reserve.
Asset retirement obligations
      Standard No. 27 provides, that upon the initial recognition of a fixed asset, the cost of the item should include all the costs expected to be incurred in respect of a liability to dismantle and remove the item and to restore the site on which it was located.
Components depreciation
      Standard No. 27 provides that if an item of property, plant and equipment consists of several components with different estimated useful lives, the individual significant components should be depreciated over their individual useful lives.
      Standard No. 27 will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on January 1, 2007, and will be adopted on a retroactive basis, except for asset retirement obligations, for which the initial adoption will be in accordance with the provisions of Standard No. 27.

64


Table of Contents

      The initial implementation of Standard No. 27 is expected to have the following effects:
Asset retirement obligations
      Implementation of Standard No. 27 is anticipated to result in the initial recognition of liabilities to dismantle and remove assets and to restore the site with respect to our cell sites, retail stores and general and administrative facilities, and accordingly there will be an increase in net book value of the fixed assets and an increase in long-term liabilities due to the obligation for asset retirement. Also, there will be a decrease in retained earnings in the amount of approximately NIS 7 million, net of related taxes. The additional cost will be recognized over the useful life of the asset. The obligation is recognized at fair value, and the accretion expense will be recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value.
Components depreciation
      We utilized group depreciation for our network and transmission equipment and depreciation has been calculated on the basis of the estimated useful life of the dominant asset within each group. Upon adoption of Standard No. 27, starting January 1, 2007, we will retroactively separate individual components with estimated useful lives that are different from the entire network, mainly transmission equipment such as fiber-optic cables and infrastructure. The retroactive application of this components depreciation is expected to increase our retained earnings as of January 1, 2007, in the amount of approximately NIS 280 million. It is expected to have a significant effect on our results of operations for future periods.
Israeli Accounting Standard No. 29, “Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)”
      In July 2006, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Accounting Standard No. 29, “Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).” The standard provides that entities that are required to report pursuant to the Securities Law must prepare their financial statements for periods beginning as and from January 1, 2008 according to IFRS. The standard permits early adoption for financial statements released after July 31, 2006.
      In accordance with this standard, we are required to include in our annual financial statements for December 31, 2007, balance sheet data as at December 31, 2007 and statement of operations data for the year then ended, that have been prepared according to the recognition, measurement and presentation principles of IFRS.
      We are examining the effect of the adoption and implementation of IFRS on our financial statements.
U.S. GAAP Accounting Standards
      In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued revised SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS No. 123(R). SFAS No. 123(R) sets accounting requirements for “share-based” compensation to employees and requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) is effective in interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. As of September 30, 2006 and for all reported periods, we did not have any “share based” compensation available to employees; as such, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) did not have an impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
      In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3, or SFAS No. 154. SFAS No. 154 changes the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. The provisions of SFAS No. 154 require, unless impracticable, retrospective application to prior

65


Table of Contents

periods’ financial statements of (i) all voluntary changes in accounting principles and (ii) changes required by a new accounting pronouncement, if a specific transition is not provided. SFAS No. 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method for long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate, which requires prospective application of the new method. SFAS No. 154 is effective for all accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 12, 2005. Our adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
      In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, or FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that the application of FIN 48 will have on our results of operations and financial condition.
      In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 156 that amends FASB Statements No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. The new statement should be adopted as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. We do not anticipate that the adoption of this new statement at the required effective date will have a significant effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value (replacing all prior definitions) and creates a framework to measure fair value, but does not create any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective in the first quarter of fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. It will become effective for us on August 1, 2008. We are evaluating how it may affect our consolidated financial statements.
      In its September 2006 meeting, the FASB’s Emerging Issue Task Force reached a consensus on Issue No.  06-1, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Service Provider to Manufacturers or Resellers of Equipment Necessary for an End-Customer to Receive Service from the Service Provider,” that if the consideration given by a service provider to a manufacturer or reseller (that is not a customer of the service provider) can be linked contractually to the benefit received by the service provider’s customer, a service provider should use the guidance in EITF  01-9 to characterize the consideration. EITF  01-9 presumes that an entity should characterize cash consideration as a reduction of revenue unless an entity meets the requirements of paragraph 9 of EITF  01-9. Under EITF  01-9, consideration other than cash consideration should be characterized as an expense. If the service provider does not control the form of the consideration provided to the service provider’s customer, the consideration should be characterized as other than cash. The consensus is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not yet been issued. Entities should recognize the effects of applying the consensus on this issue as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods under Statement 154. Adoption of this issue is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

66


Table of Contents

THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY IN ISRAEL
General
      The following table sets forth selected macro statistics about Israel at and for the year ended December 31, 2005:
         
Population (millions)
    6.99  
GDP ($ billions)
    123.7  
GDP per capita($)
    17,900  
Exports of goods & services ($ billions)
    56.8  
CPI change
    2.4 %
Long-term local currency sovereign credit rating by S&P
    A +
Unemployment rate (December 31, 2005)
    8.8 %
 
Source: OECD, 2005 and Ministry of Finance of Israel, 2006.
     The size of Israeli telecommunications services revenues in 2005 was approximately NIS 24 billion and telecommunications spending was approximately 4.4% of GDP, higher than in other developed economies such as the European Union and the United States. Telecommunications services consist of five main segments which, except for landline services, are highly competitive. We estimate that, of the total telecommunications services revenues in 2005, approximately 57% was comprised of cellular services, approximately 24% was local landline voice and Internet services, approximately 6% was international voice services and approximately 13% was multichannel television services.
      Israel has high penetration rates across all telecommunications services that are in line with or higher than other developed economies such as the European Union and the United States. These levels of penetration can be attributed to the rapid adoption rate of new technologies, high expenditures on telecommunications services by consumers and businesses and a relatively young population.
Cellular Services
      Cellular telephone services were first introduced in Israel in 1986. For the first nine years of cellular operations there was only one operator, Pelephone, a subsidiary of Bezeq, and growth of cellular telephone services, as well as penetration rates, was limited. After the commercial launch of Cellcom in December 1994, cellular penetration rates and cellular phone usage increased significantly. This is mainly due to the fact that our license was awarded to us based upon, among other things, our commitment to offer our services at low prices during the first five years of our operation.
      The Israeli cellular market is highly penetrated. The market reached an estimated penetration rate (the ratio of cellular subscribers to the Israeli population) at September 30, 2006 of approximately 116%, representing approximately 8.2 million cellular subscribers.
      The following table sets forth the growth in the total number of cellular subscribers in Israel and the penetration rate over the last three and a half years:
                                 
    December 31,    
        September 30,
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
Total subscribers (millions)
    6.6       7.2       7.8       8.2  
Cellular penetration(%)
    98       105       112       116  
 
Source:  Reported by Cellcom, Partner and Pelephone. Cellcom estimates for MIRS as MIRS does not disclose operating information.

67


Table of Contents

     There are currently four cellular operators in Israel: Cellcom, Partner, Pelephone, and MIRS. We estimate that the distribution of cellular subscribers among these operators as of September 30, 2006 was: Cellcom (34.4%), Partner (31.9%), Pelephone (28.7%) and MIRS (5%). Subscriber data are based on public information except for MIRS, which is based on our estimate. However, there is no uniform method of counting subscribers.
      We are majority-owned by DIC, a subsidiary of IDB, and started operations at the end of 1994. Partner is majority-owned by Hutchinson Whampoa Ltd. and started operations in 1998. Pelephone is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bezeq and started operations in 1986. The major controlling shareholder of Bezeq following its privatization in 2005 is a consortium comprised of Saban Capital Group (controlled by the media entrepreneur Haim Saban), Apax Partners (the international private equity firm) and Arkin Communications (controlled by the Israeli businessman Mori Arkin). MIRS, wholly owned by Motorola, had its license upgraded from push-to -talk to a cellular license in February 2001.
      The following table sets forth the key milestones in the history of the Israeli cellular services:
     
1986
  Bezeq and Motorola create a joint venture called “Pelephone”, which becomes Israel’s first cellular operator. Pelephone launches N-AMPS services
1994
  Cellcom awarded a license and launches TDMA services
1997
  Cellcom introduces first pre-paid plan to the market
1998
  Partner awarded a license and launches GSM services
1998
  Pelephone launches CDMA services
2001
  Ministry of Communications allocates additional 2G and 3G cellular frequencies for existing cellular operators and for the licensing of a new operator
2001
  MIRS becomes Israel’s fourth cellular operator with iDEN services
2002
  Cellcom launches GSM/GPRS services
2003
  Cellcom launches EDGE services
2004
  Partner launches UMTS services
    Pelephone launches EVDO services
2006
  Cellcom launches full scale UMTS/HSDPA services
    Partner begins deploying HSDPA
Key characteristics of the Israeli cellular services market
      The following paragraphs describe the key characteristics of the Israeli cellular services market:
        High cellular telephone penetration. The estimated penetration rate in Israel as of September 30, 2006 was 116%. Penetration rate is calculated by dividing the total number of subscribers by the Israeli population. The Israeli population does not include foreign workers and Palestinian subscribers who are included in the number of subscribers. The number of subscribers may also include subscribers to more than one network including those in the process of switching networks. As a result, the effective penetration rate after adjustment for these factors is likely to be somewhat lower than 116%.
 
        Favorable demographics. Population growth is generally high and the population is relatively younger than in other developed economies.
 
        Favorable geography and high population density around a few urban centers. Israel covers a small area of territory of approximately 8,000 square miles (20,700 square kilometers). In addition, Israel is relatively flat and dry. Moreover, the population tends to be concentrated in a small number of geographical locations. These characteristics facilitate efficient network roll out.

68


Table of Contents

        High cellular voice usage. The average cellular voice usage per subscriber in Israel is more than 300 minutes per month, which is higher than the average cellular voice usage per subscriber in most developed economies.
 
        Low average voice revenue per minute. Cellular operators in Israel have lower average voice revenues per minute than in most developed economies. This is a consequence, among other things, of the importance given to low prices in the first five years of our operation, in the awarding criteria during the original licensing process for a second cellular operator.
 
        Different cellular technologies. We use TDMA, GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE and UMTS/ HSDPA networks. Partner uses GSM/ GPRS and UMTS/ HSDPA networks. Pelephone uses CDMA, CDMA1x and EVDO networks. MIRS uses an iDEN network.
 
        High potential for value-added services. The contribution of non-voice revenues to total revenues in the Israeli cellular market is below the level of other developed markets such as the European Union. This characteristic is attributable in part to the low voice tariffs in Israel compared to the tariffs in other markets, which has the effect of keeping text messaging usage low. We believe that there is potential for narrowing this gap by increasing marketing efforts of new content services and the growth in our existing 3G subscriber base. Moreover, the percentage of post-paid subscribers is relatively high when compared to other developed economies, which we believe facilitates the acceptance of value-added services.
 
        Calling party pays. In Israel, as in many western European countries, the party originating the call pays for the airtime. Cellular telephone network operators do not charge subscribers for calls received on their handsets, except while roaming abroad.
 
        Low annual churn rates. The average annual churn rate in Israel was 12.6% in 2005, which is lower than the churn rates in other developed economies.
      The following table sets forth a comparison between Israeli cellular services metrics and similar metrics in other developed economies:
                                                 
                    2005 Data    
                    Revenues as    
    Penetration   2005 MOU   2005 Yield per   2005 ARPU   % of Total   2005 Annual
    (%)(1)   (min/month)   Minute ($c)   ($)   Revenues (%)   Churn Rate (%)
                         
Israel
    112 %     304       10.6       35.3       9.7 %     12.6 %
United Kingdom
    113 %     144       20.5       41.0       21.6 %     32.5 %
France
    79 %     224       17.7       46.2       14.0 %     20.7 %
Germany
    96 %     83       23.0       29.4       18.6 %     19.6 %
United States
    69 %     739       6.0       51.3       6.8 %     28.4 %
Spain
    99 %     143       25.7       42.0       12.7 %     23.3 %
Italy
    120 %     130       23.7       36.3       14.9 %     17.1 %
South Korea(2)
    79 %     181       18.0       38.8       21.1 %     30.8 %
Taiwan(3)
    87 %     211       11.2       24.1       5.3 %     28.4 %
 
Source:  Pyramid Research (except for Israeli penetration which is based on data reported by Cellcom, Partner and Pelephone and Cellcom estimates for MIRS as MIRS does not disclose operating information).
(1)  As of December 2005.
 
(2)  Based on the 2005 Annual Reports of South Korean operators, LG Telecom, KT Freetel and SK Telecom, and Goldman Sachs Research.
 
(3)  Based on the 2005 Annual Reports of Taiwanese operators, Chunghwa Telecom, Far Eastone and Taiwan Mobile, and Goldman Sachs Research.

69


Table of Contents

Landline Services
Voice Services
      Bezeq operates approximately 2.9 million lines and provides local services. The second largest competitor in landline telephony services is HOT Telecom, or HOT, jointly owned by the three Israeli cable TV operators, which started landline operations in late 2003. HOT’s network has been upgraded to offer Internet, data and voice services.
      In recent years, Bezeq has experienced a significant drop in its traffic volume. Bezeq is a monopoly and thus subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny, including supervision of tariffs.
      There are four new players that have entered this market recently, including us and Partner.
Broadband and Internet services
      Israeli broadband services are characterized by high growth and high penetration levels. The Ministry of Communications estimates that at the end of 2005, there were 1.1 million subscribers, and the household penetration rate was 52%. Also, approximately 99% of Bezeq’s lines enabled broadband services in 2004.
      The dominant broadband access technologies are ADSL and cable. The first ADSL services were launched by Bezeq in 2000 and currently represent a 65% share of broadband connections. Cable modems, which account for the rest of the market, have been available since 2002.
      Transmission and landline data services are provided by Bezeq, HOT, Med-1 (whose operations were recently acquired by Partner) and us. These services are provided to business customers and to telecommunications operators.
      Internet access is currently provided by five major Internet service providers, or ISPs: Barak, NetVision (Barak and NetVision recently announced a merger between themselves and with Globcall, all three of which are members of the IDB Group), Bezeq International (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bezeq), Internet Gold and Golden Lines (Internet Gold and Golden Lines recently announced a merger), and some other niche players. All these major providers are also suppliers of international voice services.
International voice services
      International voice services in Israel have been open for competition since December 1996. Until then, Bezeq International was the only supplier of such services. Bezeq International was created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bezeq in 1994 as part of the Israeli government’s initiative to separate the major operations of the incumbent operator. Barak and Golden Lines were allocated international voice services licenses and started operating at the beginning of 1997, enabling them to compete with Bezeq International. In April 2004, further competition was introduced in international voice services through the issuance of new licenses to NetVision, Internet Gold and Xfone Communications. Today there is no single dominant player in this market, and competition is very intense.
Multichannel television
      The multichannel pay-TV market is also highly penetrated with levels above those of most developed economies. Multichannel pay-TV services are provided by HOT and by YES, a subsidiary of Bezeq.

70


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
General
      We are the leading provider of cellular communications services in Israel in terms of number of subscribers, revenues and EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Upon launch of our services in 1994, we offered significantly lower prices for cellular communications services than the incumbent provider and transformed the nature of cellular telephone usage in Israel, turning it into a mass market consumption item. We surpassed the incumbent cellular operator and became the market leader in terms of number of subscribers in 1998 and, despite the entry of two additional competitors, we have continued since then to have the highest number of subscribers. As of September 30, 2006, we provided services to approximately 2.83 million subscribers in Israel with an estimated market share of 34.4%. Our closest competitors have market shares of 31.9% and 28.7%, respectively. In the nine-month period ended September 30, 2006, we generated revenues of NIS 4.2 billion ($974 million), EBITDA of NIS 1429 million ($322 million), and operating income of NIS 762 million ($177 million). See note 3 to the “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a definition of EBITDA.
      We offer a broad range of cellular services through our cellular networks covering substantially all of the populated territory of Israel. These services include basic and advanced cellular telephone services, text and multimedia messaging services and advanced cellular content and data services. We also offer international roaming services in 167 countries. We offer our subscribers a wide selection of handsets from various leading global manufacturers, as well as extended warranty and repair and replacement services. We also offer landline transmission and data services to business customers and telecommunications operators and, since July 2006, we offer landline telephony services to selected businesses.
Our History
      We were incorporated in 1994 in Israel. We hold one of the four general licenses to provide cellular telephone services in Israel. Our cellular license was granted by the Ministry of Communications in 1994 and is valid until 2022.
      Our principal founding shareholders were DIC a subsidiary of IDB, which prior to September 2005 indirectly held approximately 25% of our share capital, and BellSouth Corporation and the Safra brothers of Brazil, which together indirectly held approximately 69.5% of our share capital and voting rights in respect of an additional 5.5% of our share capital. IDB acquired the stakes of BellSouth and the Safra brothers in September 2005 and, following the sale of minority stakes to four groups of investors in 2006, IDB currently indirectly holds 78.5% of our share capital and voting rights in respect of an additional 5.5% of our share capital.
      Following the acquisition by IDB in 2005, IDB put in place a new management team, including Ami Erel, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, who had previously been President and CEO of Bezeq, Amos Shapira, our Chief Executive Officer, who had been CEO of Kimberly-Clark’s Israeli subsidiary and El Al Airlines, and Tal Raz, our Chief Financial Officer, one of the founders and formerly a director of Partner, one of our principal competitors. Our new management team has already implemented a series of initiatives to drive our growth, including the continued enhancement of our distinctive brand, a greater focus on customer service and new sales campaigns. In addition, from September 2005 to September 2006, while increasing the number of positions in units that deal directly with our customers (such as sales and service), which we call customer-facing positions, our new management’s cost-reduction efforts reduced our overall workforce, including higher-cost temporary workers, by over 2%, primarily through the elimination of over 16% of positions in units that do not deal directly with our customers, which we call non-customer facing positions. Also, contracts with our main suppliers were renegotiated to reduce costs. Our management structure has also been rationalized by providing customer-

71


Table of Contents

facing executives with a direct reporting line to our CEO and through the merging of technology sub-units. Following the implementation of these initiatives, our revenues and operating income increased by approximately 9% and 24%, respectively, and our general and administrative expenses decreased by 5% in the first nine months of 2006 compared to the first nine months of 2005.
      The following table presents our number of subscribers and revenues for each of the last five years and the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006:
                                                         
                        Nine Months
        Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   September 30,
         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                             
Subscribers (end of period) (in thousands)(1)
    2,261       2,468       2,300       2,450       2,603       2,554       2,828  
Revenues (in NIS millions)
    4,960       5,135       5,261       5,600       5,114       3,845       4,191  
 
(1)  Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology.
  We also revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000.
Competitive Strengths
      We believe that the following competitive strengths will enable us to maintain and enhance our position as the leading provider of cellular communications services in Israel:
  •  Unique combination of leading market position and strong operational momentum. In the last year, we have achieved market-leading subscriber and revenue growth while steadily strengthening our operating margins. Leveraging a series of brand, customer service and content initiatives and a rationalization of our management structure, our new senior management team has managed to solidify Cellcom’s leading market position as reflected in our subscriber base, revenues and EBITDA while controlling capital expenditures.
 
  •  Strong and distinctive own brand. Our established brand enjoys strong recognition in Israel. Since 2004, we have made the enhancement of our image among consumers a top priority and have invested substantial resources to position Cellcom as a local cellular company with a warm personal touch. Our focus on music and music-related content services, particularly our “Cellcom Volume” initiative, is our leading marketing theme and one that associates us with the important growth opportunity presented by advanced cellular content and data services.
 
  •  Transmission infrastructure and landline services. We have an advanced fiber-optic transmission infrastructure that consists of approximately 1,300 kilometers of inland fiber-optic cable, which, together with our complementary microwave-based infrastructure, connects the majority of our cell sites and provides for substantially all of our backhaul services. Our transmission infrastructure significantly reduces our operational reliance on Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator in Israel, while also saving us substantial infrastructure-leasing cash costs. As our transmission network has transmission and data

72


Table of Contents

  capacity in excess of our own backhaul needs, and covers the majority of Israel’s business parks, we offer transmission and data services to business customers and telecommunications providers. In addition, since July 2006, following the receipt of a landline transmission, data and telephony services license, we offer landline telephony services to selected businesses.
 
  •  Strategic relationship with a leading group of local and international shareholders. Our ultimate parent company, IDB, is one of the largest business groups in Israel. We enjoy access, through our management services agreement, to the senior management of the IDB group, who are some of the most experienced managers in Israel. These managers, including veterans of the Israeli telecommunications market, provide us with financial, managerial and strategic guidance. In 2006, our shareholder base was broadened as a result of IDB’s sale of minority stakes to a series of highly regarded international and local financial investors, including affiliates of Goldman Sachs, Bank Leumi, Migdal Group and the First International Bank of Israel.
 
  •  Strong management team. Since IDB acquired control of us in September 2005, we have put in place a team of seasoned managers with significant experience and solid track records in previous managerial positions. Our Chairman, Mr. Ami Erel, is a veteran of the Israeli communications market and previously served as the chief executive officer of Bezeq. Our chief executive officer, Mr. Amos Shapira, has been chief executive officer of Kimberly-Clark’s Israeli subsidiary and of El Al Airlines, where he was credited with its successful restructuring and improvements in customer service. Our chief financial officer, Mr. Tal Raz, has extensive experience in the Israeli cellular market, as he was involved in the formation of one of our main competitors, Partner, and served as a member of its board of directors. Under the leadership of Messrs. Erel, Shapira and Raz, we have demonstrated significant improvements in our operating results and believe that we are well positioned to continue this trend and to execute our business strategy.
 
  •  Strong cash flow generation. We have a proven track record of strong financial performance and profitability with cash operating margins that have been higher than those of our principal competitors. As a result, we have been able to invest in our business and deploy advanced network technology so that we can offer advanced services and applications, as well as distribute dividends to our shareholders.

Business Strategy
      Our goal is to strengthen our position as the leading cellular provider in Israel. The principal elements of our business strategy are:
  •  Maximize customer satisfaction, retention and growth. Our growth strategy is focused on retaining our subscribers and expanding the selection of services and products we offer to our subscribers in order to enhance customer satisfaction and increase average revenues per user, or ARPU. We strive to continually improve and enhance the flexibility of our customer service to shorten the time required to fulfill subscriber requests. From September 2005 to September 2006, despite a reduction in our overall workforce, we increased our customer-facing staff by 2%. In addition to providing quality customer service, we also strive to retain our subscribers and attract new subscribers by offering them advanced handsets, handset upgrades, attractive calling plans and value-added services. In 2006, we introduced a “churn lab” that identifies subscribers at high risk of churn and seeks to preemptively approach them with tailored solutions to maintain their satisfaction with our services.
 
  •  Grow and develop our Internet, content and data services. The usage of cellular content and data services in Israel is currently relatively low compared to western European countries and we believe that we have significant growth potential in this field. We intend

73


Table of Contents

  to continue to invest in the deployment of our high speed UMTS/ HSDPA network, which covered 80% of the populated territory of Israel at the end of 2006, in order to permit higher-quality and higher-speed multimedia content transmission. We also plan to expand our content and data services, products and capabilities through in-house expertise and strategic relationships with leading cellular content providers. For example, in 2006 we introduced “Cellcom Heep,” a Web 2.0 portal that permits cellular and PC users to upload, review and rate user-generated content and in 2004 we introduced our “Cellcom Volume” initiative that featured, among other things, the introduction of our cellular music portal.

  •  Grow roaming revenues. We have experienced steady growth in roaming revenues since 2003 and believe that roaming presents an important source of future revenue and profit growth for us. We currently have GSM roaming agreements with over 450 operators in 167 countries, of which 45 operators in 27 countries are also 3G operators, and we aim to increase our number of relationships. In particular, we intend to pursue additional agreements with 3G operators, allowing our and their subscribers to benefit from advanced content and data services when traveling.
 
  •  Further develop and strengthen the Cellcom brand. External market surveys that we have commissioned indicate that brand recognition has become an increasingly important factor in subscriber selection of, and loyalty to, a cellular operator. Due to our extensive efforts in the past few years, we believe that we have established the Cellcom brand as one of the most recognized and respected consumer brands in Israel. We plan to continually enhance our brand through maintaining our high network quality, the provision of innovative products and services, quality customer service and investments in advertising and promotional campaigns. We believe these enhancements are key to maintaining our competitive advantage, differentiating our services from those of our competitors and establishing and maintaining a successful relationship with our subscribers.
 
  •  Optimize our cost structure. We intend to continue our efforts to control costs so that we can improve profitability while also improving the quality of our services. For example, from September 2005 to September 2006, we have reduced our non-customer facing positions by over 16%, including higher-cost temporary workers, while increasing our customer-facing positions. In addition, having already built our own fiber-optic and microwave infrastructure reduces our operating cash costs, as our network maintenance costs and microwave spectrum fees are lower than the lease costs to rent backhaul capacity from Bezeq. We intend to continue to focus on identifying further opportunities to manage our costs without reducing the quality of our service.
 
  •  Capitalize on our existing infrastructure to selectively provide landline telephony services. Our 1,300 kilometer inland fiber-optic network and our microwave infrastructure provide us with the ability to offer cost-efficient landline telecommunications solutions. We hold a license to operate a landline service in Israel and, since July 2006, we offer our landline telephony service to selected businesses.
Services and Products
      We provide cellular communications services to approximately 2.83 million subscribers, including basic cellular telephony services and value-added services as well as handset sales. Not all services are supported by all handsets or by all of our networks. In addition, we offer transmission and data services to business customers and telecommunications operators and, since July 2006, we have been offering our landline telephony service to selected businesses.
      We offer our cellular subscribers a variety of calling plans, designed to adapt to their particular characteristics and changing needs. We adapt our calling plans for the different types of usage — personal or business — and the number of users associated with the subscriber. For example, we offer discounted rates on the weekend for soldiers, Israeli music services to youth

74


Table of Contents

and discounted rates on calls among members of the same family. We offer two methods of payment: pre-paid and post-paid. Pre-paid services are offered to subscribers who pay for our services prior to obtaining them, usually by purchasing our “Talkman” pre-paid cards or “virtual” Talkman cards. Post-paid services are offered to subscribers who are willing to pay for our services through banking and credit arrangements, such as credit cards and direct debits. Many of our post-paid subscribers are able to terminate their relationship with us at any time and some of them do not pay a monthly fee.
Basic cellular telephony services
  •  Our principal service is basic cellular telephony. In addition we offer many other services with enhancements and additional features to our basic cellular telephony service. These services include voice mail, cellular fax, call waiting, call forwarding, caller identification, conference calling, “Push-and-Talk” service (which allows subscribers to initiate a call with one or more other persons using a designated button in their handset without having to dial a number), “Talk 2” (two handsets sharing the same number, thus allowing our subscribers to own both a handset and a car phone), additional number service (enables our subscribers to add a second phone number to their handset) and collect call service (a unique service protected by our U.S. patent).
 
  •  We also offer both an outbound roaming service to our subscribers when traveling outside of Israel and an inbound roaming to visitors to Israel who can “roam” into our network. Roaming allows cellular subscribers, while using their own cell phone number (and handset, in most cases) and being billed by their provider, to place and receive calls and text messages while in the coverage area of a network to which they do not subscribe. Where available, subscribers can also benefit from other cellular services such as advanced data and content services. As of September 30, 2006, we had commercial roaming relationships with over 450 operators in 167 countries based on the standard agreements of the GSM organization (an umbrella organization in which all the cellular operators operating with GSM technology are members). This enables our subscribers to enjoy our services in almost the entire world. Most of our GSM subscribers who use these roaming services abroad can use their own handset and others can borrow or rent, depending upon the period of time, a suitable handset from us. In addition, as of September 30, 2006, we had 3G roaming arrangements with 45 of these operators, enabling our 3G roamers to participate in video calls and use high-speed data, video and audio content services in 27 countries. Roaming is an increasingly important revenue stream to us due to the large inbound tourism industry in Israel and extensive overseas travel by Israelis.
Value-added services
  •  In addition to basic cellular telephony services, we offer many value-added services. Value-added services are important to our business as they enable us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors, strengthen our brand and increase subscriber usage, ARPU and subscriber satisfaction. We offer those services that we believe are likely to be popular with subscribers and benefit our business. Some of the value-added services that we offer are available only to subscribers who have supporting handset models. The principal advanced value-added services that we currently offer, some of which are exclusive to us, are:
        Cellcom Volume. This music-related marketing initiative is focused not just on providing a rich downloadable content consisting of ringtones, video tones, true tones and songs in MP3 format through our popular cellular music portal, but also on promoting Israeli music and local musicians and supporting youth music centers. In addition, handsets supporting music content, as well as other merchandising, are marketed under

75


Table of Contents

  the “Cellcom Volume” service. Complementary services provided through Cellcom Volume include “Fun Dial,” which enables our subscribers to have callers listen to our subscribers’ favorite music instead of the regular ringing tone while waiting to be connected, and “Gift Song,” which enables subscribers to send songs to friends with a personally recorded introduction.
 
        Cellcom Heep. This innovative portal enables our subscribers and other cellular and landline Internet users to upload, review and rate user-generated content by using Web 2.0 technology.
 
        SMS and MMS services. These messaging services enable subscribers to send and receive text (SMS), photos, multimedia and animation (MMS) messages. Additional applications enable our subscribers to send SMS messages to a large number of handsets simultaneously.
 
        Cellcom i-mode. This is a cellular Internet service developed by NTT DoCoMo, a Japanese operator and developer of sophisticated cellular multimedia technology, that enables our subscribers with designated handsets to obtain information and content from designated Internet sites in a friendly, easy-to -use manner.
 
        Access to third party application providers. We provide our subscribers with access to certain services offered by third party application providers. These services include: a service that allows subscribers to receive notification of roadway speed detectors in their vicinity; a service (using a cellular modem) that provides a comprehensive system for the management of vehicle fleets and a service that enables subscribers to remotely manage and operate time clocks and various controllers for industrial, agricultural and commercial purposes.
 
        Video calls. This service enables our 3G users, using 3G handsets in our 3G coverage area, to communicate with each other through video conferences.
 
        Zone services. This service provides discounts on airtime for calls initiated from a specific location, such as a university campus. Our network identifies the location from which the call is initiated in order to apply the discounted rate on the call.
 
        Location-based services. We offer a number of location-based services. “Where are you?” is a location-based service that allows one subscriber to locate another subscriber, subject to the latter’s prior approval, such as a parent and child. “Cellcom Navigator” is a service provided through a third party that enables our subscribers to receive real-time travel directions and visual data regarding their position using global positioning system, or GPS, technology.
 
        Other information and content services. We also provide other information and content services, some provided directly by us and some by third party content providers. For example, we provide voice-based information services through interactive voice response platforms, or IVR, including interactive information services and radio and TV programs. We also provide text-based information services and interactive information services including news headlines, sports results, and traffic and weather reports. Some of these services are provided through our MMS or video-based technologies, and are offered to subscribers with supporting handsets.

      We have established relationships with content providers to provide us content for our value-added services, including Logia Development and Content Management Ltd., to manage and develop cellular content in Israel exclusively for us. Our agreement with Logia has a one-year term renewable annually and grants us an option to acquire 51% of Logia’s equity or 51% of Logia’s cellular content activity for us, at any time during the term of the agreement. Exercise of

76


Table of Contents

the equity option will be at a value to be set by an independent appraiser whereas exercise of the content option would be at no cost to us.
Handsets
      We sell a wide selection of handsets designed to meet individual preferences. Prices of handsets vary based on handset features, calling plans and special promotions. We offer a variety of handsets from world-leading brands such as Motorola, Nokia, Samsung and Sony-Ericsson. All of the handset models we sell offer Hebrew language displays in addition to English. We are also required to provide cellular phone services to subscribers who did not purchase their handsets from us, provided that the handset model has been approved for use by the Ministry of Communications. We offer our subscribers an extended handset warranty for their handsets as well as repair and replacement services in approximately 40 walk-in centers.
Landline services
      In addition to our cellular services, we provide landline telephony, transmission and data services, using our 1,300 kilometers of inland fiber-optic infrastructure and complementary microwave links. We have offered transmission and data services since 2001. We received a license to offer landline telephone service in April 2006 and, since July 2006, have been offering this service to selected businesses and large scale entities.
Network and Technology
General
      Our network has developed over the years since we commenced our operations in 1994 and we now have dual cellular and landline capabilities.
      Our “third generation” UMTS/ HSDPA, or high-speed downlink packet data access, technology, offers full interactive multimedia capabilities with current data rates of up to 1.5Mbps on the downlink path and up to 384Kbps on the uplink path. This network, considered to be a “3/3.5G” technology, is a network that uses the same core as, with its access facilities in some cases co-located with the cell sites of, our existing GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network. We expect our UMTS/ HSDPA network to cover more than 80% of the populated territory in Israel by the end of 2006. By 2007, this network is expected to enable transmission of up to 14.4Mbps on the downlink path and up to 1.8Mbps on the uplink path. Moreover, our UMTS/ HSDPA network supports new types of services that require higher throughput and lower delay, such as video conferencing.
      Our “second generation” GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE 1800MHz network allows for voice calls, data transmission and multimedia services, like video streaming and video live (using the EDGE technology), although at slower speeds than our UMTS/ HSDPA network. Our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE technology is an advanced second-generation technology and considered to be a “2.75G” technology. It enables us to deliver multimedia and services at speed rates that are higher than the rates offered through regular “second generation” digital cellular technology. Packet data rates vary from 50 Kbps to 200 Kbps, depending mainly on handset capabilities. In addition, in the case of coverage gaps and for services supported by our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE technology, the network provides an adequate fallback and capacity relief for our UMTS/ HSDPA network by means of smart features and network load sharing. Over 90% of our traffic uses our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE and UMTS/ HSDPA networks, with substantially all of that traffic using the GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network.
      We also have a separate network using our initial TDMA 850MHz wireless technology, which is widely used as a “second generation” technology in North and South America. Less than 10% of our traffic uses this network. This technology supports voice calls and low rate data services

77


Table of Contents

known as CSD (circuit switch data) and CDPD (cellular digital packet data). Our TDMA network, which is based on Nortel technology, is maintained and operated by our engineers and technicians. Operating costs for this network are low and we expect that it will not require additional capital expenditures.
      Our transmission network is comprised of 1,300 kilometers of inland advanced fiber-optic cables that, together with our microwave infrastructure, enable us to provide our customers with telephony and high speed and high quality transmission and data services. Our transmission network is strategically deployed in order to cover the major portion of Israel’s business parks and permits us to provide our own backhaul services while reducing our need to lease capacity from Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator in Israel.
Infrastructure
      We have built an extensive, durable and advanced cellular network system, enabling us to offer high-quality services to substantially the entire Israeli populated territory. Since maintaining a high-quality network is a basic element in our business strategy, we seek to satisfy quality standards that are important to our subscribers, such as high voice quality, high data rate packet sessions, low “blocked call” rate (calls that fail because access to the network is not possible due to insufficient network resources), low “dropped call” rate (calls that are involuntarily terminated) and deep indoor coverage. As a result, we have made substantial capital expenditures and expect to continue to make capital expenditures on our network system. As of September 30, 2006, we had invested an aggregate of NIS 7.022 billion ($1.596 billion) on our network infrastructure since our inception in 1994.
      We plan to cover 80% of the populated areas of Israel with our UMTS/ HSDPA network by the end of 2006. Our UMTS/ HSDPA network is mostly co-located with our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network. The suppliers of our UMTS/ HSDPA network are Ericsson Israel (for the 3G radio access network) and Nokia (for our core network).
      Our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network currently covers substantially all of the Israeli populated territory, and is being continually expanded to support capacity growth. We are currently selectively enhancing and expanding our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network, primarily in urban areas, by adding infrastructure to improve outdoor and indoor coverage. Our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network was supplied and is maintained by Nokia Israel.
      Our TDMA network, which is based on Nortel technology, is maintained and operated by our engineers and technicians.
      Pursuant to the requirements of our license (as well as the licenses of the other telephony service providers in Israel), our network is interconnected, either directly or indirectly, to the networks of all other telephony service providers in Israel. Our network monitoring system provides around-the -clock surveillance of our entire network. The network operations center is equipped with sophisticated systems that constantly monitor the status of all switches and cell sites, identify failures and dispatch technicians to resolve problems. Operations support systems are utilized to monitor system quality and identify devices that fail to meet performance thresholds. These same platforms generate statistics on system performance such as dropped calls, blocked calls and handoff failures. Our network operations center is located in our Netanya headquarters. In addition, we have a partial duplicate backup center in Kiryat Gat, located approximately 80 kilometers south of Netanya.
Network design
      We have designed our TDMA, GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE and UMTS/ HSDPA networks in order to provide high quality and reliability well beyond the requirements set forth in our license while using a cost-effective design, utilizing shared components for our networks, where applicable.

78


Table of Contents

      Our primary objective going forward is to complete the build-out of our UMTS/ HSDPA network and achieve quality and coverage parameters similar to those in our other networks. At the same time we intend to continue to perform extensive optimization work to provide our subscribers with maximum capability to support video and other high-bandwidth content.
Network performance
      We continually optimize our entire network in order to meet the key performance indicators for our services, including dropped calls, voice quality, accessibility, availability and packet success rate. We use advanced planning, monitoring and analyzing tools in order to achieve our performance goals efficiently and with minimum faults.
      The two main indicators that we use to measure network performance for voice and packet data are the “blocked call” rate and the “dropped call” rate. Our levels of blocked and dropped calls have always been better than those required by our license and since we commenced operations we have steadily improved our rate of both blocked calls and dropped calls.
Spectrum allocation
      Spectrum availability in Israel is limited and is allocated by the Ministry of Communications through a licensing process. We have been allocated 2x10 MHz in the 850 MHz frequency band for our TDMA network, and 2x17 MHz in the 1800 MHz frequency band for our GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE network. In addition, the Ministry of Communications awarded us 2 x 10 MHz and 1 x 5 MHz in the 1900 — 2200 MHz frequency band for our UMTS third generation FDD and TDD spectrums, respectively. Currently, we are not making use of our TDD spectrum due to the unavailability of equipment that can support this spectrum. We believe that our available spectrum is sufficient for our needs.
Cell site construction and licensing
      We construct cell sites based on our strategy to expand the geographical coverage and improve the quality of our network and as necessary to replace cell sites that need to be removed. Our acquisition teams survey the area in order to identify the optimal location for the construction of a cell site. In urban areas, this would normally be building rooftops. In rural areas, masts are usually constructed. Our transmission teams also identify the best means of connecting the base station to our network, based on our independent transmission network, either by physical optical fiber, microwave link or Bezeq landlines. Once a preferred site has been identified and the exact equipment configuration for that site decided, we begin the process of obtaining all necessary consents and permits. The construction of cell sites requires building permits from local or regional authorities, or an applicable exemption, as well as a number of additional permits from governmental and regulatory authorities, such as construction and operating permits from the Ministry of Environmental Protection in all cases, permits from the Civil Aviation Authority in most cases and permits from the Israeli Defense Forces in some cases. In special circumstances, additional licenses are required. See “Regulatory Matters — Permits for Cell Site Construction.”
Suppliers
      We entered into an agreement with LM Ericsson Israel Ltd., or Ericsson Israel, in September 2005 for the purchase of UMTS radio access network and ancillary products and services. We committed to purchase maintenance services for five years from the launch of the system (until 2011). We have an option to purchase additional maintenance services on an annual basis for 20 years from the launch of the system (until 2026). We also agreed to purchase from Ericsson at least 60% of the 3G cell sites that we purchase by September 2010. Under the agreement, the

79


Table of Contents

parties generally have limited liability for direct damages of up to 40% of the value of the agreement.
      We entered into our agreement with Nokia Israel Communications Ltd., or Nokia Israel, in July 2001 for the purchase of our GSM/ GPRS system. We were also granted an option to purchase GSM 800, EDGE, UMTS and ancillary systems. In 2002, we exercised our option to purchase an EDGE system, and in 2005, we purchased a UMTS core system, under similar terms. We are obligated to purchase maintenance services from Nokia Israel for five years from the final acceptance of the GPRS system (until 2007). Thereafter, Nokia Israel is obligated to offer us maintenance services for 15 years from final acceptance (until 2017). Under the agreement, the parties generally have limited liability for direct damages of up to 10% of the value of the agreement.
      We use Telcordia’s intelligent platform, or “IN,” to provide services to our TDMA, GSM/ GPRS/ EDGE and UMTS networks, allowing us, at minimal cost, to internally develop sophisticated services with a short time-to -market that are customized to local market requirements. We have also deployed Comverse’s Intelligent Peripheral, which enables us to develop services with rich voice interaction, such as Caller Name Announcement, Call Back and Fun Dial. Our IN platform supports all existing IN protocols, which allows us to provide (subject to applicable roaming agreements) advanced roaming services, including Virtual Home Environment, abbreviated dialing, unified access to voice mail, VPN, local number format from subscribers’ phone book and call screening.
      In addition, we have agreements with several Israeli engineering companies for the construction of our cell sites. We also purchase certain network components from other suppliers.
Transmission Network
      Our transmission network provides us with landline connectivity for our cellular and landline network in substantially all of the populated territory of Israel. It is based on our fiber-optic network and complementary microwave infrastructure. Our transmission network includes links to our internal network and to our landline and transmission subscribers.
      Our optical transmission network is deployed from Nahariya in the north to Beer Sheva in the south and Afula and Jerusalem in the east. The fiber-optic network reaches most of the business parks in the country and is monitored by a fault-management system that performs real-time monitoring in order to enable us to provide our subscribers with high quality service. In order to efficiently complete our transmission network’s coverage to the entire country, we use a microwave network as a complementary solution in those areas that are not served by our fiber-optic network. As of September 30, 2006, we had deployed more than 1,900 microwave links to both our cell sites and subscribers.
      To supplement our transmission network, we lease a limited amount of transmission capacity from Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator.
Information technology
      We maintain a variety of information systems that enable us to deliver superior customer service while enhancing our internal processes.
      We use Amdocs’ customer care and billing system. We entered into our agreement with Amdocs (UK) Limited, or Amdocs UK, in February 1999 for the supply of a central computer system for customer care, billing and collection capable of generating customer profiles based on various usage patterns. This system is based on Amdocs UK’s generic pricing system and is customized to our specific requirements. We own the intellectual property rights for the customized developments. We currently purchase maintenance services for the generic system

80


Table of Contents

from Amdocs UK and ongoing support services from its affiliate, Amdocs (Israel) Limited. Amdocs (UK) is obligated to offer us maintenance services until May 2011. Under the agreement, the parties’ current liability for direct damages is limited to $500,000.
      We use Nortel’s CTI system for the management of incoming calls to our telephonic call centers.
      Our customer care system presents our customer care employees with a “dashboard” that displays a subscriber’s profile based on various usage patterns. This enables us to provide a service based upon information for that particular subscriber.
      We use ERP solutions by SAP. We use a data warehouse based on an Oracle data base system and data mining and reports generated by Informatica and Cognos. The data warehouse contains data on our subscribers’ use and allows for various analytical segmentation of the data.
Sales and Marketing
Sales
      As part of our strategy to fully penetrate every part of the Israeli market, we are committed to making the purchase of our services as easy and as accessible as possible. We offer calling plans, value-added services, handsets, accessories and related services through a broad network of direct and indirect sales personnel. We pay our independent dealers commissions on sales, while our direct, employee sales personnel receive base salaries plus performance-based bonuses. We focus on subscriber needs and conduct extensive market surveys in order to identify subscribers’ preferences and trends. Based on these findings, we design special calling plans and promotional campaigns aimed at attracting new subscribers and enhancing our ability to provide new services to existing subscribers. Our calling plans include, from time to time, rebates and other benefits for handset purchases. Our distribution and sales efforts for subscribers are conducted primarily through four channels:
        Points of sale. We distribute our products and services through a broad network of physical points of sale providing us with nationwide coverage of our existing and potential subscriber base.
 
        We operate directly, using our sales force and service personnel, approximately 40 physical points of sale and service, mostly located in shopping centers and other frequently visited locations to provide our subscribers with easy and convenient access to our products and services. We record approximately 175,000 subscriber applications per month in our direct points of sale and service.
 
        We also distribute our products and services indirectly through a chain of dozens of dealers who operate in over 130 points of sale throughout Israel. Our dealers are compensated for each sale based on qualitative and quantitative measures. We closely monitor the quality of service provided to our subscribers by our dealers. In our efforts to penetrate certain sectors of our potential subscriber base, we select dealers with proven expertise in marketing to such sectors.
 
        Telephonic sales. Telephonic sales efforts target existing and potential subscribers who are interested in buying or upgrading handsets and services. When approached by a customer, our sales representatives (both in-house and outsourced) offer such customer a variety of products and services.
 
        Door-to -door sales. The door-to -door sales team is comprised of approximately 350 dealers’ sales representatives. All the members of our door-to -door sales team go through extensive training by us prior to commencing their work. We target the door-to -door subscribers based on market surveys that we regularly conduct. All information derived from our market surveys is uploaded into a database. Once a potential customer is identified, we

81


Table of Contents

  contact the potential customer and schedule a meeting with a member of our door-to -door sales team.
 
        Account managers. Our direct sales force for our business customers maintains regular, personal contact with our large accounts, focusing on sales, customer retention and tailor-made solutions for the specific needs of such customers, including advanced data services.

Marketing
      Our marketing activities are based on the principle of focusing on subscribers’ characteristics and needs and then adapting the service packages and prices that we offer to subscribers based on these characteristics and needs.
      From surveys that we conduct from time to time, we learn that subscribers base their choice of cellular provider primarily on the following parameters: general brand perception; perceived price of services and handsets; level of customer service; and selection of handsets and their compatibility with their needs. Our marketing activities take into consideration these parameters and we invest efforts to preserve our subscriber base, enhance usage and attract new subscribers. We utilize a system that allows the management of complex one-to -one marketing campaigns, such as tailoring our marketing activities to customers based on their unique profile of needs and usage patterns, thus improving customer loyalty and increasing ARPU.
      Our marketing strategy is focused on our role as facilitators of interpersonal communication and our ability to foster relationships between people, as well as a general spirit of youthful exuberance and the strong local roots of our brand. We launched a highly successful branding campaign at the end of 2004 and continue to follow this marketing strategy. Our marketing strategy also emphasizes our personal touch, the quality of our network and services and our innovation.
      In recruiting new subscribers, we are focused on current and potential high value customers, such as students, and subscribers who influence family and business purchasing decisions, such as teenagers and senior executives. We leverage our extensive interactions with our customers, which we estimate to be approximately 800,000 unique customer applications per month, to provide the requested services and also to cross- and up-sell products and services according to customer needs and usage trends to increase customer satisfaction, loyalty and revenues. In addition, we offer loyalty rewards, such as video subscriptions and tickets to concerts, performances and movies, from time to time.
      We regularly advertise in all forms of media, in promotional campaigns and in the sponsorship of major entertainment events. For example, through our music-related “Cellcom Volume” marketing initiative, we promote the sale of music-related services through our cellular music portal, we promote both Israeli music and local musicians as well as support youth music centers aimed at enabling underprivileged youth to discover and develop their musical talents. Our marketing and branding campaign has been very successful and highly acclaimed among the Israeli public, and our “Cellcom Volume” initiative in particular have provided us with a high visibility association with music content services. Out of 13 surveys conducted in 2005 by Globes, the leading Israeli business newspaper, our advertisements were selected as the “most memorable and beloved” eight times.
      We believe that our strong brand recognition gives us the high level of market exposure required to help us achieve our business objectives.
Customer Care
      Our customer service unit is our main channel for preserving the long-term relationship with our subscribers. We focus on customer retention through the provision of quality service and customer care. In order to achieve this goal, we systematically monitor and analyze our

82


Table of Contents

subscribers’ preferences, characteristics and trends by developing and analyzing sophisticated databases. We then adopt services that are aimed to respond to subscribers’ needs and preferences. In addition, subscribers are encouraged to subscribe to additional value-added services, such as cellular Internet and content services, in order to enhance customer satisfaction and increase ARPU. During 2006, we implemented an application that provides a customer service representative a one-screen solution which unifies comprehensive customer data from our various systems, thus shortening the time required to provide service and improve service quality. We constantly review our performance by conducting surveys among our subscribers in order to ensure their satisfaction with our services and to improve them as necessary.
      In order to better respond to subscribers’ needs in the most efficient manner, our customer support and service network offers several channels for our subscribers:
        Call centers. In order to provide quick and efficient responses to the different needs of our various subscribers, our call-center services are divided into several sub-centers: finance; network; international roaming; and data transfer. The call center services are provided in four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian. We regularly monitor the performance of our call centers. Based on our internal reviews, the average waiting time for subscribers who contact our call center is well under a minute. If calls go unanswered for longer than our guidelines require, a flashing light is automatically activated in our corporate headquarters, alerting management to the delay. We currently operate call centers in four locations throughout Israel, one of which is outsourced. On average, we respond to one million calls every month. During peak hours our call centers have the capability to respond to 700 customer calls simultaneously.
 
        Walk-in centers. We currently operate approximately 40 service and sales centers, covering almost all the populated areas of Israel. These centers provide a walk-in contact channel and offer the entire spectrum of services that we provide to our subscribers and potential subscribers, including handsets and accessories, sales upgrades, maintenance and other services, such as finance, calling-plan changes and subscriptions to new services. These stores are mostly located in central locations, such as popular shopping malls. Our walk-in centers also provide our subscribers with onsite express repair services, performed by highly skilled technicians, a concept rarely seen in most western European countries. This enables a subscriber to deposit a handset with our repair lab and receive the repaired handset, on average, within one hour. If a repair service is expected to take longer, we provide the subscriber with a substitute handset.
 
        Self-services. We provide our subscribers and potential subscribers with various self-service channels, such as interactive voice response, or IVR, web-based services and service using SMS. These channels provide general and specific information, including calling plans, account balance, billing-related information and roaming tariffs. They also provide subscribers information regarding trouble shooting and handset-operation, and enable subscribers to activate and deactivate services and to download content.
 
        Churn Lab. In 2006, we introduced an innovative “churn lab,” aimed at reducing churn. The churn lab is part of our call center operations. Based on various factors and analytical tools, we identify and analyze high-quality subscribers whom we consider to be at a high risk of churn. Then, in order to retain them, we preemptively approach these subscribers with specially trained customer care representatives and offer them solutions previously successfully tested on a sample group of subscribers with similar characteristics, such as enhanced services at attractive prices and handset upgrades.
 
        Our business sales force and back office personnel also provide customer care to our business customers.

83


Table of Contents

        All of our service channels are monitored and analyzed regularly in order to assure the quality of our services and to identify areas where we can improve.
 
        Be’eri Printers provides our printing supplies and invoices as well as the distribution, packaging and delivery of invoices and other mail to the postal service distribution centers. We entered into an agreement with Be’eri Printers — Limited Partnership and with Be’eri Technologies (1977) Ltd., or together Be’eri, for printing services in August 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, we committed to purchase from Be’eri a minimum monthly quantity of production and distribution services which may be reduced if we modify our printed invoice delivery policy. The agreement is valid until 2008.
Employees
      Our ability to achieve our strategic goals largely depends on our employees. Consequently, we strive to recruit the most suitable candidates for each position, to give our employees the best training needed to qualify them for their tasks within our organization and aim to keep them satisfied while being productive and efficient. We implement a comprehensive review system that periodically analyzes our employees’ performance in order to improve their performance and in order to enable us to properly compensate, retain and promote our best employees.
      As of September 30, 2006, we had 3,488 full-time equivalent employees, as set forth in the table below. Since we are committed to provide the best service to our subscribers, more than 75% of our work force is engaged in customer facing positions.
         
    Number of
    Full-Time
    Equivalent
Unit   Positions
     
Management and headquarters
    31  
Human resources and administration
    42  
Marketing
    69  
Business customers
    331  
Sales and service
    1,904  
Operations and supply chain
    411  
Finance
    115  
Technologies
    585  
       
Total
    3,488  
       
      Israeli labor laws govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days and other conditions of employment. Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement or death of an employee or termination of employment. For those of our employees who are entitled to a pension arrangement, we fund future severance pay obligations by contributing to managers’ insurance or other pension arrangements in the amount of 8.3% of the employee’s wages. We have no unfunded liability in respect of these employees. A provision in our financial reports covers severance pay to those employees who are not entitled to managers’ insurance or other pension arrangements. Furthermore, we and our employees are required to make payments to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Such amounts also include payments by the employee for health insurance. The total payments to the National Insurance Institute are equal to approximately 17.7% of an employee’s wages (up to a specified amount), of which the employee contributes approximately 12% and the employer contributes approximately 5.7%.

84


Table of Contents

      We enter into personal employment agreements with our employees on either a monthly (in most cases, full-time positions) or hourly basis. Employment agreements with most of our employees are at will. Substantially all of our employees have signed non-disclosure and non-competition agreements, although the enforceability of non-competition agreements is limited under Israeli law.
      Our employee compensation structure is aimed at encouraging and supporting employee performance towards enabling us to meet our strategic goals. Approximately 2,500 of our employees are entitled to performance-based incentives, which are granted mainly to customer-facing personnel, such as sales and service employees. Moreover, substantially all employees, with the exception of customer service representatives who are eligible to additional compensation based on individual performance, are entitled to an annual bonus based on our overall performance, subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. We contribute funds on behalf of some of our employees to a managers’ insurance fund or other pension arrangement. We also contribute funds on behalf of some of our employees to an education fund.
      See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans” for a description of additional employee benefit plans.
      We have entered into agreements with a number of manpower agencies and programming companies under which they provide us with temporary workers.
      Our employees are not represented by any labor union. Since our inception, we have not experienced labor-related work stoppages and believe that our relations with our employees are good.
Intellectual Property
      We are a member of the GSM Association, together with other worldwide operators that use GSM technology. As a member of the association, we are entitled to use its intellectual property rights, including the GSM logo and trademark.
      We have registered approximately 100 trademarks and several trade names, the most important of which are “Cellcom,” “Talkman” and “Cellcom Volume.”
Facilities
Headquarters
      In August 2003, we entered into a long-term agreement for the lease of our headquarters in Netanya, Israel. The leased property covers approximately 57,800 square meters, of which approximately 26,000 square meters consist of underground parking lots. The lease has an initial term of ten years and is renewable for three additional periods of five years each, upon our notice.
Real estate in Modi’in
      In November 2001, we were awarded a tender by the Israel Land Administration, or the ILA, for the development of a plot covering an area of approximately 74,450 square meters in Modi’in, Israel. At that time, we had plans to establish our headquarters and logistics center in Modi’in, but we subsequently decided to establish our headquarters in Netanya. As a result, we failed to comply with our undertakings to the ILA to complete the development of the plot by November 2004. In May 2006, we and the ILA signed a leasing agreement for the plot, for a period of 49 years beginning in November 2001. Currently, we are seeking to sell our rights in the property to third parties. Due to our failure to comply with our development agreement, we may be liable for fines and additional amounts to the ILA, but we do not anticipate that those amounts would be material.

85


Table of Contents

Service centers, points of sale and cell sites
      We currently lease approximately 40 service centers, points of sale and other facilities, which are used for marketing, sales and customer service. Lease agreements for our retail stores and service centers are generally for periods of two to three years, with extension options that vary by location.
      In addition, we lease from various parties, including the ILA, municipalities and private entities sites for the establishment, maintenance and operation of cell sites for our cellular network.
      The duration of these lease agreements varies and ranges, in most cases, from two to six years, with an option to extend the lease for successive similar periods. The lease agreements also differ from each other in aspects such as payment terms and exit windows that enable us to terminate the agreement prior to its scheduled expiration. In some of the agreements, the lessor is entitled to terminate the agreement at any time without cause, subject to prior notice. Based on our past experience, we encounter difficulties in extending the term of approximately 3% to 5% of the lease agreements for cell sites, which at times results in our having to pay substantially higher rent in order to remain in the same locations or to find alternative sites.
Authorization agreement with land regulatory authorities
      In October 2005, we entered into an authorization agreement with the ILA (which manages the lands of the Development Authority and the Jewish National Fund) that authorizes us to use lands managed by the ILA for the establishment and operation of cell sites. The authorization agreement is effective for a term of five years commencing January 1, 2004.
      The authorization agreement provides that subject to the receipt of approval from the ILA, we will be entitled to establish and operate cell sites on the lands leased to third parties throughout the agreement’s term. In connection with the authorization agreement we undertook to vacate at the end of the agreement’s term all facilities installed in the authorized area unless the authorization period is extended.
      Under the authorization agreement, the ILA is entitled to revoke authorizations granted to us in the event of changes in the designation of the land on which a cell site was erected, in the event that we violate a fundamental condition of the authorization agreement, in the event that the holders of rights in the properties on which we erected cell sites breach the agreements between them and the ILA and in the event that the land on which a cell site was erected is required for public use.
Competition
      There is substantial competition in all aspects of the cellular communications market in Israel and we expect this to continue in the future due to the highly penetrated state of our market. We compete for market and revenue share with three other cellular communication operators: Partner, which is majority owned by Hutchison Whampoa; Pelephone, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the incumbent landline provider, Bezeq; and MIRS, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola.
      Our estimated market share based on number of subscribers was 34.4% as of September 30, 2006. To our knowledge, the market shares at such time of Partner, Pelephone and MIRS were estimated to be approximately 31.9%, 28.7% and 5%, respectively. Since MIRS does not publish data on its number of subscribers, estimates of its market share are based on surveys.
      The competition in our market is expected to increase further as a result of the implementation of number portability, which is likely to occur during 2007, as it will remove a deterrent to switching providers. In addition, subject to policy formation by the regulator, mobile

86


Table of Contents

virtual network operators may enter into agreements with cellular providers and enter into the market, increasing the competition. We may also face competition in the future from other providers of voice and data communications, including service providers that may offer WiMAX or WiFi wireless high speed data access.
      We believe that the principal competitive factors include general brand perception, perceived price, customer service, and handset selection. In addition, content and other value-added services constitute a potential growth engine for increasing revenues from subscribers and are also an important factor in selecting a cellular provider.
      In response to the enhanced competition in our market, we have implemented various steps and strategies, including:
  •  marketing and branding campaigns aimed at enhancing market leadership, perceived value, brand recognition and loyalty among our existing and potential subscriber base;
 
  •  investing resources in improving customer service and retention, as well as supporting information technology systems;
 
  •  introducing innovative value-added services and identifying popular niches among various subscriber groups;
 
  •  investing in improving our network technology to ensure our ability to offer quality services and advanced services;
 
  •  using innovative sales campaigns for attracting new subscribers by offering subsidies on handsets to new subscribers such as “1+1” (buy one, get one free) campaigns; and
 
  •  offering attractive calling plans to subscribers, adapted to their needs and preferences.
      Our ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and respond to trends and events affecting the industry, including: the introduction of new services and technologies, changes in consumer preferences, demographic trends, economic conditions, pricing strategies of competitors and changes to the legal and regulatory environment. We believe that we are well positioned for the competition in our market.
Legal Proceedings
General
      We are served from time to time with claims concerning various matters, including disputes with customers, commercial disputes with third parties with whom we do business and disputes with government entities, including local planning and building committees and the Ministry of Communications. The disputes with customers include: purported class actions regarding claims such as alleged overcharging of tariffs and interconnection fees, misleading representation, illegal rounding of tariffs and call units, providing services not in compliance with our license’s requirements or with a subscriber’s agreement. The following is a summary of our material litigation.
      Two recent legislative changes, the adoption of the Class Actions Law and the 2005 amendment to the Consumer Protection Law, include provisions that expand the causes of action for which a class of litigants may bring suit, including with regard to damages incurred prior to the effective dates of the law and the amendment reducing the minimal requirements for certification of a class action suit and broadening and loosening the qualifications to be the leading plaintiff in a class action lawsuit. These laws may increase the number of requests for certification of class action lawsuits against us and may increase our legal exposure as a result of such class action lawsuits and our legal costs in defending against such suits. See “Risk Factors — We are exposed to, and currently are engaged in, a variety of legal proceedings, including class action lawsuits.”

87


Table of Contents

      All amounts noted below are nominal and, in cases where the claim is approved, will be adjusted to reflect changes in the Israeli CPI and statutory interest, from the date that each claim was filed.
Purported class actions
      In September 2000, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of our subscribers in connection with VAT charges in respect of insurance premiums and the provision of insurance services that were allegedly not provided in accordance with the law. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount of the claim is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 402 million. In February 2006, the claim was dismissed by the court on summary judgment. In March 2006, an appeal was filed with the Supreme Court challenging the dismissal. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defenses against the appeal. Accordingly, no provision has been included in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In August 2001, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of our subscribers in connection with our outgoing call tariffs on the “Talkman” (pre-paid) plan and the collection of a distribution fee for ’Talkman’ calling cards. If the claim is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 135 million. In June 2004, the motion for certification as a class action was removed without prejudice. In September 2004, this decision was appealed to the Israeli Supreme Court. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defenses against the appeal. Accordingly, no provision has been included in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In August 2001, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of our subscribers in connection with air time tariffs and subscriber fees that were allegedly collected not in accordance with the language of the agreement signed by our subscribers at the time of their joining our network. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 1.26 billion, plus punitive damages at a rate of not less than 100% of the amount of the judgment. In February 2004, the motion for certification as a class action was denied. In March 2004, this decision was appealed to the Israeli Supreme Court. In January 2006, the Supreme Court approved the plaintiff’s motion to amend his complaint to reflect the amendment to the Consumer Protection Law and return to the District Court in order to examine the amendment’s effect, if any, on the District Court ruling, which remains in effect. In October 2006, a separate motion was granted allowing the plaintiff to further revise his complaint as a result of enactment of the Class Action Claims Law. Based on advice of counsel, we believe we have good arguments against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action but due to the procedural irregularities demonstrated in the conduct of this lawsuit, it is difficult to assess, at this stage, prior to deliberation, the certification’s chances of success. However, based on advice of counsel, we believe the likelihood of certification of the lawsuit as a class action to be not probable. Accordingly, no provision has been included in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In December 2002, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa in connection with our incoming call tariff to subscribers of other operators when calling our subscribers during the period before the regulation of interconnect fees. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 1.6 billion. No hearing has as yet been held on the merits of the motion. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defenses against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In April 2003, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against Partner, Pelephone and us with the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa in connection with our incoming SMS tariff to subscribers

88


Table of Contents

of other operators when sending SMS messages to our subscribers during the period before the regulation of SMS interconnect fees. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 90 million, without specifying the amount claimed from us. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defenses against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision was included in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In August 2003, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of our subscribers in connection with our method of rounding the rates of calls, our method of linking rates of calls to the consumer price index and a certain rate that was approved by the Ministry of Communications in 1996 was illegally approved. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiff to be NIS 150 million. Following the amendment to the Consumer Protection Law in December 2005, the plaintiff filed an amended statement of its claim in March 2006. No hearing has as yet been held on the merits of that motion. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defenses against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In August 2006, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us and two other cellular operators in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of our subscribers in connection with sums allegedly unlawfully charged for a segment of a call that was not actually carried out. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiffs as exceeding NIS 100 million without specifying the amount claimed from us individually. At this preliminary stage, and due to the circumstances described below in relation to an additional lawsuit filed against us in November 2006, we are unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been made in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In November 2006, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against us, two other cellular operators and two landline operators in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by four plaintiffs claiming to be subscribers of the three cellular operators, in connection with sums allegedly unlawfully charged for a segment of a call that was not actually carried out. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total amount claimed from us, as well as from each of the other cellular operators, is estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 53 million (the amount claimed from all five operators is estimated by the plaintiffs to be approximately NIS 159 million). In November 2006, we filed a motion to transfer this lawsuit to the judge handling the lawsuit filed in August 2006, mentioned above, and seeking further instructions from this judge as to the manner in which the two purported class actions should be heard, on the basis of the similarity of the two lawsuits. At this preliminary stage, and given the circumstances just described, we are unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been made in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In addition, a number of purported class actions filed against us in previous years were dismissed without prejudice. Some of these claims may be re-filed in the future.
Commercial and other disputes
      In April 2005, a lawsuit was filed against us in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of our former dealers and importers for the amount of NIS 28 million (reduced for court fee purposes from approximately NIS 38 million), alleging that we have breached an agreement between the parties. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defense against such claim. Accordingly, no provision has been made in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      In January 2007, a lawsuit was filed against us in an arbitration proceeding for the amount of approximately NIS 35 million by a company which purchased cellular services from us in order to

89


Table of Contents

sell the services to its customers, alleging, among other things, that we have breached agreements between the parties and making claims concerning our conduct. We reject all claims made by the company against us. However, at this preliminary stage we are unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been made in our financial statements in respect of this claim.
      There is a dispute between the Ministry of Communications and us with respect to the payment of fees for GSM and UMTS frequencies. The amount in dispute as of September 30, 2006 is approximately NIS 56 million. Until a final decision on this matter, we deposited about half of this amount with the Ministry of Communications. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that the method we apply is the lawful method. Accordingly, no provision was included in our financial statements in respect of the amount in dispute, including the amount we deposited. We have applied to the courts regarding this issue.
      In a small number of instances, local planning and building committees that were sued for depreciated property values in accordance with Section 197 of the Planning and Building Law have attempted to join cellular operators as defendants to the claims, including us, despite the fact that the cellular operators (including us) in such cases did not submit indemnification letters to such planning and building committees. Based on advice of counsel, we believe that we have good defenses against such claims. Accordingly, no provision has been included in our financial statements in respect of such claims.

90


Table of Contents

REGULATORY MATTERS
      The following is a description of various regulatory matters which are material to our operations, including certain future legislative initiatives which are in the process of being enacted. There is no certainty that the future legislation described here will be enacted or whether it will be subject to further change before its final enactment.
General
      A significant part of our operations is regulated by the Israeli Communications Law, 1982, the regulations promulgated under the Communications Law and the provisions of our licenses, which were granted by the Israeli Ministry of Communications pursuant to the Communications Law. We are required by law to have a general license in order to provide cellular communications services in Israel. The Ministry of Communications has broad supervisory powers in connection with the operations of license holders and is authorized, among other things, to impose financial penalties for violations of the Communications Law and our license.
Our Principal License
      The establishment and operation of a cellular communications network requires a license pursuant to the Communications Law for telecommunications operations and services and pursuant to the Israeli Wireless Telegraph Ordinance (New Version), 1972, for the allocation of spectrum and installation and operation of a cellular network.
      We provide our cellular services under a non-exclusive general license granted to us by the Ministry of Communications in June 1994, which requires us to provide cellular services in the State of Israel to anyone wishing to subscribe. The license expires on January 31, 2022, but may be extended by the Ministry of Communications for successive periods of six years, provided that we have complied with the license and applicable law, have continuously invested in the improvement of our service and network and have demonstrated the ability to continue to do so in the future. The main provisions of the license are as follows:
  •  The license may be modified, cancelled, conditioned or restricted by the Ministry of Communications in certain instances, including: if required to ensure the level of services we provide; if a breach of a material term of the license occurs; if DIC (or a transferee or transferees, if approved by the Ministry of Communications), in its capacity as our founding shareholder, holds, directly or indirectly, less than 26% of our means of control; if our founding shareholders who are Israeli citizens and residents (the Ministry of Communications has informed us that it is considering certain amendments to our license in relation to the Israeli holding requirement, such as to impose a minimum holding requirement on individual Israeli persons in connection with this requirement; based on conversations to date, we do not expect this change to have a material impact on us) hold, directly or indirectly, less than 20% of our means of control (DIC, as founding shareholder, has undertaken to comply with this condition); if at least 20% of our directors are not appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders or if less than a majority of our directors are Israeli citizens and residents; if any of our managers or directors is convicted of a crime of moral turpitude and continues to serve; if we commit an act or omission that adversely affects or limits competition in the cellular communications market; or if we and our 10% or greater shareholders fail to maintain combined shareholders’ equity of at least $200 million. For the purpose of the license, “means of control” is defined as voting rights, the right to appoint a director or general manager, the right to participate in distributions, or the right to participate in distributions upon liquidation;
 
  •  It is prohibited to acquire (alone or together with relatives or with other parties who collaborate on a regular basis) or transfer our shares, directly or indirectly (including a

91


Table of Contents

  transfer by way of foreclosing on a pledge), in one transaction or a series of transactions, if such acquisition or transfer will result in a holding or transfer of 10% or more of any of our means of control, or to transfer any of our means of control if as a result of such transfer, control over our company will be transferred from one party to another, without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. For the purpose of the license, “control” is defined as the direct or indirect ability to direct our operations whether this ability arises from our articles of association, from written or oral agreement or from holding any means of control or otherwise, other than from holding the position of director or officer;
 
  •  It is prohibited for any of our office holders or anyone holding more than 5% of our means of control, to hold, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the means of control in Bezeq or another cellular operator in Israel, or, for any of the foregoing to serve as an office holder of one of our competitors, subject to certain exceptions requiring the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications;
 
  •  We, our office holders or interested parties may not be parties to any arrangement whatsoever with Bezeq or another cellular operator that is intended or is likely to restrict or harm competition in the field of cellular services, cellular handsets or other cellular services. For the purpose of the license, an “interested party” is defined as a 5% or greater holder of any means of control;
 
  •  We are subject to the guidelines of Israel’s General Security Services, which may include requirements that certain office holders and holders of certain other positions be Israeli citizens and residents with security clearance. For example, our Board of Directors is required to appoint a committee to deal with matters concerning state security. Only directors who have the requisite security clearance by Israel’s General Security Services may be members of this committee. In addition, the Minister of Communications is entitled under our license to appoint a state employee with security clearance to act as an observer in all meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees;
 
  •  During the entire period of operation under the license, we are required to have agreements with a manufacturer of cellular network equipment which must include, among other things, a know-how agreement and an agreement guaranteeing the supply of spare parts for our network equipment for a period of at least seven years;
 
  •  We are required to interconnect our network to other public telecommunications networks in Israel, on equal terms and without discrimination, in order to enable subscribers of all operators to communicate with one another;
 
  •  We may not give preference in providing infrastructure services to a license holder that is an affiliated company over other license holders, whether in payment for services, conditions or availability of services or in any other manner, other than in specific circumstances and subject to the approval of the Ministry of Communications;
 
  •  The license sets forth the general types of payments that we may collect from our subscribers, the general mechanisms for setting tariffs, the reports that we must submit to the Ministry of Communications and the obligation to provide notice to the Ministry of Communications prior to changing tariffs. The Ministry of Communications is authorized to intervene in setting tariffs in certain instances;
 
  •  The license requires us to maintain a minimum standard of customer service, including, among other things, establishing call centers and service centers, maintaining a certain service level of our network, collecting payments pursuant to a certain procedure and protecting the privacy of subscribers;

92


Table of Contents

  •  The license or any part thereof may not be transferred, pledged or encumbered without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. The license also sets forth restrictions on the sale, lease or pledge of any assets used for implementing the license;
 
  •  We are required to obtain insurance coverage for our cellular activities. In addition, the license imposes statutory liability for any loss or damage caused to a third party as a result of establishing, sustaining, maintaining or operating our cellular network. We have further undertaken to indemnify the State of Israel for any monetary obligation imposed on the State of Israel in the event of such loss or damage. For the purpose of guaranteeing our obligations under the license, we have deposited a bank guarantee in the amount of $10 million with the Ministry of Communications, which may be forfeited in the event that we violate the terms of our license.
      In 2005, our license was amended to regulate charging for SMS messages sent outside our network, which, under a certain interpretation of the amendment, may lead to claims of our not being in compliance with our license. To date, we have fulfilled the license requirements with respect to SMS messages sent to subscribers of one other cellular operator. However, due to technological difficulties which have not yet been resolved, we may face claims, if such interpretation of the amendment prevails, of not having implemented the amendment with respect to SMS messages sent to subscribers of two other operators. We had notified the Ministry of Communications of our technological inability to fully implement the amendment, in light of this interpretation. The Ministry of Communications had proposed an amendment to our license to resolve this problem, which we believe is unsatisfactory.
      In the event that we violate the terms of our license, we may be subject to substantial penalties, including monetary sanctions. In January 2007, the Israeli parliament approved an increase in the financial sanctions that may be imposed on us by the Ministry of Communications for a breach of our licenses. Following the increase, the maximum amount per violation that may be imposed is NIS 1.4 million plus 0.25% of our annual revenue from the preceding year. An additional sanction amounting to 2% of the original sanction may be imposed for each day that the violation continues. In addition, the Ministry of Communications may determine certain service-related terms in our license as “service terms”; the maximum monetary sanctions per violation of a “service term” shall be double the amount of any other monetary sanction set in our license for such a violation per each period of 30 days or portion thereof during which the violation continues.
Other Licenses
Special general license for the provision of landline communication services
      In April 2006, Cellcom Fixed Line Communications L.P., or Cellcom Fixed Line, a limited partnership wholly-owned by us, was granted a non-exclusive special general license for the provision of landline telephone communication services. The license expires in 2026 but may be extended by the Ministry of Communications for successive periods of 10 years. We began providing landline telephone services in July 2006, concentrating on offering landline telephone services to selected businesses. The partnership deposited a bank guarantee in the amount of NIS 10 million with the Ministry of Communications upon receiving the license. The provisions of the general license described above, including as to its extension, generally apply to this license, subject to certain modifications. It should be noted that in addition to any 10% share transfer requiring the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications as noted in our general license, the special general license additionally requires prior approval for acquiring the ability to effect a significant influence over us. In this context, holding 25% of our means of control is presumed to confer significant influence.
      In September 2006, the Director General of the Ministry of Communications was instructed by the government to implement the operation of landline services over broadband Internet lines by April 2007. If this process is completed, it will enable us to penetrate the private sector as

93


Table of Contents

well, by offering voice services over the broadband infrastructure of other operators, should we choose to do so.
Data and transmission license
      In 2000, we were granted a non-exclusive special license for the provision of local data communication services and high-speed transmission services, which is effective until November 2007. Following the grant of a special general license for the provision of landline telephone communication services to Cellcom Fixed Line, which also includes the services previously provided through our data and transmission license, our data and transmission license was amended in June 2006 to permit only Cellcom Fixed Line to be our customer of these services (and these services are now being provided to our customers through Cellcom Fixed Line). The provisions of the general and general specific license described above, including as to its extension, generally apply to this license, subject to certain modifications.
Cellular services in Judea and Samaria
      The Israeli Civil Administration in Judea and Samaria granted us a non-exclusive license for the provision of cellular services to the Israeli-populated areas in Judea and Samaria. This license is effective until December 31, 2007. The provisions of the general license described above, including as to its extension, generally apply to this license, subject to certain modifications. We believe that we will be able to receive an extension to this license upon request.
Tariff Supervision
      Under the Israeli Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payment for Interconnecting), 2000, interconnect tariffs among landline operators, international call operators and cellular operators are subject to regulation and have been gradually decreased, as follows:
  •  The maximum interconnect tariff payable by a landline operator or a cellular operator for the completion of a call on another cellular network was decreased as of March 1, 2005 from NIS 0.45 to NIS 0.32 per minute; and as of March 2006, to NIS 0.29 per minute. This tariff will be reduced to NIS 0.26 per minute as of March 1, 2007, and it will be further reduced to NIS 0.22 per minute as of March 1, 2008.
 
  •  The maximum interconnect tariff payable by an international call operator for the completion of a call on a cellular network is NIS 0.25 per minute. This tariff will be reduced to NIS 0.22 per minute as of March 1, 2008.
 
  •  The maximum interconnect tariff payable by a cellular operator for sending an SMS message to another cellular network was decreased as of March 1, 2005 from NIS 0.285 to NIS 0.05 per message; and as of March 2006, to NIS 0.025 per message.
      These above tariffs do not include value added tax and are updated in March of each year based on the change in the Israeli CPI published each January with the Israeli CPI published in January 2005 in accordance with the regulations.
      The reduction of interconnect tariffs by the Ministry of Communications led to a decrease in our revenues. For information on the effect on our results of operations, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations.”
      Under these regulations and our license, as of January 1, 2009, our basic airtime charging units, including for interconnect purposes, will be changed from twelve-second units to one-second units. Under our license, we are also permitted to offer the subscriber calling plans using alternative airtime charging units. This change may result in a decrease in our revenues.

94


Table of Contents

      In November 2006, the Ministry of Communications amended our license in a manner that will obligate us, as of January 2007, to provide, in calls made to our subscribers and directed into voicemail, an announcement that the call is being directed to voicemail. Further, we may not charge for a call terminated up to one second after the announcement is made. This change will result in a decrease in our revenues.
      In 2006, the European Union declared that it is considering regulating roaming tariffs. To our knowledge, following such declaration, several operators in Europe agreed to reduce roaming tariffs among themselves. Recently, the Ministry of Communications has approached the cellular operators in Israel with a request for information in order to evaluate the need for intervention in roaming tariffs. If the Ministry of Communications decides to intervene in the pricing of roaming services, this could reduce the revenues we derive from our roaming services.
      Following previous steps taken by the Ministry of Communications to promote additional end-user equipment sales-channels, the Ministry is also examining the possibility of limiting our ability to offer subscribers calling plans linking airtime rebates or benefits with the purchase of handsets. If such restrictions are imposed, this may impair our ability to offer advanced handsets that include value-added features and services to our subscribers at subsidized prices or in conjunction with attractive calling plans, which may result in lower revenues from value-added services and selling handsets.
Permits for Cell Site Construction
General
      In order to provide and improve network coverage to our subscribers, we depend on cell sites located throughout Israel. The regulation of cell site construction and operation are primarily set forth in the National Building Plan 36 for Communications, which was published in May 2002. The construction of cellular access facilities, which are cell sites of smaller dimensions, is further regulated in the Communications Law.
      The construction and operation of cell sites are subject to permits from various government entities and related bodies, including:
  •  building permits from the local planning and building committee or the local licensing authority (if no exemption is available);
 
  •  approvals for construction and operation from the commissioner of environmental radiation of the Ministry of Environmental Protection;
 
  •  permits from the Civil Aviation Authority (in most cases);
 
  •  permits from the Israel Defense Forces (in certain cases); and
 
  •  other specific permits necessary where applicable, such as for cell sites on water towers or agricultural land.
National Building Plan 36
      National Building Plan 36 includes guidelines for constructing cell sites in order to provide cellular broadcasting and reception communications coverage throughout Israel, while preventing radiation hazards and minimizing damage to the environment and landscape. The purpose of these guidelines is to simplify and streamline the process of cell site construction by creating a uniform framework for handling building permits.
      National Building Plan 36 sets forth the considerations that the planning and building authorities should take into account when issuing building permits for cell sites. These considerations include the satisfaction of safety standards meant to protect the public’s health from non-ionizing radiation emitting from cell sites, minimizing damage to the landscape and examining the effects of cell sites on their physical surroundings. National Building Plan 36 also determines instances in which building and planning committees are obligated to inform the

95


Table of Contents

public of requests for building permits prior to their issuance, so that they may submit objections to the construction of a site in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Planning and Building Law, 1965. Regulations regulating the approval and objection process for cell site building permits are scheduled to be enacted by January 1, 2007.
Site licensing
      We have experienced difficulties in obtaining some of the permits and consents required for the construction of cell sites, especially from local planning and building authorities. Some of our cell sites are in various stages of receiving building permits, and in several instances we will be required to relocate these sites to alternative locations or to demolish these sites without any suitable alternative. The construction of a cell site without a building permit (or applicable exemption) constitutes a violation of the Planning and Building Law. Violations of the Planning and Building Law are criminal in nature. The Planning and Building Law contains enforcement provisions to ensure the removal of illegal sites. There have been instances in which we received demolition orders or in which we and certain of our directors, officers and employees faced criminal charges in connection with cell sites constructed without a permit. In most of these cases, we were successful in preventing or delaying the demolition of these sites, through arrangements with the local municipalities or planning and building authorities for obtaining the permit, or in other cases, by relocating to alternate sites. Currently, we are subject to approximately 32 criminal and administrative legal proceedings alleging that some of our cell sites were built without a building permit. As of September 30, 2006, approximately 10.5% of our cell sites operated without building permits or applicable exemptions. Although we are in the process of seeking to obtain building permits or modify our cell sites in order to satisfy applicable exemptions for a portion of these sites; we may not be able to obtain or modify them. In addition, we operate other cell sites in a manner which is not fully compatible with the building permits issued for them, although they are covered by permits from the Ministry of Environmental Protection in respect of their radiation level. In some cases we will be required to relocate these cell sites to alternative locations, to reduce capacity coverage or to demolish them without any suitable alternative.
      Based on advice received from our legal advisors and consistent with judicial authority, we have not requested building permits under the Planning and Building Law for rooftop radio access devices. The radio access devices do receive the required permits from the Ministry of Environmental Protection, but some local authorities claim that these devices also require building permits or do not meet other legal requirements. If the courts determine that building permits are necessary for the installation of these devices or other legal requirements are not met, it could have a negative impact on our ability to obtain environmental permits for these devices and deploy additional devices, which could negatively affect the extent, quality and capacity of our network coverage and our ability to continue to market our products and services effectively.
      In addition to cell sites, we provide repeaters (also known as bi-directional amplifiers) to subscribers seeking a solution to weak signal reception within specific indoor locations. Based on advice received from our legal advisors, we have not requested building permits under the Planning and Building Law for outdoor rooftop repeaters, which are a small part of the repeaters that have been installed. It is unclear whether other types of repeaters require building permits. We are currently in the process of adjusting some of our repeaters to meet the parameters of the applicable exemption. Some repeaters require specific permits and others require a general permit from the Ministry of Environmental Protection in respect of their radiation level, and we are required to ensure that each repeater functions within the parameters of the applicable general permit. The Israeli courts have not yet addressed the question of whether building permits are required for the installation of repeaters. Should it be established that the installation of repeaters (including those already installed) requires a building permit, we will perform cost-benefit analyses to determine whether to apply for permits for existing repeaters or to remove them and whether to apply for permits for new repeaters.

96


Table of Contents

      In addition, we construct and operate microwave sites as part of our transmission network. The various types of microwave sites receive permits from the Ministry of Environmental Protection in respect of their radiation level. Based on advice received from our legal advisors, we believe that building permits are not required for the installation of these microwave facilities on rooftops, and, to the best of our knowledge, this issue has not yet been considered by the Israeli courts. If courts determine that building permits are necessary for the installation of these sites, it could have a negative impact on our ability to obtain environmental permits for these sites and to deploy additional microwave sites and could hinder the extent, quality and capacity of our transmission network coverage and our ability to continue to market our landline services effectively.
Indemnification obligations
      In January 2006, the Planning and Building Law was amended to provide that as a condition for issuing a building permit for a cell site, local building and planning committees shall require letters of indemnification from cellular operators indemnifying the committees for possible depreciation claims under Section 197 of the Planning and Building Law, in accordance with the directives of the National Planning Council. Section 197 establishes that a property owner whose property value has been depreciated as a result of the approval of a building plan that applies to his property or neighboring properties may be entitled to compensation from the local building and planning committee. The National Planning Council’s guidelines issued in January 2006 provide for an undertaking for full indemnification of the planning and building committees by the cellular companies, in the form published by the council. The form allows the indemnifying party to control the defense of the claim. These guidelines will remain in effect until replaced by an amendment to National Building Plan 36.
      We understand that an amendment to National Building Plan 36 is being prepared, which could, if adopted, make the process of obtaining building permits for the construction and operation of cell sites more cumbersome and costly and may delay the future deployment of our network.
      Since January 2006, we have given over thirty five indemnification letters in order to receive building permits. In addition, prior to January 2006, we provided three undertakings to provide an indemnification letter to local planning and building committees. Local planning and building committees have sought to join cellular operators, including us, as defendants in depreciation claims made against them even though indemnification letters were not provided. We were joined as defendants in a small number of cases. It is possible that the joining of cellular operators as defendants to similar claims will continue notwithstanding the absence of an indemnification letter. We expect that we will be required to continue to provide indemnification letters as the process of deploying our cell sites continues. As a result of the requirement to provide indemnification letters, we may decide to construct new cell sites in alternative, less suitable locations, to reduce capacity coverage or not to construct them at all, should we determine that the risks associated with providing such indemnification letters outweigh the benefits derived from constructing such cell sites, which could impair the quality of our service in the affected areas.
Construction and operating permits from the commissioner of environmental radiation
      Under the Israeli Pharmacists Regulations (Radioactive Elements and their Products), 1980, it is prohibited to construct cell sites without a permit from the Ministry of Environmental Protection. The Commissioner of Environmental Radiation is authorized to issue two types of permits: construction permits, for cell site construction; and operating permits, for cell site operation.
      These permits contain various conditions that regulate the construction or operating of cell sites, as the case may be. All of our cell sites routinely receive both construction and operating permits from the Commissioner within the applicable time frames. The Pharmacists Regulations

97


Table of Contents

provide that each of the two kinds of permits is valid for one year from the date of its issuance, or for a shorter period of time as determined by the Commissioner. We submit annual reports regarding radiation surveys conducted on our cell sites. According to the Commissioner, the filing of these reports automatically renews the permits for additional one-year terms. Some repeaters require specific permits and others require general permits from the Commissioner in respect of their radiation level, and we are required to ensure the repeaters function within the parameters of their general permit.
      Under the Pharmacists Regulations, the Commissioner may issue orders to take appropriate action should he believe a cell site or other facility poses a threat to the health or welfare of individuals, the public or the environment. Failure to comply with the Pharmacists Regulations, the terms of a permit or the instructions of the Commissioner can lead to sanctions, including the revocation or suspension of the permit.
      Pursuant to the Non-Ionizing Radiation Law, which will become effective, for the most part, on January 1, 2007, the construction and operation of cell sites and other facilities requires the prior approval of the Ministry of Environmental Protection. The validity of a construction permit will be for a period not exceeding three months, unless otherwise extended by the Commissioner, and the validity of an operating permit will be for a period of five years. Permits that were issued under the Pharmacists Regulations will be deemed, for the remainder of their term, as permits issued under the Radiation Law. An applicant must first receive a construction permit from the Commissioner and only then may the applicant receive a building permit from the planning and building committee. In order to receive an operating permit from the Commissioner, certain conditions must be met, such as presenting a building permit or an exemption.
      The Radiation Law also regulates permitted exposure levels, documentation and reporting requirements, and provisions for supervision of cell site and other facility operation. The Radiation Law grants the Commissioner authority to issue eviction orders if a cell site or other facility operates in conflict with its permit, and it imposes criminal sanctions on a company and its directors and officers for violations of the law. Failure to comply with the Radiation Law or the terms of a permit can lead to revocation or suspension of the permit.
      The draft Non-Ionizing Radiation Regulations published by the Ministry of Environmental Protection in November 2006 proposes additional restrictions in relation to the operation of cell sites and other facilities. If these restrictions are adopted in their current draft format, they will, among other things, limit our ability to construct new sites and renew operating permits for a number of our existing sites, specifically in residential areas.
Handsets
      The Israeli Consumer Protection Regulations (Information Regarding Non-Ionizing Radiation from Cellular Telephones), 2002, regulate the maximum permitted level of non-ionizing radiation from end-user cellular equipment that emits non-ionizing radiation, which mainly refers to cellular phones, according to the European standard, for testing GSM devices, and the American standard, for testing TDMA devices. They also require cellular operators to attach an information leaflet to each equipment package that includes explanations regarding non-ionizing radiation, the maximum permitted level of non-ionizing radiation and the level of radiation of that specific model of equipment. The Radiation Regulations further require that such information also be displayed at points-of -sale, service centers and on the Internet sites of cellular operators.
      Pursuant to procedures published by the Ministry of Communications at the end of 2005, end-user cellular equipment must comply with all relevant standards, including specific absorption rate, or SAR, level standards. We obtain type-approval from the Ministry of Communications for each handset model imported or sold by us. We include information published by the manufacturer regarding SAR levels with all of our handsets. SAR levels are a measurement of non-ionizing radiation that is emitted by a hand-held cellular telephone at its specific rate of absorption by living tissue. SAR tests are performed by handsets manufacturers on prototypes of

98


Table of Contents

each model handset, not for each and every handset. We do not perform independent SAR tests for equipment and rely for this purpose on information provided by the manufacturers. As the manufacturers’ approvals refer to a prototype handset, we have no information as to the actual SAR level of the equipment throughout their lifecycle, including in the case of equipment repair.
      According to these procedures, in the event of equipment repair, SAR levels must be tested again and if they are not tested, the repairing entity is required to inform the customer that there may be changes in the SAR levels by affixing a label to the equipment. The Ministry of Communications has appointed a consultant to create guidelines for implementing this procedure. We and the other cellular operators have met with this consultant. In August 2006, the consultant submitted his findings to the Ministry of Communications, but the Ministry of Communications has not yet issued any guidelines. We are awaiting the publication of these guidelines before implementing these requirements.
      Obtaining a license for importing or trading in spare parts that are likely to affect the level of non-ionizing radiation requires receipt of compliance approvals from the manufacturer of the parts or from a laboratory authorized by the Ministry of Communications. To the best of our knowledge, to date no spare parts manufacturer has provided any cellular operator with such an approval and no laboratory has been authorized to issue such approvals by the Ministry of Communications.
Royalties
      Under the Communications Law, the Communications Regulations (Royalties), 2001, and the terms of our general license from the Ministry of Communications, we are required to pay the State of Israel royalties equal to 3% of our revenues generated from telecommunications services, less payments transferred to other license holders for interconnect fees or roaming services, sale of handsets and losses from bad debt. The rate of these royalties has decreased in recent years, from 4.5% in 2002, to 4% in 2003, and to 3.5% in 2004 and 2005. In August 2006, the royalty rate was reduced to 3%, retroactively from January 1, 2006 and it will continue to be reduced by 0.5% per year, until reaching a rate of 1%.
Number Portability
      In March 2005, an amendment to the Communications Law was approved requiring the Ministry of Communications to publish a number portability plan for landline and cellular telephone operators. Number portability would permit cellular and landline network subscribers in Israel to change network operators (from one cellular operator to another and from one landline operator to another) without having to change their telephone numbers. The Minister was required to provide instructions for license holders for the implementation and operation of the plan by September 1, 2006. For special reasons, the implementation and operation of the plan may be postponed for a period not to exceed three months.
      In August 2005, the Ministry of Communications published guidelines for number portability. Since May 2005, the telecommunications license holders have repeatedly informed the Ministry of Communications, through a joint forum for number portability, that they were not prepared to implement the guidelines on schedule. The Ministry of Communications refused to take any measures in order to change the date for implementation of the guidelines.
      In August 2006, we, together with Partner and Pelephone, filed a petition with the Supreme Court, sitting as the High Court of Justice, for the provision of an order against the Government of Israel and the Ministry of Communications to show cause for their failure to immediately act in order to initiate an amendment to the Communications Law postponing the deadline for the implementation of number portability, since the deadline is set forth in the Communications Law. Bezeq filed a similar petition on the same date. The reasons for the petition include our inability to comply with the guidelines under the current time schedule since the time schedule was based on number portability plans implemented abroad and failed to take into consideration the unique

99


Table of Contents

technological environment of the Israeli cellular market, the more complex requirements set by the Israeli regulator and the absence of a detailed plan, as was originally contemplated by the law. As a result, all relevant telecommunications license holders, including us, may face claims of violation of the Communications Law and of their general license as of September 1, 2006, without the ability to comply with the law. Individual cellular subscribers may seek to intervene in the petition and/or file class actions against the cellular companies based on the alleged failure to comply with the government’s requirements. At this stage, we cannot assess the effects of the aforesaid on our business results.
      In January 2007, we notified the Ministry of Communications that we concluded the internal developments required for the implementation of number portability. We believe that the number portability plan will be implemented during the second half of 2007, subject to the readiness of the other communications operators.
Frequency Fees
      Frequency allocations for our cellular services are governed by the Israeli Wireless Telegraph Ordinance (New Version), 1972. We pay frequency fees to the State of Israel in accordance with the Israeli Wireless Telegraph Regulations (Licenses, Certificates and Fees), 1987. We are currently in dispute with the Ministry of Communications over a sum of NIS 56 million in GSM and UMTS frequency fees. For further information, see “Business — Legal Proceedings.”
Mobile Virtual Network Operator
      A mobile virtual network operator, or MVNO, is a cellular operator that does not own its own spectrum and usually does not have its own network infrastructure. Instead, MVNOs have business arrangements with existing cellular operators to use their infrastructure and network for the MVNO’s own customers. In September 2006, the Director General of the Ministry of Communications and the Budget Commissioner in the Ministry of Finance were appointed by a governmental committee to examine the possibility of implementing MVNO operation in Israel. Their findings and recommendations are expected to be published in May 2007. If the Ministry of Communications and the Ministry of Finance take measures to introduce the operation of MVNOs in the Israeli cellular market, this could increase competition, which may adversely affect our revenues.
Emergency Situations
      We may be subject to certain restrictions and instructions regarding our activities or provision of services during national emergencies or for reasons of national security or public welfare, including taking control of our cellular or land line networks. Further, the Prime Minister and the Ministry of Communications may determine that our services are deemed essential services, in which case we may be subject to further additional limitations on our business operations.
Reporting Requirements
      We are subject to extensive reporting requirements. We are required to submit to the Ministry of Communications detailed annual reports with information concerning subscribers, revenues by service, the number of new subscribers and churn, annual financial statements and prior notice of tariff increases. In addition, under our license we may be required by the Ministry of Communications to file additional reports, such as reports on complaints, network problems and the development of the network.

100


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
      The following table sets forth information regarding our directors, executive officers and other key employees as of December 31, 2006:
             
Name   Age   Position
         
Ami Erel(2),(3)
    59     Chairman of the Board
Nochi Dankner(3)
    52     Director
Isaac Manor
    65     Director
Shay Livnat(2),(3)
    48     Director
Raanan Cohen(1),(2)
    39     Director
Oren Lieder(1),(2)
    58     Director
Avraham Bigger(1)
    60     Director
Rafi Bisker(2)
    55     Director
Shlomo Waxe(2),(4)
    60     Director
Amos Shapira
    57     President and Chief Executive Officer
Tal Raz
    44     Chief Financial Officer
Eliezer (Lipa) Ogman
    53     Chief Technology Officer
Isaiah Rozenberg
    46     Vice President of Engineering and Network Operation
Itamar Bartov
    44     Vice President of Executive and Regulatory Affairs
Refael Poran
    58     Vice President of Business Customers
Meir Barav
    49     Vice President of Sales and Services
Ronit Ben-Basat
    39     Vice President of Human Resources
Amos Maor
    42     Vice President of Operations and Supply Chain
Adi Cohen
    41     Vice President of Marketing
Liat Menahemi-Stadler
    40     General Legal Counsel
Gil Ben-Itzhak
    41     Controller
 
(1)  Member of our Audit Committee.
 
(2)  Member of our Cost Analysis Committee.
 
(3)  Member of our Option Committee.
 
(4)  Elected as a member of our Audit Committee effective upon completion of the offering.
     Ami Erel has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Erel has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. since 2001. From 1999 to 2001, he served as President of Elron Electronic Industries Ltd., where he continues to serve as a member of the board of directors and also served, until recently, as Chairman of the Board of Directors. From 1997 to 1999, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bezeq — The Israeli Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. Mr. Erel also serves as Chairman of Netvision Ltd., and as a member of the board of directors of Koor Industries Ltd., Makhteshim-Agan Industries Ltd., Super-Sol Ltd., Property and Building Corporation Ltd. and other IDB group companies. Mr. Erel has served as the chairman of the executive committee of the Manufacturers Association of Israel since 2005. Mr. Erel holds a B.Sc. in electrical engineering from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology.

101


Table of Contents

      Nochi Dankner has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Dankner currently serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IDB Holding Corporation Ltd. Mr. Dankner also serves as Chairman of IDB Development Corporation Ltd., Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., Clal Industries and Investments Ltd., Ganden Holdings Ltd. and various private companies, and as a member of the board of directors of Elron Electronic Industries Ltd., Clal Insurance Enterprises Holdings Ltd., Clal Insurance Company Ltd., Super-Sol Ltd., Property and Building Corporation Ltd., American Israeli Paper Mills Ltd., Koor Industries Ltd., Makhteshim-Agan Industries Ltd. and various private companies. Mr. Dankner also serves as the Chairman of the IDB fund “For the Community”, as a member of “Matan-Your Way to Give” (a non-profit organization), as a member of the management committee of the Association of Friends of the Tel Aviv Sourasky Medical Center, and as a member of the board of trustees of Tel Aviv University. Mr. Dankner holds an L.L.B. and a B.A. in political science, both from Tel Aviv University.
      Isaac Manor has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Manor has served as the Deputy Chairman of the board of directors of IDB Holding Corporation Ltd. since 2003. From 1976 to 2001, he served as Chief Executive Officer of companies in the automobile sector of the David Lubinsky group, the importer of Peugeot and Citroen automobiles to Israel, where he currently serves as Chairman. Mr. Manor also serves as a member of the board of directors of IDB Development Corporation Ltd., Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., Clal Industries and Investments Ltd., Super-Sol Ltd., Property and Building Corporation Ltd., American Israeli Paper Mills Ltd., Clal Insurance Enterprises Holdings Ltd., Union Bank of Israel Ltd., Koor Industries Ltd. and various private companies. Mr. Manor holds an executive M.B.A. from the Hebrew University.
      Shay Livnat has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Livnat has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Zoe Holdings Ltd., a holding company that manages a diverse portfolio of international telecommunications operations and hi-tech companies, which was founded by him in 1988, since 2001. From 1988 to 1998, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Tashtit Ltd. Mr. Livnat also serves as a member of the board of directors of IDB Development Corporation Ltd., Clal Industries and Investments Ltd., Clal Insurance Enterprises Holdings Ltd., Elron Electronic Industries Ltd. and various private companies. Mr. Livnat serves as a member of the executive committee of the University of Haifa. Mr. Livnat holds a B.A. in electrical engineering from Fairleigh Dickinson University.
      Raanan Cohen has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2000. Mr. Cohen has served as Chief Executive Officer of Koor Industries Ltd. since July 2006. From 2004 to 2006, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Scailex Corporation Ltd. (formerly Scitex Corporation Ltd.). Since 2001 he has served as Vice President of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., having previously served, from 1999 to 2001, as executive assistant to the chief executive officer of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. From 1997 to 1999, he was an associate at McKinsey & Company Inc., London. Mr. Cohen also serves as a member of the board of directors of Makhteshim-Agan Industries Ltd., ECI Telecom Ltd., Property and Building Corporation Ltd. and various private companies. Mr. Cohen is a member of the Israeli Bar Association and holds an L.L.B. and a B.A. in economics from Tel Aviv University and an M.B.A. in management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of management of Northwestern University.
      Oren Lieder has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Lieder has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. since 2003. From 1997 to 2002, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Bezeq — The Israeli Telecommunications Corporation Ltd. From 1989 to 1996, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Zim Israel Navigation Company Ltd. Mr. Lieder also serves as a member of the board of directors of Ham-Let (Israel Canada) Ltd., Netvision Ltd., Super-Sol Ltd., Property and Building Corporation Ltd., Bayside Land Corporation Ltd., Globcall Communications Ltd. and various private companies. Mr. Lieder serves as a member of the board of trustees and investment committee of the University of Haifa. Mr. Lieder holds a B.A. in economics and statistics from the University of Haifa.

102


Table of Contents

      Avraham Bigger has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Bigger is the owner and managing director of three family-owned companies and as of December 2006, is the Chief Executive Officer of Makhteshim-Agan Industries Ltd. Mr. Bigger also serves as the Chairman of Super-Sol Ltd., Makhteshim-Agan Industries Ltd. and various private companies; as the Deputy Chairman of the Caesarea Edmond Benjamin De Rothschild Foundation and the Caesarea Edmond Benjamin De Rothschild Development Corporation Ltd.; and as a member of the board of directors of the First International Bank of Israel Ltd. and various private companies. Mr. Bigger holds a B.A. in economics and an M.B.A. from the Hebrew University.
      Rafi Bisker has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2006. Mr. Bisker currently serves as the Chairman of Property and Building Corporation Ltd., Bayside Land Corporation Ltd. and various private companies. From 2000 to 2005, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Ganden Holdings Ltd. From 1989 to 1999, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Dankner Investments Ltd. Mr. Bisker also serves as a member of the board of directors of IDB Holding Corporation Ltd., IDB Development Corporation Ltd., Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., Clal Industries and Investments Ltd., Super-Sol Ltd., Ganden Holdings Ltd., ISPRO The Israel Properties Rental Corporation Ltd., Mehadrin Ltd., and various private companies. Mr. Bisker holds a B.Sc. in civil engineering from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology.
      Shlomo Waxe has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2006. Mr. Waxe has served as Director General of the Israel Association of Electronics and Software Industries since 2006. From 2002 to 2005, he worked in the field of communications management and consultancy. From 1999 to 2001, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Zeevi Communications Ltd. From 1997 to 1999, he served as a consultant to cellular communications projects in Sao Paulo, Brazil and in Northeast Brazil. From 1993 to 1997, he served as the Director General of Israel’s Ministry of Communications. From 1990 to 1993, he served as commanding officer of the signal, electronics and computer corps of the Israel Defense Forces and he is a retired brigadier general. Mr. Waxe also serves as a member of the board of directors of Tambour Ltd., C. Mer Industries Ltd., Malam Systems Ltd. and Shrem, Fudim, Kelner — Technologies Ltd. Mr. Waxe holds a B.A. in political science from the University of Haifa.
      Amos Shapira has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2005. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Shapira served as Chief Executive Officer of El Al Israel Airlines Ltd. From 1993 to 2003, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Hogla-Kimberly Ltd., a company owned by Kimberly-Clark USA. He joined the board of directors of Elron Electronic Industries Ltd. in 2006. Mr. Shapira holds an M.Sc. in industrial administration from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology and a B.A. in economics from the University of Haifa.
      Tal Raz has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2005. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Raz served as Chief Financial Officer of Elron Electronic Industries Ltd. From 2001 to 2002, he served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Elbit Ltd. From 1997 to 2001, he served as Elbit’s Chief Financial Officer, having previously served in the same capacity at Agentsoft Ltd. and Paul Winston Corporation. Prior to that, he was a senior auditor at Deloitte & Touche’s New York office. Mr. Raz is a director in Netvision Ltd. and a member of the steering committee of the Israeli CFO Forum. Mr. Raz is a certified public accountant. He holds a B.A. in accounting and business administration and an M.B.A. in business administration, from the City University of New York.
      Eliezer (Lipa) Ogman has served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2000. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Ogman served as our Vice President of Engineering and Network Operation, and from 1994 to 1997 he served as manager of our network design department. Prior to joining us, he served in the signal, electronics and computer corps of the Israel Defense Forces, reaching the rank of lieutenant colonel. Mr. Ogman holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion,

103


Table of Contents

Israel Institute of Technology, an M.B.A. in business administration and an M.Sc. in electrical engineering from Tel Aviv University.
      Isaiah Rozenberg has served as our Vice President of Engineering and Network Operation since 2005. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Rozenberg served as manager of our radio and switch engineering department. Mr. Rozenberg holds a B.Sc. and an M.Sc. in electrical and electronics engineering from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev.
      Itamar Bartov has served as our Vice President of Executive and Regulatory Affairs since 2005. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Bartov served as Vice President of Customer Services of El Al Israel Airlines Ltd., and from 2002 to 2004 he served as El Al’s Corporate Secretary. From 2000 to 2002, he served as the Israel Postal Authority’s Vice President of Business Development in Overseas Commerce and from 1996 to 2000 he served as the Israel Postal Authority’s Vice President of Planning and Control. From 1993 to 1996, he served as senior advisor to the Minister of Communications. Mr. Bartov holds an L.L.B. from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem.
      Refael Poran has served as our Vice President of Business Customers since 2006. From 1992 to 2004, Mr. Poran served as Chief Executive Officer of Adanet Communications Ltd. From 2005 to 2006, he served as head of the information technology section of the Haifa Port Company Ltd. Mr. Poran holds a B.Sc. in electrical engineering from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology.
      Meir Barav has served as our Vice President of Sales and Services since 2005. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Barav served as Vice President of Operations and Logistics of D.B.S. Satellite Services (1998) Ltd. From 1997 to 2000, he served as Vice President of Sales and Logistics of Strauss Ice Creams Ltd. and of Unilever Israel Ltd. Mr. Barav holds a B.A. in economics and statistics from the Open University.
      Ronit Ben-Basat has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since 2004. From 1999 to 2004, Ms. Ben-Basat served in various positions for Cisco Systems in Israel, Europe and San-Jose, California, as a senior human resources manager. From 1991 to 1999, she served as human resources and finance manager of LSI Logic. Ms. Ben-Basat holds a B.A. in social work and an M.Sc. in organizational development management, both from Tel Aviv University, and she also completed an executive M.B.A. program at Cisco Systems, through INSEAD, France and IMD, Switzerland.
      Amos Maor has served as our Vice President of Operations and Supply Chain since 2004. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Maor served as manager of Supply Chain of Elite Industries Ltd., and from 2000 to 2002, he served as manager of Elite’s sales division headquarters. Mr. Maor holds a B.Sc. in industry and management engineering from the Technion, Israel Institute of Technology.
      Adi Cohen has served as our Vice President of Marketing since 2006. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Cohen served as marketing manager of Super-Sol Ltd. From 2002 to 2003, he served as Chief Executive Officer of ERN Israel Ltd. From 1998 to 2003, he served as marketing manager of Partner Communications Company Ltd. Mr. Cohen holds a B.A. in economics and an M.B.A., both from the Hebrew University.
      Liat Menahemi-Stadler has served as our General Legal Counsel since 2006. From 2000 to 2006, Ms. Menahemi-Stadler served as head of the technology and general purchasing division of our legal department. She has been a member of our legal department since 1998. Ms. Menahemi-Stadler holds an L.L.B. and a B.A. in English and French language and literature, both from the University of Haifa.
      Gil Ben-Itzhak has served as our Controller since 2006. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Ben-Itzhak served as Chief Financial Officer of Paul Winston-Eurostar LLC in New York. From 2002 to 2003, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Elron Telesoft Ltd. and from 1996 to 2002, he served as

104


Table of Contents

Controller of Elbit Ltd. Mr.  Ben-Itzhak is a certified public accountant and holds a B.A. in accounting and economics from the University of Haifa.
Corporate Governance Practices
      We are incorporated in Israel and therefore are subject to various corporate governance practices under the Israeli Companies Law, 1999, or the Companies Law, relating to such matters as external directors, the audit committee and the internal auditor. These matters are in addition to the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other relevant provisions of U.S. securities laws. Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, a foreign private issuer may generally follow its home country rules of corporate governance in lieu of the comparable New York Stock Exchange requirements, except for certain matters such as composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the independence of its members. We plan to follow the Companies Law, the relevant provisions of which are summarized in this prospectus, and to comply with the New York Stock Exchange requirement to solicit proxies from our shareholders in respect of each meeting of shareholders. Under the Companies Law, we are required to appoint at least two external directors, and this appointment must be ratified by our shareholders no later than three months after the closing of this offering. We currently have one independent director under the rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to audit committee members, Sholmo Waxe, who will become a member of the audit committee upon completion of the offering, and we intend that the two persons we appoint as external directors within three months of the closing of this offering will also be independent under the rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to audit committee members.
      In addition, under the Companies Law, our Board of Directors must determine the minimum number of directors having financial and accounting expertise, as defined in the regulations, that our Board of Directors should have. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, the Board of Directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our Board of Directors has determined that we require at least two directors with the requisite financial and accounting expertise and that Messrs. Dankner, Erel, Lieder, Manor, Bigger and Cohen have such expertise.
Board of Directors and Officers
      Our Board of Directors currently consists of nine directors. We intend to appoint two additional directors within three months of the closing of this offering who will qualify as external directors under the Companies Law and independent directors under the rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to audit committee members. All of our current directors were appointed by DIC pursuant to its right under our articles of association to appoint one director for each 8.3% of our voting rights held by them. Our articles of association were subsequently amended and currently provide that our directors, apart from external directors and directors appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders, are elected by a majority of the voting power represented at a meeting of our shareholders and voting on the matter. Our articles of association provide that we must have at least five directors.
      Each director (other than external directors and directors required to be appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders) will hold office until the next annual general meeting of our shareholders following his or her election and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified. The approval of at least a majority of the voting rights represented at a general meeting and voting on the matter is generally required to remove any of our directors from office (other than external directors and directors required to be appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders), provided that directors appointed by the Board of Directors may also be removed by the Board of Directors. A majority of our shareholders at a general meeting may elect directors or fill any vacancy, however created, in our Board of Directors (other than external directors and directors required to be

105


Table of Contents

appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders). In addition, directors, other than an external director or a director required to be appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders, may be appointed by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
      Our articles of association provide, as allowed by Israeli law, that any director may, by written notice to us, appoint another person who is not a director to serve as an alternate director (subject to the approval of the chairman of the Board of Directors; and in the case of an appointment made by the chairman, such appointment shall be valid unless objected to by the majority of other directors) and may cancel such appointment. The term of appointment of an alternate director is unlimited in time and scope unless otherwise specified in the appointment notice, or until notice is given of the termination of the appointment. No director currently has appointed any other person as an alternate director. The Companies Law stipulates that a person who serves as a director may not serve as an alternate director except under very limited circumstances. An alternate director has the same responsibility as a director.
      Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our Board of Directors and holds office until his or her successor is elected or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
External Directors
Qualifications of external directors
      Companies incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel whose shares are listed on a stock exchange are required by the Companies Law to appoint at least two external directors. External directors are required to possess professional qualifications as set out in regulations promulgated under the Companies Law. The appointment of our external directors must be ratified (or approved) by our shareholders no later than three months from the closing of this offering. The Companies Law provides that a person may not be appointed as an external director if the person, or the person’s relative, partner, employer or any entity under the person’s control, has or had during the two years preceding the date of appointment any affiliation with the company or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the company.
      The term affiliation includes:
  •  an employment relationship;
 
  •  a business or professional relationship maintained on a regular basis;
 
  •  control; and
 
  •  service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to its initial public offering if such director was appointed in order to serve as an external director following the offering.
      The term “office holder” is defined in the Companies Law as a director, general manager, chief business manager, deputy general manager, vice general manager, any other manager directly subordinate to the general manager or any other person assuming the responsibilities of any of the foregoing positions, without regard to such person’s title. Each person listed above under “— Directors and Executive Officers,” except Gil Ben-Itzhak, is an office holder for this purpose.
      No person may serve as an external director if the person’s position or other business interests creates, or may create, a conflict of interest with the person’s responsibilities as a director or may otherwise interfere with the person’s ability to serve as a director. If at the time an external director is appointed all current members of the board of directors are of the same gender, then that external director must be of the other gender.

106


Table of Contents

      Until the lapse of two years from termination of office, a company may not appoint an external director as an office holder and cannot employ or receive services from that person for pay, either directly or indirectly, including through a corporation controlled by that person.
Election of external directors
      External directors are elected by a majority vote at a shareholders’ meeting, provided that either:
  •  at least one-third of the shares of non-controlling shareholders voted at the meeting vote in favor of the election of the external director; or
 
  •  the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders voted against the election of the external director does not exceed 1% of the aggregate voting rights in the company.
      The initial term of an external director is three years and he or she may be reelected to one additional term of three years. Thereafter, he or she may be reelected by our shareholders for additional periods of up to three years each only if the audit committee and the board of directors confirm that, in light of the external director’s expertise and special contribution to the work of the board of directors and its committees, the reelection for such additional period is beneficial to the company. An external director may only be removed by the same percentage of shareholders as is required for his or her election, or by a court, and then only if the external director ceases to meet the statutory qualifications or violates his or her duty of loyalty to the company. If an external directorship becomes vacant, a company’s board of directors is required under the Companies Law to call a shareholders’ meeting promptly to appoint a new external director.
      Each committee of a company’s board of directors that has the right to exercise a power delegated by the board of directors is required to include at least one external director, and the audit committee is required to include all of the external directors. An external director is entitled to compensation as provided in regulations adopted under the Companies Law and is otherwise prohibited from receiving any other compensation, directly or indirectly, in connection with services provided as an external director.
Israeli-Appointed Directors
      Our license requires, and our articles of association provide, that at least 20% of our directors will be appointed and removed by shareholders who are Israeli citizens and Israeli residents from among our founding shareholders. If our Board of Directors is comprised of 14 directors or less, the Israeli shareholders will be entitled to appoint two directors, and if our Board of Directors is comprised of between 15 and 24 directors, the Israeli shareholders will be entitled to appoint three directors. Our articles of association provide that DIC, as founding shareholder, is responsible for complying with the requirement under our license that Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders hold at least 20% of our outstanding shares, and that so long as DIC so complies, it will be entitled to appoint and remove these directors.
Board Committees
      Our Board of Directors has established an audit committee, cost analysis committee and an option committee.
Audit committee
      Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must establish an audit committee. The audit committee must consist of at least three directors and must include all of the company’s external directors. The audit committee may not include the chairman of the

107


Table of Contents

board, any director employed by the company or providing services to the company on an ongoing basis, a controlling shareholder or any of a controlling shareholder’s relatives. The members of the audit committee are also required to meet the independence requirements established by the SEC in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, subject to the phase-in requirements described below. The rules of the SEC also require that we disclose in our annual reports whether at least one member of the audit committee is an “audit committee financial expert.”
      Our audit committee provides assistance to our Board of Directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting and internal control functions by pre-approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal control over financial reporting. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. Under the Companies Law, the audit committee is required to identify deficiencies in the management of the company, including by consulting with the internal auditor or the independent accountants, and recommending remedial actions to the board of directors, and is responsible for reviewing and approving certain related party transactions, as described below. The audit committee may not approve such a related party transaction unless at the time of approval the two external directors were serving as members of the audit committee and at least one of them was present at the meeting at which the approval was granted.
      Upon listing of our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange, our audit committee will include one independent member, Shlomo Waxe, to meet the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules of the SEC and will consist of Oren Lieder (Chairman), Raanan Cohen, Avraham Bigger and Shlomo Waxe. Within 90 days of listing, we will ensure that a majority of the members are independent and will ensure that the committee is composed entirely of independent members within one year of listing.
Cost analysis committee
      Our cost analysis committee reviews our costs and recommends ways to achieve cost efficiency in our activities to our Board of Directors. Our cost analysis committee consists of Messrs. Lieder (Chairman), Erel, Cohen, Livnat, Bisker and Waxe.
Option committee
      Our option committee administers the issuance of options under our 2006 Share Incentive Plan to our employees who are not office holders, as well as any actions and decisions necessary for the ongoing management of the plan. Our option committee consists of Messrs. Erel (Chairman), Dankner and Livnat.
Security committee and observer
      Our security committee, which is required to be appointed once we become a public company pursuant to our license, deals with matters concerning state security. Only directors who have the requisite security clearance by Israel’s General Security Services may be members of this committee. The committee is required to be comprised of at least four members, including at least one external director. In addition, the Minister of Communications is entitled under our license to appoint a state employee with security clearance to act as an observer in all meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees. The composition of the security committee will be determined after the closing of the offering.

108


Table of Contents

Internal Auditor
      Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor nominated by the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is to examine whether a company’s actions comply with applicable law and orderly business procedure. Under the Companies Law, the internal auditor may not be an interested party or an office holder, or a relative of any of the foregoing, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent accountant or its representative. An interested party is generally defined in the Companies Law as a 5% or greater shareholder, any person or entity who has the right to designate one director or more or the chief executive officer of the company or any person who serves as a director or as the chief executive officer. Our internal auditor is Mr. Eli Nir, CPA.
Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law
Fiduciary duties of office holders
      The Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a duty of loyalty on all office holders of a company. The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the degree of care with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of care includes a duty to use reasonable means, in light of the circumstances, to obtain:
  •  information on the appropriateness of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and
 
  •  all other important information pertaining to these actions.
      The duty of loyalty of an office holder includes a duty to act in good faith and for the best interests of the company, including to:
  •  refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs;
 
  •  refrain from any activity that is competitive with the company;
 
  •  refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a personal gain for himself or herself or others; and
 
  •  disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.
Personal interests of an office holder
      The Companies Law requires that an office holder disclose any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information known to him or her relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company promptly and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which such transaction is considered. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, the office holder must also disclose any personal interest held by the office holder’s spouse, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants, spouse’s descendants and the spouses of any of these people.
      Under the Companies Law, an extraordinary transaction is a transaction:
  •  other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
  •  that is not on market terms; or
 
  •  that is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.
      Under the Companies Law, once an office holder complies with the above disclosure requirement, the transaction can be approved, provided that it is not adverse to the company’s

109


Table of Contents

interest. A director who has a personal interest in a matter which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee will generally not be present at this meeting or vote on this matter unless a majority of the directors or members of the audit committee have a personal interest in the matter. If a majority of the directors have a personal interest in the matter, the matter also requires approval of the shareholders of the company. Under the Companies Law, unless the articles of association provide otherwise, a transaction with an office holder, or a transaction with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, requires approval by the board of directors. If it is an extraordinary transaction or an undertaking to indemnify or insure an office holder who is not a director, audit committee approval is required, as well. Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a director require the approval of the audit committee, board of directors and shareholders, in that order. Our articles of association provide that a non-extraordinary transaction with an office holder, or with a third party in which an office holder has a personal interest, may be approved by our Board of Directors, by our Audit Committee or, if the transaction involves the provision of our communications services and equipment or involves annual payments not exceeding NIS 250,000 per transaction, by our authorized signatories.
Personal interests of a controlling shareholder
      Under the Companies Law, the disclosure requirements that apply to an office holder also apply to a controlling shareholder of a public company. A controlling shareholder is a shareholder who has the ability to direct the activities of a company, including a shareholder that owns 25% or more of the voting rights if no other shareholder owns more than 50% of the voting rights, but excluding a shareholder whose power derives solely from his or her position on the board of directors or any other position with the company. Accordingly, DIC, and entities and persons that directly or indirectly control DIC, are considered to be our controlling shareholders. Extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and the terms of compensation of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, who is an employee or director, require the approval of the audit committee, the board of directors and a majority of the shareholders of the company. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements:
  •  at least one-third of the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and who vote on the matter must vote in favor of the transaction; or
 
  •  the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction may not represent more than 1% of the voting rights in the company.
Duties of shareholders
      Under the Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to refrain from abusing his or her power in the company and to act in good faith in exercising its rights in, and performing its obligations to the company and other shareholders, including, among other things, voting at general meetings of shareholders on the following matters:
  •  an amendment to the articles of association;
 
  •  an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;
 
  •  a merger; and
 
  •  approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval.
      In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholders’ vote and any shareholder who, under the company’s articles of association, can appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder or holds any other right in respect of the company, is required to act with fairness towards the company. The

110


Table of Contents

Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness.
Approval of Private Placements
      Under the Companies Law, a private placement of securities requires approval by the board of directors and the shareholders of the company if it will cause a person to become a controlling shareholder or if:
  •  the securities issued amount to 20% or more of the company’s outstanding voting rights before the issuance;
 
  •  some or all of the consideration is other than cash or listed securities or the transaction is not on market terms; and
 
  •  the transaction will increase the relative holdings of a shareholder that holds 5% or more of the company’s outstanding share capital or voting rights or that will cause any person to become, as a result of the issuance, a holder of more than 5% of the company’s outstanding share capital or voting rights.
Executive Officer and Director Compensation
      From June 2005 to September 2005, Mr. Amos Shapira was employed by DIC. In the capacity of such employment he provided DIC with various services, including services in relation to us. In 2005, we reimbursed DIC the sum of NIS 556,000 for Mr. Shapira’s services in relation to us during this period.
      In October 2005, we formally hired Mr. Shapira as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Shapira is entitled to a gross monthly salary of NIS 120,000, linked to the Israeli CPI. He is also entitled to a company car, the use of a cellular phone and to reimbursement of incidental private expenses in the amount of NIS 9,000 per year. Mr. Shapira is entitled to a fixed bonus equal to six month’s salary per year, in respect of which no social benefits are accrued. He received a one-time signing bonus of NIS 3.4 million and he is entitled, commencing from the date that our 2006 annual financial statements are published, to an annual bonus based on our annual profits, in an amount not to exceed NIS 2.8 million. Mr. Shapira is also entitled to participate in a share option plan, which was subsequently adopted in September 2006. Mr. Shapira’s agreement contains provisions for vacation days, sick leave, managers’ insurance and an education fund. The agreement is for an unspecified period of time and can be terminated by either party with advance notice of three months. Mr. Shapira will continue to receive his salary and benefits for a period of nine months after termination by either party, unless we terminate the agreement for cause. The aggregate monthly cost to us of Mr. Shapira’s employment is NIS 170,000.
      The aggregate direct compensation we paid to all our executive officers and directors as a group (26 persons) for 2005 was approximately NIS 40.8 million, of which approximately NIS 11.5 million was set aside or accrued to provide for pension, retirement, severance or similar benefits. These amounts do not include expenses we incurred for other payments, including dues for professional and business associations, business travel and other expenses and benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in Israel. These amounts include a severance payment of NIS 10.9 million to our previous chief executive officer.
      We pay no cash compensation to our directors who are affiliated with DIC for their services as directors, but we pay DIC NIS 2.0 million per year for management services. We pay Shlomo Waxe, our independent director, a monthly director’s fee of $3,000 plus Israeli value-added tax and each of our two external directors will receive a fee in accordance with the Companies Law and regulations promulgated thereunder.

111


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans
2006 Share Incentive Plan
      In September 2006, our Board of Directors approved an option plan for our employees, directors, consultants and sub-contractors and to those of our affiliates and our shareholders’ affiliates. The plan has an initial pool of 2,500,000 options or restricted stock units, or RSUs and is intended to qualify for capital gains tax treatment under Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance.
      Under the plan, our Board of Directors (or an option committee to which such authority may be delegated by our Board of Directors) is authorized to determine the terms of the awards, including the identity of grantees, the number of options or RSUs granted, the vesting schedule and the exercise price.
      The options/ RSUs have a term of six years and vest in four equal installments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant. Under the plan, unvested options/ RSUs terminate immediately upon termination of employment or service. The plan defines acceleration events of options/ RSUs granted, including a merger, a consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, or any reduction in share ownership by DIC and its affiliates to less than 50.01% of our outstanding share capital. The plan terminates upon the earlier of ten years from its adoption date or the termination of all outstanding options/ RSUs pursuant to an acceleration event.
      In October and November 2006, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $12.60 per share on the terms set forth above. Among those grants were options to purchase up to 450,000 ordinary shares to each of Mr. Ami Erel, our Chairman of the Board, and Mr. Amos Shapira, our Chief Executive Officer. The balance of those grants was made to our officers and senior employees. If we distribute cash dividends before the exercise of these options, the exercise price of each option will be reduced by an amount equal to the gross amount of the dividend per share distributed.
Phantom compensation plan
      In June 2001, our Board of Directors adopted a compensation plan for officers and other senior employees. In November 2006, our Board of Directors terminated this plan and, as of December 1, 2006, had disbursed all outstanding bonuses under the plan. The plan contemplated an annual cash bonus based on a company valuation prepared for us by an independent assessor, based on our financial statements for the period ended September 30 of the applicable year. The vesting and exercise periods of each employee’s bonus were determined on an individual basis and was subject to certain conditions, such as the existence of an employer-employee relationship at the time of exercise. In the event of a public offering of our ordinary shares, our Board of Directors was entitled to substitute options convertible into our ordinary shares for bonus amounts not yet exercised.

112


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Agreements among Our Shareholders
      In September 2005, DIC acquired the shares and voting rights in our company held indirectly by BellSouth and the Safra brothers. In 2006, DIC sold a portion of these shares in four transactions to six financial investors based on the price of the Safra transaction, with adjustments for dividends paid and interest accrued during the period from the closing of the Safra transaction to the applicable sale transaction. The following summaries of the agreements between DIC and certain other shareholders relate only to provisions that survive the closing of this offering.
Original 1997 shareholders agreement
      Brian Greenspun, Daniel Steinmetz, Benjamin Steinmetz and Shlomo Piotrkowsky, who own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 5.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, granted the voting rights in their shares to BellSouth and the Safra brothers. The voting rights were assigned to DIC in connection with its acquisition of our control in September 2005. These minority shareholders are restricted from transferring their shares without the prior written consent of DIC and subject to a right of first refusal in favor of DIC. Each of these minority shareholders is also committed not to compete, directly or indirectly, with our cellular communications business in Israel so long as he is a shareholder and for a period of one year thereafter.
Goldman Sachs 2006 share purchase agreement and shareholders agreement
      In 2006, DIC sold 5% of our issued and outstanding share capital to Goldman Sachs International, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. In connection with this transaction, DIC undertook to cause us, subject to applicable law and contractual limitations, to adopt a dividend policy to distribute annually at least 75% of our annual net income, provided that any such distribution is not detrimental to our cash needs or to any plans authorized by our Board of Directors. The parties agreed that our Board of Directors would include at least seven directors, excluding external (independent) directors, with the chairman of our Board of Directors having a deciding vote on matters that are tied. For so long as DIC is our largest shareholder and holds at least 35% of our voting power, it was agreed that the parties would endeavor to cause the election of our chairman from among the directors nominated by the IDB group. The parties further agreed that they would use all their voting power to elect all nominees designated by the IDB group to our Board of Directors.
      DIC granted Goldman Sachs International a right of first refusal, which expires on June 15, 2007, in the event that a member of the IDB group wishes to sell our shares to a purchaser outside the IDB group at a price per share that is lower than the purchase price of $14.66 per share paid by Goldman Sachs International (subject to adjustment for dividend distributions and other recapitalization events), so long as the exercise of this right will not result in Goldman Sachs International holding more than 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Any private transfer of shares by either party is subject to the transferee becoming a party to the shareholders agreement between the parties. The parties are prohibited from transferring their holdings to a person who is in direct competition with us in Israel, if such transfer may result in cancellation or revocation of any of our licenses, or to a person which is, or is controlled by, a resident or citizen of a country with which the State of Israel has no diplomatic relations or which is an adversary thereof. Goldman Sachs International agreed in principle to the sale of certain telecom holdings of the IDB group to us, subject to the conditions set forth in the agreement. We are not aware of any concrete plan for such a transaction, which in any event would not be permitted by current regulatory restrictions.

113


Table of Contents

Migdal 2006 share purchase agreement
      In 2006, DIC sold 4% of our outstanding ordinary shares to Migdal Insurance Company Ltd. and certain of its affiliates, or the Migdal shareholders. As part of this transaction, DIC granted the Migdal shareholders (i) a tag along right, in the event it sells shares resulting in it no longer being a controlling shareholder and (ii) an adjustment mechanism, in the event that, prior to April 3, 2008, it sells shares at a price per share which is less than the price of $14.71 per share paid by the Migdal shareholders (subject to adjustment for dividend distributions and other recapitalization events), according to which it will transfer to the Migdal shareholders, for no additional consideration, such number of shares that equals the price difference based on the lower price per share. In return, DIC has the right to force the Migdal shareholders to sell their shares in a transaction in which DIC sells all of its shares to a purchaser outside the IDB group. If DIC enters into a subsequent agreement for the sale of shares on terms (other than price) more favorable to the purchaser than those given to the Migdal shareholders before the earlier of April 3, 2008 and the sale by DIC of an aggregate of an additional 9.5% of our share capital, those terms will generally be applied to the Migdal shareholders, as well.
Bank Leumi 2006 share purchase agreement and First International Bank 2006 share purchase agreement
      In 2006, DIC sold 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares to Leumi and Co. Investment House Ltd. (an affiliate of Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.) and 2% of our outstanding shares to Stocofin (Israel) Ltd. (an affiliate of the First International Bank of Israel Ltd.). As part of these transactions, DIC undertook to cause us, subject to applicable law, our license and contractual limitations, to adopt a dividend policy to distribute annually at least 75% of our annual net income, provided that any such distribution is not detrimental to our cash needs or to any plans authorized by our Board of Directors. Furthermore, DIC granted the other parties (i) a tag along right in the event it sells shares resulting in the purchaser becoming a controlling shareholder and (ii) an adjustment mechanism, in the event that, prior to May 29, 2008, it sells shares or we issue shares (subject to certain exceptions) at a price per share lower than the price per share paid by the other parties (which was $14.87 for Leumi and Co. Investment House Ltd. and $14.20 for Stocofin (Israel) Ltd.) (subject to adjustment for dividend distributions and other recapitalization events), according to which it will transfer to such other parties, for no additional consideration, such number of shares that equals the price difference based on the lower price per share.
Relationship with Our Prior Shareholders and Directors
      In 2003 and 2004, we paid Zeev Feldman, a former director, approximately NIS 85,700 and NIS 299,000, respectively, in consulting fees.
      In 2003, 2004 and 2005, when BellSouth was one of our controlling shareholders, we paid to BellSouth approximately NIS 0.97 million, NIS 2.4 million and NIS 1.1 million, respectively, for services, including insurance premiums under BellSouth’s umbrella policy.
      In connection with the change of control of our company in September 2005, we entered into agreements with our former controlling shareholders and directors mutually waiving any claims of liability, with certain exceptions.
Relationship with IDB
      In 2005, we reimbursed DIC in the amount NIS 556,000 for payments it made to Mr. Amos Shapira, our chief executive officer, for services provided in relation to us from June to September 2005. Mr. Shapira’s employment terms are summarized under “Management — Executive Officer and Director Compensation.”

114


Table of Contents

      As part of the issuance of our debentures in December 2005, January 2006 and May 2006, we sold NIS 176.2 million aggregate principal amount of our Series A and Series B Debentures to investors who are members of the IDB group. The terms of participation of our affiliates in all of these transactions were the same as those of unaffiliated parties.
      In October 2006, we entered into an agreement with DIC, to benefit from the experience that DIC has in telecommunications and in the Israeli market generally, pursuant to which DIC provides us with services in the areas of management, finance, business and accountancy in consideration of NIS 2.0 million per year. Among the services included are consulting and assistance on managerial, economic and accounting issues, such as the preparation of an annual budget, strategic plans and central business processes for the Company. In addition, the provision of employees and officers of DIC and its affiliates to be directors of Cellcom is included in the agreement. This agreement is for a term of one year and is automatically renewed for one-year terms unless either party provides 60 days’ prior notice to the contrary.
      In the ordinary course of business, from time to time, we purchase, lease, sell and cooperate in the sale of goods and services, or otherwise engage in transactions with entities that are members of the IDB group and entities affiliated with IDB’s principal shareholders or officers. We believe that all such transactions are on commercial terms comparable to those that we could obtain from unaffiliated parties.
Registration Rights Agreement
      In 2006, we entered into a registration rights agreement with DIC, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of DIC which are shareholders and six other shareholders. For a summary of the terms of the agreement, please see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

115


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
      The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our shares as of December 31, 2006 by:
  •  each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares;
 
  •  each selling shareholder;
 
  •  each of our directors and executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
      In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006. Shares issuable pursuant to options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on 97,500,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, our major shareholders do not have different voting rights and the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares held by them. The address of each director and officer listed below is c/o Cellcom Israel Ltd., 10 Hagavish Street, Netanya, Israel 42140.
                                                 
    Shares Beneficially       Shares Beneficially
    Owned Before the   Shares Offered in the   Owned After the
    Offering   Offering   Offering
             
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number   Percent   Number   Percent   Number   Percent
                         
5% Shareholders and Selling Shareholders
                                               
Discount Investment Corporation Ltd.(1)
    81,900,000       84.0 %     18,000,000       18.5 %     63,900,000       65.5 %
Goldman Sachs International
    4,875,000       5.0 %     975,000       1.0 %     3,900,000       4.0 %
Leumi & Co. Investment House Ltd. 
    4,875,000       5.0 %                        
Directors and Officers
                                               
Ami Erel(2)
                                   
Nochi Dankner(3)
    81,900,000       84.0 %     18,000,000       65.5 %     63,900,000       65.5 %
Isaac Manor(4)
                                   
Shay Livnat(5)
                                   
Raanan Cohen(6)
                                   
Oren Lieder(7)
                                   
Avraham Bigger
                                   
Rafi Bisker(8)
                                   
Shlomo Waxe
                                   
Amos Shapira
                                   
Tal Raz
                                   
Eliezer (Lipa) Ogman
                                   
Isaiah Rozenberg
                                   
Itamar Bartov
                                   
Refael Poran
                                   
Meir Barav
                                   
Ronit Ben-Basat
                                   
Amos Maor
                                   
Adi Cohen
                                   
Liat Menahemi-Stadler
                                   
Gil Ben-Itzhak
                                   
Directors and officers as a group (21 persons)
    81,900,000       84.0 %     18,000,000       18.5 %     63,900,000       65.5 %

116


Table of Contents

 
(1)  Includes 24,375,855 ordinary shares held by two wholly-owned subsidiaries of DIC (namely, PEC Israel Economic Corporation, a Maine corporation, and DIC Communication and Technology Ltd., an Israeli company) and 5,362,500 ordinary shares, representing 5.5% of our issued and outstanding shares, held by four shareholders whose voting rights are vested in DIC. DIC is a majority-owned subsidiary of IDB Development Corporation Ltd., or IDB Development, which in turn is a majority-owned subsidiary of IDB. IDB, IDB Development and DIC are public Israeli companies traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange.
     IDB is controlled as follows:
  •  Ganden Holdings Ltd., or Ganden, a private Israeli company controlled by Nochi Dankner (who is also the Chairman of IDB, IDB Development and DIC and one of our directors) and his sister Shelly Bergman, holds, directly and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, approximately 44.88% of the outstanding shares of IDB;
 
  •  Shelly Bergman, through a wholly-owned company, holds approximately 7.23% of the outstanding shares of IDB;
 
  •  Avraham Livnat Ltd., or Livnat, a private company controlled by Avraham Livnat (one of whose sons, Zvi Livnat, is a director and Executive Vice President of IDB, Deputy Chairman of IDB Development and a director of DIC, and another son, Shay Livnat, is one of our directors and a director of IDB Development) holds, directly and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, approximately 10.38% of the outstanding shares of IDB; and
 
  •  Manor Holdings BA Ltd., or Manor, a private company controlled by Ruth Manor (whose husband, Isaac Manor, is one of our directors and he and their son Don Manor are directors of IDB, IDB Development and DIC) holds, directly and through a majority-owned subsidiary, approximately 10.37% of the outstanding shares of IDB.
     Subsidiaries of Ganden, Livnat and Manor have entered into a shareholders agreement with respect to shares of IDB constituting 3 1.02%, 10.34% and 10.34%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of IDB for the purpose of maintaining and exercising control of IDB as a group. Their additional holdings in IDB are not subject to the shareholders agreement. The term of the shareholders agreement expires in May 2023.
     Most of the foregoing shares in IDB have been pledged to financial institutions as collateral for loans taken to finance the purchase of the shares. Upon certain events of default, these financial institutions may foreclose on the loans and assume ownership of or sell the shares.
     Based on the foregoing, IDB and IDB Development (by reason of their control of DIC), Ganden, Manor and Livnat (by reason of their control of IDB) and Nochi Dankner, Shelly Bergman, Ruth Manor, and Avraham Livnat (by reason of their control of Ganden, Manor and Livnat, respectively) may be deemed to share with DIC the power to vote and dispose of our shares beneficially owned by DIC.
(2)  Mr. Erel, the President and Chief Executive Officer of DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC.
 
(3)  Represents the 81,900,000 ordinary shares owned by DIC, of which Mr. Dankner is the Chairman. Mr. Dankner is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IDB and the Chairman of IDB Development.
 
(4)  Mr. Manor, the Deputy Chairman of the board of directors of IDB and a member of the board of directors of IDB Development and DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC.
 
(5)  Mr. Livnat, a member of the board of directors of IDB Development, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC.
 
(6)  Mr. Cohen, the Vice President of DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC.
 
(7)  Mr. Lieder, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC.
 
(8)  Mr. Bisker, a member of the board of directors of IDB, IDB Development and DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC.
     As of December 31, 2006, we had two holders of record of our equity securities who are, to our knowledge, U.S. persons. In aggregate, these shareholders hold approximately 13.0% of our outstanding shares. One of the holders, PEC Israel Economic Corporation, a subsidiary of DIC, holds 12.5% of our outstanding shares; this holding is included in DIC’s beneficial ownership entry in the table above.

117


Table of Contents

      Prior to September 2005, our initial principal shareholders were DIC, which indirectly held approximately 25% of our share capital, and BellSouth Corporation and the Safra brothers of Brazil, who indirectly held together approximately 69.5% of our share capital and held the voting rights in additional 5.5% of our share capital. DIC acquired the shares and voting rights of BellSouth and the Safra brothers in September 2005 and subsequently sold an aggregate of 16.0% of our share capital to financial investors in four transactions during 2006.
      Certain affiliates of Leumi & Co. Investment House Ltd. have, from time to time, provided credit facilities to us. Goldman, Sachs & Co., an affiliate of Goldman Sachs International, is an underwriter of this offering.

118


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
      The following description of our share capital and provisions of our articles of association are summaries and are qualified by reference to the articles of association that will become effective upon closing of this offering, which have been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
Ordinary Shares
      Our authorized share capital consists of 300,000,000 ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, of which 97,500,000 are issued and outstanding. We have not issued any shares within the past three years.
      All of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our ordinary shares are not redeemable and following the closing of this offering will not have preemptive rights.
Transfer of Shares
      Fully paid ordinary shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred unless the transfer is restricted or prohibited by our articles of association, applicable law, our licenses, the rules of the SEC or the rules of a stock exchange on which the shares are traded. The ownership or voting of ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel is not restricted in any way by our articles of association or the laws of the State of Israel, except for ownership by nationals of some countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with Israel.
      According to our licenses, investors are prohibited from acquiring (alone or together with relatives or with other parties who collaborate on a regular basis) or transferring our shares, directly or indirectly (including a transfer by way of foreclosing on a pledge), in one transaction or a series of transactions, if such acquisition or transfer will result in a holding or transfer of 10% or more of any of our means of control, or from transferring any of our means of control if as a result of such transfer, control over our company will be transferred from one party to another, without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. Our specific licenses also require approval of the Minister of Communications before acquiring the ability to effect a significant influence over us. In this context, holding 25% of our means of control is presumed to confer significant influence. In addition, according to our licenses, if you hold more than 5% of our means of control, you may not hold, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the means of control in Bezeq or another cellular operator in Israel (subject to certain exceptions) and may not serve as an office holder of one of our competitors, other than in specific circumstances and subject to the approval of the Ministry of Communications. For more details relating to these restrictions, please see “Regulatory Matters — Our Principal License” and our principal license, a convenience translation of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We plan to post the holding and transfer restrictions under our licenses on our website.
Voting
      Holders of our ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders at a shareholder meeting. Shareholders may vote at shareholder meetings either in person, by proxy or by written ballot. Shareholder voting rights may be affected by the grant of special voting rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future. The Companies Law provides that a shareholder, in exercising his or her rights and performing his or her obligations toward the company and its other shareholders, must act in good faith and in a customary manner, and avoid abusing his or her power. This is required when voting at general meetings on matters such as changes to the articles of association, increasing the company’s registered capital,

119


Table of Contents

mergers and approval of related party transactions. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from depriving any other shareholder of their rights as a shareholder. In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, under the company’s articles of association, can appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, is required to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty, except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will apply also in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, and, to the best of our knowledge, there is no binding case law that addresses this subject directly.
      As required under our license, our articles of association provide that any holdings of our ordinary shares that contravene the holding or transfer restrictions contained in our license, which are summarized under “— Transfer of Shares” and “Regulatory Matters — Our Principal License,” will not be entitled to voting rights. In addition, our license requires that as a condition to voting at any meeting of shareholders, in person or by proxy, each shareholder must certify that its holdings of our shares do not contravene the restrictions contained in our license.
Election of Directors
      Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. Rather, under our articles of association our directors (other than external directors and directors appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders) are elected at a shareholders meeting by a simple majority of our ordinary shares. As a result, the holders of our ordinary shares that represent more than 50% of the voting power represented at a shareholder meeting have the power to elect any or all of our directors whose positions are being filled at that meeting, subject to the special approval requirements for external directors described under “Management — External Directors” and the right of DIC to directly appoint 20% of our directors described under “Management — Israeli-Appointed Directors.” Directors may also be appointed for office by our Board of Directors until the next annual general meeting of shareholders.
Dividend and Liquidation Rights
      Our board of directors may declare a dividend to be paid to the holders of ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. Dividends may only be paid out of our profits and other surplus funds, as defined in the Companies Law, as of our most recent financial statement or as accrued over the past two years, whichever is higher, or, in the absence of such profits or surplus, with court approval. In any event, a dividend is permitted only if there is no reasonable concern that the payment of the dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due. In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. This right may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.
Shareholder Meetings
      We are required to convene an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year within a period of not more than 15 months following the preceding annual general meeting. Our board of directors is required to convene a special general meeting of our shareholders at the request of two directors or one quarter of the members of our Board of Directors or at the request of one or more holders of 5% or more of our share capital and 1% of our voting power or the holder or holders of 5% or more of our voting power. All shareholder meetings require prior notice of at least 21 days, or up to 35 days if required by applicable law or regulation. The chairperson of our Board of Directors presides over our general meetings. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder,

120


Table of Contents

shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and 40 days prior to the date of the meeting.
Quorum
      Our articles of association provide that the quorum required for any meeting of shareholders shall consist of at least two shareholders present, in person or by proxy or written ballot, who hold or represent between them at least one-third of the voting power of our issued share capital. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum generally is adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place or, if not set forth in the notice to shareholders, to a time and place set by the chairman of the meeting with the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at the meeting and voting on the question of adjournment. At the reconvened meeting, the required quorum consists of at least two shareholders present, in person or by proxy or written ballot, unless the meeting was called pursuant to a request by our shareholders in which case the quorum required is the number of shareholders required to call the meeting as described under “— Shareholder Meetings.”
Objects and Purposes
      Our registration number with the Israeli registrar of companies is 51-1930125. Our object is to engage, directly or indirectly, in any lawful undertaking or business whatsoever as determined by our Board of Directors, including, without limitation, as stipulated in our memorandum of association.
Resolutions
      An ordinary resolution at a shareholders meeting requires approval by a simple majority of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or written ballot, and voting on the resolution. Under the Companies Law, unless otherwise provided in the articles of association or applicable law, all resolutions of the shareholders require a simple majority. A resolution for the voluntary winding up of the company requires the approval by holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy or written ballot, and voting on the resolution.
Modification of Class Rights
      The rights attached to any class, such as voting, liquidation and dividend rights, may be amended by written consent of holders of a majority of the issued shares of that class, or by adoption of a resolution by a simple majority of the shares of that class represented at a separate class meeting.
Mergers and Acquisitions under Israeli Law
      The Companies Law includes provisions that allow a merger transaction and requires that each company that is a party to a merger have the transaction approved by its board of directors and a vote of the majority of its shares at a shareholders meeting. For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the shares represented at the shareholders meeting that are held by parties other than the other party to the merger, or by any person who holds 25% or more of the shares or the right to appoint 25% or more of the directors of the other party, vote against the merger. Upon the request of a creditor of either party of the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of any of the parties to the merger. In addition, a merger may not be completed unless at least (i) 50 days have passed

121


Table of Contents

from the time that the requisite proposal for the merger has been filed by each party with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and (ii) 30 days have passed since the merger was approved by the shareholders of each party.
      The Companies Law also provides that an acquisition of shares of a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a 25% or greater shareholder of the company and there is no existing 25% or greater shareholder in the company. An acquisition of shares of a public company must also be made by means of a tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a 45% or greater shareholder of the company and there is no existing 45% or greater shareholder in the company. These requirements do not apply if the acquisition (i) occurs in the context of a private placement by the company that received shareholder approval, (ii) was from a 25% shareholder of the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a 25% shareholder of the company or (iii) was from a 45% shareholder of the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a 45% shareholder of the company. The special tender offer must be extended to all shareholders but the offeror is not required to purchase shares representing more than 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares, regardless of how many shares are tendered by shareholders. The special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) at least 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror and (ii) the number of shares tendered in the offer exceeds the number of shares whose holders objected to the offer.
      If, as a result of an acquisition of shares, the acquirer will hold more than 90% of a company’s outstanding shares, the acquisition must be made by means of a tender offer for all of the outstanding shares. If less than 5% of the outstanding shares are not tendered in the tender offer, all the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to it. The law provides for appraisal rights if any shareholder files a request in court within three months following the consummation of a full tender offer. If more than 5% of the outstanding shares are not tendered in the tender offer, then the acquirer may not acquire shares in the tender offer that will cause his shareholding to exceed 90% of the outstanding shares.
      Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders who are not exempt from Israeli income tax under Israeli law or an applicable tax treaty. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free share exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of numerous conditions, including a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are restricted. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when the time expires, tax then becomes payable even if no actual disposition of the shares has occurred. For information regarding Israeli tax on the sale of our shares, please see “Taxation — Israeli Tax Considerations — Capital Gains Tax on Sales of Our Ordinary Shares.”
Anti-Takeover Measures under Israeli Law
      The Companies Law allows us to create and issue shares having rights different from those attached to our ordinary shares, including shares providing certain preferred or additional rights to voting, distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. Following the closing of this offering, we will not have any authorized or issued shares other than ordinary shares. In the future, if we do create and issue a class of shares other than ordinary shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to them, may delay or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their ordinary shares. The authorization of a new class of shares will require an amendment to our articles of association and to our memorandum, which requires the

122


Table of Contents

prior approval of a simple majority of our shares represented and voting at a shareholders meeting.
      Our articles of association provide that our Board of Directors may, at any time in its sole discretion, adopt protective measures to prevent or delay a coercive takeover of us, including, without limitation, the adoption of a shareholder rights plan.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
      The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company.
New York Stock Exchange
      We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CEL.”

123


Table of Contents

TAXATION
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
      The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of ownership and disposition of the Company’s shares by a “U.S. holder” (as defined below). This discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder in light of the holder’s particular circumstances and does not address U.S. state, local and non-U.S.  tax consequences. The discussion applies only to U.S. holders (as defined below) that hold the shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes and it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies, persons holding the shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction, persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, or shareholders that own or are deemed to own 10% or more of the Company’s voting power.
      This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, administrative pronouncements, judicial decision and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares in light of their particular circumstances.
      The discussion below applies only to U.S. holders. As used herein, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of the Company’s shares that is, for U.S. federal tax purposes:
  •  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; or
 
  •  an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
      If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the entity. Partners or members of such entities should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of investments in the Company’s shares.
Taxation of Distributions
      Distributions paid on the Company’s shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will be treated as a dividend to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Since the Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. holders will generally be required to treat such distributions as taxable dividends. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, will be taxable at a maximum rate of 15%. The amount of a dividend will include any amounts withheld by the Company or its paying agent in respect of Israeli taxes. The amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign source dividend income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code.

124


Table of Contents

      Dividends paid in NIS will be included in a U.S. holder’s income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the holder does not convert the amount of such dividend into U.S. dollars on the date of its receipt. Such gain or loss would generally be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.
      Subject to applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a holder’s particular circumstances, Israeli taxes withheld from dividends at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the U.S.-Israel income tax treaty will be creditable against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Israeli taxes withheld in excess of the rate allowed by the treaty will not be eligible for credit against a U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. holder may, at the holder’s election, deduct the otherwise creditable foreign taxes in computing the taxable income for the year, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits and the deductibility of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances.
Sale and Other Disposition of the Company’s Shares
      For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder held the shares for more than one year. The amount of gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the tax basis in the shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition. Such gain or loss will generally be U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rule
      The Company believes that it will not be a “passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or PFIC, for the taxable year of 2007. However, since PFIC status depends upon the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets (including, among others, equity investments in less than 25%-owned entities) from time to time, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held a share in the Company, certain adverse consequences could apply to the U.S. holder. Specifically, gain recognized by a U.S. holder on a sale or other disposition of a share would be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the share. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income in the current year. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. Further, any distribution in excess of 125% of the average of the annual distributions received by the U.S. holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever if shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available (including a mark-to -market election) to U.S. holders that may mitigate the adverse consequences resulting from PFIC status. In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate holders would not apply.

125


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
      Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless (i) the U.S. holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that the U.S. holder is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
Israeli Tax Considerations
      The following is a discussion of certain material Israeli tax consequences to purchasers of our ordinary shares in this offering. The discussion also contains a description of certain relevant material provisions of the current Israeli income tax structure applicable to companies in Israel, with special reference to its effect on us. To the extent that the discussion is based on new tax legislation that has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure you that the appropriate tax authorities or the courts will accept the views expressed in this discussion.
      This discussion applies to purchasers that will hold our ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to purchasers of our ordinary shares in light of their particular circumstances or certain types of purchasers of our ordinary shares subject to special tax treatment. Because individual circumstances may differ, you should consult your tax advisor to determine the applicability of the rules discussed below to you and the particular tax effects of the offering, including the application of Israeli or other tax laws. The discussion below is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice and is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations.
Taxation of Israeli Companies
General Corporate Tax Structure
      Generally, Israeli companies are subject to corporate tax for the 2006 tax year at the rate of 31% on taxable income and are generally subject to capital gains tax at a rate of 25% on capital gains derived after January 1, 2003, other than capital gains from the sale of listed securities, which are generally subject to tax at the current rate of 31% (unless a company was not subject to the Inflationary Adjustments Law (see below) or certain regulations prior to the time of publication of a certain amendment to the Israeli tax laws (as further explained below) in which case the tax rate is 25%). Following an amendment to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version], 1961, referred to as the Tax Ordinance, which came into effect on January 1, 2006, the corporate tax rate is scheduled to decrease as follows: 29% for the 2007 tax year, 27% for the 2008 tax year, 26% for the 2009 tax year and 25% for the 2010 tax year and thereafter.
Special Provisions Relating to Taxation under Inflationary Conditions
      We are subject to the provisions of the Income Tax Law (Inflationary Adjustments), 1985, referred to as the Inflationary Adjustments Law, which attempts to overcome the problems presented to a traditional tax system by an economy undergoing rapid inflation. The Inflationary Adjustments Law is highly complex. The features that are material to us can be described as follows:
  •  When the value of a company’s equity, as calculated under the Inflationary Adjustments Law, exceeds the depreciated cost of its fixed assets (as defined in the Inflationary Adjustments Law), a deduction from taxable income is permitted equal to the product of

126


Table of Contents

  the excess multiplied by the applicable annual rate of inflation. The maximum deduction permitted in any single tax year is 70% of taxable income, with the unused portion permitted to be carried forward, linked to the increase in the Israeli CPI.
 
  •  If the depreciated cost of a company’s fixed assets exceeds its equity, the product of the excess multiplied by the applicable annual rate of inflation is added to taxable income.
 
  •  Subject to certain limitations, depreciation deductions on fixed assets and losses carried forward are adjusted for inflation based on the increase in the Israeli CPI.

      The Minister of Finance, with the approval of the Finance Committee of the Israeli Parliament, may determine, during a certain fiscal year (or until February 28th of the following year) in which the rate of increase of the Israeli CPI will not exceed (or did not exceed) 3%, that some or all of the provisions of the Inflationary Adjustments Law will not apply with respect to such fiscal year, or that the rate of increase of the Israeli CPI relating to such fiscal year will be deemed to be 0%, and to make the adjustments required to be made as a result of such determination.
Capital Gains Tax on Sales of Our Ordinary Shares
      Israeli law generally imposes a capital gains tax on the sale of any capital assets by residents of Israel, as defined for Israeli tax purposes, and on the sale of assets located in Israel, including shares in Israeli resident companies, by non-residents of Israel, unless a specific exemption is available or unless a tax treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence provides otherwise. In calculating capital gain, the law distinguishes between real gain and inflationary surplus. The inflationary surplus is the portion of the total capital gain equal to the increase in the relevant asset’s value that is attributable to the increase in the Israeli CPI between the date of purchase and the date of sale. The real gain is the excess of the total capital gain over the inflationary surplus. A non-resident that invests in taxable assets with foreign currency, or any individual that holds securities the price of which is stated in foreign currency, may elect to calculate the amount of inflationary surplus in that foreign currency.
Taxation of Israeli Residents
      As of January 1, 2006, pursuant to an amendment of the Tax Ordinance, the tax rate applicable to real capital gains derived from the sale of shares, whether listed on a stock market or not, is 20% for Israeli individuals, unless such shareholder claims a deduction for financing expenses in connection with such shares, in which case the gain will generally be taxed at a rate of 25%. Additionally, if such shareholder is considered to be a significant shareholder at any time during the 12-month period preceding such sale, the tax rate will be 25%. For this purpose, a significant shareholder is one that holds, directly or indirectly, including with others, at least 10% of certain means of control in a company. Israeli companies are generally subject to the corporate tax rate (see above) on capital gains derived from the sale of shares, unless such companies were not subject to the Inflationary Adjustments Law (or certain regulations) at the time of publication of the aforementioned amendment to the Tax Ordinance that came into effect on January 1, 2006, in which case the applicable tax rate is generally 25%.
Taxation of Non-Israeli Residents
      Non-Israeli residents are generally exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale of shares of Israeli companies publicly traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange or a recognized stock exchange outside of Israel (including the New York Stock Exchange), provided that such shareholders did not acquire their shares prior to the issuer’s initial public offering, that the gains were not derived from a permanent establishment maintained by such shareholders in Israel and that such shareholders are not subject to the Inflationary Adjustments Law. Shareholders that do not engage in activity in Israel generally should not be subject to such law.

127


Table of Contents

However, a non-Israeli corporation will not be entitled to the exemption from capital gains tax if an Israeli resident (i) has a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-Israeli corporation or (ii) is the beneficiary of or is entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly.
      In addition, under the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income, as amended, referred to as the U.S.-Israel tax treaty, the sale of our ordinary shares by a shareholder who qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the U.S.-Israel tax treaty and who is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the U.S.-Israel tax treaty, referred to as a treaty U.S. resident, and who holds its ordinary shares as a capital asset is also exempt from Israeli capital gains tax unless either (i) the treaty U.S. resident holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of our voting power during any part of the 12-month period preceding such sale or (ii) the capital gains arising from such sale are attributable to a permanent establishment of the treaty U.S. resident that is located in Israel. However, under the U.S.-Israel tax treaty, a treaty U.S. resident would be permitted to claim a credit for taxes paid in Israel against the U.S. federal income tax imposed on the sale, subject to the limitations in U.S. laws applicable to foreign tax credits. The U.S.-Israel tax treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.
Taxation of Dividends Paid on Our Ordinary Shares
Taxation of Israeli Residents
      Israeli resident individuals are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends paid on our ordinary shares at the rate of 20%, unless the recipient is a significant shareholder (as defined above) in which case the applicable tax rate will be 25%. The company distributing the dividend is required to withhold tax at the source at the rate of 20%. Israeli resident companies are generally exempt from income tax on the receipt of dividends from another Israeli company, unless the source of such dividends is located outside of Israel in which case tax will generally apply at a rate of 25%.
Taxation of Non-Israeli Residents
      Non-residents of Israel are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends paid on our ordinary shares at the rate of 20% unless the recipient is a significant shareholder in which case the applicable tax rate will be 25%. The company distributing the dividend is required to withhold tax at the source at the rate of 20%.
      Under the U.S.-Israel tax treaty, the maximum rate of tax withheld in Israel on dividends paid to a holder of our ordinary shares who is a treaty U.S. resident is 25%. Furthermore, the maximum rate of withholding tax on dividends that are paid in certain circumstances to a U.S. corporation holding 10% or more of our outstanding voting power throughout the tax year in which the dividend is distributed as well as the previous tax year, is 12.5%.
      A non-resident of Israel who has dividend income derived from or accrued in Israel, from which tax was withheld at source, is generally exempt from the duty to file tax returns in Israel in respect of such income, provided such income was not derived from a business conducted in Israel by such non-Israeli resident.

128


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
      Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect market prices for our ordinary shares. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
      Upon completion of this offering, we will have 97,500,000 ordinary shares outstanding assuming no exercise of any outstanding options. Of these shares, the 18,975,000 shares, or 21,821,250 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 78,525,000 ordinary shares were issued under Regulation S or in private placements more than two years ago, principally to our affiliates. Shares not held by our affiliates, approximately 19,987,500 million shares as of December 31, 2006, are freely tradeable. The remaining 58,537,500 million shares are held by our affiliates and may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
     
Number of Shares   Date
     
5,362,500(1)
  On the date of this prospectus
73,162,500
  After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations)
 
(1)  Holders of these shares are restricted from transferring their shares without the prior consent of DIC.
Rule 144
      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after this offering, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who is our affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then-outstanding ordinary shares, which will equal 975,000 shares immediately after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale on Form 144. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our ordinary shares, the personal circumstances of the shareholder and other factors.
Registration Rights
      Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 73,162,500 ordinary shares and 2,414,143 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates.
      Upon the sale of shares by DIC to Goldman Sachs International on March 15, 2006, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Goldman Sachs International, DIC and two other shareholders who are subsidiaries of DIC on customary terms and conditions. Upon the

129


Table of Contents

subsequent sales of shares by DIC to Migdal Insurance Company Ltd. and certain of its affiliates, Leumi & Co. Investment House Ltd. (an affiliate of Bank Leumi Le-Israel Ltd), and Stocofin (Israel) Ltd. (an affiliate of the First International Bank of Israel Ltd.), these shareholders also joined the registration rights agreement. We refer to DIC, its two subsidiaries and these new shareholders as the registration rights holders. The shares eligible for registration under the agreement are ordinary shares held by the registration rights holders as of the respective dates they entered into the registration rights agreement and any additional ordinary shares such holders may thereafter acquire, so long as they are held by a registration rights holder or a “permitted transferee” (a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such registration rights holder) thereof.
      Commencing 18 months from the effectiveness of this offering, the registration rights holders are entitled to one demand registration per 12-month period, so long as such request is initiated by registration rights holders of at least 3.25% of the then outstanding registrable securities and the demand refers to a minimum of 3% of our then outstanding share capital, subject to customary deferral rights. In addition, in connection with this offering and any public offerings that we initiate in the future, if we propose to register any of our securities for our own account or for the account of any of our shareholders other than in a demand registration or in a registration relating solely to an incentive plan, the registration rights holders have piggyback rights to include their shares subject to customary underwriters’ cutback rights. In the case of a cut back, each registration rights holder that is not a member of the IDB group will be entitled to register registrable shares in an amount equal to its percentage holding of the aggregate number of registrable shares held by all registration rights holders wishing to participate in such registration, or, if such registration rights holder then holds more than 20% of its holdings as of the date it signed the registration rights agreement, registrable shares in an amount equal to twice its percentage holding of the aggregate number of registrable shares held by all registration rights holders wishing to participate in such registration. Members of the IDB group will be entitled to register a number of registrable shares equal to the aggregate number of registrable shares to be included in the registration, less the registrable shares of all the other registration rights holders being registered pursuant to the foregoing calculation.
      All registration rights terminate, with respect to any individual registration rights holder, at such time as all registrable shares of such holder may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act during any three-month period. We are required to pay all expenses incurred in carrying out the above registrations, as well as the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel for the selling registration rights holders, except for underwriter discounts and commissions with respect to the shares of such holders. The agreement provides for customary indemnification and contribution provisions.
Stock Options
      As of September 30, 2006, no options to purchase ordinary shares were outstanding. In October and November 2006, we granted options to our chairman, officers and senior employees purchase an aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares. All of the shares subject to options are subject to lock-up agreements. An additional 85,857 ordinary shares were available for future option grants under our stock plans.
      Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form  S-8 under the Securities Act covering all ordinary shares subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our 2006 Share Incentive Plan. Shares registered under this Form  S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions or the contractual restrictions described below.

130


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements
      Our officers, directors and substantially all of our shareholders, who will hold an aggregate of 73,162,500 ordinary shares and 2,414,143 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options following the offering, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge (other than by way of a floating lien on all of a shareholder’s assets), or otherwise dispose of, any ordinary shares or any other securities of us that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares, including, but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or represent the right to receive, ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions.

131


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING
      We, the selling shareholders, and the underwriters named below intend to enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ordinary shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of ordinary shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.
           
    Number of
    Ordinary
Underwriters   Shares
     
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. 
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
       
Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
       
William Blair & Company, LLC
       
       
 
Total
    18,975,000  
       
      Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will commit, subject to certain conditions, to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares being offered, other than the ordinary shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
      If the underwriters sell more ordinary shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 2,846,250 ordinary shares from the selling shareholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days from the date of the underwriting agreement. If any ordinary shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase such ordinary shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
      The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling shareholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                     additional ordinary shares.
                   
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
         
Per Share
  $       $    
             
 
Total
  $       $    
             
      Ordinary shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any ordinary shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any ordinary shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. If not all the ordinary shares offered are sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
      We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our issued share capital, including the selling shareholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing

132


Table of Contents

employee benefit plans and is subject to certain exceptions. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
      The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
      Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us, the selling shareholders and the representatives, on behalf of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ordinary shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
      The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ordinary shares offered.
      We have been authorized to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CEL.”
      We and the selling shareholders have each agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.
      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares from the selling shareholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ordinary shares or purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. In determining the source of ordinary shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ordinary shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
      The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ordinary shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
      Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ordinary shares. As a

133


Table of Contents

result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the -counter market or otherwise.
      Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In March 2006, we entered into an unsecured credit facility arranged by Citibank N.A. and Citibank International plc, affiliates of Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., which provides for a term loan of $280 million and a revolving credit facility of up to $70 million. We also have from time to time credit facilities with Bank Hapoalim Ltd., which is party to certain arrangements with William Blair & Company, and with Bank Leumi Le Israel Ltd., an affiliate of Leumi & Co. Investment House Ltd.
      Goldman Sachs International, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. owns 4,875,000 ordinary shares and Leumi & Co. Investment House Ltd., which is party to certain arrangements with Jeffries & Company, Inc., owns 4,875,000 ordinary shares.
      It is possible that DIC, our majority shareholder, and one of the other selling shareholders in this offering, may be regarded as an underwriter as this term is understood under the Securities Act of 1933.
Selling Restrictions
United Kingdom
      Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
        (a) it has not made or will not make an offer of ordinary shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);
 
        (b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply; and
 
        (c) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ordinary shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
European Economic Area
      In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of ordinary shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ordinary shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all

134


Table of Contents

in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of ordinary shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
        (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
        (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
        (c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
      For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of ordinary shares to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Hong Kong
      The ordinary shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ordinary shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore
      This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ordinary shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

135


Table of Contents

      Where the ordinary shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ordinary shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
Israel
      This prospectus has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Securities Law, mainly, joint investment funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange purchasing for their own account themselves, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds and corporations with a shareholders equity in excess of NIS 250 million, each as defined in the Addendum, collectively referred to as institutional investors. Institutional investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum. In addition, we and/or the underwriters may distribute and direct this prospectus, at their sole discretion, to investors who do not fall within one of the definitions in the Addendum, provided that the number of such investors shall be no greater than 35 in any 12-month period.
Japan
      The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it will not offer or sell any ordinary shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

136


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING
      Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. The selling shareholders have agreed to reimburse us for expenses incurred in connection with the offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee and the NYSE filing fee, all amounts are estimates.
           
    Amount
    to be Paid
     
Registration fee
  $ 42,028  
NASD filing fee
    40,000  
NYSE listing fee
    250,000  
Transfer agent’s fees
    4,500  
Printing and engraving expenses
    140,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    745,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    950,000  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    0  
Miscellaneous
    600,000  
       
 
Total
  $ 2,771,528  
       
VALIDITY OF ORDINARY SHARES
      The validity of the shares offered hereby and certain other matters will be passed upon for Cellcom by Davis Polk & Wardwell, New York, New York and by Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co., Tel Aviv, Israel, our New York and Israeli counsel, respectively. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York and Naschitz, Brandes & Co., Tel Aviv, Israel, will act as New York and Israeli counsel, respectively, for the underwriters.
EXPERTS
      The consolidated financial statements of Cellcom Israel Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance on the report of Somekh Chaikin, an independent registered public accounting firm and a member firm of KPMG International, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The report of Somekh Chaikin contains emphasis paragraphs regarding the following: (1) the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been translated into United States dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. The consolidated financial statements expressed in NIS have been translated into dollars on the basis set forth in note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements and (2) as explained in Note 2B to our consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements, as of dates and for reporting periods subsequent to December 31, 2003, are presented in New Israeli Shekels, in conformity with accounting standards issued by the Israel Accounting Standards Board. The consolidated financial statements for the reporting periods ended prior to, or on the above date, are presented in values that have been adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency through that date, in accordance with pronouncements of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants in Israel.
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
      We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel. Service of process upon us and upon our directors and officers and the Israeli experts named in this prospectus, all of whom

137


Table of Contents

reside outside the United States, may be difficult to obtain within the United States. Furthermore, because all of our assets and all of our directors and officers are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us or any of our directors and officers may not be collectible within the United States.
      We have been informed by our legal counsel in Israel, Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co., that it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S. securities laws because Israel is not the most appropriate forum to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing these matters.
      Subject to specified time limitations and legal procedures, under the rules of private international law currently prevailing in Israel, Israeli courts may enforce a final U.S. judgment in a civil matter, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws and including a monetary or compensatory judgment in a non-civil matter, provided that:
  •  the judgment is enforceable in the state in which it was given;
 
  •  adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to present his arguments and evidence;
 
  •  the judgment and the enforcement of the judgment are not contrary to the law, public policy, security or sovereignty of the State of Israel;
 
  •  the judgment was not obtained by fraud and does not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties; and
 
  •  an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any Israeli court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in the foreign court.
      We have irrevocably appointed CT Corporation System as our agent to receive service of process in any action against us in any federal court or court of the State of New York arising out of this offering.
      If a foreign judgment is enforced by an Israeli court, it generally will be payable in Israeli currency, which can then be converted into non-Israeli currency and transferred out of Israel. The usual practice in an action before an Israeli court to recover an amount in a non-Israeli currency is for the Israeli court to issue a judgment for the equivalent amount in Israeli currency at the rate of exchange in force on the date of the judgment, but the judgment debtor may make payment in foreign currency. Pending collection, the amount of the judgment of an Israeli court stated in Israeli currency ordinarily will be linked to the Israeli CPI plus interest at the annual statutory rate set by Israeli regulations prevailing at the time. Judgment creditors must bear the risk of unfavorable exchange rate fluctuations.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
      We have filed with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549, a registration statement on Form  F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to Cellcom and our ordinary shares, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other

138


Table of Contents

document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.
      As a result of the offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to as the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules and regulations under the Exchange Act prescribing the content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to their purchase and sale of our ordinary shares. In addition, we are not required to file reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will file with the SEC an annual report on Form  20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm. We also intend to furnish reports on Form  6-K containing unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year and other material information, as we are required to provide that information to the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, since our debt securities are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange.

139


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To The Shareholders of
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cellcom Israel Ltd. (hereinafter — “the Company”) as at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 and for each of the three years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the Board of Directors and management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated result of operations, the changes in the shareholders’ equity and the consolidated cash flows for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 and for each of the three years in the three-year period ended on December 31, 2005, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Israel.
      Accounting principles generally accepted in Israel vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information related to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 28 of the financial statements.
      As explained in Note 2B, the financial statements, as of dates and for reporting periods subsequent to December 31, 2003, are presented in New Israeli Shekels, in conformity with accounting standards issued by the Israel Accounting Standards Board. The financial statements for the reporting periods ended prior to, or on the above date, are presented in values that have been adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency through that date, in accordance with pronouncements of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants in Israel.
      The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been translated into United States dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. We have audited the translation and, in our opinion, the consolidated financial statements expressed in NIS have been translated into dollars on the basis set forth in Note 2C of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Somekh Chaikin
Certified Public Accountants (Isr.)
Member Firm of KPMG International
Tel Aviv, Israel
December 14, 2006, except for Note 17A.18 and Note 18C
as to which the date is January 11, 2007

F-2


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                                 
                Convenience       Convenience
                Translation       Translation
                Into       Into
                U.S. Dollar       U.S. Dollar
            (Note 2C)       (Note 2C)
        December 31            
            December 31   September 30   September 30
    Note   2004   2005   2005   2006   2006
                         
        NIS   NIS   US$   NIS   US$
        (All amounts are in millions except for share and per share
        data)
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    3       5       1,772       412       118       27  
Trade receivables, net
    4       1,190       1,237       288       1,259       293  
Other receivables
    5       140       224       52       121       28  
Inventory
    6       99       118       27       137       32  
                                     
              1,434       3,351       779       1,635       380  
 
Long-term receivables
    7       433       433       101       515       120  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    8       2,948       2,739       637       2,399       558  
Other assets, net
    9       496       493       114       465       108  
                                     
Total assets
            5,311       7,016       1,631       5,014       1,166  
                                     
Current liabilities
                                               
Short-term bank credit
    10       552       320       75       333       77  
Trade payables
    11       816       944       220       707       164  
Other current liabilities
    12       204       178       41       415       97  
                                     
              1,572       1,442       336       1,455       338  
                                     
Long-term liabilities
                                               
Long-term loans from banks
    13       391       31       7       1,238       288  
Debentures
    14             1,752       407       2,017       469  
Deferred taxes
    25       155       140       33       118       28  
Other long-term liabilities
    16       32       2             2        
                                     
              578       1,925       447       3,375       785  
                                     
Commitments and contingent liabilities
    17                                          
Shareholders’ equity
    18                                          
Share capital:
                                               
Ordinary shares of NIS 0.1 par value:
                                               
Authorized — 10,000,000 shares at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and at September 30, 2006; Issued and outstanding 114,000 shares at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and at September 30, 2006
                                     
Capital surplus
                  5       1       (20 )     (5 )
Retained earnings
            3,161       3,644       847       204       48  
                                     
Total shareholders’ equity
            3,161       3,649       848       184       43  
                                     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
            5,311       7,016       1,631       5,014       1,166  
                                     
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Income Statements
                                                                 
                                Convenience
                    Convenience           Translation
                    Translation           Into
                    Into           U.S. Dollar
                    U.S. Dollar           (Note 2C)
                    (Note 2C)            
                             
                        Nine Month Period Ended    
                    Nine Month
        Year Ended December 31   Year Ended       Period Ended
            December 31   September 30   September 30   September 30
    Note   2003   2004   2005   2005   2005   2006   2006
                                 
                (Unaudited)        
        NIS (Note 2B)                
            US$       US$
        NIS (Note 2B)
        (All amounts are in millions except for share and per share data)
Revenues
    19       5,261       5,600       5,114       1,189       3,845       4,191       974  
Cost of revenues
    20       3,075       3,302       3,133       728       2,264       2,470       574  
                                                 
Gross profit
            2,186       2,298       1,981       461       1,581       1,721       400  
Selling and marketing expenses
    21       613       661       623       145       453       473       110  
General and administrative expenses
    22       682       684       656       153       512       486       113  
                                                 
Operating income
            891       953       702       163       616       762       177  
Financial income (expenses), net
    23       (216 )     (45 )     24       6       13       (128 )     (30 )
Other income (expenses), net
    24       1       1       (11 )     (3 )     (10 )     (1 )      
                                                 
Income before income tax
            676       909       715       166       619       633       147  
Income tax
    25       245       292       232       54       201       243       56  
                                                 
Net income
            431       617       483       112       418       390       91  
                                                 
Earnings per share
                                                               
Basic and diluted earnings per share in NIS (see Note 2T)
            4.42       6.33       4.95       1.15       4.29       4.00       0.93  
                                                 
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands)
            97,500       97,500       97,500       97,500       97,500       97,500       97,500  
                                                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
                                                         
                Cash            
            Dividend           Convenience
    Share Capital       Declared           Translation
            Subsequent           Into
    Number of       Capital   to Balance   Retained       U.S. Dollar
    Shares   Amount   Reserve   Sheet Date   Earnings   Total   (Note 2C)
                             
    NIS 0.1       US$ Millions
    par value   NIS Millions (Note 2B)    
Balance as of January 1, 2003
    114,000                         2,113       2,113       491  
Changes in the year ended December 31, 2003
                                                       
Net income
                            431       431       100  
                                           
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    114,000                         2,544       2,544       591  
Changes in the year ended December 31, 2004
                                                       
Net income
                            617       617       144  
                                           
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    114,000                         3,161       3,161       735  
Changes in the year ended December 31, 2005
                                                       
Movement in capital reserve in respect of hedging transactions, net
                5                   5       1  
Cash dividend declared subsequent to balance sheet date
                      3,400       (3,400 )            
Net income
                            483       483       112  
                                           
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    114,000             5       3,400       244       3,649       848  
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2006
                                                       
Movement in capital reserve in respect of hedging transactions, net
                (25 )                 (25 )     (6 )
Dividend paid
                      (3,400 )     (430 )     (3,830 )     (890 )
Net income for the period
                            390       390       91  
                                           
Balance as of September 30, 2006
    114,000             (20 )           204       184       43  
                                           
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited)
                                                       
Balance as of January 1, 2005
    114,000                         3,161       3,161          
Movement in capital reserve in respect of hedging transactions, net
                5                   5          
Cash dividend declared subsequent to balance sheet date
                      1,700       (1,700 )              
Net income of the period
                            418       418          
                                           
Balance as of September 30, 2005 (unaudited)
    114,000             5       1,700       1,879       3,584          
                                           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                         
                            Convenience
                Convenience           Translation
                Translation           Into
                Into           U.S. Dollar
                U.S. Dollar           (Note 2C)
                (Note 2C)            
                         
                    Nine Month Period Ended    
                Nine-Month
    Year Ended December 31   Year Ended       Period Ended
        December 31   September 30   September 30   September 30
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2005   2006   2006
                             
                    (Unaudited)        
        US$       US$
    NIS (Note 2B)       NIS (Note 2B)    
    (All amounts are in millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                                       
Net income
    431       617       483       112       418       390       91  
Addition required to present cash flows from operating activities(a)
    962       854       789       184       582       677       157  
                                           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,393       1,471       1,272       296       1,000       1,067       248  
                                           
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                                       
Addition to property, plant and equipment
    (676 )     (725 )     (576 )     (134 )     (420 )     (501 )     (117 )
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
    23       7       12       3       8       12       3  
Long-term deposit
    189                                      
Investment in other assets
    (44 )     (134 )     (55 )     (13 )     (33 )     (22 )     (5 )
                                           
Net cash used in investing activities
    (508 )     (852 )     (619 )     (144 )     (445 )     (511 )     (119 )
                                           
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                                       
Repayments under short-term bank credit facility
    (25,616 )     (9,269 )     (4,953 )     (1,151 )     (4,817 )     (903 )     (210 )
Borrowings under short-term bank credit facility
    25,168       9,328       4,894       1,138       4,758       1,166       271  
Borrowings of long-term loans from banks
                                  2,155       501  
Payment of long-term loans from banks
    (155 )     (1,127 )     (533 )     (124 )     (477 )     (1,088 )     (253 )
Proceeds from issuance of debentures, net of issuance costs
                1,706       396             290       67  
Paid dividend
                                  (3,830 )     (890 )
                                           
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (603 )     (1,068 )     1,114       259       (536 )     (2,210 )     (514 )
                                           
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    282       (449 )     1,767       411       19       (1,654 )     (385 )
Balance of cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
    171       454       5       1       5       1,772       412  
                                           
Balance of cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
    453       5       1,772       412       24       118       27  
                                           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — (Continued)
                                                         
                            Convenience
                Convenience           Translation
                Translation           Into
                Into           U.S. Dollar
                U.S. Dollar           (Note 2C)
                (Note 2C)            
                         
                    Nine Month Period Ended    
                Nine-Month
    Year Ended December 31   Year Ended       Period Ended
        December 31   September 30   September 30   September 30
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2005   2006   2006
                             
                    (Unaudited)        
        US$       US$
    NIS (Note 2B)       NIS (Note 2B)    
    (All amounts are in millions)
(a) Adjustments required to present cash flows from operating activities
                                                       
Income and expenses not involving cash flows
                                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    999       961       941       219       704       667       155  
Deferred taxes
    54       (9 )     (6 )     (1 )     (11 )     (21 )     (5 )
Exchange and linkage differences on long-term liabilities
    16       6                         (68 )     (16 )
Capital losses (gains)
    (7 )     (1 )     2             2       1        
Change in liability for employee severance pay
    6       (7 )                 (1 )            
Provision for decline in value of land — held for sale
    6             4       1       4              
                                           
      1,074       950       941       219       698       579       134  
                                           
Changes in assets and liabilities
                                                       
Increase in trade receivables (including long-term amounts)
    (141 )     (234 )     (37 )     (9 )     (12 )     (80 )     (19 )
Decrease (increase) in other receivables (including long-term amounts)
    (15 )     133       (60 )     (14 )     (40 )     26       6  
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    69       15       (19 )     (4 )     (47 )     (19 )     (4 )
Increase (decrease) in trade payables (including long-term amounts)
    (94 )     74       (15 )     (3 )     (19 )     (26 )     (6 )
Increase (decrease) in other payables and credits (including long-term amounts)
    69       (84 )     (21 )     (5 )     2       197       46  
                                           
      (112 )     (96 )     (152 )     (35 )     (116 )     98       23  
                                           
      962       854       789       184       582       677       157  
                                           
(b) Non-cash activities
                                                       
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and other assets on credit
    259       165       314       73       105       94       22  
                                           
Receivables in respect of issuance of debentures
                46       11                    
                                           
Supplemental information:
                                                       
Income taxes paid
    211       277       275       64       205       206       48  
                                           
Interest paid
    177       109       51       12       44       95       22  
                                           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements
Note 1 — General
      Cellcom Israel Ltd. (“the Company”) was incorporated in Israel on January 31, 1994. The Company commenced its operations on June 27, 1994, after receiving a license from the Ministry of Communications (“the MOC”) to establish, operate and maintain a cellular mobile telephone system and provide cellular mobile telephone services in Israel. The Company began providing cellular mobile telephone services to the Israeli public on December 27, 1994. The initial license granted to the Company was for a period of 10 years and was thereafter extended until the year 2022.
      On September 21, 2005, a shareholders’ transaction was completed for the purchase of 69.5% of the Company’s shares by Discount Investments Ltd. (“DIC”), member of the IDB Group companies, which at that time held 25% of the Company’s issued shares through its subsidiaries. Following the said transaction, DIC held approximately 94.5% of the Company’s issued shares, and 100% of the Company’s voting rights. During 2006, DIC sold 16% of the Company’s issued shares in 4 transactions to financial investors and currently holds approximately 78.5% of the Company’s issued shares and 84.0% of the voting rights.
Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies
     A. Basis of presentation
      These financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Israel (“Israeli GAAP”), which differ in certain material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) — see Note 28.
     B. Reporting principles
      1. The functional currency of the Company is the local currency, New Israeli Shekels (“NIS”). The Company prepares and presents its financial statements in NIS. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the prevailing exchange rate at the time of the transactions.
      2. Transition to nominal financial reporting in 2004
      Through December 31, 2003, the Company prepared its financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency - NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli consumer price index (“CPI”), in accordance with pronouncements of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants in Israel.
      Certain components of the income statement for 2003 were adjusted as follows: the components relating to transactions carried out during the reported period — sales, purchases, labor costs and others — were adjusted on the basis of the CPI index for the month in which the transaction was carried out, while those relating to non-monetary balance sheet items (mainly — changes in inventories and depreciation and amortization) were adjusted on the same basis as the related balance sheet item. The financing component represents financial income or expense in real terms and the erosion of balances of monetary items during the period.
      With effect from January 1, 2004, the Company has adopted the provisions of Israel Accounting Standard No. 12 — “Discontinuance of Adjusting Financial Statements for Inflation” — of the Israel Accounting Standards Board and, pursuant thereto, the Company has discontinued, from that date, the adjustment of its financial statements for the effects of inflation in Israel.

F-8


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      The amounts adjusted for the effects of inflation in Israel, presented in the financial statements as of December 31, 2003, were used as the opening balances for the nominal financial reporting in the following periods. Accordingly, the amounts reported in these financial statements that relate to non-monetary assets (including the depreciation and amortization thereon) and equity items, which originate from the period that preceded January 1, 2004, are based on the adjusted-for-inflation data (based on the CPI for December 2003), as previously reported.
      Amounts originating during periods subsequent to December 31, 2003 are included in the financial statements based on their nominal values.
      The amounts of non-monetary assets do not necessarily represent realization value or current economic value, but only the reported amounts of such assets. In these financial statements, the term “cost” refers to cost in reported amounts.
      3. Effect of changes in the CPI and in foreign currency exchange rates
      Data regarding the CPI and currency exchange rates are as follows:
                                         
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,   September 30,
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
CPI (in points)
    178.6       180.7       185.1       184.1       186.5  
Exchange rate of U.S.$ in NIS
    4.379       4.308       4.603       4.598       4.302  
                                         
                January 1 to   January 1 to
                September 30   September 30
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
CPI
    (1.9 )%     1.2 %     2.4 %     1.9 %     0.7 %
Exchange rate of U.S.$ in NIS
    (7.6 )%     (1.6 )%     6.9 %     6.7 %     (6.5 )%
     C. Convenience translation into U.S. dollars (“dollars” or “$”)
      For the convenience of the reader, the reported NIS figures as of December 31, 2005 and for the year then ended, and as of September 30, 2006 and the nine months then ended have been presented in dollars, translated at the representative rate of exchange as of September 30, 2006 (NIS 4.302 = US$1.00). The dollar amounts presented in these financial statements should not be construed as representing amounts that are receivable or payable in dollars or convertible into dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
     D. Use of estimates
      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
      These estimates are based on experience and historical data; however, actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-9


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
     E. Principles of consolidation
      These consolidated financial statements include consolidation of the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which all are fully owned. All inter-company transactions and balances were eliminated upon consolidation.
     F. Cash and cash equivalents
      Cash and cash equivalents include bank deposits, the initial deposit term of which did not exceed three months, and that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use.
     G. Allowance for doubtful accounts
      The financial statements include an allowance for doubtful accounts which properly reflects, in management’s estimation, the potential loss from non-collection of accounts. The Company provides for doubtful accounts on the basis of its experience in collecting past debts, as well as on the basis of information on specific debtors in the hands of management of the Company.
     H. Inventory
      Inventory of cellular phone equipment and accessories and spare-parts are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined by the moving average method; market value is determined using current replacement cost, less provisions for decline in value for slow moving inventory.
     I. Property, plant and equipment
      (1) Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, including direct costs necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use.
      (2) See Note 2O for discussion of interest costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment.
      (3) Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. The cost of significant renewals and improvements is capitalized to the carrying amount of the respective fixed asset.
      (4) The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal use software in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use” of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Capitalized costs include direct development costs associated with internal use software, including internal direct labor costs and external costs of materials and services. These capitalized software costs are included in “Property, plant and equipment” in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 4 years. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred.

F-10


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      (5) Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, on the basis of the estimated useful lives of the dominant asset within each group of assets. The annual depreciation rates are as follows:
             
    %    
         
Network and transmission equipment
    15      
Control and testing equipment
    15-25     (Mainly 25%)
Vehicles
    15      
Computers and software
    15-33     (Mainly 25%)
Furniture and office equipment
    6-15     (Mainly 7%)
      Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the expected lease terms.
      See Note 2U(3) for the expected impact of adoption of the Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment”, starting January 1, 2007.
     J. Impairment of assets
      The Company reviews at each balance sheet date whether any events have occurred or changes in circumstances have taken place, that might indicate that there has been an impairment to the carrying value of all assets except inventory, tax assets and monetary assets.
      When such indicators of impairment are present, the Company evaluates whether the carrying value of the asset in the Company’s accounts can be recovered from the cash flows anticipated from that asset, and, if necessary, records an impairment provision up to the amount needed to adjust the carrying amount to the recoverable amount.
      The recoverable value of an asset is determined according to the higher of the net selling price of the asset or its value in use to the Company. The value in use is determined according to the present value of anticipated cash flows from the continued use of the asset, including those expected at the time of its future retirement and disposal. In determining the value in use of an asset, the Company uses the best available estimates as to the conditions that will prevail during the remaining useful life of the asset. In determining the net selling price of an asset, management relies on estimates of the Company’s experts. There were no impairments in any of periods presented, other than the impairment of land held for sale, see Note 8A.
     K. Other assets, net
      Other assets consist of licenses and deferred expenses. Spectrum licenses are stated at cost and are amortized over their estimated useful lives by the straight-line method starting at the time such spectrum licenses were put into service and will continue until the expiry date of the licenses in 2022. License costs also include an upfront fee paid in respect of the right to use the i-mode brand name and technology which is amortized over its 10 year term starting September 1, 2005.
      Interest costs for the financing of the license fees incurred before the commencement of utilization of the licenses were capitalized to cost of the license, see Note 2O.
      Deferred expenses in respect of the issuance of debentures are amortized using the effective interest rate method over the life of the debentures. Regarding the reclassification of these issuance costs as of January 1, 2006, see Note 2R.

F-11


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
     L. Revenue recognition
      Revenues from sales of handsets and accessories that are not contingent upon the delivery of additional products or services are recognized when products are delivered to and accepted by customers. Revenues from long-term credit arrangements (longer than one year) are recognized on the basis of the present value of future cash flows, discounted according to market interest rates at the time of the transaction. The difference between the original credit and its present value is recorded as interest income over the credit period.
      Revenues derived from usage of the Company’s networks, including airtime, interconnect and roaming revenues are recognized when the services are provided.
      Prepaid wireless airtime sold to customers is recorded as deferred revenue prior to the commencement of services and is recognized when the airtime is used or expires.
      The Company offers enhanced services including voice mail, text and picture messaging, as well as downloadable wireless data applications, including ringtones, music, games, and other informational content. Generally, these enhanced features and data applications generate additional service revenues through monthly subscription fees or increased usage through utilization of the features and applications. Other optional services, such as equipment warranty plans are also provided for a monthly fee and are either sold separately or bundled and included in packaged rate plans. Revenues from enhanced features and optional services are recognized when earned.
      Costs of revenues mainly include ongoing license fees, interconnection and roaming expenses, cell site leases, depreciation and amortization charges and technical, repair and maintenance expenses directly related to services rendered.
      The Company pays distributors commissions to connect new subscribers and upgrade existing ones. These incentives are accounted for as an expense upon the connection or upgrade of the subscriber.
      On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Israel Accounting Standard No. 25, “Revenue” (“Standard No. 25”). This standard prescribes recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure criteria for revenues originating from the sale of goods purchased or manufactured by the seller, the provision of services, as well as revenues derived from the use of the seller’s assets by others (interest income, royalties or dividends) and revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Standard No. 25 is applicable to all transactions entered into on or after January 1, 2006.
      In accordance with Standard No. 25, the principal issue in accounting for revenue is determining the timing of revenue recognition. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when all the following conditions have been satisfied: (a) the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have been transferred to the buyer; (b) the seller retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold; (c) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably; (d) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the seller; and (e) the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.
      A clarification of Standard No. 25 was issued in February 2006: Clarification No. 8, “Reporting of Revenue on a Gross or Net Basis”. According to the clarification, a company acting as an agent or an intermediary without bearing the risks and rewards resulting from the transaction, will present its revenue on a net basis (as a profit or a commission). However, a company that acts as a principal supplier and bears the risks and rewards resulting from the

F-12


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
transaction will present its revenue on a gross basis, distinguishing the revenue from the related expenses. This classification and presentation of revenue on a gross or net basis was applied with retroactive effect for all of the reported periods.
      The initial implementation of Standard No. 25 and the Clarification No. 8 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial position.
     M. Discounts from suppliers
      Supplier discounts that are contingent on the Company meeting certain targets, such as making purchases in a minimum annual amount (quantity or monetary amount) are accounted for in the financial statements on a pro rata basis based on the scope of the purchases made by the Company from the suppliers in the reported period that advance the Company toward meeting the targets, this being only if it is probable that the targets will ultimately be reached and the amounts of the discounts can be reasonably estimated. Estimation of meeting the targets is based on, among other things, past experience and the Company’s relationships with the suppliers, as well as on the scope of the anticipated purchases from the suppliers during the balance of the period.
     N. Advertising expenses
      Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 totaled NIS 116 million, NIS 138 million and NIS 118 million, respectively, and for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 totaled NIS 91 million and NIS 65 million, respectively.
     O. Capitalization of financing costs
      Financing costs associated with the cost of constructing the wireless networks during the initial construction phase and the cost of acquiring the spectrum licenses until the beginning of their intended use are capitalized to the cost of such assets. The amount of financing costs eligible for capitalization is determined by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditures on the asset eligible for capitalization. The capitalization rate is the weighted average of the financing costs applicable to the borrowing and loans of the Company that are outstanding during the period, or the rate applicable to a borrowing specifically for the purpose of obtaining a specific asset. The amount of financing costs capitalized during the reported periods did not exceed the amount of financing costs incurred during these periods.
      For the nine month period ended September 30, 2006, the amount of financing costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment was NIS 4 million. During the years 2005, 2004 and 2003, no financing costs were capitalized to property, plant and equipment. In 2004 and 2003, the amount of financing costs capitalized to other assets (spectrum licenses) was NIS 8.5 million and NIS 9.2 million, respectively. The average annual capitalization rate during the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 was 7.9%. The average annual capitalization rates during 2004 and 2003 were 7.11 % and 8.1%, respectively.
     P. Deferred taxes
      Deferred taxes are calculated on the basis of the liability method. Under this method, deferred taxes are computed in respect of temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their values for tax purposes.

F-13


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      Deferred taxes (asset or liability) are calculated at tax rates that are expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse, based on the tax rates and tax laws that were enacted or the enactment of which has been effectively completed, up to the balance sheet date.
      In July 2004, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Israeli Accounting Standard No. 19, “Taxes on Income” (“Standard No. 19”), which provides that a liability for deferred taxes is to be recorded for all temporary differences subject to tax, except for the temporary difference resulting from the initial recognition of goodwill and the temporary difference resulting from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability that has no effect on profit or loss. In addition, a deferred tax asset is to be recorded for all temporary differences that may be deducted, losses for tax purposes and tax benefits not yet utilized, if it is anticipated that there will be taxable income against which they can be offset. Standard No. 19 applies to financial statements for periods beginning on January 1, 2005. The transition to Standard No. 19 had no material effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial position.
     Q. Freestanding derivative financial instruments
      The Company recognizes freestanding derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities in its balance sheets and measures those instruments at fair value. Accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. For a foreign exchange derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative is initially reported as a component of shareholders’ equity as capital reserve and subsequently recognized into earnings as the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the derivative is recognized in earnings immediately. For derivative instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings according to changes in their fair value.
      The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items and the risk management objective and strategy for each hedge transaction. At inception of the hedge and quarterly thereafter, the Company performs a correlation assessment to determine whether changes in the fair values or cash flows of the derivatives are deemed highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If at any time subsequent to the inception of the hedge, the correlation assessment indicates that the derivative is no longer highly effective as a hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes all subsequent derivative gains and losses in the results of operations.
     R. Financial instruments and concentration of credit risk
      The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other current assets and liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. See Note 26C for the fair value of long-term receivables, loans and other liabilities (including current maturities).
      Financial instruments that could potentially subject the Company to credit risks consist primarily of trade accounts receivables. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to these receivables are limited due to the composition of the subscriber base, which includes a large number of individuals and businesses.
      As from January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Israeli Accounting Standard No. 22, “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation (“Standard No. 22”), which provides rules for presenting financial instruments in financial statements and specifies the proper disclosures required in respect thereto. Standard No. 22 provides the method for classifying financial

F-14


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
instruments as financial liabilities and as shareholders’ equity, for classifying the interest, dividends, losses and gains related thereto, and the criteria for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. Standard No. 22 was adopted on a prospective basis. The transition to Standard No. 22 resulted in the reclassification of deferred charges in respect of the issuance of debentures from other assets to a contra asset to the respective debentures.
     S. Dividend declared subsequent to the balance sheet date
      Dividends are recorded in the period they are declared. However, to the extent a dividend is declared in a subsequent period, but before the financial statements are issued, the amount subsequently declared is appropriated within shareholders’ equity in the current reporting period, as a designated part of the retained earnings.
     T. Earnings per share
      The Company calculates earnings per share in accordance with the provisions of Israeli Accounting Standard No. 21, “Earnings per Share”. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings or loss attributable to the ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. In order to calculate the diluted earnings per share, the Company adjusts the earnings or losses attributable to the ordinary shareholders, and the weighted average number of outstanding ordinary shares, in respect of the effects of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares. For all reported periods, there were no outstanding stock options or warrants, or other potentially dilutive instruments. Regarding a stock split and an allotment of dividend shares — see Note 18B.
     U. Effects of new Israeli Accounting Standards not yet adopted
      1. Israeli Accounting Standard No. 29, “Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) (“Standard No. 29”)
      In July 2006, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Accounting Standard No. 29. The Standard provides that entities subject to the Securities Law — 1968 that are required to report according to the regulations of this law are to prepare their financial statements for periods beginning as from January 1, 2008 according to IFRS. The Standard permits early adoption as from financial statements released after July 31, 2006.
      The Company will adopt IFRS with effect from January 1, 2008, based upon the guidance in IFRS 1, “First-time adoption of IFRSs”.
      Upon adoption of IFRS, in 2008, the Company will be required to present comparative financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2007, prepared in accordance with IFRS.
      The Company is examining the effect of the adoption and implementation of IFRS on its financial statements.
      2. Israeli Accounting Standard No 26, “Inventory” (“Standard No. 26”)
      In August 2006, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Standard No. 26. The Standard provides guidelines for determining the cost of inventory and its subsequent recognition as an expense as well as for determining impairments in the value of inventory written down to net realizable value. The Standard also provides guidelines regarding cost formulas used to allocate costs to various types of inventory. The Standard will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007. Implementation of Standard No. 26 is not

F-15


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
anticipated to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial position.
      3. Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, “Property, plant and equipment” (“Standard No. 27”)
      In September 2006, the Israel Accounting Standards Board published Standard No. 27. The Standard prescribes rules for the presentation, measurement and recognition of property, plant and equipment and for the disclosure required in respect thereto. The Standard also provides for, among other things, the following:
Revaluation of assets
      Standard No. 27 provides that a group of similar fixed assets shall be measured at cost net of accumulated depreciation minus impairment losses, or alternatively, at its revalued amount less accumulated depreciation, whereas an increase in the value of the asset above its initial cost as a result of the revaluation will be directly included in shareholders’ equity under a revaluation reserve.
Asset retirement obligations
      Standard No. 27 provides, that upon the initial recognition of property, plant and equipment, the entity shall include in the cost of the asset all the costs it will be required to incur in respect of a liability to dismantle and remove the asset and to restore the site on which it was located.
Component depreciation
      Standard No. 27 provides that if property, plant and equipment consists of several components with different estimated useful lives, the individual significant components should be depreciated over their individual useful lives.
      Standard No. 27 will apply to financial statements for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and will be adopted on a retroactive basis, except for asset retirement obligations for which initial adoption will be in accordance with the provisions of Standard No. 27.
      The initial implementation of the Standard is expected to have the following effects:
Asset retirement obligations
      Implementation of Standard No. 27 is anticipated to result in the initial recognition of liabilities to dismantle and remove assets and to restore the site with respect to the cell sites, retail stores and general and administrative facilities, and accordingly there will be an increase in net book value of the fixed assets and an increase in long-term liabilities due to the obligation for asset retirement. Also, there will be a decrease in retained earnings in the amount of approximately NIS 6 million, net of related taxes. The additional cost will be recognized over the useful life of the asset. The obligation is recognized at fair value, and the accretion expense will be recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value.
Component depreciation
      The Company depreciates property, plant and equipment based on the estimated useful life of the dominant asset within each group. Upon adoption of Standard No. 27, starting January 1, 2007, the Company will retroactively separate individual components of property, plant and equipment with estimated useful lives that are different from the entire network, mainly

F-16


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
transmission equipment such as fiber-optic cables and infrastructure, and calculate depreciation expense based on the estimated useful life of each component. The retroactive application of this change is expected to increase the Company’s retained earnings as of January 1, 2007, by approximately NIS 280 million, and to have the following effect on the Company’s results of operations for all of the periods reported herein:
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Decrease in depreciation expense
    46       46       52       39       38  
Decrease in capital gain
                (2 )     (2 )     (3 )
Decrease (increase) in deferred tax expense
    (17 )     (4 )     (2 )     2       (7 )
                               
Increase in net income
    29       42       48       39       28  
                               
Increase in basic and diluted earnings per ordinary shares
    0.30       0.43       0.49       0.40       0.29  
                               
Note 3 — Cash and Cash Equivalents
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Israeli currency — NIS
    1       1,767       109  
Foreign currency
    4       5       9  
                   
      5       1,772       118  
                   
Note 4 — Trade Receivables, net
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Open accounts and unbilled revenue
    747       723       716  
Checks and credit cards receivables
    153       149       171  
                   
      900       872       887  
Current maturity of long-term receivables
    461       519       556  
                   
      1,361       1,391       1,443  
Less — allowance for doubtful accounts
    171       154       184  
                   
      1,190       1,237       1,259  
                   

F-17


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 5 — Other Receivables
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Government institutions
    1       40        
Derivative financial instruments
    12       7       1  
Prepaid expenses
    54       70       54  
Deferred taxes
    64       53       64  
Receivables in respect of debentures
          46        
Other
    9       8       2  
                   
      140       224       121  
                   
Note 6 — Inventory
     A. Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Handsets
    87       97       105  
Accessories
    5       8       10  
Spare parts
    7       13       22  
                   
      99       118       137  
                   
      B.  Inventories of handsets, accessories and spare-parts as at September 30, 2006, are presented net of a provision for decline in value in the amount of NIS 26 million (December 31, 2005 — NIS 40 million, December 31, 2004 — NIS 20 million).
Note 7 — Long-term Receivables
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Open accounts(a)
    901       816       890  
Credit cards receivables(a)
    46       155       176  
Other
    24       33       57  
                   
Total
    971       1,004       1,123  
Less deferred interest income(b)
    75       48       48  
                   
      896       956       1,075  
Less — Allowance for doubtful accounts
    2       4       4  
                   
      894       952       1,071  
Less current maturities
    461       519       556  
                   
      433       433       515  
                   

F-18


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      Maturity dates are as follows:
                 
    December 31   September 30
    2005   2006
         
    NIS millions   NIS millions
Second year
    279       350  
Third year
    120       130  
Fourth year and thereafter
    34       35  
             
      433       515  
             
 
(a)  The long-term trade receivables arise from the sale of handsets on a contractual installment basis (primarily 36 monthly payments).
(b)  The deferred interest income constitutes the difference between the amount of the long-term receivables and their discounted value based on the relevant imputed interest rate at the date of the transaction. The annual interest rate used by the Company in 2006 is 5% (2005 — 3.5%-7%, 2004 — 9%).
Note 8 — Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
     A. Composition:
                                                         
        Network           Computers,        
        and   Control and       Furniture        
        Transmission   Testing       and Office   Leasehold    
    Land*   Equipment   Equipment   Vehicles   Equipment   Improvements   Total
                             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                                       
Cost
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2005
    33       6,830       239       92       1,507       160       8,861  
Additions
          456       22       7       212       25       722  
Dispositions
          (52 )           (30 )     (7 )     (1 )     (90 )
                                           
Balance at December 31, 2005
    33       7,234       261       69       1,712       184       9,493  
                                           
Accumulated depreciation
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2005
          4,691       154       51       916       95       5,907  
Depreciation for the year
          635       32       12       219       14       912  
Dispositions
          (46 )           (23 )     (6 )           (75 )
                                           
Balance at December 31, 2005
          5,280       186       40       1,129       109       6,744  
                                           
Provision for decline in value in land held for sale
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2005
    (6 )                                   (6 )
Additions
    (4 )                                   (4 )
                                           
Balance at December 31, 2005
    (10 )                                   (10 )
                                           
Net depreciated cost as at December 31, 2005
    23       1,954       75       29       583       75       2,739  
                                           
Net depreciated cost as at December 31, 2004
    27       2,139       85       41       591       65       2,948  
                                           

F-19


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                                         
        Network           Computers,        
        and   Control and       Furniture        
        Transmission   Testing       and Office   Leasehold    
    Land*   Equipment   Equipment   Vehicles   Equipment   Improvements   Total
                             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2006:
                                                       
Cost
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2006
    33       7,234       261       69       1,712       184       9,493  
Additions
          204                   99       10       313  
Dispositions
          (47 )           (31 )     (11 )           (89 )
                                           
Balance at September 30, 2006
    33       7,391       261       38       1,800       194       9,717  
                                           
Accumulated depreciation
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2006
          5,280       186       40       1,129       109       6,744  
Depreciation for the period
          437       19       6       168       12       642  
Dispositions
          (44 )           (23 )     (11 )           (78 )
                                           
Balance at September 30, 2006
          5,673       205       23       1,286       121       7,308  
                                           
Provision for decline in value in land held for sale
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2006
    (10 )                                   (10 )
Additions
                                         
                                           
Balance at September 30, 2006
    (10 )                                   (10 )
                                           
Net depreciated cost as at September 30, 2006
    23       1,718       56       15       514       73       2,399  
                                           
 
Represents land that was leased from the Israel Lands Administration.
B.     Additional information
      1. The accumulated cost of the network as at September 30, 2006 includes direct costs incurred to construct the cellular mobile telephone system, in the amount of NIS 239 million (December 31, 2005 — NIS 224 million, December 31, 2004 — NIS 205 million) including capitalized engineering, professional consulting fees, direct salaries and financing expenses.
      2. The accumulated cost of the computers as at September 30, 2006 includes cumulative capitalized development costs of software for internal use in the amount of NIS 442 million (December 31, 2005 — NIS 397 million , December 31, 2004 — NIS 320 million).
      3. Depreciation and amortization expenses in respect of property, plant and equipment totaled NIS 988 million, NIS 945 million and NIS 912 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expenses in respect of property, plant and equipment totaled NIS 683 million and NIS 642 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
      4. Regarding liens — see Note 17D.

F-20


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 9 — Other Assets, Net
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Deferred expenses
          4        
License
    536       558       559  
Less — accumulated amortization
    (40 )     (69 )     (94 )
                   
      496       493       465  
                   
      License amortization expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 totaled NIS 11 million, NIS 16 million and NIS 29 million, respectively. License amortization expenses for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2006 totaled NIS 21 million and NIS 25 million, respectively.
      The expected license amortization expense for the next six years is as follows:
                 
    December 31   September 30
    2005   2006
         
    NIS millions   NIS millions
2006
    31       8  
2007
    31       31  
2008
    31       31  
2009
    31       31  
2010
    31       31  
2011
    31       31  
Note 10 — Short-Term Bank Credit
Composition
                                 
        December 31    
    September 30       September 30
    2006   2004   2005   2006
                 
    Interest rate %   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Short-term loans from banks
    6.4 - 7.1       59             263  
Current maturities of long-term loans from banks
    6.9 - 7.3       493       320       75  
                         
Total
            552       320       338  
                         
Less debt issuance cost
                        (5 )
                         
              552       320       333  
                         

F-21


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 11 — Trade Payables
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Open accounts:
                       
In Israeli currency
    122       169       126  
In foreign currency (mainly in U.S. dollars)
    139       289       90  
Accrued expenses (mainly in NIS)
    514       457       491  
                   
      775       915       707  
                   
Current maturity of long-term trade payables
    41       29        
                   
      816       944       707  
                   
Note 12 — Other Current Liabilities
Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Employees and related liabilities
    100       71       94  
Government institutions
    20       16       100  
Accrued expenses
    38       41       95  
Deferred revenue
    26       39       29  
Derivative financial instruments
    13       3       93  
Advances from customers
    7       8       4  
                   
      204       178       415  
                   
Note 13 — Long-term Loans from Banks
     A. Composition
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
In NIS — linked to the Israeli CPI
    107              
In NIS — unlinked
    777       351       1,325  
                   
      884       351       1,325  
Less debt issuance cost
                (12 )
                   
Total
    884       351       1,313  
Less current maturities
    (493 )     (320 )     (75 )
                   
      391       31       1,238  
                   
      Interest rate for September 30, 2006 — 6.4% — 7.3% (2005 — 5.1% — 7.3%, 2004 — linked to the Israeli CPI — 6.59%, unlinked — 5.02% — 10.3%).

F-22


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
     B. Maturity dates:
                 
    December 31   September 30
    2005   2006
         
    NIS millions   NIS millions
2006
    320       56  
2007
    25       25  
2008
    6       254  
2009
          247  
2010
          743  
             
      351       1,325  
             
     C. Credit facility agreement
      In March 2006, the Company entered into an unsecured syndicated facility agreement with a number of Israeli and international banks arranged by Citibank N.A. and Citibank International plc, which provides for a term loan of $280 million and a revolving credit facility of up to $70 million. The term loan is repayable in installments ranging from 10% to 25% of the principal, commencing 24 months after the date of the agreement and maturing on December 22, 2010. Amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility are repayable within a period of one to six months, at the Company’s discretion, and final maturity is December 22, 2010. On April 10, 2006, the Company converted part of the outstanding dollar loan into a NIS loan. The Company repaid an amount of $137.5 million (comprised of $110 million on account of the term loan and $27.5 million on account of the revolving credit facility) and the Company received in exchange an amount of NIS 633 million (comprised of a term loan in the amount of NIS 506 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of NIS 127 million). As of September 30, 2006, the outstanding principal amounts denominated in U.S. dollars and NIS were as follows: $170 million and NIS 506.4 ($117.7 million) under the term loan facility; and $36.1 million and NIS 107.6 million ($25.0 million) under the revolving credit facility.
      Dollar denominated loans under the credit facility bear interest at an annual rate of one-to -six-month LIBOR plus a margin that depends on the Company’s ratio of net debt to EBITDA as of the last financial statement provided prior to each interest period as follows: 1.35% if the Company’s ratio is equal to or greater than 2.5:1; 1.05% if the ratio is greater than or equal to 1.5:1 but lower than 2.5:1; or 0.80% if the ratio is less than 1.5:1. As of September 30, 2006, the average interest rate on the outstanding dollar loans was three-month LIBOR + 1.05% per year. The NIS loans bear interest at an annual rate of one to six month Tel Aviv Interbank Offered Rate, or TELBOR, plus up to 0.3% and a variable margin ranging from 0.8% to 1.35%, depending on the Company’s ratio of net debt to EBITDA, as in the dollar loans described above. As of September 30, 2006, the average interest rate on the outstanding NIS loans was three month TELBOR + 1.05% + 0.17% per year.
      The EBITDA was defined in the loan agreement as the consolidated net earnings for the period with the addition of consolidated financing expenses, taxes, depreciation and amortization, less any unusual or non-recurring amount and amounts attributed to the minority interest.
      The loan agreement includes standard provisions with respect to voluntary prepayment, events of default, financial covenants and restrictive covenants. The events of default include the loss of control of the Company by IDB or DIC, the revocation of the Company’s license, or any amendment of the Company’s license that would have a material adverse effect on the Company, any demands under indemnity letters to local planning and building committees in excess of

F-23


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
$50.0 million in the aggregate (or provision in the Company’s financial statements with respect thereof) and any material adverse change. The financial covenants require that the Company maintain a ratio of net debt to EBITDA of not more than 3.0:1 in the first three years of the agreement and 2.5:1 thereafter, and a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense of at least 5.0:1. The restrictive covenants include, among other things, limitations on liens, loans, guarantees and indemnities, the incurrence of indebtedness, acquisitions, dispositions of assets, mergers and other changes of control. The Company’s credit facility limits its ability to pay dividends, including by limiting the distribution of dividends in respect of any financial year so that any distribution, when aggregated with other dividend distributions since January 1, 2006, does not exceed the lesser of (a) 75% of the Company’s aggregate net income from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution and (b) the aggregate “eligible dividend amount” from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution, the “eligible dividend amount” being the lesser of (i) the Company’s net income for each financial year and (ii) the excess of free cash flow over 110% of total debt service for each financial year. Free cash flow is defined as EBITDA with the addition or subtraction of changes in working capital, minus capital expenditures and any amounts paid or payable in respect of tax. Debt service is defined as the payments on account of principal and interest of the Company’s loans, including payments in respect of commissions and other expenses. In addition, the Company is required to enter into foreign exchange and interest rate hedging agreements pursuant to which at least 66% of any loans outstanding at any time under the credit facility agreement are hedged. The Company is in compliance with all of its debt covenants.
     D. Credit facility
      Total amount available for drawing under the existing credit facilities as of December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2006 is NIS 544 million and NIS 411 million, respectively.
Note 14 — Debentures
     A. Composition
                         
        December 31   September 30
    Interest Rate %   2005   2006
             
        NIS millions   NIS millions
Debentures (Series A) — linked to the CPI
    5.0 %     1,037       1,080  
Debentures (Series B) — linked to the CPI
    5.3 %     715       939  
Unamortized premium on debentures
                  3  
                   
              1,752       2,022  
Less — Deferred issuance expenses
                  (5 )
                   
              1,752       2,017  
                   
     B. Maturity dates
                 
    December 31   September 30
    2005   2006
         
    NIS millions   NIS millions
2006
           
2007
           
2008
    115       120  

F-24


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                 
    December 31   September 30
    2005   2006
         
    NIS millions   NIS millions
2009
    230       240  
2010
    230       240  
More than 5 years
    1,177       1,422  
             
      1,752       2,022  
             
     C. Issuance of debentures
      During December 2005, the Company issued NIS 1,037,000,000 par value debentures (Series A) to institutional investors at par value. The debentures are payable in nine equal semi-annual installments, on July 5 of each of the years 2008 through 2012 and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 through 2012. The interest on the debentures is to be paid on January 5 of each of the years 2007 through 2012 and on July 5 of each of the years 2006 through 2012 for the six-month period ended on the day prior to each date as stated. The debentures bear annual interest at the rate of 5.0%, linked to the Israeli CPI with the November 2005 as a basis.
      During December 2005, the Company issued NIS 715,102,300 par value debentures (Series B) to institutional investors at par value. The debentures are payable in five equal annual installments, on January 5 of each of the years 2013 through 2017. The interest on the debentures is to be paid on January 5 of each of the years 2007 through 2017 for the twelve-month period ended on the day prior to each date as stated. The debentures bear annual interest at the rate of 5.3%, linked to the Israeli CPI with the November 2005 index as a basis.
      On May 29, 2006, the Company issued additional Series A debentures to institutional investors, in the aggregate amount of NIS 28 million par value, in exchange for consideration of NIS 29 million, and in the aggregate amount of NIS 210 million par value Series B debentures in exchange for consideration of NIS 221 million.
      These debentures (series A and B) were registered for trade at the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange and are not convertible.
Note 15 — Liability for Employee Severance Benefits, net
      A.  The Company’s liability for severance pay for its Israeli employees is calculated pursuant to Israeli severance pay law based on the most recent salary of the employees multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the balance sheet date. After completing one full year of employment, the Company’s Israeli employees are entitled to one month’s salary for each year of employment or a portion thereof. The Company’s liability is fully provided by monthly deposits with severance pay funds, insurance policies and by an accrual. For the majority of the Company employees the payments to the pension funds and insurance companies discharge the Company’s obligation to the employees as required by the Severance Pay Law in connection with Section 14. Accumulated amounts in the pension funds and with the insurance companies are not under the control or administration of the Company, and accordingly, neither those amounts nor the corresponding accrual for severance pay are reflected in the balance sheet. The obligation of the Company, under law and labor agreements, for termination benefits to employees not covered by the aforementioned pension or insurance plans is included in the balance sheet.
      B.  The severance pay expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were approximately NIS 26 million, NIS 27 million and NIS 27 million, respectively. The severance pay expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 were approximately NIS

F-25


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
21 million and NIS 21 million, respectively. The Company expects to pay NIS 27 million in 2006 in respect of severance pay.
Note 16 — Other Long-Term Liabilities
Composition:
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
In respect of acquisition of spectrum licenses
    69       29        
Other
    4       2       2  
                   
      73       31       2  
Less current maturities
    (41 )     (29 )      
                   
      32       2       2  
                   
Note 17 — Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
     A. Contingent liabilities
      1. In December 2002, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa in connection with the Company’s incoming call tariff to subscribers of other operators when calling the Company’s subscribers during the period prior to the regulation of interconnect fees. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is NIS 1.6 billion (as at the filing date thereof). As of date, no hearing has yet been held on the merits of the motion, and based on advice of counsel management believes that the Company has a good defense against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the financial statements in respect of this claim.
      2. In August 2001, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s subscribers in connection with air time tariffs and subscriber fees that were allegedly collected not in accordance with the language of the agreement of undertaking signed by the Company’s subscribers at the time of their joining the Company’s network. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is NIS 1.26 billion plus punitive damages at a rate of not less than 100% of the amount of the judgment. In February 2004, the motion for certification as a class action was denied. In March 2004, this decision was appealed to the Israeli Supreme Court. In January 2006, the Supreme Court approved the plaintiff’s motion to amend his complaint to reflect the amendment to the Consumer Protection Law and return to the District Court in order to examine the amendment’s effect, if any, on the District Court ruling, which remains in effect. In October 2006, a separate motion was granted allowing the plaintiff to further revise his complaint, as a result of enactment of the Class Action Claims Law. Based on advice of counsel, management believes that the Company has good arguments against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action but due to the procedural irregularities demonstrated in the conduct of this lawsuit, it is difficult to assess, at this stage, prior to deliberations, the certification’s chances of success. However, based on advice of counsel, the Company believes the likelihood of certification of the lawsuit as a class action to be not probable. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company’s financial statements in this respect.
      3. In September 2000, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s subscribers in connection with VAT

F-26


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
charges in respect of warranty premiums and the provision of warranty services that were allegedly provided not in accordance with the law. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount of the claim is NIS 402 million (as at the filing date thereof). In February 2006, the claim was dismissed by the court on summary judgment. In March 2006, an appeal was filed with the Supreme Court challenging the dismissal. Based on advice of counsel, management believes that the Company has a good defense against the appeal. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company’s financial statements in respect of this claim.
      4. In August 2001, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s subscribers in connection with the Company outgoing call tariffs for the ’Talkman’ (pre-paid) plan and the collection of a distribution fee for ’Talkman’ calling cards. If the claim is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is NIS 135 million (as at the filing date thereof). In June 2004, the motion for certification as a class action was removed without prejudice. In September 2004, this decision was appealed to the Israeli Supreme Court. Based on advice of counsel, management believes that the Company has a good defense against the appeal. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company’s financial statements in respect of this claim.
      5. In May 2004, the municipalities of Herzliya and Ramat Hasharon and the local committees of these cities filed a petition with the High Court of Justice against the Government of Israel, other public bodies and the cellular companies, including the Company, in regard to a number of issues relating to the licensing of cell sites. The remedies requested in the petition are, among others, annulment of the provision in the National Zoning Plan (“NZP”) 36A, which, allegedly, does not allow the local committees discretion with respect to the issuance of building permits or, alternatively, a statement that the local committees have discretion that allows them to set conditions and/or to refuse to issue building permits; to declare that the Pharmacists’ Regulations regarding radiation are null and void, and to arrange the matter of radiation standards and supervision over radiation by means of legislation; to stop the issuance of new building permits under the NZP until such legislation is concluded and to instruct the cellular companies to deposit letters of indemnity for claims under Section 197 of the Planning and Building Law as a condition for receiving building permits. In July 2004, in a hearing that was held in the Supreme Court sitting as the High Court of Justice, temporary remedies were not granted to the plaintiffs with respect to their claims. In addition, the High Court of Justice requested that the State report within a period of three to four months regarding the progress in the radiation legislation. Upon enactment of a non-ionizing radiation law, the petitioners agreed to withdraw their petition. In January 2006, the High Court of Justice approved cancellation of the claim with no order for expenses.
      6. A dispute exists between the Company and the Ministry of Communications with respect to the payment of fees for its use of the GSM and UMTS frequencies. The amount in dispute as at September 30, 2006, is approximately NIS 56 million. Until a final decision on this matter, the Company has deposited approximately half of this amount with the Ministry of Communications. Based on advice of counsel, management believes that the method the Company applies in the calculation of the fees is the lawful method. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company financial statements in respect of the amount in dispute, including the amount the Company has deposited which is refundable upon the favorable resolution of the dispute. The Company has applied to the courts regarding this issue.
      7. In April 2003, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against two other cellular operators and the Company with the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa in connection with the Company’s incoming SMS tariff to subscribers of other operators when sending SMS messages

F-27


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
to the Company’s subscribers during the period before the regulation of SMS interconnect fees. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is NIS 90 million (as at the filing date thereof), without the specification of the amount claimed from the Company. Based on advice of counsel, management believes that the Company has a good defense against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company financial statements in respect of this claim.
      8. In August 2003, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s subscribers in connection with the Company method of rounding the rates of calls, the Company method of linking rates of calls to the consumer price index and that a certain rate that was approved by the Ministry of Communications in 1996 was illegally approved. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the amount claimed is NIS 150 million (as at the filing date thereof). Following the amendment to the Consumer Protection Law in December 2005, the plaintiff filed an amended statement of its claim in March 2006. No hearing has as yet to be held on the merits of the motion, and based on advice of counsel, management believes that the Company has a good defense against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company financial statements in respect of this claim.
      9. In January 2004, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of its subscribers, with respect to the rates of calls made from the cellular voice mail using the “Boomering” service through use of one of the marketing programs the Company offered to its subscribers. If the claim is recognized as a class action, the amount claimed is NIS 10 million (as at the filing date thereof). In the opinion of management, based on advice of counsel, the Company has good defense arguments against the certification of the claim as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company financial statements in respect of this claim.
      10. In March 2005, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of its subscribers in respect of damages in the amount of NIS 10 million (as at the filing date thereof), alleging that the Company’s marketing campaigns are misleading. In the opinion of management, based on advice of counsel, at this stage, prior to commencement of the hearing on the substance of the request, the Company has a good defense argument against the certification of the lawsuit as a class action. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company financial statements in respect of this claim.
      11. In April 2005, a lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s former dealers and importers for the amount of NIS 28 million (reduced for court fee purposes from approximately NIS 38 million), alleging that the Company breached an agreement between the parties. Based on advice of counsel, management believes that the Company has a good defense against the certification of the lawsuit as class action. Accordingly, no provision has been made in the Company financial statements in respect of this claim.
      12. In October 2005, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of its subscribers in respect of damages in the amount of NIS 10 million (as at the filing date thereof), alleging the Company has mislead in regard to refunds, with respect to the use of air-time in various marketing plans. After a preliminary factual examination, based on advice of counsel, management is of the opinion, that the Company has a good defense against the certification of the claim as a class action. Therefore, no provision has been included in the Company financial statements in respect of this claim.

F-28


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      13. The Company has undertaken to indemnify the Company’s directors and officers, as well as certain other employees for certain events listed in the indemnifications letters given to them. The aggregate amount payable to all directors and officers and other employees who may have been or will be given identical indemnification letters is limited to the amounts the Company receives from the Company’s insurance policy plus 30% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2001, or NIS 486 million, and to be adjusted by the Israeli CPI.
      14. In August 2006, a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and two other cellular operators in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by one of the Company’s subscribers in connection with sums allegedly unlawfully charged for a segment of a call that was not actually carried out. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total amount claimed is estimated by the plaintiffs as exceeding NIS 100 million, without specifying the amount claimed from the Company specifically. At this preliminary stage, and due to the circumstances in Note 17A(17) herein below, management is unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company’s financial statements in respect of this claim.
      15. Various local-planning and building authorities have contested the legality of the construction and operation of a number of the Company’s cell sites for lack of building permits. The Company is in the process of obtaining building permits for some of them or of modifying them to satisfy applicable exemptions. Other cell sites operate in reliance on an exemption from the requirements to obtain a building permit. Local planning and building authorities have unsuccessfully challenged the Company’s reliance thereon and otherwise claimed that these cell sites do not meet other legal requirements. In cases where building permits will not be received or exemptions are not to be relied upon, the Company may be forced to relocate, reduce coverage capacity or dismantle these cell sites. In those circumstances the Company’s results of operations may be adversely affected.
      16. In November 2006, subsequent to the balance sheet date a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company, a third party that had provided services to customers of the Company (“the Supplier”) and other parties allegedly related to the supplier, in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by a subscriber of the Company. The lawsuit is in connection with sums allegedly charged by the Company in respect of content services of the Supplier without the subscriber’s consent. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total amount claimed from the Company, the Supplier and other parties is estimated by the plaintiffs as approximately NIS 18 million, in addition to another NIS 10 million for mental anguish. At this preliminary stage, management is unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company’s financial statements in respect of this claim.
      17. In November 2006, subsequent to the balance sheet date a purported class action lawsuit was filed against the Company, two other cellular operators and two landline operators in the District Court of Tel-Aviv–Jaffa by four plaintiffs claiming to be subscribers of the three cellular operators, in connection with sums allegedly unlawfully charged for a segment of a call that was not actually carried out. If the lawsuit is certified as a class action, the total amount claimed from the Company, as well as from the each of the other cellular operators is estimated by the plaintiffs as approximately NIS 53 million each (the amount claimed from all five operators is estimated by the plaintiffs as approximately NIS 159 million). In November 2006, the Company has filed a motion to transfer this lawsuit to that judge handling the lawsuit filed in August 2006 and mentioned above and for further instructions by such court, of the way the two purported class actions should be heard, on the basis of the similarity of the two lawsuits. At this

F-29


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
preliminary stage and given the circumstances just described, management is unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been included in the Company’s financial statements in respect of this claim.
      18. In January 2007, subsequent to the balance sheet date a lawsuit was filed against the Company in an arbitration proceeding for the amount of approximately NIS 35 million by a company (the “Plaintiff”) which purchased cellular services from the Company in order to sell the services to its customers, alleging, among other things, that the Company has breached agreements between the parties and making claims concerning the Company’s conduct. The Company rejects all claims made by the Plaintiff against the Company. However, at this preliminary stage management is unable to assess the lawsuit’s chances of success. Accordingly, no provision has been made in the financial statements in respect of this claim.
     B. Effects of new legislation and standards
      1. a. The National Planning Council, during its deliberations, has considered amending National Zoning Plan 36 which could, if adopted, make the process of obtaining building permits for the construction and operation of cell sites more cumbersome and costly and may delay the deployment of the Company’s network.
      In January 2006, the Planning and Building Law was amended by the Non-ionizing Radiation Law, to provide that as a condition for issuing a building permit for a cell site, the local Planning and Building committees must require letters of indemnification from the cellular companies, for possible depreciation claims under Section 197 of the Planning and Building Law, in accordance with the directives of the National Planning Council. National Planning Council guidelines issued in January 2006 have provided for a 100% indemnification undertaking by the cellular companies to the Planning and Building committees, in the form published by the council and allowing the indemnifying party to control the defense of the claim. These guidelines shall remain in effect until they are replaced with an amendment to the National Zoning Plan (NZP) 36. In addition, should the Planning and Building law be construed or amended to allow a longer period of limitation for depreciation claims than the current period of three years from approval of the building plan, our potential exposure to depreciation claims would increase.
      Most of the provisions of the Non-ionizing Radiation Law will enter into effect at the beginning of 2007. The draft Non-Ionizing Radiation Regulations published by the Ministry of Environment in November 2006 proposes additional restrictions in relation to the operation of cell sites and other facilities. If these restrictions are adopted, they will, among other things, limit our ability to construct new sites and renew operating permits for a number of our existing sites, specifically in residential areas.
      To date, the Company has given over thirty-five indemnification letters in order to receive building permits and three undertakings to provide indemnification letters. In some of these instances, the Company has not yet constructed the cell sites. The Company expects that it will be required to continue to provide indemnification letters as the process of deploying the Company cell sites progresses.
      The Company estimates that the changes referred to above may have the following impacts:
        (a) The Company estimates, based on the opinion of the Company legal advisors, that there are currently no legal grounds for approval of any indemnification with respect to sites established based on a permit issued under the NZP, prior to the entry of the aforementioned amendment. Presently, attempts, which have yet to be filed or decided, are being made to assert such grounds for legal claims.

F-30


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
        (b) As part of the Company considerations for establishment of new cell sites, the Company will also examine the potential for a claim under Section 197. To the best of management’s knowledge, at this point no court decision has been made indicating a decline in the value of property due to the construction of a cell site.
 
        (c) The need to dismantle and remove existing sites, and the difficulties in establishing alternative sites, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
 
        (d) The Company is unable to estimate the future impact of the indemnification requirement, as detailed in sections a and b. Despite this, if the Company shall be required to make substantial payments under the indemnity letters, it may have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial results and trigger a default under the credit facility agreement (see Note 13C above).
      2. On December 5, 2004, certain changes to the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payments for Interconnecting), 2000, provided for the following:
        a. A gradual decline in the rate of interconnection tariffs received from other cellular networks or from landline network operators, as follows: as of March 1, 2005, the rate of NIS 0.45 per minute will decrease to a maximum rate of NIS 0.32 per minute; as of March 1, 2006, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.29 per minute; as of March 1, 2007, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.26 per minute, and as of March 1, 2008, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.22 per minute.
 
        b. A decrease in the rate of interconnection tariffs received from international network operators, from the current rate of NIS 0.25 per minute, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.22 per minute, as of March 1, 2008.
 
        c. A decrease, as of March 1, 2005, in the rate of SMS interconnection tariffs received from other cellular operators from the rate of NIS 0.285 per message, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.05 per message, and an additional decrease to a maximum rate of NIS 0.025 per message as of March 1, 2006.
 
        d. The aforementioned tariffs in items a through c do not include Value Added Tax and linkage to the CPI, and they will be annually updated, based on the annual change in the CPI, as of March 1, 2005, in accordance with the provisions of the aforementioned regulations.
      In addition, on December 16, 2004, the Company’s license was amended and therefore, commencing December 31, 2008, the basic airtime charging unit, including for interconnect purposes, will decrease from the current intervals of 12-second units to intervals of 1-second units. Under the Company’s license, the Company is also permitted to offer the subscriber calling plans using alternative airtime charging units. This change in the calculation method of call units may result in a decrease in the Company’s future revenues and therefore the Company is taking various measures in order to reduce the impact of the decisions of the Ministry of Communications.
      In November 2006, subsequent to balance sheet date, the Company’s license and licenses of other cellular operators were amended in respect to the pricing method of calls that ultimately end in voice mail of cellular subscribers. The amendment will come into effect in January 2007. Management expects that this amendment will decrease the Company’s annual revenue and net income.
      The Ministry of Communications is also examining the possibility of limiting the Company’s ability to offer subscribers calling plans linking airtime rebates with the purchase of handsets. If such restrictions are imposed, this may impair the Company’s ability to offer advanced handsets

F-31


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
that include value-added features and services to the Company’s subscribers at subsidized prices or in conjunction with attractive calling plans, which may result in lower revenues from value-added services and selling handsets.
      3. In March 2005, an amendment to the Communications Law was approved requiring the Minister of Communications to publish a number portability plan for landline and cellular telephone operators. Number portability would permit subscribers to change operators without having to change their telephone numbers. The Minister was required to provide instructions for license holders for the implementation and operation of the plan by September 1, 2006. For special reasons, the implementation and operation of the plan may be postponed for a period not to exceed three months.
      In August 2005, the Ministry of Communications published guidelines for number portability. Since May 2005, the telecommunications license holders have repeatedly informed the Ministry of Communications, through a joint forum for number portability that they were not prepared to implement the guidelines on schedule. The Ministry of Communications has refused take measures in order to change the date for implementation of the guidelines.
      In August 2006, the Company, together with Partner and Pelephone, filed a petition with the Supreme Court, sitting as the High Court of Justice, for the provision of an order against the Government of Israel and the Minister of Communications to show cause for their failure to immediately act in order to initiate an amendment to the Communications Law postponing the deadline for the implementation of number portability, since the deadline is set forth in the Communications Law. Bezeq filed a similar petition on the same date. The reason for the petition include the Company’s inability to comply with the guidelines under the current time schedule since the number portability time schedule was based on number portability plans implemented abroad and failed to take into consideration the unique technological environment of the Israeli cellular market, the more complex requirements set by the Israeli regulator and the absence of a detailed plan, as was originally contemplated by the law. As a result, all relevant telecommunications license holders, including the Company, may face claims of violation of the Communications Law and of their general license as of September 1, 2006, without the ability to comply with the law and may incur penalties.
      At this stage, the Company cannot assess the effects of the aforesaid on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
      In January 2007, the Company notified the Ministry of Communications that it concluded the internal developments required for the implementation of number portability. The Company believes that the number portability plan will be implemented during the second half of 2007, subject to the readiness of the other communications operators.
      4. On August 31, 2006, the Royalties Regulations were amended, see C(1)(b) below.
      C. Commitments
      1. The Company has commitments regarding the license it was granted in 1994:
        a. Not to pledge any of the assets used to execute the license without the advance consent of the Ministry of Communications.
 
        b. To pay the State of Israel royalties equal to 3% of the Company’s revenues generated from telecommunications services, less payments transferred to other license holders for interconnect fees or roaming services, sale of handsets and losses from bad debt. The rate of these royalties has decreased in recent years, from 4.5% in 2002, to 4% in 2003, and to

F-32


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
  3.5% in 2004 and 2005. In August 2006, the royalty rate was reduced to 3%, retroactively from January 1, 2006 and it will continue to be reduced by 0.5% per year, until reaching a rate of 1%.
 
        c. The Company’s shareholders’ joint equity, combined with the Company’s equity, shall not amount to less than $200 million. Regarding this stipulation, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the rights to the Company’s equity is not taken into account.
      The Company is in compliance with the above conditions.
      2. The Company entered into an agreement with Nokia Israel Communications Ltd., or Nokia Israel, in July 2001 for the purchase of the Company’s GSM/ GPRS system. The Company was also granted an option to purchase GSM 800, EDGE, UMTS and ancillary systems. In 2002, the Company exercised its option to purchase an EDGE system, and in 2005, the Company purchased a UMTS core system, under similar terms. The Company is obligated to purchase maintenance services from Nokia Israel for five years from the final acceptance of the GPRS system (until 2007). Thereafter, Nokia Israel is obligated to offer the Company maintenance services for 15 years from final acceptance (until 2017). Under the agreement, the parties generally have limited liability for direct damages of up to 10% of the value of the agreement.
      3. In September 2005, the Company signed an agreement with Ericsson Israel Ltd. according to which the Company will acquire a UMTS radio access network and ancillary products and services. The Company is obligated to purchase maintenance services for 5 years from the launch of the system (until 2011) and the Company has an option to purchase additional maintenance services for 20 years from the launch of the Systems (until 2026), including all the required services for establishment and maintenance of the system (including receipt of updates and upgrades for the system). The Company agreed to purchase 60% of cell sites the Company purchases by September 2010 from Ericsson. The aggregate scope of the agreement is $27.5 million payable over the upcoming five years. Under the agreement the parties generally have limited liability for direct damages of up to 10% of the value of the agreement.
      4. Be’eri Printers provides the Company’s printing supplies and invoices as well as the distribution, packaging and delivery of invoices and other mail to the postal service distribution centers. The Company entered into an agreement with Be’eri Printers — Limited Partnership and with Be’eri Technologies (1977) Ltd., or together Be’eri, for printing services in August 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company committed to purchase from Be’eri a minimum monthly quantity of production and distribution services which may be reduced if the Company modifies its printed invoice delivery policy. The agreement is valid until 2008.
      5. The Company have committed to its shareholders that upon a registration of the Company’s securities, the Company will be required to pay all expenses incurred in carrying out the above registrations, as well as the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel for the selling registration rights holders, except for underwriter discounts and commissions with respect to the shares of such holders.
      6. As at September 30, 2006, the Company has commitments to purchase equipment for the communications’ network and cellular telephone equipment, at an amount estimated at NIS 153 million.
      7. Major operating lease and service agreements:
        a. Office buildings and warehouses — there are lease agreements for periods of up to 23 years and four months.

F-33


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
        b. Switching stations — there are lease agreements for switching station locations for periods of up to 10 years.
 
        c. Cell sites — there are lease agreements for cell sites for periods of up to 28 years and four months.
 
        d. Service centers, retail stores and stands — there are lease agreements for service and installation centers, stores and stands for periods of up to 15 years and six months.
 
        e. Transmission services for cell sites and switches.
 
        f. Motor vehicles lease for a period of 3 years.
      The anticipated annual lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:
                 
    December 31   September 30
    2005   2006
         
    NIS millions   NIS millions
2006
    213       67  
2007
    202       254  
2008
    174       199  
2009
    123       176  
2010
    115       158  
2011 and thereafter
    634       914  
             
      1,461       1,768  
             
     D. Liens and guarantees
      As part of issuance of the debentures (see Note 14), the Company committed not to create liens on its assets so long as the debentures have not been fully repaid, except for a fixed lien on assets for purposes of securing credit that will permit acquisition of those assets. The credit facility agreement (see Note 13.C.) includes, as well, some limitations on the Company with regard to creating liens on its assets.
      The Company has given bank guarantees as follows:
        a. To the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License) — U.S. $10 million.
 
        b. To the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License for Cellcom Fixed Line Communication L. P.) — NIS 10 million.
 
        c. To suppliers and government institutions — NIS 14.7 million.
Note 18 — Shareholders’ Equity
                 
    At September 30, 2006
    and at December 31 2005
    and 2004
     
        Issued and
    Authorized   Paid-up
         
    NIS   NIS
Ordinary shares of NIS 0.1 par value each
    1,000,000       11,400  
             

F-34


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      A.  On January 5, 2006, March 13, 2006, May 30, 2006 and September 28, 2006, the Company distributed to its shareholders a cash dividend in the amount of NIS 1.7 billion, NIS 1.7 billion, NIS 330 million and NIS 100 million, respectively.
      B.  The earnings per share and the number of shares used in the calculation of earnings per share have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital, stock split and allotments of bonus shares discussed below in accordance with Israeli Standard No. 22.
      On October 12, 2006, subsequent to the balance sheet date, the shareholders’ meeting of the Company resolved the following decisions regarding capital transactions:
        1) To reorganize the share capital so that each ordinary share of NIS 0.1 par value would be split into 10 ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value.
 
        2) To increase the authorized share capital from 100,000,000 ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value to 300,000,000 ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value.
 
        3) To allot 96,360,000 fully paid share dividend of NIS 0.01 par value to all shareholders, pro rata.
      Following consummation of the above transactions, the Company has 97,500,000 issued and fully paid ordinary shares issued and outstanding.
     C. Share Based Incentive Plan
        All per share data and ordinary share data below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital, stock split and allotment of bonus shares, effected by the Company, subsequent to the balance sheet date, on October 12, 2006.
 
        In September 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share based incentive plan for employees, directors, consultants and sub-contractors and to those of the Company’s affiliates and the shareholders’ affiliates. The plan has an initial pool of 2,500,000 shares over which options and restricted stock units may be granted.
 
        In October and November 2006, subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $12.60 per share. Among those grants were options to purchase up to 450,000 ordinary shares granted to the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors and an additional 450,000 options to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The remainder of the option grants was made to other Company employees. The options are exercisable only upon a successful public offering of the Company’s ordinary shares.
 
        In general, the options will vest in four equal installments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant. As a result, the total value of the options granted in October and November 2006 will be expensed over a four-year period commencing on the date of the grant. However, the vesting of options and restricted stock units will be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain events, including a merger, a consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets, or a sale of the Company’s ordinary shares held by DIC and its affiliates to a third party resulting in IDB holding less than 50.01% of the Company’s then outstanding share capital.
 
        The total compensation expense related to the options granted during October-November 2006 is approximately NIS 53 million, which will be recognized over a period of four years commencing on the date of the grant (unaudited).

F-35


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
        The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes model, assuming a dividend yield of zero percent, due to a dividend adjustment mechanism, and using the following assumptions:
  •  weighted average expected life of the options of 4.25 years;
 
  •  risk-free, annual interest rate of 5.01%, which represents the risk- free interest rate of zero-coupon U.S. Government Bonds; and
 
  •  expected average volatility of 26.69%, which represents a weighted average standard deviation rate for the stock prices of similar publicly traded companies.
     D. Dividend policy
      The Company’s board of directors adopted a dividend policy to distribute each year at least 75% of its annual net income determined under Israeli GAAP, subject to applicable law, the Company’s license and the Company’s contractual obligations and provided that such distribution would not be detrimental to the Company’s cash needs or to any plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s Board will consider, among other factors, the Company’s expected results of operations, including changes in pricing and competition, planned capital expenditure for technological upgrades and changes in debt service needs including due to changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates in order to conclude reasonably that a distribution of dividends will not prevent the Company from satisfying the Company’s existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due. In addition, there is an agreement among the controlling shareholders of IDB, the Company’s ultimate parent company, to target a dividend distribution of at least 50% of its distributable gains each year. Dividend payments are not guaranteed and the Company’s Board of Directors may decide, in its absolute discretion, at any time and for any reason, not to pay dividends.
      The Company’s credit facility limits its ability to pay dividends, including by limiting distribution of dividends in respect of any financial year so that any distribution, when aggregated with other dividend distributions since January 1, 2006, does not exceed the lesser of (a) 75% of the Company’s aggregate net income from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution and (b) the aggregate “eligible dividend amount” from January 1, 2006 to the date of distribution, the “eligible dividend amount” being the lesser of (i) the Company’s net income for each financial year and (ii) the excess of free cash flow over 110% of total debt service for each financial year. In addition, Israeli law provides that dividends may only be paid out of cumulative retained earnings or out of retained earnings over the prior two years, provided that there is no reasonable concern that the payment of the dividend will prevent the Company from satisfying its existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due, and the Company’s license requires that the Company and its 10% or more shareholders maintain at least $200 million of combined shareholders’ equity. DIC’s shareholders’ equity was NIS 4.859 billion ($1.13 billion) at September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

F-36


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 19 — Revenues
Composition
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Revenues from handsets, net
    498       646       565       406       477  
Revenues from services
    4,763       4,954       4,549       3,439       3,714  
                               
      5,261       5,600       5,114       3,845       4,191  
                               
Additional information
                                       
Revenues from handsets on an installments basis
    377       539       527       351       428  
                               
Note 20 — Cost of Revenues
Composition
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
According to source of income:
                                       
Cost of revenues from handsets
    710       813       683       448       592  
Cost of revenues from services
    2,365       2,489       2,450       1,816       1,878  
                               
      3,075       3,302       3,133       2,264       2,470  
                               
According to its components:
                                       
Purchase of handsets
    640       798       649       476       611  
Changes in inventory
    44       1       (18 )     (47 )     (28 )
Write-down of inventory
    26       14       52       19       9  
                               
      710       813       683       448       592  
Rent and related expenses
    230       268       286       195       219  
Salaries and related expenses
    175       164       142       107       113  
Fees to other operators and others
    882       928       825       595       673  
Depreciation and amortization
    742       688       681       501       480  
Royalties (see Note 17C1)
    137       120       112       86       79  
Other
    199       321       404       332       314  
                               
      2,365       2,489       2,450       1,816       1,878  
                               
      3,075       3,302       3,133       2,264       2,470  
                               

F-37


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 21 — Selling and Marketing Expenses
Composition
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Salaries and related expenses
    252       232       236       175       192  
Commissions
    109       140       122       84       110  
Advertising and public relations
    116       138       118       91       65  
Depreciation
    13       12       9       7       5  
Other
    123       139       138       96       101  
                               
      613       661       623       453       473  
                               
Note 22 — General and Administrative Expenses
Composition
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Salaries and related expenses
    176       160       148       114       106  
Depreciation and amortization
    245       262       251       197       182  
Rent and maintenance
    76       79       75       55       54  
Professional services
    76       77       81       61       55  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    64       37       19       27       32  
Other
    45       69       82       58       57  
                               
      682       684       656       512       486  
                               
      Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (including non-current portion):
                                 
    December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Balance at beginning of the period
    176       151       173       158  
Write-offs
    (89 )     (15 )     (34 )     (2 )
Additional allowance
    64       37       19       32  
                         
Balance at end of the period
    151       173       158       188  
                         

F-38


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 23 — Financial Income (Expenses), net
Composition
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Expenses for long-term liabilities:
                                       
Debentures
                (2 )           (98 )
Long-term loans
    (160 )     (94 )     (43 )     (36 )     (53 )
                               
      (160 )     (94 )     (45 )     (36 )     (151 )
Short-term loans
    (42 )     (5 )     (2 )     (2 )     (19 )
Transactions in derivative financial instruments
    (85 )     (28 )     11       10       (16 )
Transactions involving installment sales imputed interest on market installment sales
    50       70       62       48       38  
Other items
    21       12       (2 )     (7 )     20  
                               
      (216 )     (45 )     24       13       (128 )
                               
Additional information:
                                       
Includes expenses for foreign exchange differences
    (23 )     (2 )     (3 )     (5 )     (5 )
                               
Note 24 — Other Income (Expenses), net
Composition
                                           
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Capital gain (loss) from sale of property, plant and equipment
    7       1       (2 )     (1 )     (1 )
Other income (expenses), net*
    (6 )           (9 )     (9 )      
                               
      1       1       (11 )     (10 )     (1 )
                               
* Includes provision for decline in value of land —
                                       
 
— held for sale
    (6 )           (4 )     (4 )      
                               
Note 25 — Income Tax
      A.  The Company is assessed for tax purposes on the basis of unconsolidated tax returns. The tax is computed on the basis of the Company’s results in Israeli currency as determined for statutory purposes.

F-39


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      B.  The Company is assessed for tax purposes according to the Income Tax Law (Adjustments for Inflation), 1985 (hereinafter “the Law”), the purpose of which is to measure the results for tax purposes on a real basis and to prevent taxation of inflationary profits. The adjustment of nominal profit for tax purposes is not necessarily the same as the adjustment according to opinions of the Israeli Accounting Standards Board and, as a result, differences occur between the income reported in the financial statements and the adjusted income for tax purposes.
      C.  On June 29, 2004, the Knesset passed the Law for the Amendment of the Income Tax Ordinance (Amendment No. 140 and Temporary Order), 2004 (“Amendment 140”). The Amendment provides for a gradual reduction in the Corporate tax rate from 36% to 30% in the following manner: in 2004 the tax rate will be 35%, in 2005 the tax rate will be 34%, in 2006 the tax rate will be 32% and from 2007 onward the tax rate will be 30%. The current taxes and the deferred taxes balances as at June 30, 2004 were calculated in accordance with the new tax rates specified in Amendment 140, as stated. The impact of the change on the financial statements as at the beginning of 2004 is a decrease in the income tax expense in the amount of NIS 22.3 million.
      On July 25, 2005, the Knesset passed the Law for Amendment of the Income Tax Ordinance (No. 147 and Temporary Order) (“Amendment 147”), which provides for an additional gradual reduction of the Corporate tax rates in the following manner: in 2006 the tax rate will be 31%, in 2007 the tax rate will be 29%, in 2008 the tax rate will be 27% and from 2009 the tax rate will be 26% and from 2010 onward the tax rate will be 25%. In addition, commencing from 2010, upon reduction of the Companies Tax rate to 25%, every real capital gain will be subject to tax at the rate of 25%. The current taxes and the deferred taxes balances as at September 30, 2005 were calculated in accordance with the new tax rates specified in Amendment 147, as stated. The impact of the change on the financial statements as at the beginning of 2005 is a decrease in the income tax expense in the amount of NIS 15.7 million.
     D. Reconciliation of income tax expense:
      A reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense computed on earnings before taxes at the statutory tax rate and the actual income tax provision is presented as follows:
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Income before income taxes as per the income statement
    676       909       715       619       633  
                               
Tax rate
    36 %     35 %     34 %     34 %     31 %
                               
Tax calculated according to the main tax rate
    243       318       243       210       196  
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
                                       
Non-deductible interest expenses (see Note 25F)
                            39  
Other non-deductible expenses and non taxable income, net
    8       4       4       4       4  

F-40


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Taxes in respect of prior years
          2                   3  
Change in deferred tax balances due to reduction in tax rate
          (22 )     (16 )     (16 )      
Other, net
    (6 )     (10 )     1       3       1  
                               
      245       292       232       201       243  
                               
     E. Deferred taxes
                                 
    December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Provisions for employee benefits, net
    8       4       1       1  
Allowance for doubtful debts
    54       59       49       54  
Hedging transactions
                (2 )     8  
Property, plant and equipment and other assets
    (162 )     (154 )     (135 )     (117 )
                         
      (100 )     (91 )     (87 )     (54 )
                         
      The deferred taxes are included in the balance sheet as follows:
                                 
    December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2006
                 
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Other receivables (short-term)
    60       64       53       64  
Deferred taxes (long-term)
    (160 )     (155 )     (140 )     (118 )
                         
      (100 )     (91 )     (87 )     (54 )
                         
      The deferred taxes are calculated based on the tax rates expected to apply on the reversal date as indicated above.
     F. Income tax in the income statement
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Current taxes
    191       299       238       215       263  
Prior year taxes
          2                   3  
Deferred taxes
    54       (9 )     (6 )     (14 )     (23 )
                               
      245       292       232       201       243  
                               
      All income before taxes and income tax expenses for all of the reporting periods are local in Israel.

F-41


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the Company recorded a provision for taxes in the amount of NIS 39 million, following a ruling made by the Supreme Court in Israel, on November 20, 2006, which overturned the previous ruling made by the District Court regarding the recognition of financing expenses. The tax provision is an estimate of the additional tax expense relating to the possibility that the financing expenses accrued in the nine months ended September 30, 2006 in respect of financial debt, which might be attributed by the Israeli tax authorities to the financing of a dividend that was distributed in this period, will not be recognized as a deductible expense for tax purposes. Management believes it has reasons justifying the recognition of these expenses for tax purposes, or part of them, however since as of the date of the financial statements the level of certainty required in order to recognize these expenses do not exist, the aforementioned provision was recorded. The Company is evaluating the possible effects of the ruling, if any, on its future results.
     G. Taxes recorded to shareholders’ equity
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Deferred taxes in respect of hedging transactions
                2       2       (10 )
                               
     H. Losses for tax purposes
      A subsidiary has a tax loss carry forward in the amount of NIS 8.2 million. The balances of the losses carried forward to the succeeding year are linked to the CPI. No deferred tax asset has been recorded in respect of these losses and deductions since utilization thereof is not anticipated.
      The Company has final tax assessments up to and including the 2005 tax year. The subsidiaries have not been assessed for tax purposes since their incorporation.
Note 26 — Financial Instruments and Risk Management
     A. Linkage terms of financial instrument
                                                 
    December 31, 2005   September 30, 2006
         
    In or       In or    
    Linked to       Linked to    
    Foreign       Foreign    
    Currencies       Currencies   Linked to    
    (Mainly   Linked to the       (Mainly   the Israeli    
    Dollars)   Israeli CPI   Unlinked   Dollars)   CPI   Unlinked
                         
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Assets
    5       15       3,577       9       18       1,910  
                                     
Liabilities
    317       1,752       1,158       980       2,074       1,663  
                                     
     B. Derivative Financial Instruments
      As part of its current activities, the Company is exposed to a variety of market risks, the main risks being exposure to changes in the exchange rate of the NIS to the dollar, changes in interest rates and inflationary risks. These risks and exposures are managed by the Company on

F-42


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
a current basis with the aim of minimizing the impact of the fluctuations of the market factors on the results of its operations.
      The Company executes transactions in derivative financial instruments for purposes of hedging its business results and cash flows. The Company enters into hedging transactions with banking institutions, including forward transactions and options in order to reduce the exposure stemming from supplier balances, long-term loans and commitments to purchase inventory and equipment.
      The Company does not hold derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company hedges future inventory purchases by specific hedging transactions and, accordingly, it defers the results of these transactions by recording them in a capital reserve that is reversed to the statement of income when the specific hedged inventory is issued to its customers. In the same manner, the Company hedges future property, plant and equipment purchases by specific hedging transactions, and accordingly defers the results of these transactions by recording them in a capital reserve that is reversed to the statement of income in correspondence with the depreciation of the specified property, plant and equipment. In addition, the Company has transactions that do not meet the criteria determined for classification thereof as hedging transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, therefore, the results of these transactions are recorded in the “financing” category on the statement of income on a current basis.
      Set forth below is the composition of the derivative financial instruments at the following dates:
                                                 
    December 31, 2004   December 31, 2005   September 30, 2006
             
    Par Value   Fair Value   Par Value   Fair Value   Par Value   Fair Value
                         
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Forward contracts on exchange rate (mainly dollar — NIS)
    754       (12 )     654       1       486       (27 )
Forward contracts on Israeli CPI
                            500       (4 )
Options on the exchange rate (mainly dollar — NIS)
    1,639       12       925       4       796       1  
Compounded foreign currency and interest swap
                            887       (62 )
                                     
      2,393             1,579       5       2,669       (92 )
                                     
      Cash flow hedging instrument activity recorded within the shareholders’ equity in the capital reserve, net of tax, was as follows:
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Beginning accumulated derivative in capital reserve
                5  
Net (gain) loss reclassified to earnings
          (3 )     (1 )
Net change in the revaluation of hedging transactions
          8       (24 )
                   
Ending accumulated derivative in capital reserve
          5       (20 )
                   

F-43


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      The total unrealized fair value gain (loss) on cash flow hedges recorded within the shareholders’ equity in the capital reserve and totaling NIS 18 million, net of tax NIS 13 million, is expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months (until September 30, 2007) due to settlement of the related contracts.
      C. Fair value of financial instruments
      The estimated fair values of financial instruments with a carrying value materially different from their fair value, based on quoted market prices or rates for the same or similar instruments, and the related carrying amounts are as follows:
                                 
    December 31, 2005   September 30, 2006
         
    Book Value   Fair Value   Book Value   Fair Value
                 
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Long-term receivables
    921       922       1,017       1,017  
                         
Long-term loans, debentures and other liabilities
    2,103       2,105       3,588       3,706  
                         
Note 27 — Related and Interested Parties
     A. Balance sheet
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Current assets
    5       1        
                   
Long-term liability — debentures
          136       119  
                   
     B. Transactions with related and interested parties are executed in the ordinary course of business at regular commercial terms:
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Expenses:
                                       
Salaries and related expenses to related parties (two salaried employees in 2005)
    3       4       17       13       2  
Professional services and other
    1       5       2       1       2  
      For the nine month period ended September 30, 2005, includes benefits and grants in respect of retirement in the total amount of NIS 11 million, the year ended December 31, 2005 also includes a signing bonus in the total amount of NIS 3 million.
      In the ordinary course of business, from time to time, the Company purchases, leases, sells and cooperates in the sale of goods and services or otherwise engages in transactions with entities that are members of the IDB group or other interested or related parties.
      The Company has examined said transactions and believes them to be on commercial terms comparable to those that the Company could obtain from unaffiliated parties.

F-44


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
     C. An agreement with DIC
      In October 2006, subsequent to balance sheet date, the Company entered into an agreement with DIC pursuant to which DIC provides the Company with services in the areas of management, finance, business and accountancy in consideration of NIS 2 million per year. This agreement is for a term of one year and is automatically renewed for one-year terms unless either party provides 60 days’ prior notice to the contrary.
Note 28 — Material Differences between Israeli and US GAAP and their Effect on the Financial Statements
     A. The effect of the differences between Israeli and US GAAP on the financial statements
      As discussed in Note 2, the accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with Israeli generally accepted accounting principles (“Israeli GAAP”), which differ in certain significant respects from those generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Information related to the nature and effect of such differences is presented below.
          1. Reconciliation of:
      a. Israeli GAAP net income to net income according to US GAAP
                                           
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Net income as reported, according to Israeli GAAP
    431       617       483       418       390  
                               
Temporary differences resulting from recognition of revenue arising from application of EITF 00-21 — Note 28C(5)
          (37 )     14       13       4  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment — Note 28C(3)
    46       46       50       37       34  
Embedded Derivatives — Note 28C(4)
    (28 )     (13 )     9       9       (2 )
AROs — Note 28C(6)
    (3 )     (3 )     (2 )     (1 )     (2 )
Push down accounting adjustments:
                                       
 
Elimination of deferred revenue
                (10 )            
 
Depreciation expenses of property, plant and equipment
                25       3       80  
 
Amortization expenses of intangible assets
                (50 )     (5 )     (125 )
 
Interest expenses on push down debt
                (43 )     (4 )     (17 )

F-45


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Income tax effect of US GAAP adjustments
    (5 )     10       15       (10 )     12  
                               
Net income according to US GAAP
    441       620       491       460       374  
                               
      b. Israeli GAAP shareholders’ equity to shareholders’ equity according to US GAAP:
                           
    December 31   December 31   September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Shareholders’ equity as reported, according to Israeli GAAP
    3,161       3,649       184  
Temporary differences resulting from recognition of revenue arising from application of EITF 00-21 — Note 28C(5)
    (37 )     (6 )     (2 )
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment — Note 28C(3)
    296       346       380  
Embedded Derivatives — Note 28C(4)
    (30 )     (21 )     (23 )
AROs — Note 28C(6)
    (6 )     (10 )     (9 )
Push down accounting adjustments — Note 28C(2):
                       
 
Push down of the acquisition
          3,652       3,652  
 
Push down of DIC’s debt
          (2,970 )      
 
Elimination of deferred revenue
          (22 )     (22 )
 
Cumulative depreciation of property, plant and equipment
          25       105  
 
Cumulative amortization expenses of intangible assets
          (50 )     (175 )
 
Accrued interest expenses, net of deemed dividend in respect of DIC’s push down debt
          (43 )      
Income tax effect of US GAAP adjustments
    (72 )     (60 )     (72 )
                   
Shareholders’ equity according to US GAAP
    3,312       4,490       4,018  
                   

F-46


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Note 28 — Material Differences between Israeli and US GAAP and their Effect on the Financial Statements
     B. Condensed financial statements according to US GAAP
           1.  Condensed consolidated balance sheets:
                           
    December 31     December 31   September 30
    2004     2005   2006
               
    (All amounts are in NIS millions)
Current assets
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
    5         1,772       118  
Trade receivables, net
    1,190         1,237       1,259  
Other receivables
    140         225       121  
Inventory
    99         118       137  
                     
      1,434         3,352       1,635  
Long-term receivables
    460         456       537  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    3,220         2,384       2,159  
Other assets, net
    496         1,625       1,471  
Goodwill
            3,283       3,283  
                     
Total assets
    5,610         11,100       9,085  
                     
Current liabilities
                         
Short-term bank credit (see Note 28C(2))
    552         3,333       333  
Trade payables
    816         944       707  
Other current liabilities
    271         205       440  
                     
      1,639         4,482       1,480  
                     
Long-term liabilities
                         
Long-term loans from banks
    391         31       1,238  
Debentures
            1,752       2,017  
Deferred taxes
    227         333       318  
Other long-term liabilities
    41         12       14  
                     
      659         2,128       3,587  
                     
Shareholders’ equity
    3,312         4,490       4,018  
                     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
    5,610         11,100       9,085  
                     

F-47


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      2.     Condensed consolidated income statements:
                                                     
    Year Ended   January 1     September 22   Nine Month Period
    December 31   Through     through   Ended September 30
        September 21     December 31            
    2003   2004   2005     2005   2005     2006
                             
                      (Unaudited)      
    All amounts are in NIS millions except for share and per share data
Revenues
    5,261       5,563       3,713         1,405       3,858         4,195  
Cost of revenues
    3,034       3,263       2,141         972       2,232         2,480  
                                         
Gross profit
    2,227       2,300       1,572         433       1,626         1,715  
Selling and marketing expenses
    613       661       434         189       453         473  
General and administrative expenses
    681       683       502         167       524         491  
                                         
Operating income
    933       956       636         77       649         751  
Financial income (expenses), net
    (240 )     (55 )     21         (27 )     22         (145 )
                                         
Income before income tax and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    693       901       657         50       671         606  
Income tax
    250       281       205         11       211         232  
                                         
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    443       620       452         39       460         374  
                                         
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle (Note 28C(6))
    (2 )                                  
                                         
Net income
    441       620       452         39       460         374  
                                         
Earnings per share
                                                   
Basic and diluted earnings per share in NIS
    4.52       6.36       4.64         0.40       4.72         3.84  
                                         
Weighted-average number of shares used in calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands)
    97,500       97,500       97,500         97,500       97,500         97,500  
                                         
 
The period from September 22, 2005 through September 30, 2005 is presented under the new basis of accounting within the nine month period ended September 30, 2005.

F-48


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
      3.     Changes in shareholders’ equity
      All ordinary share and per share data have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital, stock split and allotments of bonus shares effected by the Company, subsequent to the balance sheet date on October 12, 2006 (see Note 18B).
                                         
    Share Capital            
        Additional        
    Number of       Paid-in   Retained    
    Shares   Amount   Capital   Earnings   Total
                     
    NIS 0.01                
    Pare Value                
    All amounts are in NIS millions except for share and per share
    data
Balance as of January 1, 2003
    97,500,000                   2,251       2,251  
Changes in the year ended December 31, 2003
                                       
Net income
                      441       441  
                               
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    97,500,000                   2,692       2,692  
Changes in the year ended December 31, 2004
                                       
Net income
                      620       620  
                               
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    97,500,000                   3,312       3,312  
Changes in the year ended December 31, 2005
                                       
Movement in capital reserve in respect of hedging transactions, net, for the period from January 1, 2005 through September 21, 2005
                5             5  
Net income for the period from January 1, 2005 through September 21, 2005
                        452       452  
Elimination of historical equity on acquisition at September 21, 2005
                  3,764       (3,764 )      
Push-down of the acquisition — Note 28C(2b5)
                  3,652             3,652  
Push-down of DIC’s debt — Note 28C(2b6)
                  (2,970 )           (2,970 )
Net income for the period from September 22, 2005 through December 31, 2005
                        39       39  
                               
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    97,500,000             4,451       39       4,490  
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2006
                                       
Movement in capital reserve in respect of hedging transactions, net
                (25 )           (25 )
Dividend paid
                (3,570 )     (260 )     (3,830 )
Allotment to dividend share subsequent to balance sheet date
          1             (1 )      

F-49


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
    Share Capital            
        Additional        
    Number of       Paid-in   Retained    
    Shares   Amount   Capital   Earnings   Total
                     
    NIS 0.01                
    Pare Value                
    All amounts are in NIS millions except for share and per share
    data
Repayment of DIC’s push-down debt and interest, net of deemed dividend
                3,009             3,009  
Net income
                      374       374  
                               
Balance as of September 30, 2006
    97,500,000       1       3,865       152       4,018  
                               
     4. Comprehensive income (loss)
      Comprehensive income (loss) consists of the change, during the current period, in the Company’s shareholders’ equity that does not derive from shareholders’ investments or from the distribution of earnings to shareholders.
      Comprehensive income (loss) includes two components — net income and other comprehensive income. Net income is the income stated in the income statement while other comprehensive income includes the amounts that are recorded directly in shareholders’ equity and that are not derived from transactions with shareholders recorded directly in shareholders’ equity.
                                                     
        January 1     September 22   Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   through     through   September 30
        September 21,     December 31,            
    2003   2004   2005     2005   2005     2006
                             
                      (Unaudited)      
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions     NIS millions   NIS millions     NIS millions
Net income according to US GAAP
    441       620       452         39       460         374  
                                         
Net gain (loss) reclassified to earnings
                (1 )       (2 )     (1 )       (1 )
Adjustments in respect of derivatives, net
                6         2       6         (24 )
                                         
Total comprehensive income
    441       620       457         39       465         349  
                                         

F-50


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
     5. Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:
                                                     
    Year Ended   January 1     September 22   Nine Month Period
    December 31   through     through   Ended September 30
        September 21,     December 31,    
    2003   2004   2005     2005   2005     2006
                             
                      (Unaudited)      
    All amounts are in NIS millions
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                                   
Net income
    441       620       452         39       460         374  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                                   
Depreciation and amortization
    956       920       645         269       668         677  
Deferred income taxes
    59       (20 )     (3 )       (17 )     (1 )       (32 )
Exchange and linkage differences (erosion of) long- term liabilities
    17       6               2               (68 )
Interest on push-down debt (see Note 28C(2c3))
                        43       4         17  
Capital losses (gains)
    (7 )     (2 )     3         (1 )     4         4  
Change in liability for employee severance pay
    6       (7 )                   (1 )        
Provision for decline in value of land — held for sale
    6             4               4          
                                         
      1,037       897       649         296       678         598  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
                                                   
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables (including long-term amounts)
    (141 )     (234 )     65         (102 )     (12 )       (80 )
Decrease (increase) in other receivables (including long-term amounts)
    (3 )     134       (41 )       (19 )     (40 )       26  
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    69       15       (43 )       24       (47 )       (19 )
Increase (decrease) in trade payables (including long-term amounts)
    (94 )     74       (69 )       54       (19 )       (26 )

F-51


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                                     
    Year Ended   January 1     September 22   Nine Month Period
    December 31   through     through   Ended September 30
        September 21,     December 31,    
    2003   2004   2005     2005   2005     2006
                             
                      (Unaudited)      
    All amounts are in NIS millions
Increase (decrease) in other payables and credits (including long-term amounts)
    84       (34 )     6         (39 )     (20 )       194  
                                         
      (85 )     (45 )     (82 )       (82 )     (138 )       95  
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,393       1,472       1,019         253       1,000         1,067  
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (508 )     (852 )     (444 )       (175 )     (445 )       (511 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (603 )     (1,068 )     (536 )       1,650       (536 )       (2,210 )
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    282       (448 )     39         1,728       19         (1,654 )
Balance of cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
    171       453       5         44       5         1,772  
                                         
Balance of cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
    453       5       44         1,772       24         118  
                                         
      The period from September 22, 2005 through September 30, 2005 is presented under the new basis of accounting within the nine month period ended September 30, 2005.
      There is no difference between Israeli and US GAAP non cash investing and financing activities other than the effect of push-down accounting.
     C. Differences between Israeli GAAP and US GAAP
1.     Effect of inflation
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      The Company, in accordance with Israeli GAAP, comprehensively included the effect of price level changes in the accompanying financial statements, as described in Note 2B through December 31, 2003. According to such Israeli accounting principles, the Company discontinued the adjustment for such changes as of January 1, 2004. The adjusted amounts included in the financial statements as at December 31, 2003 served as the starting point for the financial reporting at January 1, 2004.
In accordance with US GAAP:
      US GAAP does not provide for recognition of the effects of price level changes and accordingly, the effects of such changes are generally excluded from amounts determined in conformity with US GAAP. However, in accordance with the guidance of the US Securities and

F-52


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Exchange Commission for the reporting requirements by foreign issuers, this difference between Israeli GAAP and US GAAP is not included in this reconciliation to US GAAP.
     2. Push-down accounting
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      Following the September 21, 2005 shareholders’ transaction, DIC gained a 94.5% controlling interest in the Company’s ordinary shares, and 100% control of the Company’s voting rights. Under Israeli GAAP, the new basis of accounting in the Company that resulted from DIC’s purchase and controlling interest is not pushed down to the financial statements of the Company.
In accordance with US GAAP:
      In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, DIC’s purchase accounting adjustments, determined in accordance with FAS 141, are “pushed-down” to the Company, meaning the US GAAP financial information presented in Note 28 reflects the new basis of accounting for the Company as of September 21, 2005.
      In addition, short-term loans incurred by DIC as a result of its acquisition of the Company were pushed down to the Company’s financial statements from the date of acquisition. The push-down debt has been classified as short-term on the DIC financial statements, and was repaid in full in January and March 2006 through dividend proceeds received from the Company. Interest expenses, including tax effects, on the push-down debt have been included in the Company’s income statement based on the actual interest incurred by DIC and presented as a non-cash item in the accompanying statements of cash flows and as a capital contribution in the statement of shareholders’ equity.
a.     New basis of accounting:
      The purchase price paid as a result of the transaction described above has been allocated to a proportionate amount of the Company’s underlying assets and liabilities based upon DIC’s acquired interests (69.5%) in the respective fair market values of assets and liabilities at the date of the transaction. The following summarizes the fair values attributable to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as a result of DIC’s acquisition of the Company. These values exclude the proportionate share of the historical cost basis attributable to the minority interest holders representing 5.5% of the Company and to the 25% that DIC acquired for no consideration as a founding shareholder, upon the Company formation in 1994.
      Allocation of 69.5% proportionate share acquired to major components of assets and liabilities acquired (NIS amounts in millions):
         
    September 21
    2005
     
    NIS millions
Current assets
    1,051  
Property, plant and equipment
    1,338  
Other assets
    301  
Liabilities
    (1,098 )
Definite life intangible assets acquired licenses
    346  
Definite life intangible assets acquired customer base
    714  
Indefinite life brand name
    468  

F-53


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
         
    September 21
    2005
     
    NIS millions
Goodwill
    3,283  
Deferred taxes
    (134 )
       
Total cash consideration paid for equity interests, including direct acquisition cost
    6,269  
       
b.     Primary changes to the balance sheet
      The primary changes to the balance sheet as of the date of acquisition reflect the following push-down adjustments:
        (1) The reduction of the carrying value of property, plant and equipment, which have been recorded using the estimated replacement cost fair market value;
 
        (2) The recording of a value for brand name;
 
        (3) The recording of a value for customer base;
 
        (4) Adjustment to deferred tax assets resulting from the above changes;
 
        (5) The recording of a value for goodwill;
 
        (6) The recording NIS 2,970 millions of push-down debt;
 
        (7) The elimination of deferred revenue;
 
        (8) An increase to the shareholders equity in respect of these adjustments.
c.     Primary changes to the income statement
      The primary changes to the income statement as a result of the acquisition include:
        (1) A decrease in costs of revenue due to lower level of depreciation from the reduced depreciable base of property, plant and equipment;
 
        (2) An increase in costs of revenue due to amortization of the acquired customer base;
 
        (3) An increase in interest expenses resulting from the push-down debt;
 
        (4) A decrease in the deferred tax expenses resulting from the above adjustments.
      Due to the impact of the changes resulting from the push-down accounting adjustments described above, the annual income statement and cash flows presentations separate the Company’s results into two periods: (1) the period ending with the September 21, 2005 consummation of the acquisition transaction and (2) the period beginning after that date utilizing the new basis of accounting. The results are further separated by a heavy black line to indicate the effective date of the new basis of accounting. Similarly, the current and prior period amounts reported on the balance sheet are separated by a heavy black line to indicate the application of a new basis of accounting between the periods presented.
d.     Brand names and goodwill
      The new basis of accounting resulted in new recorded values for brand names and for goodwill as of September 21, 2005 to reflect their estimated fair values. Neither of these intangible assets is amortizable and they are therefore subject to annual impairment testing.

F-54


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of this Statement. The Company had established September 30 as its annual impairment testing date. An impairment test is also completed if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.
e.     Customer base
      Upon adoption of push-down accounting, the new basis of accounting resulted in new recorded values for customer base as of September 21, 2005 to reflect their estimated fair values. The Company amortizes the customer base over 7 years according to the economic benefit expected from those customers each period.
      The Company is required to perform impairment tests for long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long- Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”), when the Company determines that indicators of impairment are present. Declines in market value of its business or the value of its customer base that may be incurred prospectively may also require additional impairment charges. No impairment charges were recorded in the periods presented herein.
      Amortization expenses relating to customer base for the period from September 22, 2005 through December 31, 2005 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 were NIS 50 million and NIS 125 million, respectively, the cumulative amortization expenses of customer base as of September 30, 2006 is NIS 175 million.
     3. Property, plant and equipment
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      The depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, on the basis of the estimated useful lives of the dominant assets for each asset group. Upon adoption of the Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, starting January 1, 2007, the Company will retroactively separate individual components with estimated useful lives that are different from the entire network, mainly transmission equipment such as fiber optic cables and infrastructures (see Note 2U).
In accordance with US GAAP:
      The Company depreciates each individual significant component over its individual useful life. In addition, property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost or at the fair value at September 21, 2005 to reflect the new basis of accounting as a result of the pushdown. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method. The impact recognizing depreciation expense under US GAAP based on the estimated lives of individual assets on shareholders’ equity is NIS 346 million and NIS 380 million as of December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively.

F-55


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
     4. Embedded Derivatives
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      No separation of embedded derivatives is required under Israeli GAAP.
In accordance with US GAAP:
      The Company enters into commercial contracts (mainly for cell site leases) in which a foreign currency derivative instrument is “embedded” within the contract. This embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and carried at fair value when (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument. The embedded foreign currency derivatives are marked to market each reporting period against net income.
     5. Revenue recognition — free air time sold together with a handset
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      The Company does not separately account for free monthly airtime given in connection with sales of handsets, and recognized the total consideration received in such transactions upon delivery of the handset to the subscriber.
In accordance with US GAAP:
      Pursuant to Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No.  00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” the Company determined that the sale of a handset with accompanying services constitutes a revenue arrangement with multiple deliverables. Accordingly, consideration received for handsets, up to their fair value, that is not contingent upon the delivery of additional items (such as the services), is recognized as equipment revenues upon the delivery of the equipment to the subscriber, when all revenue recognition criteria are met. Consideration for services is recognized as services revenues, when earned.
      Based on EITF  00-21, the Company separately accounts for free minutes given in connection with the sales of handsets for transactions entered into from January 1, 2004. Consequently, the Company allocates a portion of the revenue generated from the sale of handsets to the free minutes given, based on the relative fair values of the minutes and handsets. The revenues associated with the free minutes are then recognized over the service period.
     6. Asset Retirement Obligations
      The Company is subject to asset retirement obligations associated with its cell site operating leases. These lease agreements contain clauses requiring the removal of equipment and the restoration of the leased site at the end of the lease term, creating asset retirement obligations.
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      The Company did not recognize a liability for asset retirement obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long lived assets as it is not required under Israeli GAAP. Effective January 1, 2007, upon adoption of Standard No. 27, the Company will recognize such liabilities.

F-56


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
In accordance with US GAAP:
      The Company applied SFAS 143 “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS 143”). SFAS 143 requires that an asset retirement obligation (ARO) associated with the retirement of a tangible long lived asset be recognized as a liability in the period in which it is incurred and becomes determinable, with an offsetting increase in the carrying amount of the associated asset. The cost of the tangible asset, including the initially recognized ARO, is depreciated such that the cost of the ARO is recognized over the useful life of the asset.
      The ARO is recorded at fair value, and the accretion expense will be recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. The fair value of the ARO is measured using expected future cash out flows discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate.
     7. Deferred issuance expenses in respect of debentures
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
      As from January 1, 2006, the Company has adopted Standard No. 22 which was adopted on a prospective basis. The comparative figures relating to prior periods were not restated. In accordance with the guidelines of Standard No. 22 expenses in respect of financial liabilities are deducted from the financial liabilities and taken into account in the calculation of the effective interest. Until the adoption of Standard No. 22, the Company presented the issuance expenses in respect of the debenture as a deferred asset separate from the liabilities, and amortized it over the life of the associated debentures.
In accordance with US GAAP:
      Debenture issuance expenses are presented as a deferred asset and are amortized as interest expense under the effective interest method over the term of the debenture.
     D. US GAAP (Supplementary Information)
1.     Deferred taxes
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Provision for employee benefits, net
    4       1       1  
Allowance for doubtful debts
    59       49       54  
Hedging transactions
          (2 )     8  
Tax losses
    3       3       3  
                   
Gross total deferred tax assets
    66       51       66  
Valuation allowance — in respect of carryforward tax losses
    (3 )     (3 )     (3 )
                   
Net deferred tax assets
    63       48       63  
                   
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Property, plant and equipment and other assets, net
    (249 )     (232 )     (221 )

F-57


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                           
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Push down adjustments:
                       
 
Property, plant and equipment and other assets
          184       158  
 
Intangible asset
          (302 )     (263 )
 
Push down interest expense
          14        
Other
    23       8       9  
                   
Net deferred tax liabilities
    (226 )     (328 )     (317 )
                   
Deferred taxes are included in the balance sheet as follows:        
 
Other receivables
    64       53       64  
Long-term liabilities
    (227 )     (333 )     (318 )
                   
      (163 )     (280 )     (254 )
                   
      Since December 31, 2003, there has been no change to the valuation allowance.
Reconciliation of income tax expense:
      A reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense computed on earnings before taxes at the statutory tax rate and the actual income tax provision is presented as follows:
                                           
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)-    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Income before income taxes as per the income statement
    693       901       707       671       606  
                               
 
Tax rate
    36 %     35 %     34 %     34 %     31 %
                               
 
Tax calculated according to the main tax rate
    249       315       240       228       188  
 
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
                                       
 
Non-deductible interest expenses
                            39  
 
Other Non-deductible expenses and non taxable income, net
    8       4       4       4       4  
 
Taxes in respect of prior years
          2                   3  

F-58


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
                                         
        Nine Month Period Ended
    Year Ended December 31   September 30
         
    2003   2004   2005   2005   2006
                     
                (Unaudited)-    
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Change in deferred tax balances due to reduction in tax rate
          (32 )     (27 )     (27 )      
Other, net
    (7 )     (8 )     (1 )     6       (2 )
                               
      250       281       216       211       232  
                               
     2. Assets retirement obligations:
      The changes in the asset retirement obligations are as follows:
                         
    December 31    
        September 30
    2004   2005   2006
             
    NIS millions   NIS millions   NIS millions
Balance at the beginning of the period
    6       9       10  
Liability settled during the period
    (1 )     (2 )     (1 )
Accretion expenses
    1       1       1  
New liability
    3       2       2  
                   
Balance at the end of the period
    9       10       12  
                   
     3. Segment information
      Under US GAAP, SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” sets forth the rules under which publicly traded companies are obliged to disclose financial and descriptive information on their business segments. Management is of the opinion that the Company and its subsidiaries operate in a single business segment as telecommunication services providers operating solely within Israel.
     4. New accounting standards
      In December 2004, the FASB issued revised SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). SFAS No. 123(R) sets accounting requirements for “share-based” compensation to employees and requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) is effective in interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. As of June 30, 2006 and for all reported periods the Company did not have any “share based” compensation available to employees; as such the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.
      In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3, or (“SFAS No. 154”). SFAS No. 154 changes the accounting for and reporting of a change in an accounting principle. The provisions of SFAS No. 154 require, unless impracticable, retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of (i) all voluntary changes in accounting principles and (ii) changes required by a new accounting pronouncement, if a specific transition is not provided. SFAS No. 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion

F-59


Table of Contents

Cellcom Israel Ltd. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Financial Statements — (Continued)
method for long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate, which requires prospective application of the new method. SFAS No. 154 is effective for all accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 12, 2005. The Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position.
      In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”) “Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the application of FIN 48 will have on its results of operations and financial condition.
      In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 156 that amends FASB Statements No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. The new Statement should be adopted as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this new statement at the required effective date will have a significant effect in its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
      In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value (replacing all prior definitions) and creates a framework to measure fair value, but does not create any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective in the first quarter of fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is evaluating how it may affect its consolidated financial statements.
      In its September 2006 meeting, the FASB’s Emerging Issue Task Force reached a consensus on Issue No.  06-1, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Service Provider to Manufacturers or Resellers of Equipment Necessary for an End-Customer to Receive Service from the Service Provider”, that if the consideration given by a service provider to a manufacturer or reseller (that is not a customer of the service provider) can be linked contractually to the benefit received by the service provider’s customer, a service provider should use the guidance in EITF  01-9 to characterize the consideration. EITF  01-9 presumes that an entity should characterize cash consideration as a reduction of revenue unless an entity meets the requirements of paragraph 9 of EITF  01-9. Under EITF  01-9, other than cash considerations should be characterized as an expense. If the service provider does not control the form of the consideration provided to the service provider’s customer, the consideration should be characterized as other than cash. The consensus is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not yet been issued. Entities should recognize the effects of applying the consensus on this Issue as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods under Statement 154. Adoption of this Issue is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-60


Table of Contents

(CELLCOM COVER 2)


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
      Under the Companies Law 5759-1999, an Israeli company may not exempt an office holder from liability for breach of his duty of loyalty, but may exempt in advance an office holder from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for a breach of his or her duty of care (except in connection with distributions), provided the articles of association of the company allow it to do so. Our articles of association allow us to do so.
      Our articles of association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, we may enter into a contract for insurance against liability of any of our office holders with respect to each of the following:
  •  a breach of his or her duty of care to us or to another person;
 
  •  a breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to assume that his or her act would not prejudice our interests;
 
  •  a financial liability imposed upon him or her in favor of another person concerning an act performed in the capacity as an office holder.
      We maintain a liability insurance policy for the benefit of our officers and directors.
      Our articles of association provide that we may indemnify an office holder against:
  •  a financial liability imposed on or incurred by an office holder in favor of another person by any judgment, including a settlement or an arbitrator’s award approved by a court concerning an act performed in the capacity as an office holder. Such indemnification may be approved (i) after the liability has been incurred or (ii) in advance, provided that the undertaking is limited to types of events which our Board of Directors deems to be foreseeable in light of our actual operations at the time of the undertaking and limited to an amount or criterion determined by our Board of Directors to be reasonable under the circumstances, and further provided that such events and amounts or criterion are set forth in the undertaking to indemnify;
 
  •  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by a competent authority, provided that such investigation or proceeding concluded without the filing of an indictment against him or her and either (A) concluded without the imposition of any financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings or (B) concluded with the imposition of a financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings but relates to a criminal offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and
 
  •  reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or charged to him or her by a court, in proceedings instituted by us or on our behalf or by another person, or in a criminal indictment from which he or she was acquitted, or a criminal indictment in which he or she was convicted for a criminal offense that does not require proof of intent, in each case relating to an act performed in his or her capacity as an office holder.
      We have undertaken to indemnify our directors, officers and certain other employees for certain events listed in the indemnifications letters given to them. Excluding reasonable litigation expenses, as described above, the aggregate amount payable to all directors and officers and other employees who may have been or will be given such indemnification letters is limited to the

II-1


Table of Contents

amounts we receive from our insurance policy plus 30% of our shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2001, or NIS 486 million, and to be adjusted by the Israeli CPI.
      The Companies Law provides that a company may not exempt or indemnify an office holder, or enter into an insurance contract, which would provide coverage for any monetary liability incurred as a result of any of the following:
  •  a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of loyalty unless, with respect to insurance coverage or indemnification, the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
 
  •  a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of care if the breach was done intentionally or recklessly;
 
  •  any act or omission done with the intent to derive an illegal personal benefit; or
 
  •  any fine or penalty levied against the office holder.
      Under the Companies Law, any exemption of, indemnification of, or procurement of insurance coverage for, our office holders must be approved by our audit committee and our Board of Directors and, if the beneficiary is a director, by our shareholders.
      The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
        Since October 1, 2003, we have sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, all of which were sold pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act:
 
        In May 2006, and in January 2006 and December 2005, we issued NIS 1.065 billion and approximately NIS 925 million, respectively, principal amount of Series A Debentures and Series B Debentures. The securities were issued in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Regulation S promulgated thereunder and were subsequently listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange pursuant to a prospectus filed with the Israel Securities Authority.
 
        In October and November 2006, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares pursuant to our 2006 Share Incentive Plan. Following completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all ordinary shares subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our 2006 Share Incentive Plan.
Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
      (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
  1     Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3 .1   Articles of Association and Memorandum
  4 .1   Form of Ordinary Share Certificate
  5     Opinion of Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co.
  10 .1   Term and Revolving Facilities Agreement dated March 6, 2006 and amendments thereto dated March 30, 2006, April 4, 2006, October 9, 2006 and January 17, 2007 among Cellcom, Citibank, N.A. as lead arranger and agent and the lenders party thereto

II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
  10 .2   Series A Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an addendum dated February 27, 2006 between Cellcom and Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd.
  10 .3   Series B Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an addendum dated February 27, 2006 between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
  10 .4   2006 Share Incentive Plan
  10 .5   Registration Rights Agreement dated March 15, 2006 among Cellcom, Goldman Sachs International, DIC, DIC Communication and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation
  10 .6   Non-Exclusive General License for the Provision of Mobile Radio Telephone Services in the Cellular Method dated June 27, 1994
  21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Somekh Chaikin, a member of KPMG International
  23 .2   Consent of Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co. (included in Exhibit 5)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
To be filed by amendment.
     (b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Registration Statement:
      None.
Item 9. Undertakings
      (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
      (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 6 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
      (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form  F-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Netanya, State of Israel, on the 17th day of January, 2007.
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.
  By:   /s/ Amos Shapira
 
 
  Name: Amos Shapira
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

II-4


Table of Contents

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tal Raz and Liat Menahemi-Stadler, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in -fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in -fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in -fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Signature   Title   Date
         
 
 /s/ Amos Shapira
 
Amos Shapira
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Tal Raz
 
Tal Raz
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Ami Erel
 
Ami Erel
  Chairman of the Board and Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Nochi Dankner
 
Nochi Dankner
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Issac Manor
 
Issac Manor
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Shay Livnat
 
Shay Livnat
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Raanan Cohen
 
Raanan Cohen
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Oren Lieder
 
Oren Lieder
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Avraham Bigger
 
Avraham Bigger
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Rafi Bisker
 
Rafi Bisker
  Director   January 17, 2007
 
 /s/ Shlomo Waxe
 
Shlomo Waxe
  Director   January 17, 2007

II-5


Table of Contents

  PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
  By:  /s/ Donald J. Puglisi
 
 
  Name: Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:   Managing Director
  Authorized Representative in the United States

II-6

 

EXHIBIT 3.1
THE ISRAELI COMPANIES LAW
A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.   Definitions
     a)   In these Articles the following terms shall bear the meaning ascribed to them below:
Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, another Person which, whether directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, the subject Person.
Alternate Director ” is defined in Article 44.
Annual General Meeting ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Companies Law.
The “ Articles ” shall mean these Articles of Association of the Company, as amended from time to time.
Board of Directors ” shall mean Board of Directors of the Company.
A “ Business Day ” shall mean any day on which banks in Israel are open for business.
The “ Cellular License ” shall mean the license for the provision of cellular services granted to the Company on June 27, 1994 by the Israeli Ministry of Communications, as amended from time to time.
The “ Company ” shall mean Cellcom Israel Ltd.

 


 

- 2 -
The “ Companies Law ” shall mean the Israeli Companies Law, 1999, as amended from time to time.
Contravening Holdings ” shall mean the holdings of Traded Means of Control, that are held (i) without the approval of the Minister of Communications required pursuant to Section 21 of the Cellular License or in contravention of the provisions of Section 23 of the Cellular License, and all holdings of a holder of Traded Means of Control who acted in contravention of the provisions of Section 24 of the Cellular License, for so long as the approval of the Minister of Communications is required pursuant to Section 21 of the Cellular License but has not been obtained, or the circumstances which constitute a violation of the provisions of Sections 23 or 24 of the Cellular License continue to exist, as the case may be, or (ii) in contravention of any of the similar restrictions set forth in any of the Other Licenses, for so long as such contravention continues to exist.
Control ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Israeli Securities Law, 1968, as amended from time to time.
DIC ” shall mean Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., an Israeli company, and any Person Controlled by DIC which holds shares of the Company (excluding the Company itself), and their respective successors.
A “ Director ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Companies Law.
External Director ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Companies Law.
Extraordinary General Meeting ” shall mean any General Meeting other than the Annual General Meeting.
Founding Shareholders ” shall mean DIC and any of its transferees, including transferees which are Israeli Shareholders, provided that each such transferee: (i) is approved by the Minister of Communications in writing to be a substitute for a Founding Shareholder for the purpose of the Cellular License (which substitution shall be effective as of the date determined by the Minister of Communications), (ii) undertakes to the Company to hold its respective minimum number of Ordinary Shares pursuant to such approval, and (iii) enters into one or more agreements with the other Founding Shareholders for the purpose of ensuring the compliance by the Company with section 22A of the Cellular License.
General Manager(s) ” is defined in Article 49.
General Meeting ” shall mean a general meeting of the shareholders of the Company, which may be an Annual General Meeting or an Extraordinary General Meeting.
IDB ” shall mean IDB Holding Corporation Ltd., an Israeli company.
IDB Group ” shall mean IDB and its Affiliates.
Israeli Citizen ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Israeli Citizenship Law, 1952, as amended from time to time.

 


 

- 3 -
Israeli Director ” shall mean a Director appointed by the Israeli Shareholders from among the Founding Shareholders.
Israeli Resident ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Israeli Population Registration Law, 1965, as amended from time to time.
Israeli Shareholder ” shall mean a holder of Ordinary Shares that: (i) in respect of an individual, is an individual who is an Israeli Citizen and Israeli Resident, and (ii) in respect of an entity, is an entity formed under the laws of the State of Israel and Controlled, directly or indirectly, by an individual who qualifies under clause (i) above, provided that any indirect Control may only be exercised through one or more entities formed under the laws of the State of Israel, and further provided with respect to any indirect Control, that the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications of Israel may approve in their discretion such indirect Control through an entity that was not formed under the laws of the State of Israel for the purpose of qualifying the Person Controlling such entity as an Israeli Shareholder, provided that such non-Israeli entity does not hold any of the Company’s shares directly. “ Means of Control ” shall mean any of the following: (1) the right to vote at a General Meeting of the Company; (2) the right to appoint a Director or General Manager of the Company; (3) the right to participate in the profits of the Company; or (4) the right to a share of the remaining assets of the Company after payment of its debts upon liquidation.
The “ Memorandum ” shall mean the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended from time to time.
The Minimum Israeli Holding Percentage shall mean the minimum percentage of each of the Means of Control in the Company required to be held by the Israeli Shareholders from among the Founding Shareholders (which, as of the date on which these Articles become effective, are DIC), pursuant to the Cellular License and the Other Licenses, which on the date of adoption of these Articles is 20%, provided, however, that “dormant shares” (as defined in the Companies Law) held by the Company shall not be counted as part of the Company’s outstanding share capital for the purpose of calculating the Minimum Israeli Holding Percentage.
NIS ” shall mean New Israeli Shekel.
Office ” means the registered office of the Company.
Ordinary Majority ” shall mean a simple majority of the votes cast by shareholders at a General Meeting in person or by means of a proxy.
Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of the Company, par value NIS 0.01 per share.
An “ Original Minority Shareholder ” shall mean each of Mr. Shlomo Piotrkowsky, Mr. Brian Greenspun, Mr. Daniel Steinmetz and Mr. Benjamin Steinmetz, and all their respective successors, heirs, estates and assigns, except for members of the IDB Group, and collectively the “ Original Minority Shareholders ”.

 


 

- 4 -
The “ Other Licenses ” shall mean the licenses granted and future licenses to be granted to the Company by the Israeli Ministry of Communications other than the Cellular License, as such licenses may be amended from time to time.
Person ” shall mean any individual or firm, corporation, partnership, association, trust or other entity.
Register of Shareholders ” shall mean a register of the shareholders of the Company.
The “ Secretary ” shall mean the corporate secretary of the Company.
Shareholders Resolution ” shall mean a resolution adopted by votes of shareholders of the Company at a General Meeting.
Traded Means of Control ” shall mean Means of Control, including Global or American Depositary Shares or similar instruments in respect of securities, listed for trade on a securities exchange in Israel or abroad (other than a country that is an enemy of the State of Israel) or which have been offered to the public by means of a prospectus other than in a country that is an enemy of the State of Israel, and are held by the public in Israel or abroad.
  b)   The captions in these Articles are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part hereof or affect the construction of any provision hereof.
 
  c)   Unless the subject or the context otherwise requires, words and expressions not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Companies Law in force on the date when these Articles or any amendment thereto, as the case may be, first became effective; words and expressions importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; and words and expressions importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender.
2.   Object and Purpose of the Company
     (a) The object and purpose of the Company shall be as set forth in the Company’s Memorandum, as the same shall be amended from time to time in accordance with applicable law.
     (b) In accordance with Section 11(a) of the Companies Law, the Company may donate reasonable amounts to any cause it deems worthy. The Board of Directors may from time to time determine the policy and amounts within which such donations may be made by the Company, and the Person or Persons authorized to approve any such specific donation.
3.   Limitation of Liability
     The liability of the shareholders is limited to the payment of the nominal value of the shares in the Company allotted to them and which remains unpaid, and only to that amount. If the Company’s share capital shall include at any time shares without a nominal value, the shareholders’ liability in respect of such shares shall be limited to the payment of up to NIS 0.01 for each such share allotted to them and which remains unpaid, and only to that amount.

 


 

- 5 -
SHARE CAPITAL
4.   Authorized Share Capital
     The authorized share capital of the Company is three million New Israeli Shekels (NIS 3,000,000) divided into three hundred million (300,000,000) Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share.
5.   Increase of Authorized Share Capital
     (a) The Company may, from time to time, by a Shareholders Resolution, whether or not all the shares then authorized have been issued, and whether or not all the shares theretofore issued have been called up for payment, increase its authorized share capital by the creation of new shares through amending the Memorandum and these Articles. Any such increase shall be in such amount and shall be divided into shares of such nominal amounts (or no nominal amounts), and such shares shall confer such rights and preferences, and shall be subject to such restrictions, as such resolution shall provide.
     (b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in such resolution, such new shares shall be subject to all the provisions applicable to the shares prior to such resolution.
6.   Rights of the Ordinary Shares
     The Ordinary Shares confer upon the holders thereof all rights accruing to a shareholder of a Company, as provided in these Articles, including, inter alia , the right to receive notices of, and to attend meetings of shareholders; for each share held, the right to one vote at all meetings of shareholders; and to share equally, on a per share basis, in such dividend and other distributions to shareholders of the Company as may be declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law, and upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company, in the distribution of assets of the Company legally available for distribution to shareholders in accordance with the terms of applicable law and these Articles. All Ordinary Shares rank pari passu in all respects with each other.
7.   Special Rights; Modifications of Rights
     (a) Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred upon the holders of existing shares in the Company or obligations previously undertaken by the holders of existing shares in the Company, the Company may, from time to time, by Shareholders Resolution, provide for shares with such preferred or deferred rights or rights of redemption or other special rights and/or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividends, voting, repayment of share capital or otherwise, as may be stipulated in such resolution.
     (b) (i) If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class, unless otherwise provided by these Articles and subject to applicable law, may be modified or abrogated by the Company, by Shareholders Resolution, subject to an approval by a resolution passed by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class voting at a separate General Meeting of the holders of the shares of such class.

 


 

- 6 -
          (ii) The provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings shall, mutatis mutandis , apply to any separate General Meeting of the holders of the shares of a particular class.
          (iii) Unless otherwise provided by these Articles, the enlargement of an existing class of shares, or the issuance of additional shares thereof, shall not be deemed, for purposes of this Article 7(b), to modify or abrogate the rights attached to the previously issued shares of such class or of any other class.
8.   Consolidation, Subdivision, Cancellation and Reduction of Share Capital
     (a) The Company may, from time to time, by Shareholders Resolution (subject, however, to the provisions of Article 7(b) hereof and to applicable law):
          (i) consolidate and divide all or any of its issued or unissued share capital into shares of larger nominal value than its existing shares;
          (ii) subdivide its shares (issued or unissued) or any of them, into shares of smaller nominal value than is fixed by these Articles (subject, however, to the provisions of the Companies Law), and the Shareholders Resolution whereby any share is subdivided may determine that, as among the holders of the shares resulting from such subdivision, one or more of the shares may, as compared with the others, have any such preferred or deferred rights or rights of redemption or other special rights, or be subject to any such restrictions, as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;
          (iii) cancel any shares which, at the date of the adoption of such resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so canceled; or
          (iv) reduce its share capital in any manner, and with and subject to any consent required by law.
     (b) With respect to any consolidation of issued shares into shares of larger nominal value, and with respect to any other action which may result in fractional shares, the Board of Directors may settle any difficulty which may arise with regard thereto, as it deems fit, including, inter alia , resort to one or more of the following actions:
          (i) determine, as to the holder of shares so consolidated, which issued shares shall be consolidated into each share of larger nominal value;
          (ii) allot, in contemplation of or subsequent to such consolidation or other action, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional share holdings;
          (iii) redeem, in the case of redeemable preference shares, and subject to applicable law, such shares or fractional shares sufficient to preclude or remove fractional share holdings;
          (iv) cause the transfer of fractional shares by certain shareholders of the Company to other shareholders thereof so as to most expediently preclude or remove any fractional shareholdings, and cause the transferees to pay the transferors the fair value of fractional shares so transferred; or

 


 

- 7 -
          (v) cause the sale of fractional shares so as to most expediently preclude or remove any fractional shareholding and cause the proceeds thereof, less expenses, to be paid to the transferors.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a class of shares has no nominal value, then any of the foregoing actions may be taken with respect to such class without regard to nominal value.
SHARES
9.   Issuance of Share Certificates; Replacement of Lost Certificates
     (a) Share certificates shall be issued under the seal or stamp of the Company and shall bear the signature of the General Manager and the Chief Financial Officer, or of any other Person or Persons authorized thereto by the Board of Directors. For the avoidance of doubt, any transfer agent designated by the Company may issue share certificates on behalf of the Company even if the signatories on the share certificate no longer serve in the relevant capacities at the time of such issuance.
     (b) The Company may issue un-certificated shares, provided, however, that each holder of shares shall be entitled to one numbered certificate for all the shares of any class registered in his name, and if reasonably requested by such holder, to several certificates, each for one or more of such shares.
     (c) A share certificate registered in the names of two or more Persons shall be delivered to the Person first named in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such co-ownership.
     (d) If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced, upon payment of such fee, and upon the furnishing of such evidence of ownership and such affidavit and indemnity, as the Company’s Secretary may deem fit.
10.   Allotment of Shares; Registered Holders of Shares
     (a) The unissued shares from time to time shall be under the control of the Board of Directors, who shall have the power to allot shares or otherwise dispose of them to such Persons, on such terms and conditions (including inter alia terms relating to calls as set forth in Article 11(f) hereof), and either at par or at a premium, or, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, at a discount, and at such times, as the Board of Directors may deem fit, and the power to give to any Person the option to acquire from the Company any shares, either at par or at a premium, or, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, at a discount, during such time and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem fit.
     (b) Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, the Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof, and, accordingly, shall not, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or as required by statute, be bound to recognize any trust or equitable or other claim to, or interest in such share on the part of any other Person.

 


 

- 8 -
     (c) The Board of Directors may elect to maintain one or more Registers of Shareholders outside of Israel in addition to its principal Register of Shareholders, and each such register shall be deemed a Register of Shareholders for purposes of these Articles.
11.   Calls on Shares
     (a) The Company may, from time to time, make such calls as the Board of Directors may determine upon holders of shares in respect of any sum unpaid for shares held by such holders which is not, by the terms of allotment thereof or otherwise, payable at a fixed time, and each such holder shall pay the amount of every call so made upon him (and of each installment thereof if the same is payable in installments), to the Person(s) and at the time(s) and place(s) designated by the Board of Directors, as any such time(s) may be thereafter extended and/or such Person(s) or place(s) changed. Unless otherwise stipulated in the resolution of the Board of Directors (and in the notice hereafter referred to), each payment in response to a call shall be deemed to constitute a pro rata payment on account of all shares in respect of which such call was made.
     (b) Notice of any call shall be given in writing to the holder(s) in question not less than fourteen (14) days prior to the time of payment, specifying the time and place of payment, and designating the Person to whom such payment shall be made, provided, however, that before the time for any such payment, the Company upon approval of the Board of Directors may, by notice in writing to such holder(s), revoke such call in whole or in part, extend such time, or alter such Person and/or place. In the event of a call payable in installments, only one notice thereof need be given.
     (c) If, by the terms of allotment of any share or otherwise, any amount is made payable at any fixed time, every such amount shall be payable at such time as if it were a call duly made by the Company and of which due notice had been given, and all the provisions herein contained with respect to such calls shall apply to each such amount.
     (d) The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof and all interest payable thereon.
     (e) Any amount unpaid in respect of a call shall bear interest from the date on which it is payable until actual payment thereof, at such rate (not exceeding the then prevailing debitory rate charged by leading commercial banks in Israel), and at such time(s) as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
     (f) Upon the allotment of shares, the Board of Directors may provide for differences among the allottees of such shares as to the amount of calls and/or the times of payment thereof.
     (g) With the approval of the Board of Directors, any holder of shares may pay to the Company any amount not yet payable in respect of his shares, and the Board of Directors may approve the payment of interest on any such amount until the same would be payable if it had not been paid in advance, at such rate and time(s) as may be approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time cause the Company to repay all or any part of the money so advanced, without premium or penalty. Nothing in this Article 11(g) shall derogate from the right of the Company to make any call before or after receipt by the Company of any such advance.

 


 

- 9 -
12.   Forfeiture and Surrender
     (a) If any holder fails to pay any amount payable in respect of a call, or interest thereon as provided for herein, on or before the day fixed for payment of the same, the Company, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may at any time thereafter, so long as the said amount or interest remains unpaid, forfeit all or any of the shares in respect of which said call had been made. Any expense incurred by the Company in attempting to collect any such amount or interest, including, inter alia , attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, shall be added to, and shall, for all purposes (including the accrual of interest thereon), constitute a part of the amount payable to the Company in respect of such call.
     (b) Upon the adoption of a resolution of forfeiture, the Board of Directors shall cause notice thereof to be given to such holder, which notice shall state that, in the event of the failure to pay the entire amount so payable within a period stipulated in the notice (which period shall not be less than fourteen (14) days and which may be extended by the Company with the approval of the Board of Directors), such shares shall be ipso facto forfeited, provided, however, that, prior to the expiration of such period, the Board of Directors may nullify such resolution of forfeiture, but no such nullification shall estop the Board of Directors from adopting a further resolution of forfeiture in respect of the non-payment of the same amount.
     (c) Whenever shares are forfeited as herein provided, all dividends theretofore declared in respect thereof and not actually paid shall be deemed to have been forfeited at the same time.
     (d) The Company, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may accept the voluntary surrender of any share.
     (e) Any shares forfeited or surrendered as provided herein shall become “dormant shares” (as defined in the Companies Law) and the property of the Company, and the same, subject to the provisions of these Articles, may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of as the Board of Directors deems fit.
     (f) Any holder whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a holder in respect of the forfeited or surrendered shares, but shall, notwithstanding, be liable to pay, and shall forthwith pay, to the Company, all calls, interest and expenses owing upon or in respect of such shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender, together with interest thereon from the time of forfeiture or surrender until actual payment, at the rate prescribed in Article 11(e) above, and the Company, in its discretion, may enforce the payment of such moneys, or any part thereof, but shall not be under any obligation to do so. In the event of such forfeiture or surrender, the Company, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may accelerate the date(s) of payment of any or all amounts then owing by the holder in question (but not yet due) in respect of all shares owned by such holder, solely or jointly with another.
     (g) The Board of Directors may at any time, before any share so forfeited or surrendered shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, nullify the forfeiture or surrender on such conditions as it deems fit, but no such nullification shall estop the Board of Directors from re-exercising its powers of forfeiture pursuant to this Article 12.
13.   Lien
     (a) Except to the extent the same may be waived or subordinated in writing, the Company shall have a first and paramount lien upon all the shares (other than shares which are

 


 

-10-
fully paid up) registered in the name of each holder (without regard to any equitable or other claim or interest in such shares on the part of any other Person), and upon the proceeds of the sale thereof, for his debts and liabilities, solely or jointly with another, to the Company in respect of such shares, whether the period for the payment, fulfillment or discharge thereof shall have actually arrived or not. Such lien shall extend to all dividends from time to time declared in respect of such share. Unless otherwise provided, the registration by the Company of a transfer of shares shall be deemed to be a waiver on the part of the Company of the lien (if any) existing on such shares immediately prior to such transfer.
     (b) The Board of Directors may cause the Company to sell any shares subject to such lien when any such debt or liability has matured, in such manner as the Board of Directors may deem fit, but no such sale shall be made unless such debt or liability has not been satisfied within fourteen (14) days after written notice of the intention to sell shall have been served on such holder, his executors or administrators.
     (c) The net proceeds of any such sale, after payment of the costs thereof, shall be applied in or toward satisfaction of such debts and liabilities of such holder (whether or not the same have matured), or any specific part of the same (as the Company may determine), and the residue (if any) shall be paid to the holder, his executors, administrators or assigns.
14.   Sale after Forfeiture or Surrender or in Enforcement of Lien
     Upon any sale of shares after forfeiture or surrender or for enforcing a lien, the Board of Directors may appoint some Person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares so sold and cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the propriety of the proceedings, or to the application of the purchase money, and after his name has been entered in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such shares, the validity of the sale shall not be impeached by any Person, and the remedy of any Person aggrieved by the sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.
15.   Redeemable Shares
     The Company may, subject to applicable law, issue redeemable shares and redeem the same upon the conditions and terms determined by the Board of Directors.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
16.   Effectiveness and Registration
     (a) No transfer of shares shall be registered in the Register of Shareholders unless a proper instrument of transfer (in form and substance satisfactory to the Secretary) has been submitted to the Company or its agent, together with any share certificate(s) and such other evidence of title as the Secretary may reasonably require, and unless such transfer complies with applicable law, the Cellular License, the Other Licenses and these Articles. Until the transferee has been registered in the Register of Shareholders in respect of the shares so transferred, the Company may continue to treat the transferor as the owner thereof. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, prescribe a fee for the registration of a transfer.

 


 

- 11 -
     (b) The Company shall be entitled to refuse to recognize a transfer deed until the certificate of the transferred share is attached to it together with any other evidence which the Board of Directors or the Secretary shall require as proof of the transferor’s right to transfer the share and payment of any transfer fee determined by the Board of Directors. Registered transfer deeds shall remain with the Company, but any transfer deed which the Company refused to register shall be returned to the transferor upon demand.
     (c) The Board of Directors may close the Register of Shareholders for a period of up to thirty days in each year.
17.   Limitation on Transfer of Shares Held by Original Minority Shareholders
     (a) Any purported transaction in the shares of the Company in violation of the provisions of this Article 17 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not recognize or give any effect thereto.
     (b) The sale, assignment or transfer to any third parties (including shareholders in the Company) other than DIC of all or part of the Ordinary Shares held by an Original Minority Shareholder without the prior written consent of DIC shall be null and void, and the Company shall not recognize or give any effect thereto.
     (c) The sale, assignment or transfer to any third parties (including shareholders in the Company) of all or part of the Ordinary Shares held by an Original Minority Shareholder may not be effected unless the following conditions are met: (i) there is a formal written offer from a proposed purchaser (the “ Proposed Purchaser ”) for the acquisition of such Ordinary Shares with payment to be made in cash; and (ii) the acquisition is subject to the agreement of the Proposed Purchaser to be bound by the terms of the agreement between the Original Minority Shareholders and DIC.
     (d) Any Original Minority Shareholder (the “ Minority Offeror ”) intending for any reason to sell, transfer or assign any number of its Ordinary Shares in the Company (the “ Minority Offeror’s Shares ”) shall notify DIC of same in writing stating the price per share and payment terms offered (the “ Minority Offeror’s Notice ”).
     (e) The Minority Offeror’s Notice shall be conclusively deemed an irrevocable offer made by the Original Minority Offeror to sell to DIC the Minority Offeror’s Shares under the terms specified in the Minority Notice and in the manner herein below provided (the “ Minority Offeror’s Offer ”).
     (f) DIC shall have a period of thirty (30) Business Days from the date the Minority Offeror’s Notice is delivered thereto to notify the Minority Offeror of its desire to accept the Minority Offer (“ DIC Acceptance Notice ”). If DIC shall not have given the DIC Acceptance Notice within the said 30-day period, it shall be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Minority Offer. Conditional, partial or qualified acceptance of the offer shall be deemed a rejection of the Minority Offer.
     (g) The closing of the transaction for the sale of the Minority Offeror’s Shares in accordance with the DIC Acceptance Notice (the “ Closing ”), shall take place and be consummated on the fifteenth (15 th ) Business Day following the date upon which the said 30-day period expires. At the Closing, the Minority Offeror’s Shares shall be sold and transferred against payment of the consideration therefor, in accordance with the terms specified in the Minority Offeror’s Notice.

 


 

- 12 -
     (h) In the event the Minority Offeror shall fail to transfer the Minority Offeror’s Shares as aforesaid in accordance with the DIC Acceptance Notice, DIC shall be entitled to deposit the entire consideration specified in the Minority Offeror’s Notice with the Company, and thereupon the Company may appoint any Person to execute adequate instruments of transfer and the name DIC shall be entered into the Register of Shareholders as the holder of the Minority Offeror’s Shares so purchased and the name of the Minority Offeror shall be removed therefrom with respect to the Minority Offeror’s Shares. As of the entry of DIC’s name in the Register of Shareholders in respect of such shares, the validity of the sale shall not be rebuttable, and the sole right of the Minority Offeror would be to obtain the entire consideration for the Minority Offeror’s Shares deposited with the Company.
     (i) If a Minority Offeror intends to transfer all or part of its Ordinary Shares in the Company as aforesaid and DIC which has expressed its interest in exercising its above stated right of first refusal is impeded by provisions of the Cellular License or the Other Licenses or applicable law with which it must comply, from acquiring all or part of such shares, then DIC may designate a Person that will qualify in its stead to acquire the shares which it would have been otherwise entitled to purchase provided such Person is not prohibited from acquiring such shares pursuant to the Cellular License or Other Licenses or applicable law.
     (j) In the event that by the end of the 30 Business-Day period specified above DIC shall not have delivered the DIC Acceptance Notice with respect to the purchase of all the Minority Offeror’s Shares, the Minority Offeror shall be free to consummate the sale of the Minority Offeror’s Shares under the terms and conditions specified in the Minority Notice within a period of additional 60 days.
     (k) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Ordinary Shares acquired by an Original Minority Shareholder after the Company’s initial public offering of its Ordinary Shares shall not be subject to this Article 17 (other than Ordinary Shares initially held by an Original Minority Shareholder and subsequently transferred to a third party subject to the restrictions and limitations set forth in Articles 17(a) through 17(j) above).
18.   Contravening Holdings; Compliance with the Cellular License and the Other Licenses
     (a) To the extent practicable, Contravening Holdings shall be registered in a Register of Shareholders with a notation that such holdings have been classified as Contravening Holdings, immediately upon the Company’s learning of the same. The Company shall send notice of any Contravening Holdings to the registered holder of the Contravening Holdings and to the Minister of Communications.
     (b) Contravening Holdings shall not entitle the holder thereof to any rights in respect of such holdings and shall be deemed “dormant shares” as defined in the Companies Law, except with respect to receiving dividends or other distributions to shareholders (including the right to participate in any rights offering calculated on the basis of holding of any Means of Control, provided that any additional holdings acquired as a result of the exercise of such right to participate in a rights offering shall also become Contravening Holdings). Therefore, any action taken or claim made on the basis of a right deriving from Contravening Holdings shall have no effect from the time that the Company becomes aware thereof, except with respect to receiving dividends or other distributions as aforesaid.
     (c) Without derogating from the foregoing:

 


 

- 13 -
     (i) Contravening Holdings shall not have any voting rights at a General Meeting. Any shareholder participating in a General Meeting shall certify to the Company prior to the vote or, if the shareholder is voting by a proxy or any similar instrument, on such proxy card or similar instrument, as to whether or not his holdings in the Company or his vote require the approval by the Minister of Communications pursuant to Sections 21 or 23 of the Cellular License (or the similar provisions of the Other Licenses) or whether such shareholder is in violation of Section 24 of the Cellular License (or the similar provisions of the Other Licenses); in the event that any shareholder does not provide notification as aforesaid, he shall not be entitled to vote at a General Meeting and his vote shall not be counted.
     (ii) No Director shall be appointed, elected or removed on the basis of Contravening Holdings. In the event a Director is appointed, elected or removed on the basis of Contravening Holdings, such appointment, election or removal shall be void from the time that the Company becomes aware thereof.
     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Articles 18(a) through 18(c) shall not apply to holdings of Founding Shareholders. The Persons who undertake towards the Company to be deemed a Founding Shareholder and approved as such by the Minister of Communications shall hold in the aggregate at least 26% of each of the Means of Control of the Company, or such lower percentage thereof as may be approved from time to time by Minister of Communications.
     (e) The shareholders of the Company shall at all times comply with the terms of the Cellular License and the Other Licenses. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring or permitting the performance of any acts that are inconsistent with the terms of the Cellular License or the Other Licenses. If any of these Articles shall be found to be inconsistent with the terms of the Cellular License or the Other Licenses, the inconsistent provisions of such article shall be null and void, but the validity, legality or enforceability of provisions of other provisions shall not be affected thereby. Without derogating from the foregoing, the Founding Shareholders shall comply at all times with the Minimum Israeli Holding Percentage set forth in the Cellular License and the Other Licenses, as such may be amended from time to time.
    18A. Security Committee; Security Observer; Qualifications of Directors and Officers
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision in these Articles, the Board of Directors shall appoint from among its members a Committee of the Board of Directors to be designated the “Security Committee”. The Security Committee shall be comprised of at least four (4) Directors, including at least one External Director, all of whom have security clearance and security compatibility as determined by the Israeli General Security Service (“Directors with Clearance”). Subject to Article 18A(b) below, security matters shall be considered only by the Security Committee. Any decision of, or action by, the Security Committee shall have the same effect as if it had been made or taken by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consider a security matter only if required pursuant to Article 18A(b) below, and subject to the terms of that Article. For purposes of this Article 18A, “security matters” shall mean as defined in the Israeli Bezeq Order (Determination of Essential Service Provided by Bezeq-The Israeli Telecommunications Company Ltd.), 1997.
     (b) Security matters which the Audit Committee or Board of Directors shall be required to consider in accordance with the mandatory provisions of the Companies Law or

 


 

- 14 -
other law or rules applicable to the Company shall be considered, to the extent necessary, only by Directors with Clearance. Other Directors shall not be entitled to participate in meetings of the Audit Committee or Board of Directors dealing with security matters, or to receive information or to review documents related to these matters. A quorum for these meetings shall include only Directors with Clearance.
     (c) Any Director or officer of the Company who would otherwise be required to receive information or participate in meetings regarding security matters by virtue of his position or these Articles or any law, but who is prevented from doing so by the provisions of this Article 18A, will be released from any liability for any claim of breach of duty of care to the Company which results from his inability to receive such information or participate such in meetings.
     (d) The General Meeting shall not be entitled to assume, delegate, transfer or exercise any of the authorities granted to any other corporate body in the Company with respect to security matters.
     (e) (i) The Minister of Communications shall be entitled to appoint an observer (the “Security Observer”) to all meetings of the Board of Directors and its Committees. The Security Observer shall have the security clearance and security compatibility as determined by the Israeli General Security Service.
          (ii) The Security Observer shall be an employee of the State of Israel qualified to serve as a director pursuant to Chapter C of the Israeli Governmental Companies Law, 1975.
          (iii) In addition to any other obligations under law, the Security Observer shall be bound to preserve the confidentiality of any information relating to the Company, except as required to fulfill his responsibilities as Security Observer. The Security Observer shall not act as an observer or in any other position at an entity providing communication services which is a direct competitor of the Company, and shall avoid a conflict between his position as an observer and the interests of the Company, except for such conflicts arising from his being an employee of the State of Israel serving as a Security Observer. The Security Observer shall undertake not to serve as an observer or officer or director, and not serve in any other capacity or be employed, directly or indirectly, by any entity competing with the Company or in a position of conflict of interest with the Company, except for such conflicts arising from his being an employee of the State of Israel serving as a Security Observer, during the period of his service as the Security Observer and for 18 months after termination of such period. Any differences of opinion with respect to whether the Security Observer has a conflict of interest as described above shall be resolved by the Attorney General of Israel or his representative.
          (iv) Notices of meetings of the Board of Directors and its Committees, including of the Security Committee, shall be delivered to the Security Observer, and he shall be entitled to participate as an observer in each such meeting.
          (v) The Security Observer shall have the same right to obtain information from the Company as that of a Director. If the Company believes that specific information requested is commercially sensitive and not required by the Security Observer for fulfillment of his duties, the Company may delay delivery of the information upon notice to the Security Observer. If the Security Observer still believes the information is needed for his duties, the matter shall be brought for decision to the head of the Israeli General Security Service.

 


 

- 15 -
          (vi) If the Security Observer believes that the Company has made a decision, or is about to make a decision, in a security matter which conflicts with a provision of the Cellular License or the Other Licenses or Section 13 of the Israeli Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasting), 1982 or Section 11 of the Israeli General Security Service Law, 2002, he shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the same. Said notice shall be delivered to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the chairman of the Security Committee, and shall provide an appropriate defined period of time, in light of the circumstances, in which the Company shall be required to correct the violation or change the decision, to the extent possible.
     (f) To the extent required by the Cellular License or the Other Licenses, specific Directors (including the Chairman) and/or officers, and/or a specified percentage of the Directors shall be Israeli Citizens and Israeli Residents and/or have clearance from the Israeli General Security Service.
19.   Record Dates
     (a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in these Articles, for the determination of the holders entitled to receive notice of and to participate in and vote at a General Meeting or to express consent to or dissent from any corporate action in writing, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall neither be earlier nor later than is permitted under applicable law. No Persons other than holders of record of Ordinary Shares as of such record date shall be entitled to notice of and to participate in and vote at such General Meeting, or to exercise such other right, as the case may be. A determination of holders of record with respect to a General Meeting shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting, provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for an adjourned meeting.
     (b) Subject to the applicable law, the holders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, shall be the shareholders on the date upon which it was resolved to distribute the dividend or at such later date as shall be determined by, or pursuant to a resolution of, the Board of Directors.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
20.   Decedents’ Shares
     (a) In case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, the Company may recognize the survivor(s) as the sole owner(s) thereof unless and until the provisions of Article 20(b) have been effectively invoked.
     (b) Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death of any individual, upon producing evidence of the grant of probate or letters of administration or declaration of succession (or such other evidence as the Board of Directors or the Secretary may reasonably deem sufficient of the capacity in which he proposes to act under this Article), shall be registered as a holder in respect of such share, or may, subject to the regulations as to transfer herein contained, transfer such share.

 


 

- 16 -
21.   Receivers and Liquidators
     (a) The Company may recognize the receiver or liquidator of any corporate shareholder in winding-up or dissolution, or the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of any shareholder, as being entitled to the shares registered in the name of such shareholder.
     (b) The receiver or liquidator of a corporate shareholder in winding-up or dissolution, or the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of any shareholder, upon producing such evidence as the Board of Directors or the Secretary may deem sufficient of the capacity in which he proposes to act under this Article, shall be registered as a shareholder in respect of such shares, or may, subject to the provisions as to transfer herein contained, transfer such shares.
GENERAL MEETINGS
22.   Annual General Meeting
     An Annual General Meeting shall be held once in every calendar year at such time (within a period of not more than fifteen (15) months after the last preceding Annual General Meeting) and at such place either within or without the State of Israel as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
23.   Extraordinary General Meetings
     The Board of Directors may, whenever it deems fit, convene an Extraordinary General Meeting at such time and place, within or without the State of Israel, as may be determined by the Board of Directors, and shall be obliged to do so upon a requisition in writing in accordance with Sections 63(b) of the Companies Law.
24.   Notice of General Meetings
     (a) The Company is required to give such prior notice of a General Meeting as required by law, but in any event not less than fourteen (14) days. The Company is not required to deliver personal notice to every shareholder except to the extent required by applicable law. In any event, the accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to any shareholder or the non-receipt of notice by any of the shareholders shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.
     (b) The notice of the meeting shall set forth the agenda of the meeting.
     (c) A shareholder desiring to request that the Board of Directors include a certain item on the agenda of the meeting pursuant to Section 66(b) of the Companies Law, shall, as a condition to such proposal being considered by the Board of Directors, make such request to the Company in writing at least eight (8) weeks prior to the date of the meeting (or such shorter period as may be determined by the Board of Directors).
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
25.   Quorum

 


 

- 17 -
     (a) Two or more holders of Ordinary Shares (not in default in payment of any sum referred to in Article 12(a) hereof), present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring in the aggregate at least one-third of the voting power of the Company shall constitute a quorum at General Meetings. Except as set forth in this Article 25, no business shall be transacted at a General Meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, unless the requisite quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business.
     (b) If within an hour from the time set for the meeting a quorum is not present, in person or by proxy, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, or, if not set forth in the notice of the meeting, to such day and at such time and place as the chairman may determine with the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting on the question of adjournment. No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. At such adjourned meeting, if a quorum is not present, in person or by proxy, within a half hour from the time set, any two (2) holders of Ordinary Shares (not in default as aforesaid) present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 25 to the contrary, if the meeting was convened upon requisition pursuant to Section 63 or 64 of the Companies Law, the quorum requirement at any adjournment thereof shall be governed by the provisions of the Companies Law.
26.   Chairman of Meetings
     The Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every General Meeting of the Company. If there is no such chairman, or if at any meeting he is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time fixed for the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman or has notified the Company that he will not attend such meeting, the holders of Ordinary Shares present (or their proxies) shall choose someone else to be chairman. The office of chairman shall not, by itself, entitle the holder thereof to vote at any General Meeting (without derogating, however, from the rights of such chairman to vote as a holder of Ordinary Shares or proxy of a shareholder if, in fact, he is also a shareholder or a proxy).
27.   Adoption of Resolutions at General Meetings
     (a) Unless otherwise indicated herein or required by applicable law, a Shareholders Resolution shall be deemed adopted if approved by an Ordinary Majority.
     (b) For the avoidance of doubt, a Shareholders Resolution approving a merger (as defined in the Companies Law) of the Company or an amendment to these Articles shall be deemed adopted if approved by an Ordinary Majority.
     (c) Every question submitted to a General Meeting shall be decided by a show of hands, without derogating from voting by written ballot in the events and to the extent required by applicable law or permitted by these Articles to be made available to the shareholders.
     (d) A declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried unanimously, or carried by a particular majority, or defeated, and an entry to that effect in the minutes book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without need of proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor of or against such resolution.

 


 

- 18 -
28.   Resolutions in Writing
     A resolution in writing signed by all holders of Ordinary Shares of the Company then entitled to attend and vote at General Meetings or to which all such holders of Ordinary Shares have given their written consent (by letter, facsimile, telegram, telex, electronic mail or otherwise), or their oral consent by telephone (provided that a written summary thereof has been approved and signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be deemed to have been unanimously adopted by a General Meeting duly convened and held.
29.   Power to Adjourn
     The chairman of a General Meeting at which a quorum is present may, with the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented in person or by proxy and voting on the question of adjournment (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
30.   Voting Power
     Subject to the provisions of Article 18 and Article 31(a) and subject to applicable law, and subject to any provision hereof conferring special rights as to voting, or restricting the right to vote, every holder of Ordinary Shares shall have one vote for each share registered in his name in the Register of Shareholders upon any voting on every resolution, without regard to whether the vote thereon is conducted by a show of hands, by written ballot or by any other means.
31.   Voting Rights
     (a) No holder of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to participate and vote in any General Meeting (or to be counted as part of the quorum thereat): (i) unless all calls and other sums payable by him in respect of his shares in the Company have been paid, except if the allotment conditions of the shares provide otherwise, and/or (ii) in respect of any Contravening Holdings.
     (b) A company or other entity which is not an individual being a holder of Ordinary Shares of the Company may be represented by an authorized individual at any meeting of the Company. Such authorized individual shall be entitled to exercise on behalf of such holder all the power, which the latter could have exercised if it were an individual shareholder. Upon the request of the chairman of the meeting, written evidence of such authorization (in form acceptable to the chairman) shall be delivered to him. The chairman of the meeting, in his sole discretion, shall be entitled to accept or reject a purported representative.
     (c) Any holder of Ordinary Shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting may vote thereat either personally or by proxy (who need not be a shareholder of the Company), or, if the shareholder is a company or other corporate body, by a representative authorized pursuant to Article 31(b).
     (d) If two or more Persons are registered in the Register of Shareholders as joint holders of any Ordinary Share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the vote(s) of the other joint holder(s); and for this purpose

 


 

- 19 -
seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Shareholders, all subject to applicable law.
     (e) The Board of Directors may determine, in its discretion, the matters, if any, that may be voted upon by written ballot delivered to the Company (without attendance in person or by proxy), as shall be permitted, at a General Meeting, in addition to the matters listed in Section 87(a) of the Companies Law. If the Company disseminates a form of written ballot in connection with a General Meeting, then a vote by a properly completed and delivered written ballot shall be considered a vote at such General Meeting.
     (f) Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Secretary of the Company may, in his discretion, disqualify proxies, proxy cards, written ballots or any other similar instruments, and notify the shareholder who submitted such proxy, proxy card, written ballot, authorization or similar instrument, in the following cases:
     (i) If the Secretary reasonably suspects that they are forged;
     (ii) If the Secretary reasonably suspects that they are falsified, or given with respect to shares for which one or more proxies or written ballots have been given and not withdrawn; or
     (iii) If there is no indication on such proxy, proxy card, written ballot or similar instrument as to whether or not the holding in the Company or the vote of such shareholder requires the approval of the Minister of Communications pursuant to the provisions of the Cellular License or the Other Licenses.
     (g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for as long as DIC is a shareholder of the Company, DIC shall hold whatever voting power that is attached to any and all Ordinary Shares held by the Original Minority Shareholders for any purpose whatsoever. Accordingly, DIC shall be entitled to vote all such shares at all General Meetings and the Original Minority Shareholders shall not be entitled to receive notice with respect to such meetings and/or attend and/or vote at the same. An Original Minority Shareholder that claims or asserts any rights contrary to Article 31(g) shall be deemed to have offered all its shares to DIC at such shares’ Book Value in accordance with Article 17 hereof.
          For the purpose of this Article 31(g), “ Book Value ” shall mean such amount as shall be determined by the independent auditors of the Company as being equal to all assets of the Company less all liabilities and reserves divided by the number of shares of the Company then outstanding, which determination shall be binding and conclusive and be made in accordance with Israeli generally accepted accounting practice, including however but not limited to the following provisions: (a) the computation of the book value shall be made on the basis of the audited balance sheet of the Company as at the close of the fiscal year of the Company immediately preceding the date of the transfer or other transaction in question contemplated hereunder; (b) no allowance of any kind shall be made for goodwill or any similar intangible asset of the Company; (c) all accounts payable shall be taken at their value as reflected in the said audited balance sheet, less discounts deductible therefrom, and all accounts receivable shall be taken at their value as reflected in the said audited balance sheet, less discount and a reasonable reserve for bad debts; (d) all machinery fixtures and equipment are to be computed at the depreciated value appearing on the books of the Company; (e) inventory of merchandise and supplies shall be computed at cost or market value, whichever is lower; and (f) all accrued and unpaid taxes, of every kind, shall be deducted as liabilities.

 


 

- 20 -
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Ordinary Shares acquired by an Original Minority Shareholder after the Company’s initial public offering of its Ordinary Shares shall not be subject to this Article 31(g) (other than Ordinary Shares initially held by an Original Minority Shareholder and subsequently transferred to a third party subject to the restrictions and limitations set forth in Articles 17(a) through 17(j) above).
PROXIES
32.   Instrument of Appointment
     (a) The instrument appointing a proxy shall be substantially in the form provided below or any other usual or customary form that includes the paragraph below regarding the shares represented by such proxy not being Contravening Holdings or such other form as may be approved by the Board of Directors from time to time. It shall be duly signed by the appointer or his duly authorized attorney or, if such appointer is a company or other corporate body, under its common seal or stamp or the hand of its duly authorized agent(s) or attorney(s).
     
 
  “I, the undersigned,                                                                                                          , being a
                                                                  (name of shareholder )
 
   
 
  shareholder of Cellcom Israel Ltd. hereby appoints
                                                               of                                                                                   
                         (name of proxy)                                         (address of proxy)
 
   
 
  as my proxy to attend and vote on my behalf at [any General Meeting of the Company] [the General Meeting of the Company to be held on the                      day of                      , 2                      ] and at any adjournment thereof.
 
   
 
       Neither the holding nor the voting of the shares to which this proxy relates requires the approval of the Minister of Communications pursuant to Company’s telecommunication licenses and are not considered “Contravening Holdings”, as this term is defined in the Company’s Articles of Association.
 
   
 
  Signed this                      day of                                           , 2                      .
 
   
 
                                            .”
(signature of shareholder)
     (b) The instrument appointing a proxy (and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which such instrument has been signed) shall be delivered to the Company (at its registered office, or at its principal place of business or at the offices of its registrar and/or transfer agent or at such place as the Board of Directors may specify) not less than seventy-two (72) hours before the time fixed for the meeting at which the Person named in the instrument proposes to vote, unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting.

 


 

- 21 -
     (c) The rights of a shareholder who is legally incapacitated to attend and/or vote at a General Meeting may be exercised by his guardian.
33.   Effect of Death of Appointer or Revocation of Appointment
     A vote cast pursuant to an instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death of the appointing shareholder (or of his attorney-in-fact, if any, who signed such instrument) or the revocation of the appointment, provided that no written notice of such death or revocation shall have been received by the Company or by the chairman of the meeting before such vote is cast and provided, further, that the appointing shareholder, if present in person at said meeting, may revoke the authority granted by the execution of a proxy by filing with the Company a duly executed instrument appointing another proxy, on or prior to the deadline for the delivery of proxies, or by voting in person at the General Meeting.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
34.   Powers of Board of Directors
     (a)  In General
          The oversight of the management of the business of the Company shall be vested in the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as the Company is authorized to exercise and do, and are not hereby or by law required to be exercised or done by the Company in a General Meeting. The authority conferred on the Board of Directors by this Article 34 shall be subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, of these Articles and any resolution consistent with these Articles adopted from time to time by a General Meeting, provided, however, that no such resolution shall invalidate any prior act done by or pursuant to a decision of the Board of Directors which would have been valid if such resolution had not been adopted.
     (b)  Borrowing Power
          The Board of Directors may from time to time, in its discretion, cause the Company to borrow any sum or sums of money for the purposes of the Company, and also may cause the Company to secure or provide for the repayment of such sum or sums in such manner, at such times and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as it deems fit, and, in particular, by the issuance of bonds, perpetual or redeemable debentures, debenture stock, or any mortgages, charges, or other securities on the undertaking or the whole or any part of the property of the Company, both present and future, including its uncalled or called but unpaid share capital for the time being.
     (c)  Reserves
          The Board of Directors may, from time to time, set aside any amount(s) out of the profits of the Company as a reserve or reserves for any purpose(s) which the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, shall deem fit, and the Company may invest any sum so set aside in any manner and from time to time deal with and vary such investments, and dispose of all or any part thereof, and employ any such reserve or any part thereof in the

 


 

- 22 -
business of the Company without being bound to keep the same separate from other assets of the Company, and may subdivide or redesignate any reserve or cancel the same or apply the funds therein for another purpose, all as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem fit.
     (d)  Protective Measures
          The Board of Directors may, at any time in its sole discretion, adopt protective measures to prevent or delay a coercive takeover of the Company, including without limitation the adoption of a “Shareholder Rights Plan.”
35.   Exercise of Powers of Directors
     (a) A meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present (in person, by means of a conference call or any other device allowing each director participating in such meeting to hear all the other directors participating in such meeting) shall be competent to exercise all the authorities, powers and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board of Directors.
     (b) A resolution proposed at any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed adopted if approved by a majority of the Directors present, entitled to vote thereon (as conclusively determined by the Secretary, and in the absence of such determination, by the chairman of the meeting) and voting thereon.
     (c) A resolution may be adopted by the Board of Directors without convening a meeting if all Directors then in office and lawfully entitled to vote thereon (as conclusively determined by the Secretary, and in the absence of such determination, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors), have given their written consent (in any manner whatsoever) not to convene a meeting. Such resolution shall be adopted if approved by a majority of the Directors lawfully entitled to vote thereon (as determined as aforesaid). The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall sign the instrument evidencing any resolutions so adopted, including the decision to adopt said resolutions without a meeting.
36.   Delegation of Powers
     (a) The Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, delegate any of its powers to committees, each consisting of two or more Persons (all of whose members must be Directors), and it may from time to time revoke such delegation or alter the composition of any such committee. Any Committee so formed (in these Articles referred to as a “ Committee of the Board of Directors ”), shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations imposed on it by the Board of Directors. The meetings and proceedings of any such Committee of the Board of Directors shall, mutatis mutandis , be governed by the provisions herein contained for regulating the meetings of the Board of Directors, so far as not superseded by any regulations adopted by the Board of Directors under this Article. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of a Committee of the Board of Directors shall not have a casting vote. Unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board of Directors in delegating powers to a Committee of the Board of Directors, such Committee shall not be empowered to further delegate such powers.

 


 

- 23 -
     (b) Without derogating from the provisions of Article 49, the Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, from time to time appoint a Secretary to the Company, as well as any executive officers of the Company, and may terminate the service of any such Person, and also may cause the Company to engage employees, agents and independent contractors and to terminate the service of any such Person, all as the Board of Directors may deem fit. The Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, determine the powers and duties, as well as the compensation terms of all such Persons, and may require security in such cases and in such amounts as it deems fit.
37.   Number of Directors
     (a) The Board of Directors shall include at least five (5) Directors.
     (b) The Board of Directors shall include independent Directors as required to comply with the applicable requirements of any law and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed. The requirements of the Companies Law applicable to an External Director shall prevail over the provisions of these Articles to the extent that these Articles are inconsistent with the Companies Law, and shall apply to the extent that these Articles are silent.
38.   Election and Removal of Directors
     (a) For so long as and to the extent required under the Cellular License or any of the Other Licenses, at least 20% of the Directors shall be Israeli Directors and shall be appointed and removed only by the Founding Shareholders who are Israeli Shareholders by means of delivering a written notice from such Israeli Shareholders to the Company advising it of such appointment or removal, as applicable, provided, however, that: (i) in the event that the Board of Directors includes fourteen (14) Directors or less, such Israeli Shareholders shall be entitled to appoint two (2) Israeli Directors, and (ii) in the event that the Board of Directors includes between fifteen (15) and twenty-four (24) Directors, such Israeli Shareholders shall be entitled to appoint three (3) Israeli Directors. In the event that there is only one Founding Shareholder who is also an Israeli Shareholder, the written notices regarding the appointment or removal of the Israeli Directors shall be delivered by such shareholder, and in the event that there are two or more Founding Shareholders who are also Israeli Shareholders, the written notices regarding the appointment or removal of the Israeli Directors shall be delivered jointly by the holder or holders of the majority of the Ordinary Shares held by Founding Shareholders who are also Israeli Shareholders. The provisions of the other subsections of Article 38 (other than Article 38(e), to the extent that an Israeli Director was appointed for a specific term) shall not apply to any Israeli Director who may be appointed to and removed from office in accordance with this Article 38(a).
     (b) The Directors shall be elected at each Annual General Meeting and shall serve in office until the close of the next Annual General Meeting, unless their office becomes vacant earlier in accordance with the provisions of these Articles. Each Director shall be elected by a Shareholders Resolution at the Annual General Meeting; provided, however, that External Directors shall be elected in accordance with the Companies Law. The elected Directors shall commence their terms from the close of the Annual General Meeting at which they are elected, unless a later date is stated in the resolution with respect to their appointment.

 


 

- 24 -
     (c) Notwithstanding the other provisions of these Articles, one or more Directors may be appointed by the Board of Directors or elected by a Shareholders Resolution at an Extraordinary General Meeting. Any Director appointed or elected in such manner (excluding an External Director) shall serve in office until the election of Directors at the next Annual General Meeting, unless his office becomes vacant earlier in accordance with the provisions of these Articles.
     (d) An elected External Director shall commence his term from the date of, and shall serve for the period stated in, the resolution of the General Meeting at which he was elected, unless his office becomes vacant earlier in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law.
     (e) A Director may serve for multiple terms, provided, however, that the terms of an External Director shall be limited in accordance with applicable law.
     (f) The General Meeting shall be entitled to remove any Director(s) from office by a Shareholder Resolution, all subject to applicable law. The Board of Directors shall be entitled to remove from office any Director(s) appointed by the Board of Directors.
39.   Qualification of Directors
     No Person shall be disqualified to serve as a Director by reason of his not holding shares in the Company.
40.   Continuing Directors in the Event of Vacancies
     In the event of one or more vacancies in the Board of Directors, the continuing Directors may continue to act in every matter, provided, however, that if they number less than the minimum number set forth in Article 37(a) hereof, they may only act in an emergency (as determined in their absolute discretion), and may appoint Directors and/or call a General Meeting of the Company for any purpose.
41.   Vacation of Office
     (a) The office of a Director shall be vacated, ipso facto , upon his death, or if he be found mentally incapacitated, or, upon the conviction of a crime enumerated in the Companies Law.
     (b) The office of a Director shall be vacated by his written resignation. Such resignation shall become effective on the date fixed therein, or upon the delivery thereof to the Company, whichever is later.
     (c) The office of a Director shall be vacated upon his removal from office pursuant to Article 38(a) or Article 38(f) hereof, as applicable.

 


 

- 25 -
42.   Remuneration of Directors
     No Director shall be paid any remuneration by the Company for his services as Director except as may be approved pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Law. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, reimbursement of expenses incurred by a Director in carrying out his duties as such shall be made pursuant to the policy in this respect as determined by the Board of Directors and in effect from time to time.
43.   Conflict of Interests
     (a) Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may enter into any contract or otherwise transact any business with any Director in which contract or business such Director has a personal interest, directly or indirectly; and may enter into any contract of otherwise transact any business with any third party in which contract or business a Director has a personal interest, directly or indirectly.
     (b) A transaction as set forth in Section 270(1) of the Companies Law, provided that such transaction is not an Extraordinary Transaction (as such term is defined in the Companies Law), may be approved by:
          (i) the Company’s Audit Committee – without any monetary limit, or
          (ii) the Company’s Board of Directors – without any monetary limit, or
          (iii) the Company’s authorized signatories approving such transaction on behalf of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s signatory rights, (provided that no such approval may be given by any signatory who has or is deemed to have a personal interest in the transaction) – without any monetary limit as to transactions related to the provision of communications services and equipment by the Company, and with a limit of up to an annual amount of NIS 250,000 per transaction as to other transactions.
44.   Alternate Directors
     (a) A Director may, by written notice to the Company, appoint an individual as an alternate for himself (“ Alternate Director ”), remove such Alternate Director and appoint another Alternate Director in place of any Alternate Director appointed by him whose office has been vacated for any reason whatsoever. The appointment of an Alternate Director by any Director other than the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be subject to the consent of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and the appointment of an Alternate Director by the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be valid unless objected to by the majority of the other Directors. Unless the appointing Director, by the instrument appointing an Alternate Director or by written notice to the Company, limits such appointment to a specified period of time or restricts it to a specified meeting or action of the Board of Directors, or otherwise restricts its scope, the appointment shall be for an indefinite period, but will expire upon the expiration of the appointing Director’s term, and shall be for all purposes.
     (b) Any notice given to the Company pursuant to Article 44(a) shall become effective on the date fixed therein, or upon the delivery thereof to the Company, whichever is later.

 


 

- 26 -
     (c) An Alternate Director shall have all the rights and obligations of the Director who appointed him, provided, however, that he may not in turn appoint an alternate for himself, and provided further that an Alternate Director shall have no standing at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof while the Director who appointed him is present at such meeting.
     (d) An Alternate Director shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults, and he shall not be deemed the agent of the Director who appointed him.
     (e) The office of an Alternate Director shall be vacated under the circumstances, mutatis mutandis , set forth in Article 41, and such office shall ipso facto be vacated if the Director who appointed such Alternate Director ceases to be a Director.
     (f) Notwithstanding Article 44(a), (i) no Person shall be appointed as the Alternate Director for more than one Director and (ii) except as otherwise specifically permitted by the Companies Law, (A) no External Director may appoint an Alternate Director and (B) no Director may serve as an Alternate Director.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
45.   Meetings
     (a) The Board of Directors may meet and adjourn its meetings and otherwise regulate such meetings and proceedings as the Board of Directors deems fit, provided, however, that the Board of Directors must meet at least once every three (3) months. Notice of the meetings of the Board of Directors shall be sent to each Director at the last address that the Director provided to the Company, or via telephone, facsimile or e-mail message.
     (b) Any Director may, at any time, and the Secretary, upon the request of such Director, shall, convene a meeting of the Board of Directors, but not less than four (4) days written notice shall be given of any meeting so convened, provided that the Chairman of the Board of Directors may convene a meeting of the Board of Directors upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours written notice, and further provided, that the Board of Directors may convene a meeting without such prior notice with the consent of all of the Directors who are lawfully entitled to participate in and vote at such meeting (as conclusively determined by the Secretary, and in the absence of such determination, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors). The notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors shall describe the agenda for such meeting in reasonable detail.
46.   Quorum
     Unless otherwise unanimously decided by the Board of Directors, a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall be constituted by the presence of a majority of the Directors then in office who are lawfully entitled to participate in the meeting (as conclusively determined by the Secretary, and in the absence of such determination, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors).
47.   Chairman of the Board of Directors

 


 

- 27 -
     (a) The Board of Directors may from time to time elect one of its members to be the Chairman of the Board of Directors, remove such Chairman from office and appoint another in his place, provided, however, that for as long as (i) the members of IDB Group, collectively, are the largest shareholders of the Company and (ii) they hold collectively at least 35% of the voting power in the Company, then the Chairman shall be designated by DIC by means of a written notice delivered to the Company by DIC.
     (b) The Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside at every meeting of the Board of Directors, but if there is no such Chairman, or if at any meeting he is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time fixed for the meeting, or is unwilling to act as Chairman or has notified the Company that he will not attend such meeting, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman of such meeting.
     (c) The Chairman of the Board of Directors designated by DIC pursuant to Article 47(a) above shall have a casting vote at the meetings of the Board of Directors in the event of a tied vote.
48.   Validity of Acts Despite Defects
     Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, all acts done bona fide at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of a Committee of the Board of Directors, or by any Person(s) acting as Director(s), shall, notwithstanding that it may afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the process or in the appointment of the participants in such meetings or any of them or any Person(s) acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if there were no such defect or disqualification.
GENERAL MANAGER
49.   General Manager
     The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint one or more Persons, whether or not Directors, as general managers (the “ General Manager(s) ”) of the Company and may confer upon such Person(s), and from time to time modify or revoke, such title(s) (including Managing Director, President, Chief Executive Officer, Director General or any similar or dissimilar title) and such duties and authorities of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may deem fit, subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. Such appointment(s) may be either for a fixed term or without any limitation of time, and the Board of Directors may from time to time (subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and of any contract between any such Person and the Company) fix his or their compensation terms, remove or dismiss him or them from office, or assume his or their authorities with respect to a specific matter or period of time.

 


 

- 28 -
MINUTES
50.   Minutes
     (a) Minutes of each General Meeting and of each meeting of the Board of Directors and any Committees thereof shall be recorded and duly entered in books provided for that purpose. Such minutes shall, in all events, set forth the names of the persons present at the meeting and all resolutions adopted thereat.
     (b) Any minutes as aforesaid, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of the meeting shall constitute prima facie evidence of the matters recorded therein.
DIVIDENDS
51.   Declaration and Payment of Dividends
     (a) Subject to the Companies Law, the Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and cause the Company to pay, such dividend as may appear to the Board of Directors to be appropriate. Subject to the Companies Law, the Board of Directors shall determine the time for payment of such dividends, and the record date for determining the shareholders entitled thereto.
     (b) The Company’s obligation to pay dividends or any other amount in respect of shares, may be set-off by the Company against any indebtedness, however arising, liquidated or non-liquidated, of the Person entitled to receive the dividend. The provisions contained in this Article shall not prejudice any other right or remedy vested with the Company pursuant to these Articles or otherwise.
52.   Amount Payable by Way of Dividends
     Subject to the rights of the holders of shares with special rights as to dividends, any dividend paid by the Company shall be allocated among the shareholders entitled thereto in proportion to their respective holdings of the shares in respect of which such dividend is being paid.
53.   Interest
     No dividend shall carry interest as against the Company.
54.   Form of Dividend
     Upon the declaration of the Board of Directors, a dividend may be paid, wholly or partly, by the distribution of cash or specific assets of the Company or by distribution of securities of the Company or of any other companies, or in any one or more of such ways.
55.   Retention of Dividends

 


 

- 29 -
     The Board of Directors may retain any dividend or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of a share in respect of which any Person is, under Articles 20 or 21, entitled to become a shareholder, or which any Person is, under said Articles, entitled to transfer, until such Person shall become a shareholder in respect of such share or shall transfer the same.
56.   Unclaimed Dividends
     All unclaimed dividends or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be invested or otherwise made use of by and for the benefit of the Company until claimed. The payment by the Company of any unclaimed dividend or such other moneys into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof, and any dividend unclaimed after a period of seven (7) years from the date of declaration of such dividend, and any such other moneys unclaimed after a like period from the date the same were payable, shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, at its discretion, cause the Company to pay any such dividend or such other moneys, or any part thereof, to a Person who would have been entitled thereto had the same not reverted to the Company.
57.   Mechanics of Payment
     Any dividend or other moneys payable in cash in respect of a share may be paid by check sent through the post to, or left at, the registered address of the Person entitled thereto or by transfer to a bank account specified by such Person (or, if two or more Persons are registered in the Register of Shareholders as joint holders of such share or are entitled jointly thereto in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise, to any one of such Persons or to his bank account), or to such Person and at such address as the Person entitled thereto may by writing direct, in each such case subject to applicable law. Every such check shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent, or to such other Person as the Person entitled thereto as aforesaid may direct, and payment of the check by the banker upon whom it is drawn shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such check shall be sent at the risk of the Person entitled to the money represented thereby.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
58.   Financial Statements
     The Board of Directors shall cause accurate books of account to be kept in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law and of any other applicable law. Such books of account shall be kept at the Registered Office of the Company, or at such other place or places as the Board of Directors may think fit, and they shall always be open to inspection by all Directors. No shareholder, not being a Director, shall have any right to inspect any account or book or other similar document of the Company, except as conferred by law or authorized by the Board of Directors or by a Shareholders Resolution. The Company shall not be required to send copies of its financial statements to the shareholders.
AUDITORS

 


 

- 30 -
59.   Outside Auditor
     The outside auditor of the Company shall be recommended by the Audit Committee and elected by Shareholder Resolution at each Annual General Meeting and shall serve until the next Annual General Meeting or its earlier removal or replacement by Shareholder Resolution. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix, in its discretion, the remuneration of the auditor for audit and any other services, or to delegate such authority to the Audit Committee, provided that the Board of Directors reports such remuneration to the Annual General Meeting.
60.   Internal Auditor
     The internal auditor of the Company shall be subject to the administrative supervision of the General Manager and shall present all its proposed work plans to the Board of Directors, which shall have the authority to approve them subject to any modifications in its discretion.
EXCULPATION, INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
61.   Exculpation, Indemnity and Insurance
     (a) For purposes of this Article 61, the term “Office Holder” shall mean every Director and every officer of the Company defined as “ Nosei Misra ” in the Companies Law.
     (b) Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may exculpate an Office Holder in advance from all or some of the Office Holder’s responsibility for liability resulting from the Office Holder’s breach of the Office Holder’s duty of care to the Company.
     (c) Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may indemnify an Office Holder in respect of an obligation or expense specified below imposed on or incurred by the Office Holder in respect of an act performed in his capacity as an Office Holder, and in his capacity as an office holder of any other company in which he serves in such capacity at the request of the Company as follows:
          (i) a financial obligation imposed on him in favor of another Person by a court judgment, including a compromise judgment or an arbitrator’s award approved by court;
          (ii) reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, expended by the Office Holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him by a competent authority, provided that such investigation or proceeding concluded without the filing of an indictment against him and either (A) concluded without the imposition of any financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings or (B) concluded with the imposition of a financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings but relates to a criminal offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and
          (iii) reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, expended by an Office Holder or charged to the Office Holder by a court, in a proceeding instituted against the Office Holder by the Company or on its behalf or by another Person, or in a criminal charge from which the Office Holder was acquitted, or in a criminal proceeding in which the Office Holder was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.

 


 

- 31 -
     The Company may undertake to indemnify an Office Holder as aforesaid, (aa) prospectively, provided, in respect of Article 61(c)(i) that the undertaking is limited to events which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, are foreseeable in light of the Company’s actual operations when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or criteria set by the Board of Directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and further provided that such events and amount or criteria are set forth in the undertaking to indemnify, and (bb) retroactively.
     (d) Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may enter into a contract for the insurance of all or a portion of the liability of any Office Holder imposed on the Office Holder in respect of an act performed in his capacity as an Office Holder, in respect of each of the following:
          (i) a breach of his duty of care to the Company or to another Person;
          (ii) a breach of his duty of loyalty to the Company, provided that the Office Holder acted in good faith and had reasonable cause to assume that such act would not prejudice the interests of the Company; or
          (iii) a financial obligation imposed on him in favor of another Person.
     (e) The provisions of this Article 61 are not intended, and shall not be construed, to restrict the Company in any manner in respect of the procurement of insurance and/or payment of indemnification (i) in connection with any Person who is not an Office Holder, including, without limitation, any employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the Company who is not an Office Holder, and/or (ii) in connection with any Office Holder to the extent that such insurance and/or indemnification is not specifically prohibited under law.
     Any amendment to the Companies Law adversely affecting the right of any Office Holder to be indemnified or insured pursuant to this Article 61 shall be prospective in effect, and shall not affect the Company’s obligation or ability to indemnify or insure an Office Holder for any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, unless otherwise provided by the Companies Law.
NOTICES
62.   Notices
     (a) Any written notice or other document may be served by the Company upon any shareholder either personally, or by facsimile transmission, or by sending it by prepaid mail (airmail or overnight air courier, if being sent from any country to a destination outside such country) or electronic mail addressed to such shareholder at his address as set forth in the Register of Shareholders or such other address as he may have designated in writing for the receipt of notices and other documents. Any written notice or other document may be served by any shareholder upon the Company by tendering the same in person to the Secretary or the General Manager of the Company at the principal office of the Company, or by facsimile transmission, or by sending it by prepaid registered mail (airmail or overnight air courier if being sent from any country outside Israel) to the Company at its registered office. Any such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been served (i) in the case of mailing, three (3) days after it has been posted, or when actually received by the addressee if sooner than three (3) days, after it has been posted; (ii) in the case of overnight air courier, on the second business day

 


 

- 32 -
following the day sent; (iii) in the case of personal delivery, on the date such notice was actually tendered in person to such shareholder (or to the Secretary or the General Manager); (iv) in the case of facsimile transmission, on the date on which the sender receives automatic electronic confirmation that such notice was successfully transmitted; or (v) in the case of electronic mail, on the date on which the sender receives telephonic or written confirmation that such notice was received. If a notice is, in fact, received by the addressee, it shall be deemed to have been duly served, when received, notwithstanding that it was defectively addressed or failed, in some respect, to comply with the provisions of this Article 62(a).
     (b) All notices to be given to the shareholders shall, with respect to any share to which Persons are jointly entitled, be given to whichever of such Persons is named first in the Register of Shareholders, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to the holders of such share.
     (c) Any shareholder whose address is not specified in the Register of Shareholders, and who shall not have designated in writing an address for the receipt of notices, shall not be entitled to receive any notice from the Company.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, notice by the Company of a General Meeting which is published in two (2) daily newspapers in the State of Israel, if at all, shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of such publication to any shareholder whose address as registered in the Register of Shareholders (or as designated in writing for the receipt of notices and other documents) is located in the State of Israel.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, notice by the Company of a General Meeting or any other matter which is published in one (1) daily newspaper in the United States or via one international wire service shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of such publication to any shareholder whose address as registered in the Register of Shareholders (or as designated in writing for the receipt of notices and other documents) is located outside the State of Israel.
     (f) The date of publication of a notice of a General Meeting as set forth in Article 62(d) or Article 62(e), as applicable, and the date of the meeting shall be counted as part of the days comprising any notice period with respect to such General Meeting.
     (g) Without derogating from Article 31(g), all notices sent by the Company to an Original Minority Shareholder, if sent, shall also be sent by the Company to DIC.
RIGHTS OF SIGNATURE
63.   Rights of Signature
The Board of Directors shall be entitled to authorize any Person or Persons (who need not be officers or Directors) to act and sign on behalf of the Company, and the acts and signature of such Person(s) on behalf of the Company with the Company’s stamp or printed name shall bind the Company insofar as such Person(s) acted and signed within the scope of his or their authority.

 


 

- 33 -
WINDING UP
64.   Winding Up
     (a) A Shareholders Resolution approved by 75% of the voting shares represented at such meeting in person or by proxy is required to approve the voluntary winding up of the Company.
     (b) If the Company be wound up, liquidated or dissolved, then, subject to applicable law and to the rights of the holders of shares with special rights upon winding up, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution among the shareholders, after payment of all debts and other liabilities of the Company, shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to the nominal value of their respective holdings of the shares in respect of which such distribution is being made, provided, however, that if a class of shares has no nominal value, then the assets of the Company legally available for distribution among the holders of such class shall be distributed to them in proportion of their respective holdings of the shares in respect of which such distribution is made.
***

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
1.   The name of the company is Cellcom Israel Ltd.
 
2.   The objects for which the company has been established are:
  a.   To engage in all types of industry, commerce, production, work, agriculture, professional services, business and all branches and areas of economic activity.
 
  b.   To advance trade, imports and exports.
 
  c.   To set up a mobile radio-telephone system based on the cellular method in Israel, to maintain and uphold it, to operate it and to provide radio-telephone services to the public in Israel through it.
 
  d.   Any other object as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time.
3.   The liability of the members is limited.
 
4.   The share capital of the company is NIS 3,000,000 (three million), divided into 300,000,000 (three hundred million) shares of NIS 0.01 par value each.
 
5.   Resolutions of the General Meeting of the Company’s shareholders to amend the Memorandum of Association shall be deemed adopted if approved by a simple majority of the shareholders present and entitled to vote.
We, the undersigned, wish to incorporate pursuant to this Memorandum of Association, and agree to each take the number of shares in the company’s capital as specified opposite our respective names:
             
Names of Signatories (ID no.,        
Address, Description)   Number of shares taken   Signatures
Z.G.P. Registrations Ltd., Private
    1     (-)
 
           
Company No. 51 – 113549 – 3 of 37
           
Shaul Hamelech Boulevard, Tel Aviv
           
 
           
Z.G.P. Trusts (1986) Ltd., Private
    1     (-)
 
           
Company No. 51 – 113452 – 0 of 37
           
Shaul Hamelech Boulevard, Tel Aviv
           
Total number of shares taken:
    2      
 
           
This day, the 30 th of January, 1994
           

 


 

 
Witness to the above signatures: Gilad Halevy

 

 

Exhibit 4.1
STOCK CERTIFICATE CUSIP: M2196U 10 9
(STOCK CERTIFICATE)


 

CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
The Corporation will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the Articles of Association of the Corporation, which sets forth the rights and powers of the Ordinary Shares represented by this certificate, including restrictions on the holding, transfer and voting of Ordinary Shares relating to our Telecommunications Licenses. Such requests may be made to the Company (10 Hagavish Street, Netanya, Israel, Attention: General Counsel) or the Transfer Agent.
     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
             
TEN COM
    as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT—Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
 
           
TEN ENT
    as tenants by the entireties   UNIF TRAN MIN ACT—Uniform Transfers to Minors Act
 
           
JT TEN
    as joint tenants with right of   CUST—Custodian
 
      survivorship and not as tenants in common    
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
       
       
       
      For Value Received, ___hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
 


 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
 
 

                                                                                             Ordinary Shares represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


                                                                                               Attorney, to transfer the said shares on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated                                                   

      
 
 
     
NOTICE:
  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.




Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

Exhibit 5
GOLDFARB, LEVY, ERAN, MEIRI & CO.
Europe-Israel Tower
2 Weizmann Street
Tel Aviv 64239, Israel
January 11, 2007
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Netanya, Israel 42140
Israel
Re: Registration Statement on Form F-1
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
We refer to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 to which this opinion is attached as an exhibit (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), by Cellcom Israel Ltd., an Israeli corporation (the “Company”), relating to the sale by certain shareholders of the Company of ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Shares”).
In connection with this opinion, we have examined such corporate records, other documents and such questions of Israeli law as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion and, upon the basis of such examination, advise you that we are of the opinion that the Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We are members of the Israel Bar and we express no opinion as to any matter relating to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of Israel.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the references to this firm in the sections of the Registration Statement entitled “Legal Matters” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”. This consent is not to be construed as an admission that we are a party whose consent is required to be filed as part of the Registration Statement under the provisions of the Act.
 
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
 
         
     
  /s/ Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co.    
  Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co.   
     
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.1
US$350,000,000 Term and Revolving Facilities Agreement
Dated 6 March 2006
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
(the Borrower)
arranged by
Citibank, N.A.
(the Mandated Lead Arranger)
and
Citibank International plc
(as Agent)

1


 

Contents
         
Section 1 - Interpretation
    5  
 
       
1 Definitions and interpretation
    5  
 
       
Section 2 - The Facilities
    17  
 
       
2 The Facilities
    17  
 
       
3 Purpose
    17  
 
       
4 Conditions of Utilisation
    17  
 
       
Section 3 - Utilisation
    19  
 
       
5 Utilisation
    19  
 
       
Section 4 - Repayment, prepayment and cancellation
    21  
 
       
6 Repayment
    21  
 
       
7 Prepayment and cancellation
    21  
 
       
Section 5 - Costs of Utilisation
    24  
 
       
8 Interest
    24  
 
       
9 Interest Periods
    26  
 
       
10 Changes to the calculation of Interest
    27  
 
       
11 Fees
    28  
 
       
Section 6 - Additional payment obligations
    30  
 
       
12 Tax gross up and indemnities
    30  
 
       
13 Increased costs
    32  
 
       
14 Other indemnities
    33  
 
       
15 Mitigation by the Lenders
    34  
 
       
16 Costs and expenses
    35  
 
       
Section 7 - Representations, undertakings and Events of Default
    36  
 
       
17 Representations
    36  

2


 

         
18 Information undertakings
    39  
 
       
19 Financial covenants
    43  
 
       
20 General undertakings
    46  
 
       
21 Events of Default
    52  
 
       
Section 8 - Changes to Parties
    58  
 
       
22 Changes to the Lenders
    58  
 
       
23 Assignments and transfer by the Borrower
    62  
 
       
Section 9 - The Finance Parties
    63  
 
       
24 Role of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger
    63  
 
       
25 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties
    68  
 
       
26 Sharing among the Finance Parties
    68  
 
       
Section 10 - Administration
    71  
 
       
27 Payment mechanics
    71  
 
       
28 Set-off
    74  
 
       
29 Notices
    74  
 
       
30 Calculations and certificates
    76  
 
       
31 Partial Invalidity
    77  
 
       
32 Remedies and waivers
    77  
 
       
33 Amendments and waivers
    77  
 
       
34 Counterparts
    78  
 
       
Section 11 - Governing law and enforcement
    79  
 
       
35 Governing law
    79  
 
       
36 Enforcement
    79  
 
       
Schedule 1 - The Original Lenders
    80  
 
       
Schedule 2 - Conditions precedent
    81  

3


 

         
Schedule 3 - Requests
    83  
 
       
Schedule 4 - Mandatory Cost formulae
    85  
 
       
Schedule 5 – Form of Transfer Certificate
    88  
 
       
Schedule 6 - Form of Compliance Certificate
    90  
 
       
Schedule 7 - LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking
    91  
 
       
Schedule 8 - Timetables
    96  

4


 

Agreement
Dated 6 March 2006
Between
(1)   Cellcom Israel Ltd. ( the Borrower );
 
(2)   Citibank, N.A. as mandated lead arranger (the Mandated Lead Arranger );
 
(3)   The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders ); and
 
(4)   Citibank International plc as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent ).
It is agreed as follows
Section 1 — Interpretation
1   Definitions and interpretation
 
1.1   Definitions
 
    In this Agreement:
 
    Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).
 
    Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
 
    Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange means:
  (a)   prior to the Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place, the rate agreed between the Borrower, the Agent and the NIS Lenders; and
 
  (b)   at any other time, such rate to be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent,
    in each case for the purchase of NIS with Dollars or Dollars with NIS on a particular day.
 
    Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.
 
    Availability Period means:
  (a)   in relation to Facility A, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month thereafter; and

5


 

  (b)   in relation to Facility B, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month prior to the Final Repayment Date.
    Available Commitment means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:
  (a)   the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and
 
  (b)   in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date, other than, in relation to any proposed Utilisation under Facility B only, that Lender’s participation in any Facility B Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.
    Available Facility means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.
 
    Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:
  (a)   the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
    exceeds:
  (b)   the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.
    Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Tel Aviv and New York.
 
    Change means, in relation to a Lender (or any company of which the Lender is a Subsidiary), the introduction, implementation, repeal, withdrawal or change in, or in the interpretation, administration or application of, (a) any law, regulation, practice or concession, or (b) any directive, requirement, request or guidance (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, one which applies generally to a class or category of financial institutions of which the Lender (or that company) forms part and compliance with which is In accordance with the general practice of those financial institutions) of the European Community, any central bank including the European Central Bank, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom, the Bank of Israel, the Supervisor of Banks in Israel or any other fiscal, monetary, regulatory or other authority.
 
    Commitment means a Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment.

6


 

    Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).
 
    Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 7 ( LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking ) or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.
 
    Dangerous Materials means any element or substance (in any form) which is subject to regulatory control as being hazardous or dangerous or which is capable of causing harm or damage to the Environment.
 
    Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
 
    Disruption Event means either or both of:
  (a)   a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or
 
  (b)   the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:
  (i)   from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
 
  (ii)   from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
      and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.
    Environment means ecological systems, living organisms (including human beings) and all or any of the following media (whether alone or in combination): air (including air within buildings or other structures and whether above or below ground); land (including buildings and any other structures or erections in, on or under it or any soil and anything below the surface of the land); land covered with water; and water (including water under or within land or in pipe or sewerage systems and sea, ground and surface water).
 
    Environmental Law means all applicable laws and regulations in force at any time relating to Environmental Matters or the Environment.
 
    Environmental Matters means all or any of:
  (a)   waste;

7


 

  (b)   contaminated land;
 
  (c)   discharges to land, ground, surface and coastal waters and sewers;
 
  (d)   the abstraction of water;
 
  (e)   the extraction of natural resources;
 
  (f)   emissions to air;
 
  (g)   noise, vibration and light;
 
  (h)   Dangerous Materials;
 
  (i)   common law and nuisance, trespass and negligence;
 
  (j)   statutory nuisance;
 
  (k)   radiation, radioactive substances and materials; and
 
  (l)   the conservation or protection of species, habitats, biodiversity, flora and fauna.
    Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ).
 
    Facility means Facility A or Facility B.
 
    Facility A means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facilities ).
 
    Facility A Commitment means:
  (a)   in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility A Commitment” in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders ) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and
 
  (b)   in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
    to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
 
    Facility A Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
 
    Facility B means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facilities ).
 
    Facility B Commitment means:

8


 

  (a)   in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility B Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders ) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and
 
  (b)   in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
    to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
 
    Facility B Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
 
    Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
 
    Fee Letter means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Borrower (or the Agent and the Borrower) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).
 
    Final Repayment Date means the 22nd December 2010.
 
    Finance Document means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Mandate Letter, any Transfer Certificate, any Hedging Agreement and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.
 
    Finance Party means the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender.
 
    Financial Indebtedness means, in relation to a person, its obligation (whether present or future, actual or contingent, as principal or surety) for the payment or repayment of money (whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) incurred in respect of:
  (a)   moneys borrowed or raised;
 
  (b)   any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument;
 
  (c)   any acceptance credit, bill discounting, note purchase, factoring or documentary credit facility;
 
  (d)   the supply of any goods or services which is more than 90 days past the due date;
 
  (e)   any hire purchase agreement, conditional sale agreement or lease, where that agreement has been entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset;
 
  (f)   any guarantee, bond, stand-by letter of credit or other similar instrument issued in connection with the performance of contracts;

9


 

  (g)   any interest rate or currency swap agreement or any other hedging or derivatives instrument or agreement;
 
  (h)   any arrangement pursuant to which any asset sold or otherwise disposed of by that person is or may be leased to or re-acquired by a member of the Group (whether following the exercise of an option or otherwise);
 
  (i)   any guarantee, indemnity or similar insurance against financial loss given in respect of the obligation of any person;
 
  (j)   all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any share capital of any person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such share capital in respect of transactions which have the commercial effect of borrowing or which otherwise finance its or any of its Subsidiaries’ operations or capital requirements; or
 
  (k)   any other transactions having the commercial effect of borrowing entered into by any person to finance its operations or capital requirements.
    GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in Israel.
 
    Group means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
    Hedging Agreement means any foreign exchange and interest rate hedging agreement entered into by the Borrower with any of Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim B.M., Israel Discount Bank Ltd., First International Bank of Israel or United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. or any bank or financial institution rated A or better by Standard and Poor’s after the date of this Agreement pursuant to which not less than 66 per cent. of any amounts in Dollars outstanding at any time under this Agreement are hedged.
 
    Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
 
    Information Memorandum means the document in the form approved by the Borrower concerning the Group which, at the Borrower’s request and on its behalf, is being prepared in relation to this transaction and will be distributed by the Mandated Lead Arranger to selected financial institutions.
 
    Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).
 
    Law means the Planning and Building Law, 1965 of Israel (as amended from time to time).
 
    Lender means:
  (a)   any Original Lender; and
 
  (b)   any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 22 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

10


 

    which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
    Lending Rate means the lending rate of each NIS Lender as supplied to the Agent and agreed with the Borrower prior to such NIS Lender becoming a Party, such rate in any event not to exceed TELBOR plus 0.30 per cent. per annum.
 
    LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan (other than an NIS Loan):
  (a)   the applicable Screen Rate; or
 
  (b)   (if no Screen Rate is available for Dollars for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market,
    as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan.
 
    Loan means a Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each NIS Loan).
 
    LMA means the Loan Market Association.
 
    Majority Lenders means:
  (a)   if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregated more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or
 
  (b)   at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of all the Loans then outstanding. For this purpose the amount of any NIS Loan shall be its Original Dollar Amount.
    Mandate Letter means the mandate letter dated 13 December 2005 pursuant to which the Borrower appointed the Mandated Lead Arranger to arrange the Facilities.
 
    Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formula ).
 
    Margin means, subject to Clause 8.4 ( Margin Adjustment ), 1.05 per cent. per annum.
 
    Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
  (a)   the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of Borrower and/or the Group; or

11


 

  (b)   the ability of the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations under the Finance Documents; or
 
  (c)   the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party thereunder.
    Material Subsidiary means any Subsidiary whose total revenues or total assets (as the case may be) represent 5 per cent. or more of the total revenues or total assets of the Group (as ascertained from the most recent financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements )).
 
    Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
  (a)   (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;
 
  (b)   if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and
 
  (c)   if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.
    The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.
 
    NIS Lender means any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 22 ( Changes to the Lenders ) and which has notified the Agent prior to the date on which it becomes a Party hereunder that it agreed to make available its participation hereunder in NIS and which has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
    NIS Loan means a Loan which is denominated and/or drawn in NIS pursuant to Clause 5.3.3 ( Currency and amount ).
 
    Original Dollar Amount means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the Borrower for that Loan adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of the Loan.
 
    Original Financial Statements means in relation to the Borrower, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2004 together with any items reflected in the financial statements of the Group for the period ended 30 September 2005.
 
    Participating Member State means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

12


 

    Party means a party to this Agreement.
 
    Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).
 
    Reference Banks means the principal London offices of Citibank, N.A. or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.
 
    Relevant Interbank Market means the London interbank market or the Tel Aviv interbank market.
 
    Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 17.
 
    Screen Rate means the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Telerate screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.
 
    Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
 
    Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) in relation to Facility A.
 
    Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 ( Timetables ).
 
    Subsidiary means in relation to a company or corporation, a company or corporation:
  (a)   which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company or corporation;
 
  (b)   half or more of the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company or corporation; or
 
  (c)   which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first-mentioned company or corporation,
    and, for these purposes, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that company or corporation is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body.

13


 

    Syndication means the syndication of the Facility by the Agent to selected banks and financial institutions after the date of this Agreement.
 
    Tax and Taxes includes all present and future taxes, charges, imposts, duties, levies, deductions, withholdings or fees of any kind whatsoever, or any amount payable on account of or as security for any of the foregoing, by whomsoever on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, together with any penalties, additions, fines, surcharges or interest relating thereto; and Tax and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.
 
    TELBOR means, in relation to any NIS Loan:
  (a)   the rate which appears on the Reuters screen page TELBOR01 (or if page TELBOR01 is replaced or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the NIS Lenders); or
 
  (b)   (if no screen rate is available for NIS for the Interest Period of that NIS Loan as set out in (a) above) the cost of funds of each NIS Lender as supplied to the Agent and agreed with the Borrower (rounded upwards to four decimal places),
    as of 13:00 p.m. Tel Aviv time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in NIS and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that NIS Loan.
 
    Telecommunications Licence means the Borrower’s telecommunications licence dated 27 June 1994 (as amended from time to time) issued to it by the State of Israel.
 
    Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments, being US$350,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
 
    Total Facility A Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being US$280,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
 
    Total Facility B Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being US$70,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
 
    Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.
 
    Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:
  (a)   the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
 
  (b)   the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.
    Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents.
 
    Utilisation means a utilisation of a Facility.

14


 

    Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.
 
    Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).
 
    VAT means value added tax and any other tax of a similar nature.
1.2   Construction
  (a)   Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:
  (i)   the Agent , the Mandated Lead Arranger , any Finance Party , any Lender or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;
 
  (ii)   assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
 
  (iii)   a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;
 
  (iv)   indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
 
  (v)   a person includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;
 
  (vi)   a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
 
  (vii)   a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and
 
  (viii)   a time of day is a reference to London time.
  (b)   Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
 
  (c)   Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
 
  (d)   A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

15


 

1.3   Third party rights
  (a)   Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding any terms of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.
1.4   Currency Symbols
1.4.1   Dollar and US$ mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.
 
1.4.2   NIS means the lawful currency of the State of Israel.

16


 

Section 2 — The Facilities
2   The Facilities
 
2.1   The Facilities
 
2.1.1   Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower:
  (a)   a Dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; and
 
  (b)   a Dollar revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments.
2.1.2   Without prejudice to Clause 2.1.1 above, the NIS Lenders shall make available their participations in the Loans only in MS at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange.
 
2.2   Finance Parties’ rights and obligations
 
2.2.1   The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
 
2.2.2   The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt.
 
2.2.3   A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.
 
3   Purpose
 
3.1   Purpose
 
3.1.1   The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A towards its general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, refinancing indebtedness and distributions to its shareholders).
 
3.1.2   The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility B towards its general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, refinancing existing indebtedness and distributions to its shareholders).
 
3.2   Monitoring
 
    No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
 
4   Conditions of Utilisation

17


 

4.1   Initial conditions precedent
 
    The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.
 
4.2   Further conditions precedent
 
    The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
  (a)   no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and
 
  (b)   the Repeating Representations are true.

18


 

Section 3 — Utilisation
5   Utilisation
 
5.1   Delivery of a Utilisation Request
 
    The Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
 
5.2   Completion of a Utilisation Request
 
5.2.1   Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
  (a)   it identifies the Facility to be utilised;
 
  (b)   the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility;
 
  (c)   the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );
 
  (d)   the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and
 
  (e)   it specifies the account into which the proceeds of the Loan requested should be credited.
5.2.2   Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
 
5.3   Currency and amount
 
5.3.1   The Borrower must specify in a Utilisation Request in relation to a proposed Facility A Loan the Original Dollar Amount for the Facility A Loan which must not exceed the Available Facility.
 
5.3.2   The Borrower must specify in a Utilisation Request the Original Dollar Amount of a proposed Facility B Loan which must be an amount which must not exceed the Available Facility and which is a minimum of US$10,000,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.
 
5.3.3   Each NIS Lender shall:
  (a)   if a Facility A Loan has already been drawn prior to such NIS Lender becoming a Party, make available its participation in that Facility A Loan in Dollars to the Agent who shall then notionally convert the principal amount of such participation into NIS at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place. That Facility A Loan shall be deemed to be an NIS Loan made to the Borrower and shall be denominated in NIS for its duration; and

19


 

  (b)   in respect of all Facility B Loans, make available its participation in any Facility B Loan in NIS in accordance with Clause 5.4.2 ( Lenders’ participation ) at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place.
5.3.4   If the Agent and the proposed MS Lender do not agree the Lending Rate on or before the proposed Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place, that proposed NIS Lender shall be required to participate in the relevant Loan in Dollars and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in Dollars during each Interest Period in respect of that Loan. Each Lender’s participation in that Loan will be determined in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ).
 
5.4   Lenders’ participation
 
5.4.1   If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
 
5.4.2   The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.
 
5.4.3   The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan, the Original Dollar Amount and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time.
 
5.4.4   The Agent shall also promptly notify the Borrower of the amount of the NIS Loan and the amount of each NIS Lender’s participation in that NIS Loan.
 
5.5   Cancellation of undrawn Commitments
 
    Any amount of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments which is undrawn at the end of the Availability Period applicable to that Facility shall be cancelled.

20


 

Section 4 — Repayment, prepayment and cancellation
6   Repayment
 
6.1   Repayment of Facility A Loans
 
6.1.1   The Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loans by paying to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) on each date set out in Column 1 below (each a Facility A Repayment Date ) the percentage of the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans outstanding at the close of business on the final day of the Availability Period which is set out in Column 2 below opposite that date.
     
Column 1   Column 2
Facility A Repayment Date
  Percentage of the Original Dollar Amount of the Facility A Loans to be repaid
 
   
[   ] February 2008
  10%
 
   
[   ] August 2008
  10%
 
   
[   ] February 2009
  10%
 
   
[   ] August 2009
  10%
 
   
[   ] February 2010
  15%
 
   
[   ] August 2010
  20%
 
   
22nd December 2010
  25%
6.1.2   The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of Facility A which is repaid.
 
6.2   Repayment of Facility B Loans
 
    The Borrower shall repay each Facility B Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.
 
6.3   Final Repayment of Facility B
 
    All outstanding Facility B Loans shall be repaid in full on or before the Final Repayment Date.
 
6.4   NIS Loans
 
    If a Loan is an NIS Loan, the Borrower shall repay an amount in NIS which is equal to the amount in NIS of that NIS Loan on its Utilisation Date to the Agent (for the account of the NIS Lenders) at the times specified in this Clause 6.
 
7   Prepayment and cancellation

21


 

7.1   Illegality
 
    If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan:
  (a)   that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
 
  (b)   upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
 
  (c)   the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).
7.2   Voluntary cancellation
 
    The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$20,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$10,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.
 
7.3   Voluntary prepayment of Loans
 
7.3.1   The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 15 days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum Original Dollar Amount of US$20,000,000 and integral multiples of US$10,000,000).
 
7.3.2   A Facility A Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero).
 
7.3.3   Any prepayment of a Facility A Loan under this Clause 7.3 shall satisfy the obligations under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Facility A Loans ) in inverse order of maturity taken in their Original Dollar Amount.
 
7.4   Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender
 
7.4.1   If:
  (a)   any sum payable to any Lender by the Borrower is required to be increased under Clause 12.1 ( Tax Gross-up ); or
 
  (b)   any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13 ( Increased costs ),
    the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification continues give the Agent notice of cancellation of the

22


 

    Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.
 
7.4.2   On receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 7.4.1(a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
 
7.4.3   On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice under Clause 7.4.1(a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan.
 
7.5   Restrictions
 
7.5.1   Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.
 
7.5.2   Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.
 
7.5.3   The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of Facility A which is prepaid.
 
7.5.4   Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of Facility B which is prepaid may be re-borrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
7.5.5   The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
 
7.5.6   No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
 
7.5.7   If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

23


 

Section 5 — Costs of Utilisation
8   Interest
 
8.1   Calculation of interest
 
8.1.1   The rate of interest on each Loan (other than an NIS Loan) for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:
  (a)   Margin;
 
  (b)   LIBOR; and
 
  (c)   Mandatory Cost, if any.
8.1.2   The rate of interest on each NIS Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:
  (a)   Margin; and
 
  (b)   Lending Rate.
8.2   Payment of interest
 
    The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).
 
8.3   Default interest
 
8.3.1   If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to sub-clause 8.3.2 below, is one per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent.
 
8.3.2   If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:
  (a)   the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and
 
  (b)   the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

24


 

8.3.3   Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.
 
8.4   Margin Adjustment
 
8.4.1   The Margin shall be adjusted in accordance with the other provisions of this Clause 8.4.
 
8.4.2   Subject to Clause 8.4.4 below and the other provisions of this Clause 8.4, the Margin shall be determined by reference to the most recent financial statements provided by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) before each Quotation Day for the Loans and shall apply to the Loans for the whole duration of the next following interest Period (notwithstanding the delivery of any further financial statements following the Quotation Day or during the next following Interest Period) such that where the ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA (each as defined in Clause 19.5 ( Definitions )) for the immediately preceding four quarters set out in Column A below meets the level set for that ratio in Column A below, the Margin for that Interest Period shall be the interest rate set out in Column B below:
     
Column A   Column B
Net Debt:EBITDA   Margin
Equal to or greater than 2.5:1
  1.35 per cent. per annum
 
   
Greater than or equal to 1.5:1 but lower than 2.5:1
  1.05 per cent. per annum
 
   
Less than 1.5:1
  0.80 per cent. per annum
8.4.3   For the purposes of Clause 8.4.2, any reduction or adjustment in the Margin shall be advised by the Agent promptly following receipt of the Borrower’s financial statements and its Compliance Certificate.
 
8.4.4   The Margin shall be 1.35 per cent. per annum (plus the amounts referred to in Clause 8.3 ( Default Interest )) if an Event of Default (whether waived by the Agent or otherwise) occurs.
 
8.4.5   Any reduction or increase in the Margin shall, subject to the other provisions of this Clause 8.4, take effect in respect of the Loans on the first day of the immediately following Interest Period or, as the case may be, immediately if an Event of Default occurs. This Clause 8.4 shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Agent to increase the Margin upon the giving of any waiver of or consent to any amendment.
 
8.5   Notification of rates of interest
 
    The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

25


 

9   Interest Periods
 
9.1   Selection of Interest Periods
 
9.1.1   The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.
 
9.1.2   Each Selection Notice for a Facility A Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time.
 
9.1.3   If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with Clause 9.1.2 above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month.
 
9.1.4   Subject to this Clause 9, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 Months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders). In addition the Borrower may select an Interest Period in relation to Facility A of less than one Month, if necessary to ensure that there are sufficient Facility A Loans (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the percentage of Facility A Loans required to be repaid pursuant to Clause 6.1.1 ( Repayment of Facility A Loans ) on the next Facility A Repayment Date to occur (a Repayment Instalment )) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility A Repayment Date for the Borrower to make the repayment due on that date.
 
9.1.5   An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.
 
9.1.6   Each Interest Period for a Facility A Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.
 
9.1.7   A Facility B Loan has one Interest Period only.
 
9.1.8   At any time prior to the earlier of: (i) the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower and the other Finance Parties that Syndication has been completed; and (ii) three Months after the first Utilisation Date, the Borrower may only select Interest Periods of one Month’s duration. The Transfer Date of any transfer of a Loan being effected as part of Syndication may only be the last day of the then current Interest Period in relation that Loan.
 
9.2   Changes to Interest Periods
 
9.2.1   Prior to determining the interest rate for a Facility A Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any Facility A Loan to ensure there are sufficient Facility A Loans (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility A Repayment Date for the Borrower to make the repayment due on that date.
 
9.2.2   If the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2, it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders.
 
9.3   Non-Business Days

26


 

    If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
 
9.4   Consolidation and division of Facility A Loans
 
9.4.1   Subject to sub-clause 9.4.2 below, if two or more Interest Periods:
  (a)   relate to Facility A Loans which are in the same currency; and
 
  (b)   end on the same date,
    those Facility A Loans will, unless the Borrower specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Facility A Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.
 
9.4.2   Subject to Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ), if the Borrower requests in a Selection Notice that a Facility A Loan be divided into two or more Facility A Loans, that Facility A Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided into the amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Facility A Loan immediately before its division.
 
10   Changes to the calculation of Interest
 
10.1   Absence of quotations
 
    Subject to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
 
10.2   Market disruption
 
10.2.1   If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
  (a)   the Margin;
 
  (b)   the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and
 
  (c)   the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.
10.2.2   In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:
  (a)   at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference

27


 

      Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for Dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or
 
  (b)   before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 30 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.
10.3   Alternative basis of interest or funding
 
10.3.1   If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.
 
10.3.2   Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to sub-clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.
 
10.4   Break Costs
 
10.4.1   The Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.
 
10.4.2   Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any interest Period in which they accrue.
 
11   Fees
 
11.1   Commitment fee
 
11.1.1   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed on a day-to-day basis at the rate of 40 per cent. of the then applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under Facility B for the Availability Period applicable to Facility B.
 
11.1.2   The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of that Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment, up to the date of cancellation, at the time the cancellation is effective.
 
11.2   Arrangement fee
 
    The Borrower shall pay to the Mandated Lead Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

28


 

11.3   Agency fee
 
    The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

29


 

Section 6 — Additional payment obligations
12   Tax gross up and indemnities
 
12.1   Tax Gross-up
 
    All payments to be made by the Borrower to any Finance Party hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax unless the Borrower is required to make such a payment subject to the deduction or withholding of Tax, in which case the sum payable by the Borrower in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after making the required deduction or withholding, such Finance Party receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) a net sum which it would have received and so retained had no such deduction or withholding been made or required to be made.
 
12.2   Tax indemnity
 
    Without prejudice to Clause 12.1 ( Tax Gross-up ), if any Finance Party is required to make any payment of or on account of Tax or in relation to any sum received or receivable hereunder (including any sum deemed for purposes of tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party whether or not actually received or receivable) or if any liability in respect of any such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or assessed against any Finance Party, the Borrower shall, upon demand of the Agent, promptly (and not later than seven Business Days) indemnify the Finance Party which suffers a loss or liability as a result against such payment or liability (together with any interest, penalties, costs and expenses payable or incurred in connection therewith (other than interest and penalties incurred due to the wilful failure of such Finance Party)) provided that this Clause 12.2 shall not apply to:
  (a)   any tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the overall net income of such Finance Party by the jurisdiction in which the Finance Party is incorporated; or
 
  (b)   any tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income of the Facility Office of such Finance Party by the jurisdiction in which its Facility Office is located.
12.3   Tax Notification
 
    If, at any time, the Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any sum payable by it hereunder (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such deductions or withholdings are calculated), the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify the other parties to this Agreement.
 
12.4   Evidence of Payment of Tax
 
    If the Borrower makes any payment hereunder in respect of which it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority within the time

30


 

allowed for such payment under applicable law and shall deliver to the Agent for each Lender, within thirty days after it has made such payment to the applicable authority, an original receipt (or a certified copy thereof) issued by such authority evidencing the payment to such authority of all amounts to be deducted or withheld in respect of that Lender’s share of such payment.
12.5   Tax and Other Affairs
No provision of this Agreement shall interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its tax or other affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit, oblige any Finance Party to claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment in respect of any payment under Clause 12.1 ( Tax Gross-up ) in priority to any other credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its tax or other affairs or any computations in respect thereof.
12.6   Stamp taxes
 
    The Borrower shall pay and, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.
 
12.7   Value added tax
12.7.1   All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to Clause 12.7.3 below, if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).
 
12.7.2   If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any Party (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply.
 
12.7.3   Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the VAT.

31


 

13   Increased costs
 
13.1   Increased costs
 
13.1.1   Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ) the Borrower shall, within five Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) any Change and/or or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made or coming into force after the date of this Agreement.
 
13.1.2   In this Agreement Increased Costs means:
  (a)   a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;
 
  (b)   an additional or increased cost;
 
  (c)   a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document; or
 
  (d)   any costs attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement ( Basel II ) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates),
    which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
 
13.2   Increased cost claims
 
13.2.1   A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.
 
13.2.2   Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its increased Costs.
 
13.3   Exceptions
 
    Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
  (a)   attributable to a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document required by law to be made by the Borrower;
 
  (b)   compensated for by Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so

32


 

      compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);
  (c)   compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost;
 
  (d)   attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or
 
  (e)   attributable to any change in the rate of, or change in the basis of calculating taxes on, the overall net income of a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates imposed in the jurisdiction in which it is established or its Facility Office is situated.
14   Other indemnities
 
14.1   Currency indemnity
 
14.1.1   If any sum due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:
  (a)   making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower;
 
  (b)   obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
    the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
 
14.1.2   The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
 
14.2   Other indemnities
 
14.2.1   The Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:
  (a)   the occurrence of any Event of Default;
 
  (b)   a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 26 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );
 
  (c)   funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by

33


 

      reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Lender alone); or
  (d)   a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.
14.2.2   The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless each of the Finance Parties and in each case each of its and their affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (each, an Indemnified Party ) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, legal expenses and expenses (altogether Losses ), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding (or the preparation of any defence with respect thereto) commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents (or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby) or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Facility. This indemnity shall apply whether or not such claims, investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any member of the Group, any shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, except to the extent such Losses are found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
 
14.3   Indemnity to the Agent
 
    The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
  (a)   investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
 
  (b)   acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.
15   Mitigation by the Lenders
 
15.1   Mitigation
 
15.1.1   Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.
 
15.1.2   Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.
 
15.2   Limitation of liability

34


 

15.2.1   The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).
 
15.2.2   A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, to do so might be prejudicial to it.
 
16   Costs and expenses
 
16.1   Transaction expenses
 
    The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:
  (a)   this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and
 
  (b)   any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.
16.2   Amendment costs
If (a) the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 27.9 ( Change of currency ), the Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
16.3   Enforcement costs
The Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

35


 

Section 7 — Representations, undertakings and Events of Default
17   Representations
 
    The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.
 
17.1   Status
  (a)   It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
 
  (b)   It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.
17.2   Binding obligations
 
    The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
 
17.3   Non-conflict with other obligations
 
    The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:
  (a)   any law or regulation applicable to it (including, without limitation. Environmental Law);
 
  (b)   its or any of its Material Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or
 
  (c)   any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Material Subsidiaries’ assets.
17.4   Power and authority
 
    It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.
 
17.5   Validity and admissibility in evidence
 
    All Authorisations required or desirable:
  (a)   to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and
 
  (b)   to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

36


 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.
17.6   Governing law and enforcement
 
17.6.1   The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.
 
17.6.2   Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.
 
17.7   Deduction of Tax
 
    It is not required under the law of the State of Israel to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to Citibank, NA, Tel Aviv Branch or, to the extent that any relevant exemption(s) and/or reliefs have been granted to the Borrower by the relevant Israeli authority in respect of such payment, to any other Lender.
 
17.8   No filing or stamp taxes
 
    Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
 
17.9   No default
 
17.9.1   No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.
 
17.9.2   No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
17.10   No misleading information
 
17.10.1   The financial projections contained in the Information Memorandum have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.
 
17.10.2   All information (as supplemented from time to time and including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum) that has been or will hereafter be made available to the Finance Parties by the Borrower or any of its representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby is and will at all times (subject to any information being supplemented by the Borrower to ensure that the representation and warranty contained in this Clause 17.10 remains correct) be complete and correct in all material respects and does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or are made.

37


 

17.11   Financial statements
 
17.11.1   Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
 
17.11.2   Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations during the relevant financial year.
 
17.11.3   There has been no material adverse change in its business, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or operations of the Borrower and/or the Group since the date of the Original Financial Statements (other than the matters referred to in the financial statements dated 30 September 2005).
 
17.12   Pari passu ranking
 
    Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
 
17.13   No proceedings pending or threatened
 
    No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency (including, but not limited to, investigative proceedings) which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
17.14   Solvency
 
    There is no (a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 21.7 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or (b) creditors’ process described in Clause 21.8 ( Creditors’ process ).
 
17.15   Security
 
17.15.1   its execution of this Agreement and its exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations hereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any member of the Group to create any Security over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets.
 
17.15.2   No Security prohibited under Clause 20.3 ( Negative pledge ) exists over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets.
 
17.16   Material Adverse Effect
 
    There has been no occurrence of any event or series of events since the date of the Original Financial Statements (other than the matters referred to in the financial statements dated 30 September 2005) which might have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
17.17   Telecommunications Licence

38


 

    The Telecommunications Licence is in full force and effect and has not been revoked or repudiated.
 
17.18   Immunity
 
    It will not be entitled to claim immunity from suit, execution, attachment or the legal process in any proceedings taken in Israel in connection with the Finance Documents.
 
17.19   Taxes
 
    Except as detailed in the Original Financial Statements and the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries provided pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) (but only to the extent that failure to comply with Taxation laws and/or pay such Taxes would have a Material Adverse Effect), the Borrower and to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief each member of the Group has complied with Taxation laws in all jurisdictions in which it is subject to Taxation and has paid all Taxes due and payable by it and no claims are being asserted against it in respect of Taxes except for assessments in relation to the ordinary course of its business or claims contested in good faith and in respect of which adequate provision has been made and disclosed in the latest financial statements or information delivered to the Agent under this Agreement.
 
17.20   Repetition
 
    The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement, the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.
 
18   Information undertakings
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 18 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
 
18.1   Financial statements
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
  (a)   as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its financial years:
  (i)   its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year; and
 
  (ii)   the audited financial statements of each Subsidiary for that financial year; and
  (b)   as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each of its financial years:
  (i)   its consolidated financial statements for that quarter; and

39


 

  (ii)   the financial statements for that quarter of any Material Subsidiary.
18.2   Compliance Certificate
 
18.2.1   The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) or (b)(i) of Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
 
18.2.2   Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of the Borrower and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ), shall be reported on by the Borrower’s auditors.
 
18.3   Requirements as to financial statements
 
18.3.1   Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
 
18.3.2   The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Borrower) deliver to the Agent:
  (a)   a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and
 
  (b)   sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.
    Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.
 
18.4   Information: miscellaneous
 
    The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):
  (a)   all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

40


 

  (b)   promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
  (c)   promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.
18.5   Notification of default
 
18.5.1   The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.
 
18.5.2   Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).
 
18.6   Use of websites
 
18.6.1   The Borrower may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Agent (the Designated Website ) if:
  (a)   the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;
 
  (b)   both the Borrower and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and
 
  (c)   the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.
    If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrower shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.
 
18.6.2   The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Agent.
 
18.6.3   The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:
  (a)   the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
 
  (b)   the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

41


 

  (c)   any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;
 
  (d)   any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
 
  (e)   the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.
    If the Borrower notifies the Agent under paragraph (a) or paragraph (e) above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.
 
18.6.4   Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.
 
18.7   “Know your customer” checks
 
18.7.1   If:
  (a)   the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or
 
  (c)   a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
    obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
 
18.7.2   Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has

42


 

complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
18.8   Access to Books and Records
 
    Upon the request of the Agent (on the instructions of any Finance Party) the Borrower shall provide the Agent and any of its or their representatives, professional advisors and contractors with access to and permit inspection of books and records of any member of the Group, in each case at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice.
 
19   Financial covenants
 
19.1   Debt Cover
 
    The ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA, calculated as of each Quarter Date in respect of the four immediately preceding financial quarters of Borrower ending on that Quarter Date, will not:
  (a)   exceed 3:1 at any time prior to the date falling three years after the date of this Agreement; and
 
  (b)   exceed 2.5:1 at any time thereafter.
19.2   Interest Cover
 
    The ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Expense, calculated as of each Quarter Date in respect of the four immediately preceding financial quarters of the Borrower ending on that Quarter Date, will not be less than 5:1.
 
19.3   Amendments
 
19.3.1   If as a result of any change in the relevant GAAP pursuant to Clause 18.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ) or any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower or the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), will have a material effect on the financial covenants above, the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Agent believes that the financial undertakings set out in this Clause 19 need to be amended as a result of any such change, determination or requirement, the Borrower shall negotiate with the Agent in good faith to amend the existing financial undertakings so as to provide the Lenders with substantially the same protections as the financial undertakings set out in this Clause 19 (but which are not materially more onerous).
 
19.3.2   If the Borrower and the Agent cannot agree such amended financial undertakings within 30 days of that notice, the Borrower and the Agent shall jointly nominate a firm of chartered accountants to settle the amended financial undertakings, or in default of such nomination the Agent shall request the Chairman for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England to nominate a firm of chartered accountants for that purpose. Such accountants shall act as experts and not arbitrators and their decision shall be final and binding on the parties. The costs of such accountants shall be paid by the Borrower, an estimate of such

43


 

    costs having been presented to and approved by the Borrower prior to the engagement of such accountants.
19.4   Determinations
 
    The calculation of ratios and other amounts under this Clause 19 shall be made by the Borrower by reference to the latest financial information of the Borrower.
 
19.5   Definitions
 
    In this Clause 19, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them:
 
    Accounting Group means the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) which is included in the Borrower’s consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) or (b) if not included in the consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ), provided that in each case any reference to a member of the Accounting Group shall be deemed to be a reference only to the percentage of the item concerned corresponding to the percentage shareholding of the Borrower in the relevant Subsidiary.
 
    Capital Lease means at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required concurrently to recognise the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.
 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents means:
  (a)   cash in hand or on deposit with any acceptable bank;
 
  (b)   certificates of deposit, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an acceptable bank;
 
  (c)   any investment in marketable obligations:
  (i)   issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, Israel, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, France, Germany or any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by any agency or department of any of those governments which has an equivalent credit rating;
 
  (ii)   issued or guaranteed by a government other than as set out in (c)(i) where those marketable obligations are rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or FitchIBCA or Aaa by Moody’s Investor Services or any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by any agency or department of any of those governments which has an equivalent credit rating;
  (d)   open market commercial paper:
  (i)   for which a recognised trading market exists;
 
  (iii)   which is issued in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, France or Germany;

44


 

  (iv)   which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and
 
  (v)   which has a credit rating of either A-1 from Standard & Poor’s or FitchIBCA or P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term debt obligations, an equivalent rating; or
  (e)   any other instrument, security or investment approved by the Majority Lenders,
    in each case, to which any member of the Accounting Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which, or the proceeds of which, is capable of being applied against Senior Debt. In this definition, an acceptable bank is (i) Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim B.M., Israel Discount Bank Ltd., First International Bank of Israel, Union Bank of Israel Ltd. or United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. and their respective subsidiaries, (ii) a commercial bank, financial institution or trust company which has a rating of A or higher by Standard & Poor’s or FitchIBCA or A2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services or a comparable rating from a nationally recognised credit rating agency for its long-term debt obligations or has been approved by the Majority Lenders.
 
    Consolidated Net Financing Expense means net financing expense for the Accounting Group on a consolidated basis, calculated in accordance with GAAP.
 
    Consolidated Net Income means, in relation to any period, the net income (or loss) of the Accounting Group for such period (taken as a cumulative whole), as determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Accounting Group and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Accounting Group in accordance with GAAP.
 
    Debt means, with respect to any person, without duplication,
  (a)   its liabilities for money borrowed or raised;
 
  (b)   its liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property acquired by such person (excluding accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business but including, without limitation, all liabilities created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any such property);
 
  (c)   its Capital Lease obligations; and
 
  (d)   not more than 50 per cent. of each guarantee or indemnity against financial loss of such person with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) above.
In this definition, Debt of any person shall include all obligations of such person of the character described in paragraphs (a) to (d) above to the extent such person remains legally liable in respect thereof notwithstanding that any such obligation is deemed to be extinguished under GAAP.

45


 

EBITDA means Consolidated Net Income for a measurement period, adjusted by:
  (a)   adding back Consolidated Net Financing Expense for such period;
 
  (b)   excluding any exceptional or extraordinary item;
 
  (c)   deducting any amount attributable to minority interests; and
 
  (d)   adding back taxes, depreciation and amortisation.
    Net Debt means at any time (without double counting) the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Accounting Group for or in respect of Debt but:
  (a)   including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value therefor; and
 
  (b)   deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held by any member of the Accounting Group at such time.
    Net Interest Expense means, in relation to any period, the sum (without double counting but in each case, eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Accounting Group and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Accounting Group in accordance with GAAP) of:
  (a)   all interest in respect of Debt of the Accounting Group (including imputed interest on Capital Lease obligations) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, together with all interest capitalised or deferred during such period and not deducted in determining Consolidated Net income for such period; and
 
  (b)   all debt discount and expense amortised or required to be amortised in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period,
    less interest income of the Accounting Group.
 
    Quarter Date means the last day of each quarter in a financial year of the Borrower.
 
    Senior Debt means any Debt of any member of the Accounting Group other than any Debt that is fully subordinated to the Facility.
 
20   General undertakings
 
    The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
 
20.1   Authorisations
 
    The Borrower shall promptly:

46


 

  (a)   obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
 
  (b)   supply certified copies to the Agent of,
    any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.
 
20.2   Compliance with laws
 
    The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws) where non-compliance might have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
20.3   Negative pledge
 
20.3.1   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.
 
20.3.2   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):
  (a)   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group;
 
  (b)   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms (other than credit card receivables where the maximum aggregate recourse against the Borrower in any financial year does not exceed the lower of: (i) 4 per cent. of the aggregate amount of all credit card receivables sold, transferred or disposed of in that financial year; and (ii) US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies));
 
  (c)   enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
 
  (d)   enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,
    in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.
 
20.3.3   Sub-clauses 20.3.1 and 20.3.2 above do not apply to:
  (a)   any netting or lien or set-off arrangement or charge over deposited assets entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of opening bank accounts for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;
 
  (b)   any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading;

47


 

  (c)   any Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement if:
  (i)   the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;
 
  (ii)   the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and
 
  (iii)   the Security is removed or discharged within 45 days of the date of acquisition of such asset;
  (d)   any Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if:
  (i)   the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company;
 
  (ii)   the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and
 
  (iii)   the Security is removed or discharged within 45 days months of that company becoming a member of the Group;
  (e)   any Security created by a member of the Group after the date hereof in favour of:
  (i)   a financial institution; or
 
  (ii)   a seller of an asset,
      in respect of the acquisition of any asset by such member of the Group and the Security is created in respect of such asset only and is limited to the principal amount of Financial Indebtedness provided by such financial institution or owing to such seller in respect of such acquisition;
 
  (f)   any Security securing indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security given by any member of the Group other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (f) above) does not exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies).
20.4   Disposals
 
20.4.1   The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

48


 

20.4.2   Sub-clause 20.4.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:
  (a)   made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;
 
  (b)   of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;
 
  (c)   between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between two Subsidiaries of the Borrower; or
 
  (d)   where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal, other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) and (c) above) does not exceed US$150,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in aggregate.
20.5   Merger
 
    The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction.
 
20.6   Change of business
 
    The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.
 
20.7   Insurance
 
    The Borrower shall effect and maintain insurances at its own expense in respect of all its assets and business of an insurable nature with reputable insurers of good standing. Such Insurances must provide cover on terms and against all risks which are normally insured against by other persons owning or possessing similar assets or carrying on similar businesses.
 
20.8   Loans and Guarantees
 
    The Borrower shall not without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:
  (a)   grant any credit save: (i) in the ordinary course of business; or (ii) to Material Subsidiaries where such credit does not exceed in aggregate US$20,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies); or
 
  (b)   give any other guarantee or indemnity other than guarantees or indemnities in an amount which, when aggregated with all other guarantees and indemnities given by the Borrower will not exceed at any time, US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent).
20.9   Acquisitions

49


 

    The Borrower shall not (and shall procure that no member of the Group shall) without the prior written consent of all the Lenders make any acquisition of shares or securities where the aggregate consideration payable in connection with that acquisition (including any deferred element) is greater than or equal to US$50,000,000. The provisions of this Clause 20.9 shall not apply to the acquisition of any shares or securities that: (i) fall within the definition of Cash and Cash Equivalents in Clause 19.5 ( Definitions ); or (ii) form part of the portfolio investments of the Borrower and do not represent more than five per cent. of the issued share capital of the issuing company and in any event not more than US$20,000,000 in aggregate at any time.
 
20.10   Maintenance of Corporate Existence
 
    The Borrower shall ensure at all times that it is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of Israel.
 
20.11   Payment of Tax
 
    The Borrower shall pay and discharge all Taxes and governmental charges payable by or assessed upon it prior to the date on which the same become overdue unless, and only to the extent that, such Taxes and charges are material to the Borrower or are contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, pending determination of which payment may lawfully be withheld, and there shall (if the auditors so advise) be set aside adequate reserves with respect to any such Taxes or charges so contested in accordance with GAAP.
 
20.12   Transactions with Affiliates
 
    The Borrower shall conduct, and shall use its best endeavours to cause each member of the Group to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement with any of their Affiliates and interested parties in accordance with laws applicable to Israeli public companies (if such member of the Group is an Israeli public company) and (for any member of the Group which is not an Israeli public company) on terms that are fair and reasonable and no less favourable to such member of the Group than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a person not an Affiliate unless the transaction has been approved by the Borrower in compliance with the laws applicable to it.
 
20.13   Dividends
 
20.13.1   The Borrower may make payments by way of dividend in any financial year in an aggregate amount not exceeding the balance of its retained earnings as detailed in its financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2005 and delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements ).
 
20.13.2   In addition to Clause 20.13.1 above and at any time after 1 January 2006, the Borrower may make interim or advanced payments by way of dividend in respect of any financial year provided that the aggregate amount of all dividends paid in respect of the period commencing on 1 January 2006 and ending on the proposed date of payment of the dividend shall not exceed the lower of:
  (a)   the aggregate Eligible Dividend Amount for the period commencing 1 January 2006; and

50


 

  (b)   75 per cent. of the aggregate of the Borrower’s net profit in respect of the period commencing on 1 January 2006 and ending on the proposed date of payment of the dividend (as detailed in its financial statements for the same period and delivered to the Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements )).
20.13.3   Prior to the final approval of the audited consolidated financial statements for any financial year, the Borrower may pay interim dividends in the same financial year provided that:
  (a)   the aggregate amount of such interim dividends paid in that financial year shall not exceed 75 per cent. of the net profit already reported in the Borrower’s most recent quarterly statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1(b) ( Financial statements ) for such financial year; and
 
  (b)   the Borrower will be in full compliance with the provisions of Clause 20.13.2 at the time of final approval of the audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.
20.13.4   The Eligible Dividend Amount and Free Cash Flow shall be determined and tested by the Agent once in respect of each financial year from the financial statements for the relevant financial year delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements ).
 
20.13.5   As an alternative to Clauses 20.13.1 to Clause 20.13.3 at any time after the Borrower has made the repayment due to be made by it on the fifth Facility A Repayment Date, the Borrower shall be entitled to make payments by way of dividend in an amount not exceeding the amount by which:
  (a)   the aggregate of Its Cash and Cash Equivalents (as defined in Clause 19.5 ( Definitions )) and Free Cash Flow forecasted for the period ending on the Final Repayment Date (such forecast to be approved by the Agent prior to the payment of any dividend and in any event not to exceed the amount of the Borrower’s Free Cash Flow for the equivalent period of the previous financial year);
exceeds
  (b)   110 per cent. of Total Debt Service for the period commencing on the date of the proposed dividend and ending on (and including) the Final Repayment Date.
20.13.6   In this Clause 20.13:
 
    Eligible Dividend Amount means the lower of:
  (a)   the Borrower’s net profit in that financial year as detailed in its financial statements for that financial year and delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements ); and
 
  (b)   the amount (if any) by which Free Cash Flow for the same financial year exceeds 110 per cent. of Total Debt Service for the same financial year.

51


 

Free Cash Flow means
  (a)   EBITDA;
 
  (b)   plus or minus any changes in working capital;
 
  (c)   minus any items treated as capital expenditure in accordance with GAAP; and
 
  (d)   minus any amounts paid or payable by the Borrower in that financial year in respect of Tax.
    Total Debt Service means the amount of all repayments or prepayments of principal accrued and payable in a financial year of the Borrower plus the gross amount of all interest, commissions, periodic fees and other financing charges accrued and payable by the Borrower during that period without counting any principal amount repaid and redrawn In the same financial year under Facility B other than repayments under Facility B which are due on the Final Repayment Date and excluding any indebtedness of a maturity which is equal to or greater than one year listed in the Borrower’s financial statements for the period ending on 31 December 2005.
 
20.14   Other Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower
 
20.14.1   The Borrower shall ensure that the repayment terms of the Facility shall not be inferior in any material respect to the repayment terms of any other Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower of a maturity which is equal to or greater than one year.
 
20.14.2   The Borrower shall not prepay or cancel any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower without prepaying or cancelling (as the case may be) an equal proportion of the Facility under the terms of this Agreement.
 
20.15   The Law
 
    The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of each demand made under any letter of indemnification issued by it pursuant to section 202B(b) of the Law in respect of potential damages claims under section 197 of the Law (an Indemnity ).
 
21   Events of Default
 
    Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 21 is an Event of Default.
 
21.1   Non-payment
 
    The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:
  (a)   its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event; and
 
  (b)   payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

52


 

21.2   Financial covenants
 
    Any requirement of Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) is not satisfied.
 
21.3   Other obligations
 
21.3.1   The Borrower does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 21.1 ( Non-payment )).
 
21.3.2   No Event of Default under sub-clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.
 
21.4   Misrepresentation
 
    Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.
 
21.5   Cross default
 
21.5.1   Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.
 
21.5.2   Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
 
21.5.3   Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary as a result of an event of default (however described).
 
21.5.4   Any creditor of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
 
21.5.5   No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within sub-clauses 21.5.1 to 21.5.4 above is less than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).
 
21.6   Insolvency
 
21.6.1   The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

53


 

21.6.2   The value of the assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).
 
21.6.3   A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary.
 
21.7   Insolvency proceedings
 
    Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
  (a)   the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration, stay of proceedings order or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Material Subsidiary;
 
  (b)   a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary;
 
  (c)   the appointment of a liquidator or temporary liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Material Subsidiary), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or any of their assets; or
 
  (d)   enforcement of any Security over any assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary,
    or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction provided that no Event of Default shall occur under this Clause 21.7 to the extent that the relevant proceedings are commenced by a third party, are dismissed within 30 days after their commencement and in any event prior to the appointment of any person referred to in (c) above (other than in the case of a temporary liquidator or other person appointed on an ex parte application, provided that such appointment is revoked within 30 days).
 
21.8   Creditors’ process
 
21.8.1   Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group having an aggregate value of US$5,000,000 and is not discharged within 45 days.
 
21.8.2   By or under the authority of the Government of Israel (a) the management of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary is wholly or partially curtailed; or (b) the whole or any part (the aggregate value of which is fifteen per cent. or more of the value of the whole) of its revenues or its assets is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired; or (c) any action is taken to prevent, postpone or otherwise adversely affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.
 
21.9   Ownership of the Group

54


 

    Any Material Subsidiary is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
 
21.10   Unlawfulness
 
    It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.
 
21.11   Repudiation
 
    The Borrower repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.
 
21.12   Material adverse change
 
    The occurrence of any event or series of events since the publication of the Original Financial Statements (other than the matters referred to in the financial statements dated 30 September 2005) which in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
21.13   Failure to Pay Final Judgments
 
    A member of the Group fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgement or any final order made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction.
 
21.14   Telecommunications Licence
 
    The Telecommunications Licence ceases to be in full force and effect or is revoked or repudiated or amended in a manner which in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
21.15   Corporate Bond Prospectus
 
    The Borrower fails to publish its corporate bond prospectus on or before 1 June 2006 and register such bonds for trading on the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange on or before 15 June 2006.
 
21.16   Hedging
 
    The Borrower has not entered into a Hedging Agreement on or before the date falling 90 days after the date of this Agreement, and provided the Agent with a certificate of the CFO of the Borrower confirming the validity of the Hedging Agreement and the principal terms thereof.
 
21.17   Indemnities issued under the Law
 
21.17.1   The aggregate amount of any and all demands made from the Borrower under all Indemnities (as defined in Clause 20.15 ( The Law )) at any time exceeds US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent).

55


 

21.17.2   The Agent receives notification pursuant to Clause 20.15 ( The Law ) of a demand which either alone or in aggregate equals or exceeds US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent).
 
21.17.3   There is a provision made or note in any financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) in respect of an anticipated demand which either alone or in aggregate with all other demands is in an amount equal to or exceeding US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent).
 
21.18   Change of control
 
21.18.1   If Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., IDB Holding Corporation Ltd. and IDB Development Corporation Ltd. cease to hold or control together at least 51 per cent. of the entire Issued share capital of the Borrower and/or any person or group of persons acting in concert has or obtains any right to block or veto any shareholder resolution or other decision of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. in relation to the Borrower (excluding customary minority protection rights applying to companies generally):
  (a)   the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
 
  (b)   a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation;
 
  (c)   if the Majority Lenders so require, the Agent shall, by not less than 5 days’ notice to the Borrower, cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.
21.18.2   For the purpose of sub-clause 21.18.1 above control means directly holding voting share capital (or the right to appoint management or direct policies by virtue of ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise) of the Borrower.
 
21.18.3   For the purpose of sub-clause 21.18.1 above acting in concert means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal).
 
21.19   Acceleration
 
    On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing (other than pursuant to Clause 21.18 ( Change of control )) the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:
  (a)   cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
 
  (b)   declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

56


 

  (c)   declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

57


 

Section 8 — Changes to Parties
22   Changes to the Lenders
 
22.1   Assignments and transfers by the Lenders
 
    Subject to this Clause 22, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may:
  (a)   assign any of its rights; or
 
  (b)   transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,
to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender ) without the consent of the Borrower unless the assignment or transfer is to:
  (i)   an entity incorporated in a country or whose Facility Office is in a country which does not have diplomatic ties with the State of Israel or which is wholly controlled (within the meaning of Clause 7.2.2 ( Change of control )) by an entity incorporated in such a country, or
 
  (ii)   any New Lender in respect of which payments by the Borrower in respect of interest are subject to withholding tax rate greater than 20 per cent.,
provided that in the case of (ii) above the consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the Borrower agrees that it will not be deemed reasonable to withhold or delay its consent due to the fact that the assignment or transfer is from a Lender which has received an exemption from withholding tax from the Israeli income tax authorities to a New Lender which has not received a similar exemption. The consent of the Borrower shall be deemed to be given if it has not notified the Agent of its objection to the proposed assignment or transfer on or before the date falling 3 Business Days after notification of it to the Borrower by the Existing Lender. The consent of the Borrower shall not be required: (a) notwithstanding (ii) above if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or (b) subject to (i) and (ii) above, the assignment or transfer is to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.
22.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer
22.2.1 An assignment will only be effective on:
  (a)   receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and
 
  (b)   performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to

58


 

      such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.
22.2.2   A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 22.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.
 
22.2.3   If:
  (a)   a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
 
  (b)   as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),
then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred, provided that in no circumstances may a Lender change its Facility Office to a Facility Office in a country which does not have diplomatic ties with the State of Israel.
22.3   Assignment or transfer fee
 
    The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$2,000.
 
22.4   Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
 
22.4.1   Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:
  (a)   the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;
 
  (b)   the financial condition of the Borrower;
 
  (c)   the performance and observance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
 
  (d)   the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,
    and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
 
22.4.2   Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:
  (a)   has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement

59


 

      and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
  (b)   will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the Creditworthiness of the Borrower and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
22.4.3   Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
  (a)   accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 22; or
 
  (b)   support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.
22.5   Procedure for transfer
 
22.5.1   Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 22.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with sub-clause 22.5.3 below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
 
22.5.2   The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.
 
22.5.3   On the Transfer Date:
  (a)   to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations );
 
  (b)   the Borrower and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower and the Existing Lender;
 
  (c)   the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations

60


 

      acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and
  (d)   the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.
22.6   Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Borrower
 
    The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate.
 
22.7   Disclosure of information
 
22.7.1   Each Finance Party must keep confidential any information supplied to it by or on behalf of any Obligor in connection with the Finance Documents. However, a Finance Party is entitled to disclose information:
  (a)   which is publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by that Finance Party of this Clause;
 
  (b)   in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings to the parties to such proceedings and their counsel or other advisors and to the court or arbitrators in such proceedings;
 
  (c)   if required or requested to do so under any law or regulation;
 
  (d)   to a governmental, official banking, taxation or other regulatory authority;
 
  (e)   to its professional advisers;
 
  (f)   to the extent allowed under Clause 22.7.2 below;
 
  (g)   to its officers, employees and directors;
 
  (h)   with the agreement of the Borrower.
22.7.2   A Finance Party may disclose to: (i) an Affiliate; or (ii) any person with whom it may enter, or has entered Into, any kind of transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement (a participant ):
  (a)   a copy of any Finance Document; and
 
  (b)   any information which that Finance Party has acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document including, without limitation, any information about the Borrower or the Group.
However, before a participant may receive any confidential information, it must enter into a Confidentiality Undertaking with the relevant Finance Party.

61


 

23   Assignments and transfer by the Borrower
 
    The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

62


 

Section 9 — The Finance Parties
24   Role of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger
 
24.1   Appointment of the Agent
 
24.1.1   Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
 
24.1.2   Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
 
24.2   Duties of the Agent
 
24.2.1   The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.
 
24.2.2   Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
 
24.2.3   If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.
 
24.2.4   If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
 
24.2.5   The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
 
24.3   Role of the Mandated Lead Arranger
 
    Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
 
24.4   No fiduciary duties
 
24.4.1   Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
 
24.4.2   Neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
 
24.5   Business with the Group

63


 

    The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.
 
24.6   Rights and discretions of the Agent
 
24.6.1   The Agent may rely on:
  (a)   any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and
 
  (b)   any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.
24.6.2   The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:
  (a)   no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 21.1 ( Non-payment ));
 
  (b)   any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised.
24.6.3   The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.
 
24.6.4   The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
 
24.6.5   The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.
 
24.6.6   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
 
24.7   Majority Lenders’ instructions
 
24.7.1   Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.
 
24.7.2   Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.
 
24.7.3   The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such

64


 

    security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.
 
24.7.4   In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.
 
24.7.5   The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.
 
24.8   Responsibility for documentation
 
    Neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger:
  (a)   is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Borrower or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum; or
 
  (b)   is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.
24.9   Exclusion of liability
 
24.9.1   Without limiting sub-clause 24.9.2 below (and without prejudice to the provisions of sub-clause 27.10(e) ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc )), the Agent will not be liable including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
 
24.9.2   No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.
 
24.9.3   The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.
 
24.9.4   Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger.

65


 

24.10   Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent
 
    Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within five Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 27.10 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document).
 
24.11   Resignation of the Agent
 
24.11.1   The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.
 
24.11.2   Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.
 
24.11.3   If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with sub-clause 24.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).
 
24.11.4   The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.
 
24.11.5   The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
 
24.11.6   Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 24. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
 
24.11.7   After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with sub-clause 24.11.2 above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with sub-clause 24.11.2 above.
 
24.12   Confidentiality
 
24.12.1   In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

66


 

24.12.2   If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
 
24.13   Relationship with the Lenders
 
24.13.1   The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
24.13.2   Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formula ).
 
24.14   Credit appraisal by the Lenders
 
    Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:
  (a)   the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
 
  (b)   the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
 
  (c)   whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
 
  (d)   the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.
24.15   Reference Banks
 
    If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

67


 

24.16   Agent’s Management Time
 
    Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and Clause 24.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).
 
24.17   Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent
 
    If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
 
25   Conduct of business by the Finance Parties
 
    No provision of this Agreement will:
  (a)   interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
 
  (b)   oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
 
  (c)   oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
26   Sharing among the Finance Parties
 
26.1   Payments to Finance Parties
 
    If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from the Borrower other than in accordance with Clause 27 ( Payment mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:
  (a)   the Recovering Finance Party shall, within five Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;
 
  (b)   the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 27 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

68


 

  (c)   the Recovering Finance Party shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Partial payments ).
26.2   Redistribution of payments
 
    The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Borrower and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Partial payments ).
 
26.3   Recovering Finance Party’s rights
 
26.3.1   On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 26.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.
 
26.3.2   If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under sub-clause 26.3.1 above, the Borrower shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.
 
26.4   Reversal of redistribution
 
    If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:
  (a)   each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and
 
  (b)   that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the Borrower will be liable to the reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed.
26.5   Exceptions
 
26.5.1   This Clause 26 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the Borrower.
 
26.5.2   A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Lender any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

69


 

  (a)   it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
 
  (b)   the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.
26.6   Waiver of Consequential Damages
 
    In no event shall any Finance Party be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages and the Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees (for itself and on behalf of its Subsidiaries) not to sue upon any such claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in their favour.

70


 

Section 10 — Administration
27   Payment mechanics
 
27.1   Payments to the Agent
 
27.1.1   On each date on which the Borrower or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, the Borrower or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.
 
27.1.2   Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.
 
27.2   Distributions by the Agent
 
    Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 27.3 ( Distributions to the Borrower ) and Clause 27.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.
 
27.3   Distributions to the Borrower
 
    The Agent may (with the consent of the Borrower or in accordance with Clause 28 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
 
27.4   Clawback
 
27.4.1   Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
 
27.4.2   If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
 
27.5   Partial payments

71


 

27.5.1   If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in the following order:
  (a)   first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents;
 
  (b)   secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
 
  (c)   thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and
 
  (d)   fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
27.5.2   The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in sub-clauses 27.5.1(b) to (d) above.
 
27.5.3   Clauses 27.5.1 and 27.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by the Borrower.
 
27.5.4   For the avoidance of doubt, the proportion due to any:
  (a)   Lender (other than an NIS Lender) shall be the proportion which the Original Dollar Amount of its participation in the relevant Loans (other than NIS Loans) bears to the Original Dollar Amount of the relevant Loans; and
 
  (b)   NIS Lender shall be the proportion which the amount in NIS of its participation in the relevant NIS Loan bears to the amount in NIS of the relevant NIS Loan.
27.6   No set-off by the Borrower
 
    All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
 
27.7   Business Days
 
27.7.1   Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
 
27.7.2   During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement Interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.
 
27.8   Currency of account

72


 

27.8.1   Subject to sub-clauses 27.8.2 and 27.8.5 below, Dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower under any Finance Document other than in respect of an NIS Loan, in which case NIS shall be the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower in connection with that NIS Loan.
 
27.8.2   Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
 
27.8.3   Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than Dollars shall be paid in that other currency.
 
27.8.4   A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.
 
27.8.5   Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.
 
27.9   Change of currency
 
27.9.1   Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:
  (a)   any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and
 
  (b)   any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).
27.9.2   If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
 
27.10   Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
 
    If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:
  (a)   the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

73


 

  (b)   the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;
 
  (c)   the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
 
  (d)   any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 33 (Amendments and waivers);
 
  (e)   the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (Including, without limitation for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 27.10; and
 
  (f)   the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.
28   Set-off
 
    A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
 
29   Notices
 
29.1   Communications in writing
 
    Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
 
29.2   Addresses
 
29.2.1   The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:
  (a)   in the case of the Borrower, that identified with its name below;
 
  (b)   in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

74


 

  (c)   in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,
    or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.
 
29.2.2   The addresses referred to in Clause 29.2.1 are as follows:
  (a)   The Borrower
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Netanya
Israel 42140
     
Attention:
  Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
Fax:
  +972 52 998 9701
  (b)   The Agent
Citibank International plc
European Loans Agency
Capital Markets & Banking Operations
Citigroup Centre
Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 5LB
United Kingdom
     
Attention:
  Loans Agency
Fax:
  +44 (0)20 8636 3824
29.3   Delivery
 
29.3.1   Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:
  (a)   if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
 
  (b)   if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or
    and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 29.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.
 
29.3.2   Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

75


 

29.3.3   All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.
 
29.3.4   Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to the Borrower.
 
29.4   Notification of address and fax number
 
    Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.
 
29.5   Electronic communication
 
29.5.1   Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:
  (a)   agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
 
  (b)   notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
 
  (c)   notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.
29.5.2   Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
 
29.6   English language
 
29.6.1   Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
 
29.6.2   All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:
  (a)   in English; or
 
  (b)   if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation within 30 days of the Agent so requiring and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is the Telecommunications Licence or a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
30   Calculations and certificates
 
30.1   Accounts

76


 

    In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
 
30.2   Certificates and Determinations
 
    Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.
 
30.3   Day count convention
 
    Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days (or, in the case of an NIS Loan, the actual number of days in that calendar year) or in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.
 
31   Partial Invalidity
 
    If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
 
32   Remedies and waivers
 
    No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
33   Amendments and waivers
 
33.1   Required consents
 
33.1.1   Subject to Clause 33.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
 
33.1.2   The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.
 
33.2   Exceptions
 
33.2.1   An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
  (a)   the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

77


 

  (b)   an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
 
  (c)   a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;
 
  (d)   an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;
 
  (e)   a change to the Borrower;
 
  (f)   any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or
 
  (g)   Clause 2.2 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), Clause 22 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 26 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) or this Clause 33,
    shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
 
33.2.2   An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger.
 
34   Counterparts
 
    Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

78


 

Section 11 — Governing law and enforcement
35   Governing law
 
    This Agreement is governed by English law.
 
36   Enforcement
 
36.1   Jurisdiction
 
36.1.1   The courts of England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).
 
36.1.2   The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.
 
36.1.3   This Clause 36.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
 
36.2   Service of process
 
    Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:
  (a)   irrevocably appoints Capita Trust Secretaries Ltd. of Phoenix House, 18 King William Street, London EC4N 7HE (Reference CELMEN 4542434-0) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and
 
  (b)   agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

79


 

Schedule 1 — The Original Lenders
                 
Name of Original Lender   Facility A Commitment   Facility B Commitment
    (US$)   (US$)
Citibank, N.A.
    280,000,000       70,000,000  

80


 

Schedule 2 — Conditions precedent
Part 1 — Conditions precedent to initial Utilisation
1   The Borrower
 
1.1   A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower.
 
1.2   A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:
  (a)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents;
 
  (b)   authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents on its behalf; and
 
  (c)   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
1.3   A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in sub-clause 1.2 above.
 
1.4   A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.
 
1.5   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
 
2   Legal opinions
 
2.1   A legal opinion of Denton Wilde Sapte, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.
 
2.2   A legal opinion of Yigal Amon & Co, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Agent in Israel, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.
 
2.3   A legal opinion of Herzog Fox Neeman, legal advisers to the Borrower in Israel, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.
 
3   Other documents and evidence
 
3.1   Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 36.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment.

81


 

3.2   A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
 
3.3   The Original Financial Statements.
 
3.4   Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
 
3.5   The Information Memorandum.
 
3.6   A copy of the Telecommunications Licence.
 
3.7   Evidence that the Borrower has appointed legal advisers in Israel to prepare the prospectus required under Israeli law to register its local bonds as public bonds.

82


 

Schedule 3 — Requests
Part 1 — Utilisation Request
     
From:
  CeIlcom Israel Ltd.
 
To:
  Citibank International plc
Dated: [  ] March 2006
Dear Sirs
Cellcom Israel Ltd. — US$350,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [**       ] (the Agreement)
         
1   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.
 
       
2   We wish to borrow a [Loan]/[NIS Loan] on the following terms:
 
       
 
  Proposed Utilisation Date:   [**          ] (or, if that is
 
      not a Business Day, the
 
      next Business Day)
 
       
 
  Facility to be utilised:   [Facility A]/[Facility B]
 
       
 
  Original Dollar Amount:   [**          ] or, if less, the
 
      Available Facility
 
       
 
  Interest Period:   [**          ]
 
       
3   We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.
 
       
4   The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ].
 
       
5   This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.
     
Yours faithfully
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
authorised signatory for
   
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
   

83


 

Part 2 — Selection Notice Applicable to a Facility A Loan
     
From:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.
 
To:
  Citibank International plc
Dated: [  ] March 2006
Dear Sirs
Cellcom Israel Ltd. — US$350,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [**            ] (the Agreement)
1   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.
 
2.   We refer to the following Facility A Loan[s] with an Interest Period ending on [**          ].
 
3   [We request that the above Facility A Loan[s] be divided into [**          ] Facility A Loans with the following amounts and Interest Periods:]
 
    or
 
    [We request that the next Interest Period for the above Facility A Loan[s] is [**           ]].
 
4   This Selection Notice is Irrevocable.
     
Yours faithfully
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
authorised signatory for
   
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
   

84


 

Schedule 4 — Mandatory Cost formulae
1   The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank in relation to the cost of complying with the minimum reserve requirements.
 
2   On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the Additional Cost Rate ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
 
3   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.
 
4   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:
         
 
  E x 0.01   per cent per annum
 
 
 
300
   
    Where:
  E   is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed In pounds per £1,000,000.
5   For the purposes of this Schedule:
  (a)   Special Deposits has the meaning given to it from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
 
  (b)   Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
 
  (c)   Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero

85


 

      rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and
 
  (d)   Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.
6   If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.
 
7   Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
  (a)   the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and
 
  (b)   any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
    Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
 
8   The rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lenders obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.
 
9   The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the Information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.
 
10   The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.
 
11   Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.
 
12   The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation

86


 

    or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, In any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

87


 

Schedule 5 — Form of Transfer Certificate
Part 1 — Transfer Certificate
To: Citibank International plc as Agent
From: ** [ The Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender ) and **          [ The New Lender ] (the New Lender )
Dated:[  ] March 2006
Cellcom Israel Ltd. — US$350,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [**            ] (the Agreement)
1   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
 
2   We refer to Clause 22.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):
  (a)   The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 22.5 ( Procedure for transfer ).
 
  (b)   The proposed Transfer Date is [**          ].
 
  (c)   The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 29.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.
3   The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in sub-clause 22.4.3 of Clause 22.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).
 
4   This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.
 
5   The New Lender confirms that it is an NIS Lender.* 1
 
6   This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law.
 
* 1   delete if not applicable

88


 

The Schedule — Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred
     
**
  [insert relevant details]
 
**
  [Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]
     
[Existing Lender]
  [New Lender]
 
By:
  By.
This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [**      ].
Citibank international plc
By:          **

89


 

Schedule 6 — Form of Compliance Certificate
     
To:
  Citibank International plc as Agent
 
From:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.
Dated: [  ] March 2006
Dear Sirs
Cellcom Israel Ltd. — US$350,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [**            ] (the Agreement)
                     
1.   We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.
 
                   
2   We confirm that: [Insert details of covenants to be certified]      
 
                   
3   We confirm that no Default is continuing.        
 
                   
 
  Signed:                
 
     
 
Director
     
 
Director
   
 
      of       of    
 
      Cellcom Israel Ltd.       Cellcom Israel Ltd.    
We certify that the figures given in 2 above are true and accurate.
     
 
 
for and on behalf of
   
[ name of auditors of the Borrower ]
   

90


 

Schedule 7 — LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking
       
 
   
 
      Letterhead of Lender
To:

**
Re:     The Facility

     
Borrower:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.
 
   
Amount:
  US$350,000,000
 
   
Agent:
  Citibank International plc
[ insert name of Potential Lender ]


Dear Sirs
We understand that you are considering participating in the Facility. In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information, by your signature of a copy of this letter you agree as follows:
1.   Confidentiality Undertaking
 
    You undertake:
  (c)   to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone except as provided for by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that the Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information;
 
  (d)   to keep confidential and not disclose to anyone the fact that the Confidential Information has been made available or that discussions or negotiations are taking place or have taken place between us in connection with the Facility.
 
  (e)   to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose;
 
  (f)   to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any person to whom you pass any Confidential Information (unless disclosed under paragraph 2(b) below) acknowledges and complies with the provisions of this letter as if that person were also a party to it; and
 
  (g)   not to make enquiries of any member of the Group or any of their officers, directors, employees or professional advisers relating directly or indirectly to the Facility.

91


 

2.   Permitted Disclosure
 
    We agree that you may disclose Confidential Information:
  (a)   to members of the Participant Group and their officers, directors, employees and professional advisers to the extent necessary for the Permitted Purpose and to any auditors of members of the Participant Group;
 
  (b)   where:
  (i)   requested or required by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body;
 
  (ii)   required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares or other securities of any member of the Participant Group are listed; or
 
  (iii)   required by the laws or regulations of any country with jurisdiction over the affairs of any member of the Participant Group; or
  (c)   with the prior written consent of us and the Borrower.
3.   Notification of Required or Unauthorised Disclosure
 
    You agree (to the extent permitted by law) to inform us of the full circumstances of any disclosure under paragraph 2(b) or upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter.
 
4.   Return of Copies
 
    If we so request in writing, you shall return all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently erase all copies of Confidential Information made by you and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom you have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under paragraph 2(b) above.
 
5.   Continuing Obligations
 
    The obligations in this letter are continuing and, in particular, shall survive the termination of any discussions or negotiations between you and us. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the obligations in this letter shall cease (a) if you become a party to or otherwise acquire (by assignment or sub participation) an interest, direct or indirect in the Facility or (b) twelve months after you have returned all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroyed or permanently erased all copies of Confidential Information made by

92


 

    you (other than any such Confidential Information or copies which have been disclosed under paragraph 2 above (other than sub-paragraph 2(a)) or which, pursuant to paragraph 2 above, are not required to be returned or destroyed).
6.   No Representation; Consequences of Breach, etc
 
    You acknowledge and agree that:
  (d)   neither we nor any of our officers, employees or advisers (each a Relevant Person ) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Group or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Group or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect to the Confidential Information or any such information; and
 
  (e)   we or members of the Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person or member of the Group may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you.
7.   No Waiver; Amendments, etc
 
    This letter sets out the full extent of your obligations of confidentiality owed to us in relation to the information the subject of this letter. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege under this letter will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privileges under this letter. The terms of this letter and your obligations under this letter may only be amended or modified by written agreement between us.
 
8.   Inside Information
 
    You acknowledge that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such Information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation relating to insider dealing and you undertake not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.
 
9.   Nature of Undertakings
 
    The undertakings given by you under this letter are given to us and (without implying any fiduciary obligations on our part) are also given for the benefit of the Borrower and each other member of the Group.
 
10.   Third party rights
 
10.1.1   Subject to paragraph 6 and paragraph 9 the terms of this letter may be enforced and relied upon only by you and us and the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 is excluded.

93


 

10.1.2   Notwithstanding any provisions of this letter, the parties to this letter do not require the consent of any Relevant Person or any member of the Group to rescind or vary this letter at any time.
 
11.   Governing Law and Jurisdiction
 
    This letter (including the agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.
 
12.   Definitions
 
    In this letter (including the acknowledgement set out below):
 
    Confidential Information means any information relating to the Borrower, the Group, and the Facility provided to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that (a) is or becomes public knowledge other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach of this letter or (b) is known by you before the date the information is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by you after that date, other than from a source which is connected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in violation of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality;
 
    Facility Agreement means the agreement dated [          ] March 2006 pursuant to which the Facility has been made available;
 
    Group means the Borrower end its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility Agreement);
 
    Participant Group means you, each Holding Company and Subsidiaries and each Subsidiary of any Holding Company (as each such term is defined in the Facility Agreement); and
 
    Permitted Purpose means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Facility.
Please acknowledge your agreement to the above by signing and returning the enclosed copy.
     
Yours faithfully
   
 
   
 
   
 
For and on behalf of
   
**
   
     
To:
  **
 
  The Borrower and each other member of the Group

94


 

We acknowledge and agree to the above:
     
 
 
For and on behalf of
   
**          [Potential Lender]
   

95


 

Schedule 8 — Timetables
     
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation
  3:00 p.m. London time 4 Business Days
Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a
  prior to the proposed Utilisation Date
Utilisation Request ) or a Selection Notice
   
(Clause 9.1 ( Selection of interest Periods ))
   
LIBOR is fixed
  Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. London time
 
   
Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in
  9.00 a.m. London time 2 Business
accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’
  Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date
participation )
   

96


 

SIGNATURES
The Borrower
CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
                     
By:
  /s/ Oren Lieder
 
      By:   /s/ Tal Raz
 
   
 
  Oren Lieder           Tal Raz    
The Mandated Lead Arranger and Original Lender
Citibank, N.A.
         
By:
  /s/ Monica Ugido
 
   
The Agent
CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL. PLC
         
By:
  /s/ Monica Ugido
 
   

97


 

[Citibank International plc Letterhead]
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Israel 42140
     
Attention:
  Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
Fax No.:
  +972 52 998 9701
     
Dear Sirs
  30 th March 2006
US$350,000,000 term and revolving facilities agreement dated 6 March 2006 and made between (1) Cellcom Israel Ltd. (as Borrower), (2) Citibank, N.A. (as Mandated Lead Arranger), the Original Lenders named therein and Citibank International plc (as Agent) (the Facility Agreement)
We refer to the Facility Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning in this letter.
1   In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement.
 
2   We hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, Clause 6.1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
 
6.1.1   The Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loans by paying to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) on each date set out in Column 1 below (each a Facility A Repayment Date ) the percentage of the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans outstanding at the close of business on the final day of the Availability Period which is set out in Column 2 below opposite that date.
     
Column 1   Column 2
Facility A Repayment Date
  Percentage of the Original Dollar Amount of the Facility A Loans to be repaid
 
   
9 March 2008
  10%
 
   
9 September 2008
  10%
 
   
9 March 2009
  10%
 
   
9 September 2009
  10%
 
   
9 March 2010
  15%
 
   
9 September 2010
  20%
 
   
22 nd December 2010
  25%
3   The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter.

 


 

4   This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.
 
5   This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
Please confirm your agreement to the terms of this letter by signing where indicated below.
Yours faithfully
             
/s/ Adi Khambata
 
      /s/ Howard David Batson
 
   
authorised signatory of
           
Citibank International plc as Agent
           
We accept and agree the terms of the letter set out above.
             
/s/ Amos Shapira
 
      /s/ Tal Raz
 
   
for and on behalf of
           
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
           

 


 

[Citibank International plc Letterhead]
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Israel 42140
     
Attention:
  Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
Fax No.:
  +972 52 998 9701
     
Dear Sirs
  4 th April 2006
US$350,000,000 term and revolving facilities agreement dated 6 March 2006 and made between (1) Cellcom Israel Ltd. (as Borrower), (2) Citibank, N.A. (as Mandated Lead Arranger), the Original Lenders named therein and Citibank International plc (as Agent) (the Facility Agreement)
We refer to the Facility Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning in this letter.
1   In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement.
 
2.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 5.3(a) of the Facility Agreement, the Borrower agrees that it will make available to the Agent in Dollars an amount equal to the Commitment of each NIS Lender on 10 April 2006 (being the proposed Transfer Date on which Syndication is to take place) (the Dollar Amount ). Eighty per cent. of the Dollar Amount is to be applied by the Agent against the Facility A Loans currently outstanding and the twenty per cent. of the Dollar Amount is to be applied by the Agent against the Facility B Loans currently outstanding.
 
3   Subject to receipt of the Dollar Amount as contemplated in 2 above, the Agent shall make available to the Borrower, on 10 April 2006, an amount in NIS which the Agent has received from the NIS Lenders and which is equal to the Dollar Amount at the prevailing Dollar NIS Bank of Israel representative rate at the commencement of business in Tel Aviv on Monday 10 April 2006 (the NIS Amount). Eighty per cent. of the NIS Amount shall be made available to the Borrower as a Facility A Loan and twenty per cent. of the NIS Amount shall be made available to the Borrower as a Facility B Loan.
 
4   The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter.
 
5   This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter. This letter shall be a Finance Document.
 
6   This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
Please confirm your agreement to the terms of this letter by signing where indicated below.

 


 

     
Yours faithfully
   
 
   
/s/ Adi Khambata
 
   
authorised signatory of
   
Citibank International plc as Agent
   
We accept and agree the terms of the letter set out above.
             
/s/ Oren Lieder
 
      /s/ Tal Raz
 
   
for and on behalf of
           
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
           

 


 

[Citibank International plc Letterhead]
To: Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Israel 42140
     
Attention:
  Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
Fax No.:
  +972 52 998 9701
9 th October 2006
Dear Sirs
US$350,000,000 term and revolving facilities agreement dated 6 March 2006 (as amended from time to time) and made between (1) Cellcom Israel Ltd. (as Borrower), (2) Citibank, N.A. (as Mandated Lead Arranger), the Original Lenders named therein and Citibank International plc (as Agent) (the Facility Agreement)
We refer to the Facility Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning in this letter.
1   In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement.
 
2   We hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, the definition of Total Debt Service in Clause 20.13.6 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
 
    Total Debt Service means the amount of all repayments or prepayments of principal accrued and payable in a financial year of the Borrower plus the gross amount of all interest, commissions, periodic fees and other financing charges accrued and payable by the Borrower during that period without counting any principal amount repaid and redrawn in the same financial year under Facility B other than repayments under Facility B which are due on the Final Repayment Date and excluding any indebtedness of a maturity which is less than one year listed in the Borrower’s financial statements for the period ending on 31 December 2005.”
 
3   The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter.
 
4   This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.
 
5   This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 


 

Please confirm your agreement to the terms of this letter by signing where indicated below.
     
Yours faithfully
   
 
   
/s/ Adi Khambata
 
   
authorised signatory of
   
Citibank International plc as Agent
   
We accept and agree the terms of the letter set out above.
             
/s/ Tal Raz
 
      /s/ Oren Lieder
 
   
for and on behalf of
           
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
           

 


 

[Citibank International plc Letterhead]
To:   Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street
Israel 42140
  Attention:     Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel
  Fax No.:    +972 52 998 9701
17 January 2007
Dear Sirs
US$350,000,000 term and revolving facilities agreement dated 6 March 2006 (as amended from time to time) and made between (1) Cellcom Israel Ltd. (as Borrower), (2) Citibank, N.A. (as Mandated Lead Arranger), the Original Lenders named therein and Citibank International plc (as Agent) (the Facility Agreement)
We refer to the Facility Agreement. Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meaning in this letter.
1   In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement.
 
2   We hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, Clause 20.13.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
 
    “20.13.1
  (a)   The Borrower may make payments by way of dividend in any financial year in an aggregate amount not exceeding the balance of its retained earnings as detailed in its financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2005 and delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) (Financial statements);
 
  (b)   In addition to Clause 20.13.1(a) above, the Borrower may make a one-off payment by way of dividend in respect of the year ending 31 December 2005 in an amount not exceeding the lower of:
  (i)   the increase (if any) in the balance of the Borrower’s retained earnings for the year ending 31 December 2005 following the restatement of the Borrower’s comparative figures for the year ending 31 December 2005 as published in the financial statements for the first Quarter Date of 2007 and which is permitted by the introduction of Israeli accounting standard 27 (the Accounting Standard ); and
 
  (ii)   NIS 270,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).
  (c)   in addition to Clauses 20.13.1(a) and (b) above and provided that the conditions set out in Clause 20.13.2 and 20.13.3 below would not be breached following the payment of such dividend, the Borrower may make a one-off payment by way of dividend in respect of the year ending 31 December 2006 in an amount not exceeding the lower of:

 


 

  (i)   the increase (if any) in the balance of the Borrower’s retained earnings for the year ending 31 December 2006 following the restatement of the Borrower’s financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2006 as published in the financial statements for the first Quarter Date of 2007 and which is permitted by the Accounting Standard; and
       
  (ii)   NIS 40,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).”
3   We also hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, Clause 19.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
 
    “19.1 Debt Cover
 
    The ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA, calculated as of each Quarter Date in respect of the four immediately preceding financial quarters of the Borrower ending on that Quarter Date, will not exceed 2.5:1 until all Loans have been repaid in full.”
 
4   The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter.
 
5   This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter.
 
6   This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
Please confirm your agreement to the terms of this letter by signing where indicated below.
       
Yours faithfully


/s/  Adi Khambata
     
       
authorised signatory of
Citibank International plc as Agent
     
       
We accept and agree the terms of the letter set out above.
       
/s/  Tal Raz   /s/  Amos Shapira  
       
for and on behalf of
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
     

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.2
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
TRUST DEED
Made and signed in Tel Aviv on December 21, 2005
             
Between:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.        
 
  P.C. 511930125        
 
  10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140        
 
           
 
  (the “ Company”)       of the one part
 
           
 
           
A n d:
  Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd.        
 
  Company no. 513605576        
 
  6 Harakon St., Ramat Gan 52521        
 
  (the “ Trustee” )       of the other part
 
           
     
Whereas
  the Company decided to hold a private issue of a series of registered debentures unlimited in amount (series A), of NIS 1 principal amount each; and
 
   
Whereas
  the Trustee is a company limited by shares, incorporated in Israel, whose principal purpose is to engage in trusts; and
 
   
Whereas
  the Trustee declared that there is no legal impediment to its entering into an engagement with the Company under this Trust Deed, and that it meets the requirements and qualifying conditions set in the Securities Law, as hereinafter defined, for acting as a trustee under this Trust Deed; and
 
   
Whereas
  the Company requested the Trustee to act as trustee on behalf of the holders of Debentures (Series A), and the Trustee agreed thereto, all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Trust Deed.
      Therefore, it is hereby agreed, declared and stipulated between the parties as follows :
1.   Preamble, Interpretation and Definitions
  1.1   The preamble to this Trust Deed and the appendices attached hereto form an integral part hereof.
 
  1.2   The division of this Trust Deed into clauses and assigning of clause headings is done solely for convenience and as a means of reference, and may not be used for purposes of interpretation.
 
  1.3   Words stated in this Deed in the plural form import the singular form as well, and vice versa; words stated in the masculine gender import the feminine gender as well, and vice versa; and a person imports a corporation as well, wherever this

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      Deed does not provide explicitly and/or implicitly otherwise and/or the context or content does not dictate otherwise.
 
  1.4   Terms defined in the debenture certificate and not defined in this Trust Deed shall have the meaning assigned to them in the debenture certificate.
 
  1.5   In this Trust Deed the following terms shall have the meaning appearing alongside them, unless implied differently by the context or content:
 
  1.6   the “Trust Deed” or “this Deed” – this Trust Deed, including the appendices attached hereto and forming an integral part thereof;
 
  1.7   the “Debentures (Series A)” or the “debentures” – a series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, which are to be issued by the Company under this Trust Deed;
 
  1.8   “sum of net financial Indebtedness” known on any date – (a) the sum of the Company’s indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Company’s last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors prior to that date;
 
  1.9   “financial debt” – the Company’s debt in respect of credit from a financial institution or institutional investor or in respect of a debenture of the Company;
 
  1.10   the “Trustee” – the Trustee mentioned at the head of this Deed and/or anyone acting from time to time as trustee of the holders of the debentures under this Deed;
 
  1.11   “register” – the register of holders of Debentures (Series A);
 
  1.12   “debenture holder” or “holder” – the person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders, the joint holder whose name is written first in the register;
 
  1.13   “debenture certificate” – certificate of a Debenture (Series A), including the appended “Terms set forth in the back of the page set forth in the back of the page” the wording of which appears in Addendum A to this Deed;
 
  1.14   the “Securities Law” – the Securities Law, 5728-1968, and its regulations as in force from time to time;
 
  1.15   “principal of the debentures” – the principal amount of the unpaid Debentures in circulation;

- 2 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  1.16   “Consumer Price Index” or “index” – the price index known as “the Consumer Price Index” including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution replacing it, and whether built on the same data as the existing index or not. If the index is replaced by another index published by an organization or institution as aforesaid and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as aforesaid, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index;
 
  1.17   “business day” – any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions;
 
  1.18   “special resolution” – as defined in Addendum B to this Deed;
 
  1.19   “calendar month” – according to the Gregorian calendar;
 
  1.20   the “Stock Exchange” – the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
 
  1.21   “EBITDA” in any period – the Company’s earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Company’s financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors.
2.   Issuance of the Debentures
  2.1   The Company will issue a series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, payable in nine equal semi annual installments, on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and linked, principal and interest, to the Consumer Price Index published for the month of November 2005.
 
  2.2   The terms of the debentures will be as set out in this Deed and in the debenture certificate (including the Terms set forth in the back of the page attached to the certificate). The wording of the debenture certificate will be as set out in Addendum A to this Deed.
 
  2.3   The debenture certificates will be ready at the Company’s offices for delivery to those entitled to them within three months from the date of the allotment of the debentures, and they will be handed over against the return of the relevant allotment letter to the Company.

- 3 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  2.4   Subject to the provisions of clause 2.5 below, the Debentures (Series A) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd, and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( “listing in the institutional continuous trading system” ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated.
 
  2.5   The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 (the “determining date for listing” ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then –
  2.5.1   The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series A) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right (the “option” ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series A) held by them, as set out in this clause 2.5.
 
  2.5.2   Any holder wanting to exercise the option (the “exerciser” ) will notify the Company in writing ( “exercise notice” ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise (the “value sold” ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists.
 
  2.5.3   Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( “the first exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the aforesaid total sum of principal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( “the half” ). In return, the Company will pay the

- 4 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      exerciser, on the first exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A), and which was not paid by then
 
  2.5.4   Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 (the “second exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half (the “balance of the value sold” ). In return, the Company will pay to the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A) and which was not paid by then.
 
  2.5.5   Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law.
 
  2.5.6   The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company shall pay under the terms of the Debentures (Series A) during the period between July 31, 2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever are the holders of Debentures (Series A) on the determining date for the payment of said interest.
 
  2.5.7   The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006.
 
  2.5.8   If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series A) to take place on April 1, 2007 (the “early redemption date” ). Where the Company so chose –
  2.5.8.1   The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it indicates the exact rate

- 5 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year.
 
  2.5.8.2   On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A).
  2.6   The Debentures (Series A) will stand pari passu among themselves, without any priority or preference the one over the other.
 
  2.7   The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series A) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets.
 
  2.8   The Company undertakes to pay at the times appointed for this purpose in the debentures the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences payable under the debentures, and to comply with all the other conditions and obligations imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed.
3.   The Right to Issue Additional Debentures and Other Securities
 
    The Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series A), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest, linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provision of clause 2.7 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation.
 
4.   The Right to Issue Additional Debentures (Series A)
 
    The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series A), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation ( “the additional Debentures (Series A)” ). Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series A) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series A were issued.
 
    All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series A) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series A); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the principal of the additional Debentures (Series A) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series A) will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date.

- 6 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
    The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series A).
 
5.   Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Bodies
 
    The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholders in the company as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholders as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( “related institutional investor” ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right.
 
    The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof).
 
6.   No Collateral
 
    The debentures are not secured by any collateral. The Company undertakes not to create liens as provided in clause 2.7 above.
 
7.   Immediate payment on the Debentures
 
    Subject to the provisions of clause 8 below, the Trustee will be entitled to make call for the immediate payment on all or any of the unpaid balance of the debentures, and shall be obligated to do so if required by a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 50% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, all the aforesaid upon the occurrence of one or more of the circumstances enumerated below:

- 7 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  7.1   The Company does will not pay any amount (whether principal, interest or linkage differences) due under the terms of the debentures, within seven days from the due date of that amount according to the terms of the debentures.
 
  7.2   A permanent liquidator is appointed to the Company by a court, or the court issues a final liquidation order in respect of the Company, or a valid resolution is passed for the voluntary liquidation of the Company.
 
  7.3   An application is filed for the Company to make an arrangement with its creditors under section 350 of the Companies Law, 5759-1999, or a stay of proceedings order is issued against the Company under the aforesaid section, and where the application is not filed by the Company – the application or the order is not withdrawn or canceled within 45 days from when it was filed or issued, as the case may be.
 
  7.4   The Company is dissolved or expunged for any reason whatsoever, including expunction or dissolution for the purpose of a merger or in the framework of a share swap, unless the Trustee is satisfied that the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series A) will not be prejudiced by such merger or share swap transaction.
 
  7.5   If any of the cases enumerated below take place, according to the determination by the Trustee or in a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders that this may to prejudice or endanger the rights of the debenture holders:
  7.5.1   A temporary liquidator or temporary receiver is appointed to the Company by a court, or if the court issues a temporary liquidation order against the Company, and such appointment or order is not revoked within 30 days from when it was issued.
 
  7.5.2   An attachment is imposed on material assets of the Company, and such attachment is not lifted within 45 days from when it was imposed.
 
  7.5.3   An execution act is executed against material assets of the Company, and such act is not annulled within 45 days from when it was executed.
 
  7.5.4   A permanent receiver is appointed to the Company and/or over all or a material part of its assets, and such appointment is not revoked within 45 days.
 
  7.5.5   The Company discontinues payments and/or gives notice of its intention to discontinue payments and/or there is, in the Trustee’s opinion, a real danger that it will discontinue payments and/or cease carrying on its business and/or it is probable that it will cease carrying on its business.
 
  7.5.6   The Company breaches or defaults on any material condition or obligation imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed,

- 8 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      and fails to remedy such breach within 14 business days from when it received a written warning from the Trustee to remedy the breach.
 
  7.5.7   The holders of liens on the Company’s assets exercise their liens on material assets of the Company.
 
  7.5.8   A call for an immediate payment is made on another debenture series that was issued by the Company, not in accordance with a resolution of the Company.
 
  7.5.9   So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – if 10 business days have elapsed from when a call for an immediate payment was made upon a financial debt by a creditor, consequent on a breach of the Company’s obligations toward such creditor; however, if in the course of those 10 business days any of the circumstances listed below occurs, no call for an immediate payment will be made on the Debentures (Series A): (1) an order is issued for the stay or cancellation of the call for an immediate payment on the financial debt; (2) the Company and the creditor arrive at an arrangement in which the call for an immediate payment is canceled, in such manner that it does not advance the original payment times that were fixed between such creditor and the Company.
 
      In this regard, “financial debt” – excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 31, 2005.
 
  7.5.10   Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange – the transfer of control in the Company. In this regard, “control” – as defined in the Securities Law, except if the identity of the new holder of the controlling shareholder was approved by a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series A).
 
  7.5.11   Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange – any other event which, in the Trustee’s reasonable opinion, constitutes a material injury and/or gives rise to a real concern of material injury to the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series A), including due to events as aforementioned in the beginning of this clause 7.5.11, coming to the Trustee’s attention pursuant to notices of the Company served as provided in clause 15.13 below.
8.   Prior Notice Before a Call for Immediate Payment
  8.1   Notwithstanding the aforesaid in clause 7 above, the Trustee will not make a call for an immediate payment on the debentures unless the Trustee served the Company prior written notice of its intention to do so, and the Company failed to comply with the contents of such notice within 15 days from the receipt thereof ( “the curing period” ).

- 9 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  8.2   In the prior notice as aforesaid the Company will be required to pay the amount in arrears, and/or to comply with the other provisions of this Trust Deed or terms of the debentures the breach of which or noncompliance with which constitute cause for making a call for an immediate payment, and/or to restore the status quo according to the event set forth in clause 7 above constituting cause for a call for an immediate payment, in respect of which the aforesaid notice was served.
 
  8.3   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 8.1 above, if the Trustee is of the opinion that a delay in making a call for an immediate payment on the Company’s debt, as stated in clause 8.1 above, will materially endanger the rights of the debenture holders, it will be entitled to shorten the curing period up to 3 business days, in order to prevent such danger to the rights of the debenture holders, provided it affirms this to the Company in a notice served to it simultaneously with the call for an immediate payment on the debentures.
9.   Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee
  9.1   Whenever a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Trustee will be entitled, at its discretion and without further notice, to institute such proceedings, including legal proceedings, as it deems fit for protecting the rights of the debenture holders.
 
  9.2   The Trustee shall be obligated to act as provided in clause 9.1 above, if so required by a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 75% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, and in accordance with such resolution or demand, unless the Trustee deems it unjustified and/or unreasonable to do so in the circumstances of the case and applies to the appropriate court for instructions in the matter.
 
  9.3   The Trustee may, before instituting any proceedings to convene a meeting of the debenture holders to issue a special resolution as to which proceedings should be instituted, and the Trustee will be entitled to reconvene meetings of the debenture holders for the purpose of receiving instructions in respect of the conduct of such proceedings.
 
  9.4   The stated above shall not prejudice and/or derogate from the Trustee’s right to initiate legal and/or other proceedings including the receipt of instructions from the court, even if no call for payment was made on the debentures, all for the protection of the debenture holders and subject to the provisions of any law.
 
  9.5   Subject to the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, to convene a general meeting of the debenture holders at any time, in order to consider any matter relating to this Deed and/or to obtain its instructions in that regard.

- 10 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  9.6   The Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any action under this Deed, for the purpose of applying to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court, until it receives instructions from the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or from the court on how to proceed.
 
  9.7   The application to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court will be made in such cases without delay and at the earliest possible and reasonable date.
10.   Trusteeship of the Receipts
  10.1   All the receipts received by the Trustee, including as a result of proceedings, if any, instituted by it against the Company, will be held by it in trust and used by it for the purposes and according to the order or priorities detailed below:
 
      First, for defraying the reasonable costs, the payments, the imposts and the obligations that were expended by the Trustee, imposed on it, or that were incurred incidentally to or in consequence of the trust execution acts or otherwise in connection with the terms of this Deed, including the Trustee’s fee (provided it was not paid by the Company, and without derogating from its obligation to pay the Trustee’s fee). Subject to the provisions of the law, the balance will be used by the Trustee, unless the general meeting of the debenture holders directs otherwise in a special resolution, for the following: first, to pay the debenture holders all the interest due to them under the terms of the debentures, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amount of the arrears interest due to each of them, without preference or priority to any of them and without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise; second, to pay the debenture holders the principal amounts due to them under the debentures held by them, whether the time of payment of the principal has arrived or not, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amounts due to them, without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise, and the surplus, if any, will be paid by the Trustee to the Company or its substitutes, as the case may be. Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the debenture holders, insofar as there is a requirement in law to do so.
 
      The payment of the amounts by the Trustee to the debenture holders as stated above, from the receipts received by it, is subject to prior or equal rights of other creditors of the Company with respect to said receipts, should there be any such and in accordance with any law.

- 11 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
11.   Authority to Delay the Distribution of Moneys
  11.1   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 10 above, if the monetary amount received as a result of the institution of proceedings as stated above and becoming distributable at any time as stated in said clause, is less than ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the linkage conditions), the Trustee will not be obligated to distribute it and will be entitled to invest such amount, wholly or partly, in the permissible investments under this Deed and to replace such investments from time to time with other permissible investments, all as he deems appropriate.
 
  11.2   When the aforesaid investments with their earnings, together with other moneys, if any, received by the Trustee for payment to the debenture holders, reach an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the linkage conditions), the Trustee will pay them to the debenture holders in the manner provided in clause 10 above. That stated will not apply if a special resolution is passed by the general meeting of holders of Debentures (Series A) according to which the Trustee is required to distribute such amount.
 
  11.3   If within a reasonable amount of time the Trustee is not in possession of an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures as stated, it will be entitled to distribute to the debenture holders the moneys in his possession.
12.   Distribution Notice
 
    The Trustee will notify the debenture holders of the day and place of execution of any payment from among those referred to in clauses 10 and 11 above, by a prior notice of 14 days to be served in the manner specified in clause 24 below.
 
    After the day specified in the notice, the debenture holders will be entitled to interest at the rate specified in the debentures, only on the balance of the principal (should there be any such) after deduction of the amount that was paid or proposed for payment to them as aforesaid.
 
13.   Receipts from the Debenture Holders
  13.1   A receipt issued by a debenture holder for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences paid to him by the Trustee in respect of the debenture will release the Trustee absolutely with respect to the actual execution of payment of the amounts specified therein.
 
  13.2   A receipt issued by the Trustee for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences deposited with it in favor of the debenture holders in accordance with the terms of this Deed or the debentures, will be deemed vis-à-vis

- 12 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      the Company as a receipt from the debenture holder regarding the receipt of the amounts specified therein.
14.   Presentation of a Debenture to the Trustee and Recording of a Partial Payment
  14.1   A debenture holder will be obligated to present to the Trustee, at the time of a payment on account of principal, interest or linkage differences under clauses 10, 11 and 12 above, the debenture in respect of which the payment is being made.
 
  14.2   The Trustee will record on the debenture certificate a note concerning the amounts that were paid as aforesaid, and the payment date.
 
  14.3   The Trustee will be entitled, in any special case, at its discretion, to waive the presentation of the debenture, after the debenture holder provided it with an indemnity letter and/or a security deemed adequate by the Trustee for damages that may be caused by the non-recording of a note as aforesaid, all as the Trustee deems fit, or it may maintain records in another manner, at its discretion.
15.   Company’s Undertakings Toward the Trustee
 
    The Company hereby undertakes toward the Trustee, up to the date of full payment of the debentures, as follows:
  15.1   To persist and conduct its business in an orderly and proper manner, including making the mandatory payments applying by law to its assets. It is hereby clarified that the Company’s failure to make such a mandatory payment due to a disagreement in good faith shall not be deemed a breach of this undertaking.
 
  15.2   To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the imposition of any attachment on all or a material part of its assets, and of the appointment of a receiver and/or special administrator and/or temporary or permanent liquidator over all or a material part of its assets, and of an action by a holder of a lien on any asset of the Company for the exercise of the lien registered in its favor, and to take, at its expense, all the necessary steps for removing such attachment or for canceling such receivership, liquidation or administration or for annulling the lien exercise actions, as the case may be.
 
  15.3   To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the occurrence of any of the circumstances enumerated in clause 7 above.
 
  15.4   To comply with any other reasonable instruction of the Trustee that is intended to protect the rights of the debenture holders, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.
 
  15.5   To manage its books in accordance with the provisions of any law and generally accepted accounting principles, and to allow the Trustee or its authorized representative, upon its demand, to inspect the Company’s books and the

- 13 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      documents serving as references therefor, subject to the Trustee’s undertaking to keep the information in confidence, except for the conveyance of relevant information only, at the Trustee’s reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders that was convened for the purpose of receiving a report and/or passing an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence any information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company. In this regard, the Trustee’s authorized representative denotes anyone appointed by the Trustee for the purpose of such inspection in a written notice to be served by the Trustee to the Company prior the aforesaid inspection, said notice to include also the Trustee’s confirmation that such representative is obligated toward the Trustee and toward the Company to keep in confidence any information coming to his knowledge in the course of his activity on the Trustee’s behalf. The Trustee will keep in confidence any information contained in a book and/or in a document inspected by the Trustee’s representative as stated.
 
  15.6   To furnish to the Trustee a copy of every report which it is obligated to submit to the Securities Authority, simultaneously with the submission thereof to the authority, as well as a copy of every document transmitted by the Company to the debenture holders. In addition the Company will transmit to the Trustee additional information relating to the Company, upon the Trustee’s reasonable demand, and any information transmitted to the Trustee will be kept in confidence by it.
 
  15.7   To issue to the Trustee, once a year as well as upon demand, a confirmation that all the payments coming due were made to the debenture holders.
 
  15.8   To cause the debentures to be rated by a rating agency throughout the term of the debentures. In this regard, “rating agency” – as this term is defined in the Second Schedule to the Securities Regulations (Details of the Prospectus, Its Structure and Form), 5729-1969.
 
  15.9   To enable the Trustee to participate in meetings of the Company’s shareholders, without a voting right.
 
  15.10   For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – to notify the Trustee in writing in the event that a call for an immediate payment is made on a financial debt of the Company by a creditor pursuant to a breach of the Company’s obligations toward that creditor, directly and not later than 2 business days after the Company learned thereof. In this regard, “financial debt” – excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 13, 2005.
 
  15.11   For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Company’s known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA

- 14 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      in the four last calendar months included in the Company’s financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date. The Company undertakes to present to the Trustee a written confirmation from the Company’s accountant, not later than 3 business days before the date of the announcement of a dividend distribution, concerning its absolute compliance with the above condition.
 
  15.12   Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange – to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of any case in which following the first issue of the debentures under this Deed, the Company is to assume a new or additional financial debt in a manner that increases by more than NIS 500 million its known net financial Indebtedness on the date of assumption of such financial debt.
 
  15.13   For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than two business days after learning of any occurrence or matter being outside the ordinary course of the Company’s business in view of their nature, scope or potential consequence, and which have or could have a material effect on the Company.
16.   Additional Undertakings
 
    After a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Company will perform, from time to time and whenever so required by the Trustee, all reasonable actions to enable the exercise of all the powers vested in the Trustee and specifically, the Company will perform the following actions, insofar as they are reasonable:
  16.1   Make any declaration and/or sign all documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all actions as necessary and/or required for validating the exercise of the authorities, the powers and the authorizations of the Trustee and/or its representatives.
 
  16.2   Issue all notices, orders and instructions as the Trustee deems practicable and which it requires.
 
  16.3   For the purposes of this clause – a written notice signed by the Trustee, confirming that an action required by it, within the framework of its powers, is a reasonable action, shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
17.   Attorneys
  17.1   The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its attorney for implementing and performing in its name and stead all the actions which it is obligated to perform by the explicit terms of this Deed, and in general to act in the Company’s name in the exercise of all or a part of the powers vested in the Trustee, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee deems fit for the

- 15 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      performance of the Trustee’s duties under this Deed of Trust, provided the Company has not performed the actions which it is obligated to perform by the terms of this Deed within a reasonable time from the Trustee’s demand.
 
  17.2   The appointment under clause 17.1 above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby discharges the Trustee in advance in the event that it does not perform some action as aforesaid in clause 17.1 and/or in the event it is not performed on time. Additionally, the Company hereby waives in advance any contention against the Trustee and/or its agents for any damage caused and/or may be caused to the Company, directly and/or indirectly, due to actions in good faith that were performed by the Trustee as stated in this clause, excluding negligence and/or mala fides on the part of the Trustee.
18.   Other Agreements
 
    Subject to the provisions of the Securities Law and to the restrictions imposed on the Trustee in the Securities Law, the fulfillment of the Trustee’s function under this Deed or its status per se as a trustee shall not prevent the Trustee and/or its parent company and/or any related company from entering into various contracts with the Company or from executing any transaction with any third party in the ordinary course of its business, including any contract or transaction relating to the underwriting, distribution or sale of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, provided this does not affect the fulfillment of the Trustee’s undertakings in this Deed or the Trustee’s competency.
 
19.   Reports by the Trustee
 
    The Trustee will prepare by the end of the second quarter in each calendar year an annual report concerning the affairs of the trust ( “the annual report” ). The annual report will set out the following matters:
  19.1   Current details of the course of the affairs of the trust during the past calendar year.
 
  19.2   Exceptional events connected with the trust that occurred during the past calendar year.
 
  19.3   The holders may inspect the annual report at the Trustee’s offices during regular business hours, and they may receive a copy of the report upon demand.
 
  19.4   The Trustee will notify the holders of the date of submission of the report by it, as provided in clause 23 below.
 
  19.5   If the Trustee learns of a material breach of the Trust Deed on the Company’s part, it will notify the holders of the breach and of the steps it has taken for the prevention thereof or for the fulfillment of the Company’s undertakings, as the case may be.

- 16 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
20.   Trustee’s Fee
 
    The Trustee’s fee will be as specified in Addendum C to this Deed.
 
21.   Powers and Activities
  21.1   The Trustee is not obligated to inform any part of the signing of this Deed and may not interfere in any manner in the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs.
 
  21.2   The Trustee will exercise in trust the powers, authorizations and authorities vested in it by this Deed, at its reasonable discretion, and it shall not be liable for any damage caused due to an error in such discretion, unless it acted negligently or mala fides.
 
  21.3   The Trustee will keep in confidence any information conveyed to it by the Company and will not make any use thereof save for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the terms of this Deed, including for the purpose of conveying relevant information only, at its reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders convened to receive a report and/or pass an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence the information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company.
 
  21.4   The Trustee may in the course of executing the trust affairs under this Deed act on the opinion and/or advice of any lawyer, accountant, appraiser, assessor, surveyor, broker or other expert, whether such opinion and/or advice was prepared at the Trustee’s request and/or by the Company, and the Trustee will not be liable for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action and/or omission done by it on the basis of such advice or opinion, unless the Trustee acted negligently or not in good faith. The Trustee will allow the Company and the debenture holders to peruse such opinion upon demand.
 
  21.5   Any such advice and/or opinion may be given, sent or received by letter, cable, facsimile and/or any other electronic means for the transmission of information, and the Trustee shall not be liable for actions done by it on the basis of any advice and/or opinion and/or knowledge conveyed by one of the methods mentioned above, even if it contained errors and/or was inauthentic, unless it was possible to discover such errors in a reasonable examination.
 
  21.6   The Trustee will be entitled to appoint an agent/s to act in its stead, be it a lawyer or someone else, for the purpose of performing or participating in the performance of special actions that are required in connection with the trust – and without derogating from the above generalities, the institution of legal proceedings or representation in merger or spin-off processes of the Company – and to pay any such agent a fee. The Company shall be entitled to object to such

- 17 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      appointment for any reasonable reason, including in case the agent is competing, directly and indirectly, with the company’s business.
 
  21.7   Subject to the provisions in this Deed, the Trustee will act toward the debenture holders in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law, even before the listing of the Debentures (Series A) on the Stock Exchange.
22.   Indemnification of the Trustee
  22.1   The Trustee will be entitled to indemnity from the debenture holders and/or from the Company, as the case may be, for reasonable costs which it incurred and/or will incur, as the case may be, in connection with actions which it performed and/or will be required to perform by virtue of its obligation under the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders, in the manner specified in the Trust Deed, or by demand of the Company, but it: will not be entitled to demand indemnity in advance in a matter that does not brook delay; and where the Trustee is satisfied with an indemnity undertaking – such indemnity undertaking may include indemnity in respect of liability in torts that is imposed on the Trustee in a final judgment or in a compromise vis-à-vis a third party not being a debenture holder, provided that such indemnity undertaking is subject to the following conditions: 1) the costs in respect of the liability in torts are reasonable; 2) the Trustee acted in good faith and with appropriate care, and such action was done during the fulfillment of its function and without negligence.
 
  22.2   Without derogating from the rights to compensation granted to the Trustee by law, but subject to the provisions of clause 22.1 above, the Trustee and any receiver, representative, manager, agent or other person appointed by the Trustee under this Deed, will be entitled to be indemnified from the moneys received by the Trustee in proceedings instituted by it or in another manner under this Deed, with respect to obligations which they assumed, with respect to costs which they incurred incidentally to the execution of the trust under this Deed, or in connection with such actions as in their opinion were required for such execution, or in connection with the exercise of the powers and authorities vested in them by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with all kinds of legal proceedings, opinions and advice of lawyers and other experts, negotiations, deliberations, expenses, claims and demands relating to any law or any thing that was done or not done in any manner in such regard, and the Trustee will be entitled to withhold the moneys in its possession and to pay out of them the amounts required as indemnity, provided it did not act negligently.
 
      Whenever the Trustee is obligated by the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders (Series A) and/or by demand of the Company to perform any action, including but not only the initiation of proceedings or filing of claims at the

- 18 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      demand of the owners of Debentures (Series A), as stated in the Trust Deed, the Trustee will be entitled to abstain from any such action until it receives an indemnity letter, to its satisfaction, from the owners of Debentures (Series A) or any of them, and where the action is performed pursuant to the Company’s demand – from the Company, in respect of any liability for damages and/or costs that could be caused to the Trustee, to the Company or to either of them due to the performance of such action. All the foregoing, except in circumstances in which an urgent action was required, and abstention from the performance thereof before the receipt of an indemnity letter as stated would cause damage and/or loss to the holders of Debentures (Series A).
23.   Notices
  23.1   Any notice served by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be sent by registered post to the address of the debenture holders last recorded in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been served to the debenture holders at the end of three days from the date of delivery thereof at the post office.
 
      The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders.
 
      The Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders.
 
      However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange or in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders.
 
  23.2   Any notice or demand by the Trustee to the Company or by the Company to the Trustee may be served in a registered letter sent to the address detailed in this Deed, or to another address of which one party will inform the other in writing, or by a fax transmission or by messenger, and every such notice or demand will be deemed to have been received by the addressee as follows: (a) if sent by registered post – at the end of three business days from the day of its delivery at the post office; (b) if transmitted by fax (together with verification of receipt by telephone) – at the end of one business day from the day of its transmission; and (c) if sent by messenger – upon delivery of the notice or offering thereof to the addressee, as the case may be.

- 19 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
24.   Alterations to the Trust Deed; Waiver and Compromise; Modification of Rights
  24.1   Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee will be entitled to alter the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), upon the fulfillment of any of the following:
    24.1.1   The Trustee is satisfied that the alteration does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, no alteration may be made to the terms of the Trust Deed and/or the debentures in regards with the amounts and times of payment, the causes for making a call for an immediate payment for payment and/or the reports which the Company is required to submit to the Trustee, except as provided in clause 24.1.2 below.
 
    24.1.2   The debentures holders have agreed to the alteration in a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed in a meeting of the debenture holders.
  24.2   The Trustee will be entitled, where he is satisfied that this does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders, to waive any nonmaterial breach or nonmaterial compliance by the Company with any condition of the Deed of Trust (or condition of the debentures), excluding a breach and/or noncompliance with conditions as stated relating to the payment of amounts to debenture holders and/or times of payment and /or reports the Company has to deliver to the Trustee.
 
  24.3   Furthermore, the Trustee will be entitled, subject to the provisions of the law, with prior approval by a special resolution passed in the general meeting of the debenture holders, whether before or after a call for an immediate payment has been made on the debentures, to compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them and to agree with the Company on any settlement of rights of the debenture holders under the Trust Deed and according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia to waive any right or claim of the debenture holders against the Company.
 
  24.4   Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee will be entitled, at the Company’s request, from time to time and at any time, until the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, to make alterations in the Trust Deed and/or in the debentures as required by the Securities Authority and/or the Stock Exchange and/or any other governmental authority, insofar as such alterations are necessary for listing on the Stock Exchange, provided such alterations do not, in the Trustee’s opinion, prejudice the rights of the debenture holders and/or change the causes for immediate payment and the amounts and times of payment of the debentures. Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the debenture holders written notice of any such alteration as soon as possible after it was made.

- 20 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  24.5   Starting from the date of listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will issue an immediate report concerning any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made. So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the holders notice of any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made.
 
  24.6   Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will be entitled to require the debenture holders to deliver the debenture certificates to it or to the Company, for the purpose of recording thereon a note concerning any compromise, waiver, alteration or amendment as stated, and upon the Trustee’s demand the Company will record a note as aforesaid. Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will notify the debenture holders in writing in that regard within a reasonable time.
25.   Register of the Debenture Holders
  25.1   The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office a register of the debenture holders, in which will be recorded the names of the debenture holders, their address and the number and principal amount of the debentures registered in their name. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the provisions of this Deed and the debentures will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register at any reasonable time. The Company may close the register from time to time for a period or periods not exceeding 30 days in the aggregate in a year.
 
  25.2   The Company will not be obligated to record in the register of the debenture holders any notice concerning an explicit, implicit or presumed trust, or any pledge or lien of any kind, or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. The Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures were registered, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation – by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof after providing adequate proof to the Company’s satisfaction of their right to be so registered.
26.   Release
 
    Upon proof to the Trustee’s satisfaction that all the debentures were fully paid and redeemed (including principal, interest and linkage differences), and upon proof to the Trustee’s satisfaction that all the obligations or costs incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Deed were fully defrayed, the Trustee will be obligated, upon the Company’s first demand, to act with any unredeemed moneys deposited in regard of the debenture in accordance with the conditions specified in this Deed.

- 21 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
27.   Termination of the Trustee’s Office
  27.1   The Trustee and any trustee replacing it will be entitled to resign from their office whenever they so desire, after serving the Company a written notice setting out the reason for the resignation. If the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will convene a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series A) to appoint a new trustee, and the Trustee’s resignation will take effect upon the appointment of the new trustee. The new trustee will be a trust company of one of the six big banks in Israel or another trustee whose appointment has been approved by a meeting of the debenture holders.
 
      If the debentures have been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Trustee’s resignation will take effect only after it has been approved by the court and from the day specified in the approval. Upon the resignation of the Trustee, the court will appoint a new trustee in its place.
 
  27.2   The Trustee will transfer to the new trustee all its records concerning holders of Debentures (Series A), if there are any such, information concerning the payments that were executed by the Trustee until then, if any such were executed, any report that was submitted according to the terms of the Trust Deed and any information reasonably required by the new trustee, and the Trustee will transfer as well to the new trustee any amount held by it at the time in connection with the Debentures (Series A).
 
  27.3   The holders of ten percent (10%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) may convene a general meeting of the debenture holders, which may resolve, upon a vote of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series A), to dismiss the Trustee.
 
  27.4   Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustee’s office will expire or terminate, as the case may be, in the circumstances enumerated in section 35N of the Securities Law.
 
  27.5   Prior to the appointment of a new trustee not being a trust company of a bank, the Company will provide to the holders details of such trustee’s equity and insurance arrangements in connection with the fulfillment of its function as trustee.
 
  27.6   Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustee’s office will terminate if it becomes apparent that the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office due to a change in the provisions of the law or the statute applying to its competence to serve as trustee, including where such preclusion is created in connection with the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange. For this purpose “preclusion” is deemed also a demand by the Securities Authority to terminate the Trustee’s office. In such case the Company will appoint a new trustee.

- 22 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  27.7   Any new trustee appointed will have the same powers, authorities and other authorizations and will be able to act, in all respects, as if it had to begin with been appointed as the Trustee.
 
  27.8   The Company will notify the holders upon learning of any event and/or circumstance by reason of which the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office.
28.   Meetings of the Debenture Holders
 
    Meetings of the debenture holders will be conducted as set forth in Addendum B to this Deed.
29.   Financial Statements
 
    The Company will submit to the Trustee, for as long as all the debentures have not been fully paid (including interest and linkage differences):
  29.1   Audited financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31 of the past year, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Company’s shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these statements.
 
  29.2   Any semi-annual and quarterly interim report, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Company’s shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these reports, together with the review thereof of the Company’s accountant.
 
  29.3   Certification of the Company’s accountant and/or controller concerning the payment of any interest and/or principal and the date of payment thereof to the debentures holders, and the balance of the principal amount of the debentures in circulation, pursuant to the Trustee’s written request to the Company for such a certification.
 
  29.4   Any immediate report submitted by the Company, immediately upon its publication.
 
  29.5   In the event that the debentures are delisted from trade following the listing thereof, and for as long as all the Debentures (Series A) have not been fully redeemed, the Company will continue submitting to the Trustee the reports detailed in clauses 29.1 and 29.2 above, at the times when a public company is required to publish these reports.
 
  29.6   Reports concerning any change in the rating of the debentures.
 
  29.7   The Trustee will allow the holders to inspect the reports, subject to their undertaking to maintain confidentiality as set out in clause 21.3 above.

- 23 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
30.   Investments of Moneys
 
    All the moneys which the Trustee is entitled to invest under this Deed, will be invested by the Trustee, in a bank/s, in its name or to its order, in investments which under the laws of the State of Israel are permissible with trust moneys, as it deems appropriate, subject to the terms of this Trust Deed and provided that any investment in securities is limited to securities with a rating of not less than AA. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust accounts, commissions and other mandatory payments applying to the trust account. From such moneys the Trustee will transfer amounts to the debenture holders who are entitled thereto, as soon as possible after proofs and certifications are submitted to the Trustee’s complete satisfaction concerning their right to these amounts, and less the Trustee’s costs and commissions at its customary rate for the same time.
 
31.   Miscellaneous
 
    Disagreements between the parties to this Trust Deed will be adjudicated exclusively by the court in Tel Aviv-Jaffa, which is vested with material jurisdiction.
 
32.   Addresses
 
    The parties’ addresses are as set out in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address of which appropriate written notice is served by one party to the other.
 
33.   Stamping
 
    Stamping of this Deed, if and to the extent required by law, will be done by the Company, at its expense.
In witness whereof the parties have set their hand hereto:
     
( - )
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
  ( - )
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd.
I the undersigned, Erez Yitzhaki, Adv., hereby certify that this Trust Deed was signed by Cellcom Israel Ltd. in accordance with its memorandum and articles, through Messrs. Tal Raz and Oren Lieder.
     
    ( - )
    ––––––––––––––––––––––
    Erez Yitzhaki, Adv.
    License No. 22443

- 24 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM A – DEBENTURES
CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
Debentures (Series A)
A series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, payable in nine equal semi-annual installments, on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), linked principal and interest to the Consumer Price Index for November 2005 and bearing 5.0% annual interest.
Registered Debentures
Certificate number                     
Total principal amount of the debentures in this certificate NIS                     
Registered owner of the debentures in this certificate                     
1.   This certificate witnesses that Cellcom Israel Ltd. ( “the Company” ) will pay on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), to whoever is registered in the Company’s register of debenture holders as the holder of the debentures in this certificate, 11.11% of the principal amount of this debenture. The unpaid principal of the debenture will be linked to the Consumer Price Index for November 2005 and will bear 5.0% annual interest, all in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed, the debenture certificate and the terms set forth in the back of the page.
 
2.   The debentures of this series are issued in accordance with a trust Deed dated December 21, 2005, drawn up and signed between the Company of the one part and Aurora Fidelity Trust Company Ltd. , as the Trustee, of the other part ( “the Trust Deed” ).
 
3.   The debenture is issued subject to the terms set forth in the back of the page and to the terms of the Trust Deed.
––––––––––––––––––––––
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
       
Date: 
     
 
     

- 25 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
TERMS SET FORTH IN THE BACK OF THE OAGE
1.   General
 
    In this Debenture (Series A), the terms below will have the meanings below, unless another meaning is implied by the context:
     
“the Company” -
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.
 
   
“the Trust Deed” -
  The Trust Deed dated December 21, 2005 between the Company and Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd. in connection with the issue of the Debentures (Series A).
 
   
“debentures” or “Debentures (Series A)” -
  A series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, issued by the Company pursuant to the Trust Deed.
 
   
“the Trustee”
  Aurora Fidelity Trust Company Ltd. or any trustee replacing it, in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed.
 
   
“principal” or
“principal amount” or
“debenture principal” -
  The unpaid principal amount of the debentures in circulation.
 
   
“the register” -
  The register of holders of debentures of the Company, in which will be recorded all the holders of the debentures.
 
   
“debenture holder” -
  The person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders – the joint holder whose name is written first in the register.
 
   
“the Securities Law” -
  The Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereto as in force from time to time.
 
   
“the known index” -
  The last known index.
 
   
“the base index” -
  The index published on December 15, 2005 for the month of November 2005.
 
   
“the payment index” -
  The known index on the date of any payment on account of the principal or the interest.
 
   
“Consumer Price Index” or “index” -
  The price index known as “the Consumer Price Index” including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution, and including any other index replacing it, whether built on the same data as the existing

- 26 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
     
 
  index or not. If the index is replaced by another index published by an organization or institution as aforesaid, and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such other index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as stated, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index;
 
   
“the issue date” -
  December 22, 2005.
 
   
“business day” -
  Any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions.
 
   
“the Stock Exchange” -
  The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
 
   
“sum of net financial Indebtedness” known on any date –
  (a) the sum of the Company’s indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Company’s last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors prior to that date;
 
   
“EBITDA” in any period –
  The Company’s earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Company’s financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors.
    The debentures form an integral part of the Trust Deed, and in case of a contradiction between them, the provisions of the Trust Deed shall prevail.
 
2.   Pari Passu and No Liens
 
    The debentures will stand pari passu with respect to the amounts payable on them, without any priority of one debenture from this series over another.
 
    The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series A) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets.
 
    The debentures are not secured by any collateral.

- 27 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
3.   Payment of the Debenture Principal
 
    The principal will be paid in nine equal semi-annual installments, on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), plus index-linkage differences, as provided in clause 5 below. If the principal payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral.
 
4.   Payment of the Interest
 
    The unpaid balance of the debenture principal will bear interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum ( “the interest” ). The interest will be linked to the Consumer Price Index, in accordance with the linkage conditions, as provided in clause 5 below.
 
    Interest will be paid on January 5 of each of the years 2007 to 2012 (inclusive) and on July 5 of each of the years 2006 to 2012 (inclusive), for the six-month period ended on the last day before every such date ( “the interest period” ), except for the first interest period, in respect of which interest (calculated on the basis of 365 days) will be paid pro rata for the period beginning on the issue date and ending on July 4, 2006.
 
    It is hereby clarified that the first interest payment will be made on July 5, 2006. Accordingly, the first interest will be at a rate of 2.671%.
 
    The last interest payment will be made on July 5, 2012, together with the last payment of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation and against the return of the debenture certificate to the Company.
 
    If the interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral.
 
    The Company will deduct from the interest payment any amount it is required to deduct at source, if at all, in accordance with any law.
 
    Subject as provided in clause 7 below, if the Company delays more than five business days after the appointed day for paying any amount on account of the principal and/or interest as aforesaid ( “the amount in arrears” ), such amount will bear, in respect of the entire period of arrears from the day appointed for payment, arrears interest at the interest rate on Debentures (Series A) specified at the head of this clause plus 2%, all on an annual basis ( “the arrears interest” ). To remove doubt, it is hereby clarified that during the arrears period, arrears interest will be paid alone (and not in addition to the interest as defined above). In such case, the Company will notify the holders and will submit to the Stock Exchange without delay a report indicating the exact interest rate including the arrears interest.
 
5.   Principal and Interest Linkage Conditions
 
    The debenture principal and the interest thereon will be linked to the Consumer Price Index in the following manner: If it becomes apparent on the date of any payment on

- 28 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
    account of the debenture principal and/or the interest thereon that the payment index has increased compared to the base index, the Company will pay such amount of the principal and/or interest increased in proportion to the rate of increase of the payment index over the base index; however, if it becomes apparent that the payment index is the same as or lower than the base index, the payment index will be the base index.
 
6.   Persons Entitled to Principal and Interest Payments
  6.1   Any payment on account of the principal and/or interest will be paid to the debenture holders whose names are recorded in the register at the end of the day of December 24 or June 23, as the case may be, immediately preceding the due date of any principal and/or interest payment (hereinabove and hereinafter: “the determining day” ), except for the final payment which will be made against the delivery of the debenture certificate to the Company at least five business days before the date set for the final payment, at the Company’s registered office and/or at any other place of which the Company will give notice.
 
  6.2   The payment will be made to the entitled persons by check or bank transfer, crediting the bank account of the persons whose names appear in the register as the holders of the debentures, the details of which will be provided in writing to the Company in good time, and in any case not later than 12 days before the date of the payment on account of the principal and/or interest.
 
  6.3   If the person entitled to a payment from the Company fails to provide the details of the bank account in good time, as aforesaid, the Company will send a check by registered post to his last address written in the register. The sending of a check to the entitled person by registered post as stated will be deemed in all respects as payment of the amount specified in the check on the date of dispatch thereof by post, provided it is paid upon proper presentation for collection.
 
  6.4   A holder wishing to change his instructions concerning the manner of payment, as stated above, may do so in a notice sent by registered letter to the Company, However, the Company will comply with such instruction only if it reached its registered office at least 15 days before the due date of any payment under the debenture. If the notice is received by the Company after such time, the Company will act in accordance therewith only with respect to payments with a due date after the payment date immediately following the day of receipt of the notice.
7.   Non-Payment for a Reason Not Dependent on the Company
   7.1   Any amount due to the debenture holder which is not actually paid on the date set for its payment for a reason not dependent on the Company, whereas the Company was prepared to make the payment, will stop bearing interest and linkage differences from the time set for its payment, and the debenture holder will be entitled solely to the amounts to which he would have been entitled on the day set for making that payment on account of the principal, interest and linkage.

- 29 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  7.2   The Company will deposit with the Trustee, within 15 business days from the date set for such payment, the amount of the payment that was not made for a reason not dependent on it, and said deposit will be deemed as the absolute discharge of that payment, and in case of the discharge of all the amounts due on the debenture, also as the redemption of the debenture. The Company will notify the holders entitled to such amount of its deposit with the Trustee. The notice will be sent to the address of the entitled holder written in the register at the time, not later than at the end of 7 business days from the deposit with the Trustee.
 
  7.3   The Trustee will invest any such amount in trust accounts, in its name and to its order on behalf of those debenture holders, and will invest it in permissible investments under the laws of the State of Israel and the provisions of the Trust Deed, all as it deems fit and subject to any law and to the provisions of clause 30 of the Trust Deed. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust account and any mandatory payments applying to the trust account and/or to the investment, and it will pay said proceeds to the entitled persons against presentation of the proofs required by it, to its complete satisfaction.
 
  7.4   The Trustee will hold these moneys and invest them in the aforesaid manner until the end of one year from the final redemption date of the debentures. After this date, the Trustee will transfer the amounts accumulated with it (including the earnings derived from their investment), less its fee and costs, to the Company, which will hold these amounts in trust on behalf of the entitled persons. The Company will confirm to the Trustee in writing that it is holding the aforesaid amounts which were accepted by it in trust on behalf of the entitled persons, and it will indemnify the Trustee for damage of any kind to it caused by the transfer of the moneys as aforesaid, provided the Trustee acted reasonably. The Company will hold these moneys in trust on behalf of the entitled debenture holders during a further six years from the day on which it received them from the Trustee. Moneys that have not been demanded from the Company by a debenture holder by the end of seven years from the final redemption date of the debentures, will pass to the Company, which will be entitled to use the remaining moneys for any purpose whatsoever.
8.   Transfer of the Debentures
  8.1   For as long as the Debentures (Series A) have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, they may be transferred only to an investor as this term is defined in the First Schedule according to section 15A(b)(1) of the Securities Law, or to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company, all – subject to the restrictions in law. The debentures are transferable in respect of any sum of principal amount, provided it is in whole new shekels. Any transfer of a debenture will be done on the basis of a transfer instrument in the accepted wording, duly signed by the

- 30 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      registered holder or his lawful representatives, to be delivered to the Company at its registered office together with the certificate of the transferred debenture and any other proof required by the Company concerning the transferor’s right to transfer the debenture.
 
      Clause 8.1 above will not apply to debentures listed in the trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange, for as long as they are so listed.
 
  8.2   If stamp tax or another mandatory payment applies to the debenture transfer instrument, proof of the payment thereof by the applicant will be provided to the Company’s satisfaction.
 
  8.3   In case only part of the sum of principal amount of a debenture is transferred, the debenture certificate will first be split as provided in clause 9 below into the appropriate number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein will be equal to the principal amount specified in the original debenture certificate.
 
  8.4   Following compliance with all these conditions, the transfer will be registered in the register of the debenture holders.
 
  8.5   All the costs and commissions entailed in the transfer will be borne by the transfer applicant.
 
  8.6   Subject to the provision of clause 8.7 below, the Debentures (Series A) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd., and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( “listing in the institutional continuous trading system” ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated.
 
  8.7   The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 ( “the determining date for listing” ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then –

- 31 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  8.7.1   The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series A) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right ( “the option” ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series A) held by them, as set out in this clause 8.7.
 
  8.7.2   Any holder wanting to exercise the option ( “the exerciser” ) will notify the Company in writing ( “exercise notice” ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise ( “the value sold” ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists.
 
  8.7.3   Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( “the first exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the sum ofprincipal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( “the half” ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the first exercise date, within off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A) and which was not paid by them.
 
  8.7.4   Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 ( “the second exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half ( “the balance of the value sold” ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A) and which was not paid by them.
 
  8.7.5   Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law.
 
  8.7.6   The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company under

- 32 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      the terms of the Debentures (Series A) during the period between July 31, 2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever will be the holders of Debentures (Series A) on the determining date for the payment of said interest.
 
  8.7.7   The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006.
 
  8.7.8   If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series A) to take place on April 1, 2007 ( “the early redemption date” ). Where the Company so chose –
     8.7.8.1   The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it will indicate the exact rate of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year.
 
     8.7.8.2   On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A).
9.   Splitting of Debenture Certificates
  9.1   Every debenture certificate may be split into a number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein is equal to the principal amount specified in the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested. A split will be executed against the delivery of the relevant certificate at the Company’s registered office for the execution thereof.
 
  9.2   Splitting of debenture certificates as stated will be done on the basis of a split application signed by the holder of those debenture certificates or his legal representatives, to be submitted to the Company at its registered office together with the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested.
 
  9.3   The split will be executed within fourteen days from the end of the month in which the certificate was delivered at the Company’s registered office. The new

- 33 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      debenture certificates issued following the split will each be for a principal amount sums in whole shekels.
 
      9.4   All the costs entailed in the split, including stamp tax and other imposts, if any, will be borne by the split applicant.
10.   Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Companies
 
    The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade in the trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) or by the controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( “related institutional investor” ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right.
 
    The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof).
 
11.   Additional Allotments of Debentures from This Series and Other Debentures
  11.1   The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series A), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation ( “the additional Debentures (Series A)” ). Without derogating from the generality of the above , the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series A) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series A were issued.
 
      All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series A) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series A); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the

- 34 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      principal of the additional Debentures (Series A) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series A) will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date.
 
      The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series A).
 
  11.2   To remove doubt, it is clarified that the Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series A), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest and linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provisions of clause 2 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation.
12.   Dividend Distribution
 
    For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Company’s known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA in the four last calendar months included in the Company’s financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date.
 
13.   Register of the Debenture Holders
 
    The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office the register, in which it will record the names and addresses of the debenture holders, the numbers and principal amount of the debentures held by them. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the terms of the debentures and the Trust Deed will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register.
 
    The Company will not be obligated to record in the register any notice concerning a trust, pledge, lien or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. It is expressly clarified that the Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures are registered in the register, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation – by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof, but only after providing proof to the Company’s satisfaction of their right to be so registered.

- 35 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
14.   Representation by the Trustee
 
    The Trustee will represent the debenture holders in any matter arising from the Company’s obligation toward them according to or in connection with the debentures, and the debenture holders hereby grant the Trustee an irrevocable power of attorney to act in their name and stead in every such matter. To remove doubt, the aforesaid shall not derogate from the right of the debenture holders to dismiss the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the law and the Trust Deed. If the Trustee is dismissed aforesaid, the new trustee will be the attorney under this clause 14.
 
15.   Compromise and/or Alterations to the Debenture Terms
 
    No alteration, waiver and/or compromise in anything pertaining to the terms of the debentures will be valid, unless made in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deed.
 
16.   General Meetings of the Debenture Holders
 
    General meetings of the debenture holders will convene and proceed in the manner provided in Addendum B to the Trust Deed.
 
17.   Replacement of Debenture Certificates
 
    If a debenture share becomes worn or is lost or destroyed, the Company may issue in its stead a new debenture certificate upon the same terms, subject to such proof, indemnity and coverage of the expenses incurred by the Company in verifying the title as the Company deems fit, provided that in the case of wear, the worn debenture certificate is returned to the Company before the new certificate is issued. Stamp tax and other imposts as well as other expenses entailed in the issuance of the new certificate will be borne by the applicant for such certificate.
 
18.   Notices
 
    Except those cases in which this debenture provides otherwise, any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be served in a registered letter sent to the debenture holder’s last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three days from the day of its delivery at the post office.
 
    The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. Likewise, the Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders.
 
    However in the event that the debentures are listed, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew

- 36 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
    language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders.

- 37 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM B: GENERAL MEETINGS OF THE DEBENTURE HOLDERS
1.   Convening a General Meeting
  1.1   The Company may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Trustee and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein.
 
  1.2   The Trustee may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Company and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein.
 
  1.3   The Company or the Trustee shall be obligated to convene a general meeting of the debentures upon the written requisition of holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation. In such case, the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive from the debenture holders requesting the meeting reimbursement of the reasonable costs entailed in convening the meeting.
 
  1.4   Notice of at least fourteen (14) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which is being convened for the presentation of a report. Notice of at least twenty one (21) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it proposed to pass a special resolution. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee may shorten the period of such notice if it is of the opinion that the rights of the debenture holders will be prejudiced by the postponement of the meeting.
 
  1.5   Any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting will be served by registered post to each of the debenture holders according to their last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three (3) days from the day of its dispatch by post.
 
      However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders.

- 38 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  1.6   Every general meeting will be held at the Company’s registered office or at another address of which the Company will give notice or – where the meeting is being convened by the Trustee – at an address of which the Trustee will give notice.
 
  1.7   No resolution lawfully passed in a meeting of the debenture holders will be invalidated where, due to an oversight, notice thereof was not served to the holders of less than 10% of the balance of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation, or where notice thereof was not received by such holders.
2.   Chairman of the Meeting
 
    The meeting will be presided over by the Trustee or by another person appointed by the Trustee to serve as chairman of the meeting. In case the Trustee (or the person appointed by it for this purpose) is not present at the meeting within half an hour from the time set for the commencement thereof, the debenture holders present at the meeting will choose one of their number to serve as chairman of the meeting.
3.   Quorum
  3.1   Two debenture holders at least, representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which has been convened for the presentation of a report will be deemed a quorum.
 
  3.2   Two debenture holders at least, representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution will be deemed a quorum.
 
  3.3   If a quorum is not present within half an from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same day in the next week (and where such day is not a business day, to the first business day immediately thereafter), at the same time and place, or to another day, time or place, if noted in the original invitation to the meeting, without need of an additional notice to the debenture holders. At an adjourned meeting, if a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be held with any number of participants. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the case of a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution, the adjourned meeting will not be held unless debenture holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation are present.
 
  3.4   The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of debenture holders present at a meeting in which there is a quorum, and representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal represented by the holders present at the meeting, adjourn the meeting, and he shall adjourn the meeting if so

- 39 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      directed by such majority. Only business that was on the agenda of the original meeting and that was not concluded or not begun may be transacted at an adjourned meeting.
4.   Voting Rights
  4.1   Votes in any meeting of the debenture holders will be conducted on a poll.
 
  4.2   In a vote, each holder present in person or by proxy will have one vote for every NIS 1 of the unpaid balance of the debenture held by him. In the case of joint holders, only the vote of the holder from among them whose name appears first in the register of the debenture holders and who proposes to vote, in person or by proxy, will be counted.
 
  4.3   The chairman of the meeting will not have a further or a casting vote.
 
  4.4   The Trustee may participate in a meeting, without a voting right.
 
  4.5   The debenture holders will be entitled to participate and vote in a meeting in person or by proxy, as set out below.
 
  4.6   Any instrument appointing a voting proxy ( “instrument of appointment” ) will be signed by the appointer or by an attorney authorized to do so in writing, or, where the appointer is a corporation – in an instrument duly signed by the corporation or by its authorized representative.
 
  4.7   The instrument of appointment, and the power of attorney based on which the instrument of appointment was signed (if at all), or a copy thereof certified to the Company’s satisfaction, will be deposited at the Company’s office or at the place appointed for holding the meeting not less than forty eight (48) hours before the time set for the meeting at which the person named in the instrument of appointment proposes to vote. However, the chairman of the meeting may waive this demand for all the participants in any meeting and accept the aforesaid instruments of appointment and powers of attorney at the start of the meeting.
 
  4.8   An instrument of appointment will be valid also for any adjourned meeting of the meeting to which it refers, unless stated otherwise in the instrument of appointment.
 
  4.9   A vote by virtue of an instrument of appointment will be valid notwithstanding the death of the appointer, or the revocation of the power of attorney on the basis of which the instrument of appointment was issued, or the transfer of the right under the debenture in respect of which the instrument of appointment was issued, unless a written notice concerning the death, revocation or transfer was received at the office or by the chairman of the meeting before the vote.

- 40 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
5.   Resolutions in General Meeting
  5.1   Subject to clauses 5.2 and 6 below, all resolutions in general meeting will be passed as ordinary resolutions. An ordinary resolution will be carried by a simple majority of the participating votes (excluding abstainers). A special resolution ( “special resolution” ) will be carried by a majority of seventy five percent (75%) of the participating votes (excluding abstainers).
 
      The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is as stated in clause 7 below.
 
  5.2   Resolutions on the matters listed below will be passed by the general meeting solely as a special resolution:
  5.2.1   An alteration in the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), where this requires a resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders, as provided in clause 24 of the Trust Deed.
 
  5.2.2   A compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them, or of the Trustee, or any settlement with the Company in connection with the rights of the debenture holders or the rights of the Trustee under the Trust Deed or according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia a waiver of any right or claim of the Trustee and/or of the debenture holders against the Company, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of clause 24 of the Trust Deed.
 
  5.2.3   Any other matter which by the terms of the debentures or the Trust Deed requires a special resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders.
 
  5.2.4   A call for immediate payment on the debentures.
 
  5.2.5   Issuance of instructions to the Trustee.
  5.3   It is hereby clarified that debenture holders being a controlling shareholder in the Company, companies controlled by controlling shareholder in the Company and related and included companies of the Company, as these terms are defined in the law, will not be counted in the quorum or in the vote of a general meeting convened for the purpose of passing an ordinary or special resolution, excluding any of the above being a related institutional investor (as this term is defined in clause 10 of the Terms set forth in the back of the page), whose vote will be taken into account.
 
  5.4   In every general meeting of the debenture holders, minutes will be made of all the proceedings and resolutions in the meeting. Any minutes signed by the chairman of a meeting in which resolutions were passed and deliberations took place was

- 41 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      transacted, will be prima facie proof of the matters written therein, and unless proven otherwise, any resolution passed in such a meeting will be deemed to have been passed lawfully.
 
  5.5   A person or persons appointed by the Trustee or by the Company and any other person or persons so authorized by the Company, may be present in a general meeting of the debenture holders (without a voting right).
6.   Dismissal of the Trustee
  6.1   An invitation to a general meeting of the debenture holders in which it is proposed to pass a resolution to dismiss the Trustee will be served in the same way as an invitation to a meeting in which it is proposed to vote on a special resolution.
 
  6.2   The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is the votes of debenture holders representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of all the debentures then in circulation.
*****************

- 42 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM C TO THE TRUST DEED SIGNED ON DECEMBER 21, 2005
BETWEEN CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
AND AURORA FIDELITY TRUST COMPANY LTD.
    The Company will pay the Trustee for its services as trustee in respect of the debenture issue the following fee:
  1.   For the first trust year, beginning on the date of the Trust Deed, a fee of NIS 35,000, payable within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee a pro forma invoice in respect of this payment. The Trustee will be entitled to forward to the Company a pro forma invoice immediately after the signing of this Trust Deed.
 
  2.   Starting from the second trust year, an annual fee of NIS 18,000. The annual fee will be payable to the Trustee within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee a pro forma invoice in respect thereof. The Trustee will be entitled to issue to the Company a pro forma invoice in respect of each year’s annual fee immediately after the start of each such year. The annual fee will be linked to the index, according to the rate of increase of the known index on the date of payment of the annual fee compared to the base index of the debentures.
 
  3.   In respect of participation in general meetings of shareholders and/or debenture holders, NIS 150 per hour.
 
  4.   If the Trustee is required to perform special work (such as work required due to a change in the Company’s structure, or due to the need to engage in actions by reason of the Company’s noncompliance with its obligations toward the debenture holders or due to the need to engage in additional actions for the performance of its function as a reasonable trustee in view of future changes in laws and/or regulations or other binding provisions applying to the Trustee’s activities), a sum of $150 per hour.
 
  5.   It is hereby clarified that where owing to a future change in laws and/or regulations and/or other binding provisions applying to the Trustee’s actions, the Trustee incurs additional costs necessitated for the fulfillment of its function as a reasonable trustee ( “costs” ), the Company will reimburse the Trustee for its costs. The Trustee will give the Company prior written notice, before expending these costs, concerning changes as stated in this clause.
 
  6.   Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to reimbursement of all its reasonable costs incurred in the fulfillment of its duties as trustee, provided that with respect to the costs of an expert opinion, the Trustee notifies the Company in advance of its intention to receive an expert opinion.
 
  7.   The Trustee’s fee and the aforesaid costs will be paid by the end of the trust under this Deed, even if a receiver (or a receiver and administrator) has been appointed and

- 43 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      regardless of whether or not the trust under this Deed is managed under court supervision.
 
  8.   VAT, if applicable, will be added to the payments due to the Trustee by the provisions of this clause, and paid by the Company. The Trustee will issue to the Company a tax invoice in respect of such payments, within 14 days from date of their payment by the Company to the Trustee.
 
  9.   If the office of the Trustee is terminated or expires during a trust year (except for the first trust year), the fee paid in respect of the months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee on behalf of the debenture holders will be refunded.

- 44 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM TO THE TRUST DEED
Made and signed in Tel Aviv on February 27, 2006
             
Between:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.        
 
  P.C. 511930125        
 
  10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140        
 
           
 
  (the “ Company”)       of the one part
 
           
 
           
A n d:
  Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd.        
 
  Company no. 513605576        
 
  6 Harakon St., Ramat Gan 52521        
 
  (the “ Trustee” )       of the other part
 
           
     
Whereas
  On December 21 2005 the parties entered into a Trust Deed (“ Trust Deed ”); and
 
   
Whereas
  following comments from the Securities Authority the parties wish to amend the provisions of the Trust Deed as set forth hereunder;
Therefore, it is hereby agreed, declared and stipulated between the parties as follows :
1.   The interpretation to the terms used in this addendum shall be as defined in the Trust Deed.
 
2.   In article 11.1 to the Trust Deed, the words “less than ten percent (10%)” shall be replaced with the words “less than five percent (5%)”.
 
3.   In article 11.2 to the Trust Deed, the words “ten percent (10%)” shall be replaced with the words “five percent (5%)”.
 
4.   In article 11.3 to the Trust Deed, the words “ten percent” shall be replaced with the words “five percent”.
 
5.   Article 14 to Addendum A to the Trust Deed shall be deleted.
 
6.   The remainder of the articles of the Trust Deed shall remain in effect without any change.
In witness whereof the parties have set their hand hereto:
     
( - )
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
  ( - )
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd.
I the undersigned, Liat Menahemi-Stadler, Adv., hereby certify that this Trust Deed was signed by Cellcom Israel Ltd. in accordance with its memorandum and articles, through Messrs. Amos Shapira and Tal Raz.
     
    ( - )
    ––––––––––––––––––––––
    Liat Menahemi-Stadler, Adv.
    License No. 18656

- 45 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.3
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
TRUST DEED
Made and signed in Tel Aviv on December 21, 2005
         
Between:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.    
 
  P.C. 511930125    
 
  10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140    
 
  (the “Company”)   of the one part
 
       
A n d:
  Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.    
 
  Company no. 51-07051-9    
 
  113 Hayarakon St., Tel Aviv    
 
  (the “Trustee” )   of the other part
     
Whereas
  the Company decided to hold a private issue of a series of registered debentures unlimited in amount (series B), of NIS 1 principal amount each; and
 
   
Whereas
  the Trustee is a company limited by shares, incorporated in Israel, whose principal purpose is to engage in trusts; and
 
   
Whereas
  the Trustee declared that there is no legal impediment to its entering into an engagement with the Company under this Trust Deed, and that it meets the requirements and qualifying conditions set in the Securities Law, as hereinafter defined, for acting as a trustee under this Trust Deed; and
 
   
Whereas
  the Company requested the Trustee to act as trustee on behalf of the holders of Debentures (Series B), and the Trustee agreed thereto, all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Trust Deed.
      Therefore, it is hereby agreed, declared and stipulated between the parties as follows :
1. Preamble, Interpretation and Definitions
  1.1   The preamble to this Trust Deed and the appendices attached hereto form an integral part hereof.
 
  1.2   The division of this Trust Deed into clauses and assigning of clause headings is done solely for convenience and as a means of reference, and may not be used for purposes of interpretation.
 
  1.3   Words stated in this Deed in the plural form import the singular form as well, and vice versa; words stated in the masculine gender import the feminine gender as well, and vice versa; and a person imports a corporation as well, wherever this

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      Deed does not provide explicitly and/or implicitly otherwise and/or the context or content does not dictate otherwise.
 
  1.4   Terms defined in the debenture certificate and not defined in this Trust Deed shall have the meaning assigned to them in the debenture certificate.
 
  1.5   In this Trust Deed the following terms shall have the meaning appearing alongside them, unless implied differently by the context or content:
 
  1.6   the “Trust Deed” or “this Deed” – this Trust Deed, including the appendices attached hereto and forming an integral part thereof;
 
  1.7   the “Debentures (Series B)” or the “debentures” – a series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, which are to be issued by the Company under this Trust Deed;
 
  1.8   “sum of net financial Indebtedness” known on any date – (a) the sum of the Company’s indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Company’s last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors prior to that date;
 
  1.9   “financial debt” – the Company’s debt in respect of credit from a financial institution or institutional investor or in respect of a debenture of the Company;
 
  1.10   the “Trustee” – the Trustee mentioned at the head of this Deed and/or anyone acting from time to time as trustee of the holders of the debentures under this Deed;
 
  1.11   “register” – the register of holders of Debentures (Series B);
 
  1.12   “debenture holder” or “holder” – the person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders, the joint holder whose name is written first in the register;
 
  1.13   “debenture certificate” – certificate of a Debenture (Series B), including the appended “Terms set forth in the back of the page set forth in the back of the page” the wording of which appears in Addendum A to this Deed;
 
  1.14   the “Securities Law” – the Securities Law, 5728-1968, and its regulations as in force from time to time;
 
  1.15   “principal of the debentures” – the principal amount of the unpaid Debentures in circulation;

- 2 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  1.16   “Consumer Price Index” or “index” – the price index known as “the Consumer Price Index” including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution replacing it, and whether built on the same data as the existing index or not. If the index is replaced by another index published by an organization or institution as aforesaid and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as aforesaid, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index;
 
  1.17   “business day” – any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions;
 
  1.18   “special resolution” – as defined in Addendum B to this Deed;
 
  1.19   “calendar month” – according to the Gregorian calendar;
 
  1.20   the “Stock Exchange” – the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
 
  1.21   “EBITDA” in any period – the Company’s earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Company’s financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors.
2.   Issuance of the Debentures
  2.1   The Company will issue a series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, payable in 5 equal annual installments, on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), bearing interest at a rate of 5.30% per annum and linked, principal and interest, to the Consumer Price Index published for the month of November 2005.
 
  2.2   The terms of the debentures will be as set out in this Deed and in the debenture certificate (including the Terms set forth in the back of the page attached to the certificate). The wording of the debenture certificate will be as set out in Addendum A to this Deed.
 
  2.3   The debenture certificates will be ready at the Company’s offices for delivery to those entitled to them within three months from the date of the allotment of the debentures, and they will be handed over against the return of the relevant allotment letter to the Company.

- 3 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  2.4   Subject to the provisions of clause 2.5 below, the Debentures (Series B) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd, and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( “listing in the institutional continuous trading system” ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated.
 
  2.5   The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 (the “determining date for listing” ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then –
  2.5.1   The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series B) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right (the “option” ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series B) held by them, as set out in this clause 2.5.
 
  2.5.2   Any holder wanting to exercise the option (the “exerciser” ) will notify the Company in writing ( “exercise notice” ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise (the “value sold” ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists.
 
  2.5.3   Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( “the first exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the aforesaid total sum of principal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( “the half” ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the first exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the

- 4 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B), and which was not paid by then.
 
  2.5.4   Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 (the “second exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half (the “balance of the value sold” ). In return, the Company will pay to the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B) and which was not paid by then.
 
  2.5.5   Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law.
 
  2.5.6   The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company shall pay under the terms of the Debentures (Series B) during the period between July 31, 2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever are the holders of Debentures (Series B) on the determining date for the payment of said interest.
 
  2.5.7   The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006.
 
  2.5.8   If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series B) to take place on April 1, 2007 (the “early redemption date” ). Where the Company so chose –
  2.5.8.1   The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it indicates the exact rate of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year.

- 5 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  2.5.8.2   On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B).
  2.6   The Debentures (Series B) will stand pari passu among themselves, without any priority or preference the one over the other.
 
  2.7   The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series B) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets.
 
  2.8   The Company undertakes to pay at the times appointed for this purpose in the debentures the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences payable under the debentures, and to comply with all the other conditions and obligations imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed.
3.   The Right to Issue Additional Debentures and Other Securities
 
    The Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series B), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest, linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provision of clause 2.7 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation.
 
4.   The Right to Issue Additional Debentures (Series B)
 
    The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series B), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation ( “the additional Debentures (Series B)” ). Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series B) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series B were issued.
 
    All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series B) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series B); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the principal of the additional Debentures (Series B) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series B) will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date.
 
    The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series B).

- 6 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
5.   Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Bodies
 
    The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholders in the company as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholders as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( “related institutional investor” ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right.
 
    The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof).
 
6.   No Collateral
 
    The debentures are not secured by any collateral. The Company undertakes not to create liens as provided in clause 2.7 above.
 
7.   Immediate payment on the Debentures
 
    Subject to the provisions of clause 8 below, the Trustee will be entitled to make call for the immediate payment on all or any of the unpaid balance of the debentures, and shall be obligated to do so if required by a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 50% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, all the aforesaid upon the occurrence of one or more of the circumstances enumerated below:
  7.1   The Company will not pay any amount (whether principal, interest or linkage differences) due under the terms of the debentures, within seven days from the due date of that amount according to the terms of the debentures.

- 7 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  7.2   A permanent liquidator is appointed to the Company by a court, or the court issues a final liquidation order in respect of the Company, or a valid resolution is passed for the voluntary liquidation of the Company.
 
  7.3   An application is filed for the Company to make an arrangement with its creditors under section 350 of the Companies Law, 5759-1999, or a stay of proceedings order is issued against the Company under the aforesaid section, and where the application is not filed by the Company – the application or the order is not withdrawn or canceled within 45 days from when it was filed or issued, as the case may be.
 
  7.4   The Company is dissolved or expunged for any reason whatsoever, including expunction or dissolution for the purpose of a merger or in the framework of a share swap, unless the Trustee is satisfied that the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series B) will not be prejudiced by such merger or share swap transaction.
 
  7.5   If any of the cases enumerated below take place, according to the determination by the Trustee or in a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders that this may to prejudice or endanger the rights of the debenture holders:
  7.5.1   A temporary liquidator or temporary receiver is appointed to the Company by a court, or if the court issues a temporary liquidation order against the Company, and such appointment or order is not revoked within 30 days from when it was issued.
 
  7.5.2   An attachment is imposed on material assets of the Company, and such attachment is not lifted within 45 days from when it was imposed.
 
  7.5.3   An execution act is executed against material assets of the Company, and such act is not annulled within 45 days from when it was executed.
 
  7.5.4   A permanent receiver is appointed to the Company and/or over all or a material part of its assets, and such appointment is not revoked within 45 days.
 
  7.5.5   The Company discontinues payments and/or gives notice of its intention to discontinue payments and/or there is, in the Trustee’s opinion, a real danger that it will discontinue payments and/or cease carrying on its business and/or it is probable that it will cease carrying on its business.
 
  7.5.6   The Company breaches or defaults on any material condition or obligation imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed, and fails to remedy such breach within 14 business days from when it received a written warning from the Trustee to remedy the breach.

- 8 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  7.5.7   The holders of liens on the Company’s assets exercise their liens on material assets of the Company.
 
  7.5.8   A call for an immediate payment is made on another debenture series that was issued by the Company, not in accordance with a resolution of the Company.
 
  7.5.9   So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – if 10 business days have elapsed from when a call for an immediate payment was made upon a financial debt by a creditor, consequent on a breach of the Company’s obligations toward such creditor; however, if in the course of those 10 business days any of the circumstances listed below occurs, no call for an immediate payment will be made on the Debentures (Series B): (1) an order is issued for the stay or cancellation of the call for an immediate payment on the financial debt; (2) the Company and the creditor arrive at an arrangement in which the call for an immediate payment is canceled, in such manner that it does not advance the original payment times that were fixed between such creditor and the Company.
 
      In this regard, “financial debt” – excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 31, 2005.
 
  7.5.10   Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange – the transfer of control in the Company. In this regard, “control” – as defined in the Securities Law, except if the identity of the new holder of the controlling shareholder was approved by a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series B).
 
  7.5.11   Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange – any other event which, in the Trustee’s reasonable opinion, constitutes a material injury and/or gives rise to a real concern of material injury to the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series B), including due to events as aforementioned in the beginning of this clause 7.5.11, coming to the Trustee’s attention pursuant to notices of the Company served as provided in clause 15.13 below.
8. Prior Notice Before a Call for Immediate Payment
  8.1   Notwithstanding the aforesaid in clause 7 above, the Trustee will not make a call for an immediate payment on the debentures unless the Trustee served the Company prior written notice of its intention to do so, and the Company failed to comply with the contents of such notice within 15 days from the receipt thereof ( “the curing period” ).
 
  8.2   In the prior notice as aforesaid the Company will be required to pay the amount in arrears, and/or to comply with the other provisions of this Trust Deed or terms of the debentures the breach of which or noncompliance with which constitute cause

- 9 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      for making a call for an immediate payment, and/or to restore the status quo according to the event set forth in clause 7 above constituting cause for a call for an immediate payment, in respect of which the aforesaid notice was served.
 
  8.3   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 8.1 above, if the Trustee is of the opinion that a delay in making a call for an immediate payment on the Company’s debt, as stated in clause 8.1 above, will materially endanger the rights of the debenture holders, it will be entitled to shorten the curing period up to 3 business days, in order to prevent such danger to the rights of the debenture holders, provided it affirms this to the Company in a notice served to it simultaneously with the call for an immediate payment on the debentures.
9. Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee
  9.1   Whenever a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Trustee will be entitled, at its discretion and without further notice, to institute such proceedings, including legal proceedings, as it deems fit for protecting the rights of the debenture holders.
 
  9.2   The Trustee shall be obligated to act as provided in clause 9.1 above, if so required by a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 75% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, and in accordance with such resolution or demand, unless the Trustee deems it unjustified and/or unreasonable to do so in the circumstances of the case and applies to the appropriate court for instructions in the matter.
 
  9.3   The Trustee may, before instituting any proceedings to convene a meeting of the debenture holders to issue a special resolution as to which proceedings should be instituted, and the Trustee will be entitled to reconvene meetings of the debenture holders for the purpose of receiving instructions in respect of the conduct of such proceedings.
 
  9.4   The stated above shall not prejudice and/or derogate from the Trustee’s right to initiate legal and/or other proceedings including the receipt of instructions from the court, even if no call for payment was made on the debentures, all for the protection of the debenture holders and subject to the provisions of any law.
 
  9.5   Subject to the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, to convene a general meeting of the debenture holders at any time, in order to consider any matter relating to this Deed and/or to obtain its instructions in that regard.
 
  9.6   The Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any action under this Deed, for the purpose of applying to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court, until it receives

- 10 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      instructions from the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or from the court on how to proceed.
 
  9.7   The application to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court will be made in such cases without delay and at the earliest possible and reasonable date.
10. Trusteeship of the Receipts
  10.1   All the receipts received by the Trustee, including as a result of proceedings, if any, instituted by it against the Company, will be held by it in trust and used by it for the purposes and according to the order or priorities detailed below:
 
      First, for defraying the reasonable costs, the payments, the imposts and the obligations that were expended by the Trustee, imposed on it, or that were incurred incidentally to or in consequence of the trust execution acts or otherwise in connection with the terms of this Deed, including the Trustee’s fee (provided it was not paid by the Company, and without derogating from its obligation to pay the Trustee’s fee). Subject to the provisions of the law, the balance will be used by the Trustee, unless the general meeting of the debenture holders directs otherwise in a special resolution, for the following: first, to pay the debenture holders all the interest due to them under the terms of the debentures, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amount of the arrears interest due to each of them, without preference or priority to any of them and without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise; second, to pay the debenture holders the principal amounts due to them under the debentures held by them, whether the time of payment of the principal has arrived or not, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amounts due to them, without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise, and the surplus, if any, will be paid by the Trustee to the Company or its substitutes, as the case may be. Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the debenture holders, insofar as there is a requirement in law to do so.
 
      The payment of the amounts by the Trustee to the debenture holders as stated above, from the receipts received by it, is subject to prior or equal rights of other creditors of the Company with respect to said receipts, should there be any such and in accordance with any law.
11. Authority to Delay the Distribution of Moneys
  11.1   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 10 above, if the monetary amount received as a result of the institution of proceedings as stated above and becoming distributable at any time as stated in said clause, is less than ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the

- 11 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      linkage conditions), the Trustee will not be obligated to distribute it and will be entitled to invest such amount, wholly or partly, in the permissible investments under this Deed and to replace such investments from time to time with other permissible investments, all as he deems appropriate.
 
  11.2   When the aforesaid investments with their earnings, together with other moneys, if any, received by the Trustee for payment to the debenture holders, reach an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the linkage conditions), the Trustee will pay them to the debenture holders in the manner provided in clause 10 above. That stated will not apply if a special resolution is passed by the general meeting of holders of Debentures (Series B) according to which the Trustee is required to distribute such amount.
 
  11.3   If within a reasonable amount of time the Trustee is not in possession of an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures as stated, it will be entitled to distribute to the debenture holders the moneys in his possession.
12.   Distribution Notice
 
    The Trustee will notify the debenture holders of the day and place of execution of any payment from among those referred to in clauses 10 and 11 above, by a prior notice of 14 days to be served in the manner specified in clause 24 below.
 
    After the day specified in the notice, the debenture holders will be entitled to interest at the rate specified in the debentures, only on the balance of the principal (should there be any such) after deduction of the amount that was paid or proposed for payment to them as aforesaid.
 
13.   Receipts from the Debenture Holders
  13.1   A receipt issued by a debenture holder for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences paid to him by the Trustee in respect of the debenture will release the Trustee absolutely with respect to the actual execution of payment of the amounts specified therein.
 
  13.2   A receipt issued by the Trustee for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences deposited with it in favor of the debenture holders in accordance with the terms of this Deed or the debentures, will be deemed vis-à-vis the Company as a receipt from the debenture holder regarding the receipt of the amounts specified therein.
14. Presentation of a Debenture to the Trustee and Recording of a Partial Payment
  14.1   A debenture holder will be obligated to present to the Trustee, at the time of a payment on account of principal, interest or linkage differences under clauses 10, 11 and 12 above, the debenture in respect of which the payment is being made.

- 12 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  14.2   The Trustee will record on the debenture certificate a note concerning the amounts that were paid as aforesaid, and the payment date.
 
  14.3   The Trustee will be entitled, in any special case, at its discretion, to waive the presentation of the debenture, after the debenture holder provided it with an indemnity letter and/or a security deemed adequate by the Trustee for damages that may be caused by the non-recording of a note as aforesaid, all as the Trustee deems fit, or it may maintain records in another manner, at its discretion.
15.   Company’s Undertakings Toward the Trustee
 
    The Company hereby undertakes toward the Trustee, up to the date of full payment of the debentures, as follows:
  15.1   To persist and conduct its business in an orderly and proper manner, including making the mandatory payments applying by law to its assets. It is hereby clarified that the Company’s failure to make such a mandatory payment due to a disagreement in good faith shall not be deemed a breach of this undertaking.
 
  15.2   To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the imposition of any attachment on all or a material part of its assets, and of the appointment of a receiver and/or special administrator and/or temporary or permanent liquidator over all or a material part of its assets, and of an action by a holder of a lien on any asset of the Company for the exercise of the lien registered in its favor, and to take, at its expense, all the necessary steps for removing such attachment or for canceling such receivership, liquidation or administration or for annulling the lien exercise actions, as the case may be.
 
  15.3   To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the occurrence of any of the circumstances enumerated in clause 7 above.
 
  15.4   To comply with any other reasonable instruction of the Trustee that is intended to protect the rights of the debenture holders, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.
 
  15.5   To manage its books in accordance with the provisions of any law and generally accepted accounting principles, and to allow the Trustee or its authorized representative, upon its demand, to inspect the Company’s books and the documents serving as references therefore, subject to the Trustee’s undertaking to keep the information in confidence, except for the conveyance of relevant information only, at the Trustee’s reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders that was convened for the purpose of receiving a report and/or passing an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence any information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company. In this regard, the Trustee’s authorized representative denotes anyone appointed by the Trustee

- 13 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      for the purpose of such inspection in a written notice to be served by the Trustee to the Company prior the aforesaid inspection, said notice to include also the Trustee’s confirmation that such representative is obligated toward the Trustee and toward the Company to keep in confidence any information coming to his knowledge in the course of his activity on the Trustee’s behalf. The Trustee will keep in confidence any information contained in a book and/or in a document inspected by the Trustee’s representative as stated.
 
  15.6   To furnish to the Trustee a copy of every report which it is obligated to submit to the Securities Authority, simultaneously with the submission thereof to the authority, as well as a copy of every document transmitted by the Company to the debenture holders. In addition the Company will transmit to the Trustee additional information relating to the Company, upon the Trustee’s reasonable demand, and any information transmitted to the Trustee will be kept in confidence by it.
 
  15.7   To issue to the Trustee, once a year as well as upon demand, a confirmation that all the payments coming due were made to the debenture holders.
 
  15.8   To cause the debentures to be rated by a rating agency throughout the term of the debentures. In this regard, “rating agency” – as this term is defined in the Second Schedule to the Securities Regulations (Details of the Prospectus, Its Structure and Form), 5729-1969.
 
  15.9   To enable the Trustee to participate in meetings of the Company’s shareholders, without a voting right.
 
  15.10   For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – to notify the Trustee in writing in the event that a call for an immediate payment is made on a financial debt of the Company by a creditor pursuant to a breach of the Company’s obligations toward that creditor, directly and not later than 2 business days after the Company learned thereof. In this regard, “financial debt” – excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 13, 2005.
 
  15.11   For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Company’s known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA in the four last calendar months included in the Company’s financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date. The Company undertakes to present to the Trustee a written confirmation from the Company’s accountant, not later than 3 business days before the date of the announcement of a dividend distribution, concerning its absolute compliance with the above condition.
 
  15.12   Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange – to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of any case in

- 14 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      which following the first issue of the debentures under this Deed, the Company is to assume a new or additional financial debt in a manner that increases by more than NIS 500 million its known net financial Indebtedness on the date of assumption of such financial debt.
 
  15.13   For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than two business days after learning of any occurrence or matter being outside the ordinary course of the Company’s business in view of their nature, scope or potential consequence, and which have or could have a material effect on the Company.
16.   Additional Undertakings
 
    After a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Company will perform, from time to time and whenever so required by the Trustee, all reasonable actions to enable the exercise of all the powers vested in the Trustee and specifically, the Company will perform the following actions, insofar as they are reasonable:
  16.1   Make any declaration and/or sign all documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all actions as necessary and/or required for validating the exercise of the authorities, the powers and the authorizations of the Trustee and/or its representatives.
 
  16.2   Issue all notices, orders and instructions as the Trustee deems practicable and which it requires.
 
  16.3   For the purposes of this clause – a written notice signed by the Trustee, confirming that an action required by it, within the framework of its powers, is a reasonable action, shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
17. Attorneys
  17.1   The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its attorney for implementing and performing in its name and stead all the actions which it is obligated to perform by the explicit terms of this Deed, and in general to act in the Company’s name in the exercise of all or a part of the powers vested in the Trustee, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee deems fit for the performance of the Trustee’s duties under this Deed of Trust, provided the Company has not performed the actions which it is obligated to perform by the terms of this Deed within a reasonable time from the Trustee’s demand.
 
  17.2   The appointment under clause 17.1 above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby discharges the Trustee in advance in the event that it does not perform some action as aforesaid in clause 17.1 and/or in the event it is not performed on time. Additionally, the Company hereby waives in advance any contention against the Trustee and/or its agents for any damage

- 15 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      caused and/or may be caused to the Company, directly and/or indirectly, due to actions in good faith that were performed by the Trustee as stated in this clause, excluding negligence and/or mala fides on the part of the Trustee.
18.   Other Agreements
 
    Subject to the provisions of the Securities Law and to the restrictions imposed on the Trustee in the Securities Law, the fulfillment of the Trustee’s function under this Deed or its status per se as a trustee shall not prevent the Trustee and/or its parent company and/or any related company from entering into various contracts with the Company or from executing any transaction with any third party in the ordinary course of its business, including any contract or transaction relating to the underwriting, distribution or sale of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, provided this does not affect the fulfillment of the Trustee’s undertakings in this Deed or the Trustee’s competency.
 
19.   Reports by the Trustee
 
    The Trustee will prepare by the end of the second quarter in each calendar year an annual report concerning the affairs of the trust ( “the annual report” ). The annual report will set out the following matters:
  19.1   Current details of the course of the affairs of the trust during the past calendar year.
 
  19.2   Exceptional events connected with the trust that occurred during the past calendar year.
 
  19.3   The holders may inspect the annual report at the Trustee’s offices during regular business hours, and they may receive a copy of the report upon demand.
 
  19.4   The Trustee will notify the holders of the date of submission of the report by it, as provided in clause 23 below.
 
  19.5   If the Trustee learns of a material breach of the Trust Deed on the Company’s part, it will notify the holders of the breach and of the steps it has taken for the prevention thereof or for the fulfillment of the Company’s undertakings, as the case may be.
20.   Trustee’s Fee
 
    The Trustee’s fee will be as specified in Addendum C to this Deed.
 
21.   Powers and Activities
  21.1   The Trustee is not obligated to inform any part of the signing of this Deed and may not interfere in any manner in the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs.

- 16 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  21.2   The Trustee will exercise in trust the powers, authorizations and authorities vested in it by this Deed, at its reasonable discretion, and it shall not be liable for any damage caused due to an error in such discretion, unless it acted negligently or mala fides.
 
  21.3   The Trustee will keep in confidence any information conveyed to it by the Company and will not make any use thereof save for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the terms of this Deed, including for the purpose of conveying relevant information only, at its reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders convened to receive a report and/or pass an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence the information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company.
 
  21.4   The Trustee may in the course of executing the trust affairs under this Deed act on the opinion and/or advice of any lawyer, accountant, appraiser, assessor, surveyor, broker or other expert, whether such opinion and/or advice was prepared at the Trustee’s request and/or by the Company, and the Trustee will not be liable for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action and/or omission done by it on the basis of such advice or opinion, unless the Trustee acted negligently or not in good faith. The Trustee will allow the Company and the debenture holders to peruse such opinion upon demand.
 
  21.5   Any such advice and/or opinion may be given, sent or received by letter, cable, facsimile and/or any other electronic means for the transmission of information, and the Trustee shall not be liable for actions done by it on the basis of any advice and/or opinion and/or knowledge conveyed by one of the methods mentioned above, even if it contained errors and/or was inauthentic, unless it was possible to discover such errors in a reasonable examination.
 
  21.6   The Trustee will be entitled to appoint an agent/s to act in its stead, be it a lawyer or someone else, for the purpose of performing or participating in the performance of special actions that are required in connection with the trust – and without derogating from the above generalities, the institution of legal proceedings or representation in merger or spin-off processes of the Company – and to pay any such agent a fee. The Company shall be entitled to object to such appointment fot any reasonable reason, including in case the agent is competing, directly and indirectly, eith the company’s business.
 
  21.7   Subject to the provisions in this Deed, the Trustee will act toward the debenture holders in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law, even before the listing of the Debentures (Series B) on the Stock Exchange.
22. Indemnification of the Trustee
  22.1   The Trustee will be entitled to indemnity from the debenture holders and/or from the Company, as the case may be, for reasonable costs which it incurred and/or

- 17 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      will incur, as the case may be, in connection with actions which it performed and/or will be required to perform by virtue of its obligation under the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders, in the manner specified in the Trust Deed, or by demand of the Company, but it: will not be entitled to demand indemnity in advance in a matter that does not brook delay; and where the Trustee is satisfied with an indemnity undertaking – such indemnity undertaking may include indemnity in respect of liability in torts that is imposed on the Trustee in a final judgment or in a compromise vis-à-vis a third party not being a debenture holder, provided that such indemnity undertaking is subject to the following conditions: 1) the costs in respect of the liability in torts are reasonable; 2) the Trustee acted in good faith and with appropriate care, and such action was done during the fulfillment of its function and without negligence.
 
  22.2   Without derogating from the rights to compensation granted to the Trustee by law, but subject to the provisions of clause 22.1 above, the Trustee and any receiver, representative, manager, agent or other person appointed by the Trustee under this Deed, will be entitled to be indemnified from the moneys received by the Trustee in proceedings instituted by it or in another manner under this Deed, with respect to obligations which they assumed, with respect to costs which they incurred incidentally to the execution of the trust under this Deed, or in connection with such actions as in their opinion were required for such execution, or in connection with the exercise of the powers and authorities vested in them by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with all kinds of legal proceedings, opinions and advice of lawyers and other experts, negotiations, deliberations, expenses, claims and demands relating to any law or any thing that was done or not done in any manner in such regard, and the Trustee will be entitled to withhold the moneys in its possession and to pay out of them the amounts required as indemnity, provided it did not act negligently.
 
      Whenever the Trustee is obligated by the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders (Series B) and/or by demand of the Company to perform any action, including but not only the initiation of proceedings or filing of claims at the demand of the owners of Debentures (Series B), as stated in the Trust Deed, the Trustee will be entitled to abstain from any such action until it receives an indemnity letter, to its satisfaction, from the owners of Debentures (Series B) or any of them, and where the action is performed pursuant to the Company’s demand – from the Company, in respect of any liability for damages and/or costs that could be caused to the Trustee, to the Company or to either of them due to the performance of such action. All the foregoing, except in circumstances in which an urgent action was required, and abstention from the performance thereof before the receipt of an indemnity letter as stated would cause damage and/or loss to the holders of Debentures (Series B).

- 18 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
23. Notices
  23.1   Any notice served by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be sent by registered post to the address of the debenture holders last recorded in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been served to the debenture holders at the end of three days from the date of delivery thereof at the post office.
 
      The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders.
 
      The Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders.
 
      However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange or in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders.
 
  23.2   Any notice or demand by the Trustee to the Company or by the Company to the Trustee may be served in a registered letter sent to the address detailed in this Deed, or to another address of which one party will inform the other in writing, or by a fax transmission or by messenger, and every such notice or demand will be deemed to have been received by the addressee as follows: (a) if sent by registered post – at the end of three business days from the day of its delivery at the post office; (b) if transmitted by fax (together with verification of receipt by telephone) – at the end of one business day from the day of its transmission; and (c) if sent by messenger – upon delivery of the notice or offering thereof to the addressee, as the case may be.
24. Alterations to the Trust Deed; Waiver and Compromise; Modification of Rights
  24.1   Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee will be entitled to alter the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), upon the fulfillment of any of the following:
  24.1.1   The Trustee is satisfied that the alteration does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, no alteration may be made to the terms of the Trust Deed and/or the debentures in regards with the amounts and times of payment, the causes for making a call for an immediate payment for payment and/or the reports which the Company is required to submit to the Trustee, except as provided in clause 24.1.2 below.

- 19 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  24.1.2   The debentures holders have agreed to the alteration in a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed in a meeting of the debenture holders.
  24.2   The Trustee will be entitled, where he is satisfied that this does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders, to waive any nonmaterial breach or nonmaterial compliance by the Company with any condition of the Deed of Trust (or condition of the debentures), excluding a breach and/or noncompliance with conditions as stated relating to the payment of amounts to debenture holders and/or times of payment and /or reports the Company has to deliver to the Trustee.
 
  24.3   Furthermore, the Trustee will be entitled, subject to the provisions of the law, with prior approval by a special resolution passed in the general meeting of the debenture holders, whether before or after a call for an immediate payment has been made on the debentures, to compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them and to agree with the Company on any settlement of rights of the debenture holders under the Trust Deed and according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia to waive any right or claim of the debenture holders against the Company.
 
  24.4   Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee will be entitled, at the Company’s request, from time to time and at any time, until the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, to make alterations in the Trust Deed and/or in the debentures as required by the Securities Authority and/or the Stock Exchange and/or any other governmental authority, insofar as such alterations are necessary for listing on the Stock Exchange, provided such alterations do not, in the Trustee’s opinion, prejudice the rights of the debenture holders and/or change the causes for immediate payment and the amounts and times of payment of the debentures. Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the debenture holders written notice of any such alteration as soon as possible after it was made.
 
  24.5   Starting from the date of listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will issue an immediate report concerning any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made. So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the holders notice of any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made.
 
  24.6   Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will be entitled to require the debenture holders to deliver the debenture certificates to it or to the Company, for the purpose of recording thereon a note concerning any compromise, waiver, alteration or amendment as stated, and upon the Trustee’s demand the Company will record a note as aforesaid. Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will notify the debenture holders in writing in that regard within a reasonable time.

- 20 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
25. Register of the Debenture Holders
  25.1   The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office a register of the debenture holders, in which will be recorded the names of the debenture holders, their address and the number and principal amount of the debentures registered in their name. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the provisions of this Deed and the debentures will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register at any reasonable time. The Company may close the register from time to time for a period or periods not exceeding 30 days in the aggregate in a year.
 
  25.2   The Company will not be obligated to record in the register of the debenture holders any notice concerning an explicit, implicit or presumed trust, or any pledge or lien of any kind, or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. The Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures were registered, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation – by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof after providing adequate proof to the Company’s satisfaction of their right to be so registered.
26.   Release
 
    Upon proof to the Trustee’s satisfaction that all the debentures were fully paid and redeemed (including principal, interest and linkage differences), and upon proof to the Trustee’s satisfaction that all the obligations or costs incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Deed were fully defrayed, the Trustee will be obligated, upon the Company’s first demand, to act with any unredeemed moneys deposited in regard of the debenture in accordance with the conditions specified in this Deed.
 
27.   Termination of the Trustee’s Office
  27.1   The Trustee and any trustee replacing it will be entitled to resign from their office whenever they so desire, after serving the Company a written notice setting out the reason for the resignation. If the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will convene a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series B) to appoint a new trustee, and the Trustee’s resignation will take effect upon the appointment of the new trustee. The new trustee will be a trust company of one of the six big banks in Israel or another trustee whose appointment has been approved by a meeting of the debenture holders.
 
      If the debentures have been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Trustee’s resignation will take effect only after it has been approved by the court and from the day specified in the approval. Upon the resignation of the Trustee, the court will appoint a new trustee in its place.

- 21 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  27.2   The Trustee will transfer to the new trustee all its records concerning holders of Debentures (Series B), if there are any such, information concerning the payments that were executed by the Trustee until then, if any such were executed, any report that was submitted according to the terms of the Trust Deed and any information reasonably required by the new trustee, and the Trustee will transfer as well to the new trustee any amount held by it at the time in connection with the Debentures (Series B).
 
  27.3   The holders of ten percent (10%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) may convene a general meeting of the debenture holders, which may resolve, upon a vote of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series B), to dismiss the Trustee.
 
  27.4   Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustee’s office will expire or terminate, as the case may be, in the circumstances enumerated in section 35N of the Securities Law.
 
  27.5   Prior to the appointment of a new trustee not being a trust company of a bank, the Company will provide to the holders details of such trustee’s equity and insurance arrangements in connection with the fulfillment of its function as trustee.
 
  27.6   Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustee’s office will terminate if it becomes apparent that the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office due to a change in the provisions of the law or the statute applying to its competence to serve as trustee, including where such preclusion is created in connection with the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange. For this purpose “preclusion” is deemed also a demand by the Securities Authority to terminate the Trustee’s office. In such case the Company will appoint a new trustee.
 
  27.7   Any new trustee appointed will have the same powers, authorities and other authorizations and will be able to act, in all respects, as if it had to begin with been appointed as the Trustee.
 
  27.8   The Company will notify the holders upon learning of any event and/or circumstance by reason of which the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office.
28.   Meetings of the Debenture Holders
 
    Meetings of the debenture holders will be conducted as set forth in Addendum B to this Deed.
 
29.   Financial Statements
 
    The Company will submit to the Trustee, for as long as all the debentures have not been fully paid (including interest and linkage differences):

- 22 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  29.1   Audited financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31 of the past year, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Company’s shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these statements.
 
  29.2   Any semi-annual and quarterly interim report, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Company’s shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these reports, together with the review thereof of the Company’s accountant.
 
  29.3   Certification of the Company’s accountant and/or controller concerning the payment of any interest and/or principal and the date of payment thereof to the debentures holders, and the balance of the principal amount of the debentures in circulation, pursuant to the Trustee’s written request to the Company for such a certification.
 
  29.4   Any immediate report submitted by the Company, immediately upon its publication.
 
  29.5   In the event that the debentures are delisted from trade following the listing thereof, and for as long as all the Debentures (Series B) have not been fully redeemed, the Company will continue submitting to the Trustee the reports detailed in clauses 29.1 and 29.2 above, at the times when a public company is required to publish these reports.
 
  29.6   Reports concerning any change in the rating of the debentures.
 
  29.7   The Trustee will allow the holders to inspect the reports, subject to their undertaking to maintain confidentiality as set out in clause 21.3 above.
30.   Investments of Moneys
 
    All the moneys which the Trustee is entitled to invest under this Deed, will be invested by the Trustee, in a bank/s, in its name or to its order, in investments which under the laws of the State of Israel are permissible with trust moneys, as it deems appropriate, subject to the terms of this Trust Deed and provided that any investment in securities is limited to securities with a rating of not less than AA. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust accounts, commissions and other mandatory payments applying to the trust account. From such moneys the Trustee will transfer amounts to the debenture holders who are entitled thereto, as soon as possible after proofs and certifications are submitted to the Trustee’s complete satisfaction concerning their right to these amounts, and less the Trustee’s costs and commissions at its customary rate for the same time.

- 23 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
31.   Miscellaneous
 
    Disagreements between the parties to this Trust Deed will be adjudicated exclusively by the court in Tel Aviv-Jaffa, which is vested with material jurisdiction.
 
32.   Addresses
 
    The parties’ addresses are as set out in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address of which appropriate written notice is served by one party to the other.
 
33.   Stamping
 
    Stamping of this Deed, if and to the extent required by law, will be done by the Company, at its expense.
In witness whereof the parties have set their hand hereto:
     
( - )   ( - )
 
     
Cellcom Israel Ltd.   Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
I the undersigned, Erez Yitzhaki, Adv., hereby certify that this Trust Deed was signed by Cellcom Israel Ltd. in accordance with its memorandum and articles, through Messrs. Tal Raz and Oren Lieder.
             
 
      ( - )    
 
 
     
 
Erez Yitzhaki, Adv.
License No. 22443
   

- 24 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM A – DEBENTURES
 
CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
Debentures (Series B)
A series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, payable in 5 equal annual installments, on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), bearing 5.30% annual interest and linked principal and interest to the Consumer Price Index for November 2005 and.
Registered Debentures
Certificate number                     
Total principal amount of the debentures in this certificate NIS                     
Registered owner of the debentures in this certificate                     
1.   This certificate witnesses that Cellcom Israel Ltd. ( “the Company” ) will pay on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), to whoever is registered in the Company’s register of debenture holders as the holder of the debentures in this certificate, 20% of the principal amount of this debenture. The unpaid principal of the debenture will be linked to the Consumer Price Index for November 2005 and will bear 5.30% annual interest, all in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed, the debenture certificate and the terms set forth in the back of the page.
 
2.   The debentures of this series are issued in accordance with a trust Deed dated December 21, 2005, drawn up and signed between the Company of the one part and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. , as the Trustee, of the other part ( “the Trust Deed” ).
 
3.   The debenture is issued subject to the terms set forth in the back of the page and to the terms of the Trust Deed.
 

Cellcom Israel Ltd.
Date:                     

- 25 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
TERMS SET FORTH IN THE BACK OF THE OAGE
1.   General
 
    In this Debenture (Series B), the terms below will have the meanings below, unless another meaning is implied by the context:
         
 
  “the Company” -   Cellcom Israel Ltd.
 
       
 
  “the Trust Deed” -   The Trust Deed dated December 21, 2005 between the Company and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. in connection with the issue of the Debentures (Series B).
 
       
 
  “debentures” or “Debentures (Series B)” -   A series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, issued by the Company pursuant to the Trust Deed.
 
       
 
  “the Trustee”   Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. or any trustee replacing it, in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed.
 
       
 
  “principal” or “principal amount” or “debenture principal” -   The unpaid principal amount of the debentures in circulation.
 
       
 
       
 
  “the register” -   The register of holders of debentures of the Company, in which will be recorded all the holders of the debentures.
 
       
 
  “debenture holder” -   The person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders – the joint holder whose name is written first in the register.
 
       
 
  “the Securities Law” -   The Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereto as in force from time to time.
 
       
 
  “the known index” -   The last known index.
 
       
 
  “the base index” -   The index published on December 15, 2005 for the month of November 2005.
 
       
 
  “the payment index” -   The known index on the date of any payment on account of the principal or the interest.
 
       
 
  “Consumer Price Index” or “index” -   The price index known as “the Consumer Price Index” including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution, and including any other index replacing it, whether built on the same data as the existing index or not. If the index is replaced by another index

- 26 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
         
 
      published by an organization or institution as aforesaid, and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such other index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as stated, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index;
 
       
 
  “the issue date” -   December 22, 2005.
 
       
 
  “business day” -   Any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions.
 
       
 
  “the Stock Exchange” -   The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
 
       
 
  “sum of net financial Indebtedness” known on any date –   (a) the sum of the Company’s indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Company’s last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors prior to that date;
 
       
 
  “EBITDA” in any period –   The Company’s earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Company’s financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Company’s auditors and certified by the Company’s board of directors.
    The debentures form an integral part of the Trust Deed, and in case of a contradiction between them, the provisions of the Trust Deed shall prevail.
 
2.   Pari Passu and No Liens
 
    The debentures will stand pari passu with respect to the amounts payable on them, without any priority of one debenture from this series over another.
 
    The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series B) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets.
 
    The debentures are not secured by any collateral.

- 27 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
3.   Payment of the Debenture Principal
 
    The principal will be paid in 5 equal annual installments, on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), plus index-linkage differences, as provided in clause 5 below. If the principal payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral.
 
4.   Payment of the Interest
 
    The unpaid balance of the debenture principal will bear interest at a rate of 5.30% per annum ( “the interest” ). The interest will be linked to the Consumer Price Index, in accordance with the linkage conditions, as provided in clause 5 below.
 
    Interest will be paid on January 5 of each of the years 2007 to 2017 (inclusive), for the twelve-month period ended on the last day before every such date ( “the interest period” ), except for the first interest period, in respect of which interest (calculated on the basis of 365 days) will be paid pro rata for the period beginning on the issue date and ending on January 4, 2007.
 
    It is hereby clarified that the first interest payment will be made on January 5, 2007. Accordingly, the first interest will be at a rate of 5.503%.
 
    The last interest payment will be made on January 5, 2017, together with the last payment of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation and against the return of the debenture certificate to the Company.
 
    If the interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral.
 
    The Company will deduct from the interest payment any amount it is required to deduct at source, if at all, in accordance with any law.
 
    Subject as provided in clause 7 below, if the Company delays more than five business days after the appointed day for paying any amount on account of the principal and/or interest as aforesaid ( “the amount in arrears” ), such amount will bear, in respect of the entire period of arrears from the day appointed for payment, arrears interest at the interest rate on Debentures (Series B) specified at the head of this clause plus 2%, all on an annual basis ( “the arrears interest” ). To remove doubt, it is hereby clarified that during the arrears period, arrears interest will be paid alone (and not in addition to the interest as defined above). In such case, the Company will notify the holders and will submit to the Stock Exchange without delay a report indicating the exact interest rate including the arrears interest.
 
5.   Principal and Interest Linkage Conditions
 
    The debenture principal and the interest thereon will be linked to the Consumer Price Index in the following manner: If it becomes apparent on the date of any payment on

- 28 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
    account of the debenture principal and/or the interest thereon that the payment index has increased compared to the base index, the Company will pay such amount of the principal and/or interest increased in proportion to the rate of increase of the payment index over the base index; however, if it becomes apparent that the payment index is the same as or lower than the base index, the payment index will be the base index.
 
6.   Persons Entitled to Principal and Interest Payments
  6.1   Any payment on account of the principal and/or interest will be paid to the debenture holders whose names are recorded in the register at the end of the day of December 24, immediately preceding the due date of any principal and/or interest payment (hereinabove and hereinafter: “the determining day” ), except for the final payment which will be made against the delivery of the debenture certificate to the Company at least five business days before the date set for the final payment, at the Company’s registered office and/or at any other place of which the Company will give notice.
 
  6.2   The payment will be made to the entitled persons by check or bank transfer, crediting the bank account of the persons whose names appear in the register as the holders of the debentures, the details of which will be provided in writing to the Company in good time, and in any case not later than 12 days before the date of the payment on account of the principal and/or interest.
 
  6.3   If the person entitled to a payment from the Company fails to provide the details of the bank account in good time, as aforesaid, the Company will send a check by registered post to his last address written in the register. The sending of a check to the entitled person by registered post as stated will be deemed in all respects as payment of the amount specified in the check on the date of dispatch thereof by post, provided it is paid upon proper presentation for collection.
 
  6.4   A holder wishing to change his instructions concerning the manner of payment, as stated above, may do so in a notice sent by registered letter to the Company, However, the Company will comply with such instruction only if it reached its registered office at least 15 days before the due date of any payment under the debenture. If the notice is received by the Company after such time, the Company will act in accordance therewith only with respect to payments with a due date after the payment date immediately following the day of receipt of the notice.
7. Non-Payment for a Reason Not Dependent on the Company
  7.1   Any amount due to the debenture holder which is not actually paid on the date set for its payment for a reason not dependent on the Company, whereas the Company was prepared to make the payment, will stop bearing interest and linkage differences from the time set for its payment, and the debenture holder will be entitled solely to the amounts to which he would have been entitled on the day set for making that payment on account of the principal, interest and linkage.

- 29 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  7.2   The Company will deposit with the Trustee, within 15 business days from the date set for such payment, the amount of the payment that was not made for a reason not dependent on it, and said deposit will be deemed as the absolute discharge of that payment, and in case of the discharge of all the amounts due on the debenture, also as the redemption of the debenture. The Company will notify the holders entitled to such amount of its deposit with the Trustee. The notice will be sent to the address of the entitled holder written in the register at the time, not later than at the end of 7 business days from the deposit with the Trustee.
 
  7.3   The Trustee will invest any such amount in trust accounts, in its name and to its order on behalf of those debenture holders, and will invest it in permissible investments under the laws of the State of Israel and the provisions of the Trust Deed, all as it deems fit and subject to any law and to the provisions of clause 30 of the Trust Deed. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust account and any mandatory payments applying to the trust account and/or to the investment, and it will pay said proceeds to the entitled persons against presentation of the proofs required by it, to its complete satisfaction.
 
  7.4   The Trustee will hold these moneys and invest them in the aforesaid manner until the end of one year from the final redemption date of the debentures. After this date, the Trustee will transfer the amounts accumulated with it (including the earnings derived from their investment), less its fee and costs, to the Company, which will hold these amounts in trust on behalf of the entitled persons. The Company will confirm to the Trustee in writing that it is holding the aforesaid amounts which were accepted by it in trust on behalf of the entitled persons, and it will indemnify the Trustee for damage of any kind to it caused by the transfer of the moneys as aforesaid, provided the Trustee acted reasonably. The Company will hold these moneys in trust on behalf of the entitled debenture holders during a further six years from the day on which it received them from the Trustee. Moneys that have not been demanded from the Company by a debenture holder by the end of seven years from the final redemption date of the debentures, will pass to the Company, which will be entitled to use the remaining moneys for any purpose whatsoever.
8. Transfer of the Debentures
  8.1   For as long as the Debentures (Series B) have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, they may be transferred only to an investor as this term is defined in the First Schedule according to section 15A(b)(1) of the Securities Law, or to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company, all – subject to the restrictions in law. The debentures are transferable in respect of any sum of principal amount, provided it is in whole new shekels. Any transfer of a debenture will be done on the basis of a transfer instrument in the accepted wording, duly signed by the

- 30 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      registered holder or his lawful representatives, to be delivered to the Company at its registered office together with the certificate of the transferred debenture and any other proof required by the Company concerning the transferor’s right to transfer the debenture.
 
      Clause 8.1 above will not apply to debentures listed in the trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange, for as long as they are so listed.
 
  8.2   If stamp tax or another mandatory payment applies to the debenture transfer instrument, proof of the payment thereof by the applicant will be provided to the Company’s satisfaction.
 
  8.3   In case only part of the sum of principal amount of a debenture is transferred, the debenture certificate will first be split as provided in clause 9 below into the appropriate number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein will be equal to the principal amount specified in the original debenture certificate.
 
  8.4   Following compliance with all these conditions, the transfer will be registered in the register of the debenture holders.
 
  8.5   All the costs and commissions entailed in the transfer will be borne by the transfer applicant.
 
  8.6   Subject to the provision of clause 8.7 below, the Debentures (Series B) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd., and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( “listing in the institutional continuous trading system” ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated.
 
  8.7   The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 ( “the determining date for listing” ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then –

- 31 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  8.7.1   The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series B) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right ( “the option” ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series B) held by them, as set out in this clause 8.7.
 
  8.7.2   Any holder wanting to exercise the option ( “the exerciser” ) will notify the Company in writing ( “exercise notice” ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise ( “the value sold” ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists.
 
  8.7.3   Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( “the first exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the sum ofprincipal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( “the half” ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the first exercise date, within off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B) and which was not paid by them.
 
  8.7.4   Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 ( “the second exercise date” ), each exerciser will sell to the Company the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half ( “the balance of the value sold” ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B) and which was not paid by them.
 
  8.7.5   Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law.
 
  8.7.6   The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company under the terms of the Debentures (Series B) during the period between July 31,

- 32 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever will be the holders of Debentures (Series B) on the determining date for the payment of said interest.
 
  8.7.7   The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006.
 
  8.7.8   If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series B) to take place on April 1, 2007 ( “the early redemption date” ). Where the Company so chose –
  8.7.8.1   The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it will indicate the exact rate of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year.
 
  8.7.8.2   On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B).
9. Splitting of Debenture Certificates
  9.1   Every debenture certificate may be split into a number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein is equal to the principal amount specified in the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested. A split will be executed against the delivery of the relevant certificate at the Company’s registered office for the execution thereof.
 
  9.2   Splitting of debenture certificates as stated will be done on the basis of a split application signed by the holder of those debenture certificates or his legal representatives, to be submitted to the Company at its registered office together with the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested.
 
  9.3   The split will be executed within fourteen days from the end of the month in which the certificate was delivered at the Company’s registered office. The new debenture certificates issued following the split will each be for a principal amount sums in whole shekels.

- 33 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
        9.4   All the costs entailed in the split, including stamp tax and other imposts, if any, will be borne by the split applicant.
10.   Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Companies
 
    The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade in the trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) or by the controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( “related institutional investor” ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right.
 
    The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof).
 
11.   Additional Allotments of Debentures from This Series and Other Debentures
  11.1   The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series B), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation ( “the additional Debentures (Series B)” ). Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series B) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series B were issued.
 
      All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series B) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series B); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the principal of the additional Debentures (Series B) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series B)

- 34 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date.
 
      The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series B).
 
  11.2   To remove doubt, it is clarified that the Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series B), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest and linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provisions of clause 2 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation.
12.   Dividend Distribution
 
    For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange – the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Company’s known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA in the four last calendar months included in the Company’s financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date.
 
13.   Register of the Debenture Holders
 
    The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office the register, in which it will record the names and addresses of the debenture holders, the numbers and principal amount of the debentures held by them. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the terms of the debentures and the Trust Deed will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register.
 
    The Company will not be obligated to record in the register any notice concerning a trust, pledge, lien or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. It is expressly clarified that the Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures are registered in the register, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation – by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof, but only after providing proof to the Company’s satisfaction of their right to be so registered.
 
14.   Representation by the Trustee
 
    The Trustee will represent the debenture holders in any matter arising from the Company’s obligation toward them according to or in connection with the debentures, and the debenture holders hereby grant the Trustee an irrevocable power of attorney to act in their name and stead in every such matter. To remove doubt, the aforesaid shall not

- 35 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
    derogate from the right of the debenture holders to dismiss the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the law and the Trust Deed. If the Trustee is dismissed aforesaid, the new trustee will be the attorney under this clause 14.
 
15.   Compromise and/or Alterations to the Debenture Terms
 
    No alteration, waiver and/or compromise in anything pertaining to the terms of the debentures will be valid, unless made in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deed.
 
16.   General Meetings of the Debenture Holders
 
    General meetings of the debenture holders will convene and proceed in the manner provided in Addendum B to the Trust Deed.
 
17.   Replacement of Debenture Certificates
 
    If a debenture share becomes worn or is lost or destroyed, the Company may issue in its stead a new debenture certificate upon the same terms, subject to such proof, indemnity and coverage of the expenses incurred by the Company in verifying the title as the Company deems fit, provided that in the case of wear, the worn debenture certificate is returned to the Company before the new certificate is issued. Stamp tax and other imposts as well as other expenses entailed in the issuance of the new certificate will be borne by the applicant for such certificate.
 
18.   Notices
 
    Except those cases in which this debenture provides otherwise, any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be served in a registered letter sent to the debenture holder’s last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three days from the day of its delivery at the post office.
 
    The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. Likewise, the Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders.
 
    However in the event that the debentures are listed, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders.

- 36 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM B: GENERAL MEETINGS OF THE DEBENTURE HOLDERS
1. Convening a General Meeting
  1.1   The Company may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Trustee and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein.
 
  1.2   The Trustee may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Company and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein.
 
  1.3   The Company or the Trustee shall be obligated to convene a general meeting of the debentures upon the written requisition of holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation. In such case, the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive from the debenture holders requesting the meeting reimbursement of the reasonable costs entailed in convening the meeting.
 
  1.4   Notice of at least fourteen (14) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which is being convened for the presentation of a report. Notice of at least twenty one (21) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it proposed to pass a special resolution. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee may shorten the period of such notice if it is of the opinion that the rights of the debenture holders will be prejudiced by the postponement of the meeting.
 
  1.5   Any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting will be served by registered post to each of the debenture holders according to their last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three (3) days from the day of its dispatch by post.
 
      However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders.
 
  1.6   Every general meeting will be held at the Company’s registered office or at another address of which the Company will give notice or – where the meeting is

- 37 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      being convened by the Trustee – at an address of which the Trustee will give notice.
 
  1.7   No resolution lawfully passed in a meeting of the debenture holders will be invalidated where, due to an oversight, notice thereof was not served to the holders of less than 10% of the balance of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation, or where notice thereof was not received by such holders.
2.   Chairman of the Meeting
 
    The meeting will be presided over by the Trustee or by another person appointed by the Trustee to serve as chairman of the meeting. In case the Trustee (or the person appointed by it for this purpose) is not present at the meeting within half an hour from the time set for the commencement thereof, the debenture holders present at the meeting will choose one of their number to serve as chairman of the meeting.
 
3.   Quorum
  3.1   Two debenture holders at least, representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which has been convened for the presentation of a report will be deemed a quorum.
 
  3.2   Two debenture holders at least, representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution will be deemed a quorum.
 
  3.3   If a quorum is not present within half an from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same day in the next week (and where such day is not a business day, to the first business day immediately thereafter), at the same time and place, or to another day, time or place, if noted in the original invitation to the meeting, without need of an additional notice to the debenture holders. At an adjourned meeting, if a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be held with any number of participants. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the case of a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution, the adjourned meeting will not be held unless debenture holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation are present.
 
  3.4   The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of debenture holders present at a meeting in which there is a quorum, and representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal represented by the holders present at the meeting, adjourn the meeting, and he shall adjourn the meeting if so directed by such majority. Only business that was on the agenda of the original meeting and that was not concluded or not begun may be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

- 38 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
4. Voting Rights
  4.1   Votes in any meeting of the debenture holders will be conducted on a poll.
 
  4.2   In a vote, each holder present in person or by proxy will have one vote for every NIS 1 of the unpaid balance of the debenture held by him. In the case of joint holders, only the vote of the holder from among them whose name appears first in the register of the debenture holders and who proposes to vote, in person or by proxy, will be counted.
 
  4.3   The chairman of the meeting will not have a further or a casting vote.
 
  4.4   The Trustee may participate in a meeting, without a voting right.
 
  4.5   The debenture holders will be entitled to participate and vote in a meeting in person or by proxy, as set out below.
 
  4.6   Any instrument appointing a voting proxy ( “instrument of appointment” ) will be signed by the appointer or by an attorney authorized to do so in writing, or, where the appointer is a corporation – in an instrument duly signed by the corporation or by its authorized representative.
 
  4.7   The instrument of appointment, and the power of attorney based on which the instrument of appointment was signed (if at all), or a copy thereof certified to the Company’s satisfaction, will be deposited at the Company’s office or at the place appointed for holding the meeting not less than forty eight (48) hours before the time set for the meeting at which the person named in the instrument of appointment proposes to vote. However, the chairman of the meeting may waive this demand for all the participants in any meeting and accept the aforesaid instruments of appointment and powers of attorney at the start of the meeting.
 
  4.8   An instrument of appointment will be valid also for any adjourned meeting of the meeting to which it refers, unless stated otherwise in the instrument of appointment.
 
  4.9   A vote by virtue of an instrument of appointment will be valid notwithstanding the death of the appointer, or the revocation of the power of attorney on the basis of which the instrument of appointment was issued, or the transfer of the right under the debenture in respect of which the instrument of appointment was issued, unless a written notice concerning the death, revocation or transfer was received at the office or by the chairman of the meeting before the vote.
5.   Resolutions in General Meeting
  5.1   Subject to clauses 5.2 and 6 below, all resolutions in general meeting will be passed as ordinary resolutions. An ordinary resolution will be carried by a simple majority of the participating votes (excluding abstainers). A special resolution

- 39 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
      ( “special resolution” ) will be carried by a majority of seventy five percent (75%) of the participating votes (excluding abstainers).
 
      The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is as stated in clause 7 below.
 
  5.2   Resolutions on the matters listed below will be passed by the general meeting solely as a special resolution:
  5.2.1   An alteration in the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), where this requires a resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders, as provided in clause 24 of the Trust Deed.
 
  5.2.2   A compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them, or of the Trustee, or any settlement with the Company in connection with the rights of the debenture holders or the rights of the Trustee under the Trust Deed or according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia a waiver of any right or claim of the Trustee and/or of the debenture holders against the Company, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of clause 24 of the Trust Deed.
 
  5.2.3   Any other matter which by the terms of the debentures or the Trust Deed requires a special resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders.
 
  5.2.4   A call for immediate payment on the debentures.
 
  5.2.5   Issuance of instructions to the Trustee.
  5.3   It is hereby clarified that debenture holders being a controlling shareholder in the Company, companies controlled by controlling shareholder in the Company and related and included companies of the Company, as these terms are defined in the law, will not be counted in the quorum or in the vote of a general meeting convened for the purpose of passing an ordinary or special resolution, excluding any of the above being a related institutional investor (as this term is defined in clause 10 of the Terms set forth in the back of the page), whose vote will be taken into account.
 
  5.4   In every general meeting of the debenture holders, minutes will be made of all the proceedings and resolutions in the meeting. Any minutes signed by the chairman of a meeting in which resolutions were passed and deliberations took place was transacted, will be prima facie proof of the matters written therein, and unless proven otherwise, any resolution passed in such a meeting will be deemed to have been passed lawfully.

- 40 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
  5.5   A person or persons appointed by the Trustee or by the Company and any other person or persons so authorized by the Company, may be present in a general meeting of the debenture holders (without a voting right).
6. Dismissal of the Trustee
  6.1   An invitation to a general meeting of the debenture holders in which it is proposed to pass a resolution to dismiss the Trustee will be served in the same way as an invitation to a meeting in which it is proposed to vote on a special resolution.
 
  6.2   The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is the votes of debenture holders representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of all the debentures then in circulation.
*****************

- 41 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM C TO THE TRUST DEED SIGNED ON DECEMBER 21, 2005
BETWEEN CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.
AND HERMETIC TRUST (1975) LTD.
The Company will pay fees to the Trustee for its services in accordance to the debenture as follows:
1.   For the first trust year, beginning on the date of the Trust Deed and ending 12 months thereafter, the sum of NIS 15,000. The aforesaid payment shall be payable within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee an invoice in respect of this payment. The Trustee will be entitled to forward to the Company an invoice immediately after the signing of this Trust Deed.
 
2.   For each of the years starting from the second year (e.g. stating at the lapse of 12 months from the date of this Deed) in which unpaid Debentures (series B) shall still exist (except for the first year) an annual fee of NIS 10,000 (the “ annual fee ”).
 
3.   The annual fee will be payable to the Trustee within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee an invoice in respect thereof. The Trustee will be entitled to issue to the Company an invoice in respect of each year’s annual fee immediately after the start of each such year. The annual fee will be linked to the index, according to the rate of increase of the known index on the date of payment of the annual fee compared to the base index of the debentures.
 
4.   VAT, if applicable, will be added to the payments due to the Trustee by the provisions of this clause, and paid by the Company.
 
5.   The annual fee will be to the Trustee as long as it serves as Trustee under the provisions of this Deed, even if a receiver and/or the receiver is managing and/or the trust according to this Deed is managed under court supervision.
 
6.   If the office of the Trustee is terminated or expires during a trust year (except for the first trust year), the fee paid in respect of the months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee on behalf of the debenture holders will be refunded.
 
7.   Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to reimbursement of all its reasonable costs incurred in the fulfillment of its duties as trustee and /or the authorities given to it according to this trust deed, provided that with respect to the costs of an expert opinion, the Trustee notifies the Company in advance of its intention to receive an expert opinion.
 
8.   Additionally, the Trustee shall be entitled for additional payment for actions in case of the Company’s noncompliance with its obligations in the debenture or this trust deed or for actions for the call for immediate payment and for special actions it might need to engage in, if any, for the fulfillment of its duties according to this deed.

- 42 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
9.   It is hereby agreed that the Trustee shall be entitled to a sum in NIS equal to $120 USA, according to the representative exchange rate on the actual payment day, for each hour needed for the aforesaid actions, with the addition of VAT according to the law.
 
10.   In addition the Trustee shall be entitled for reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in the fulfillment of the special actions (in addition to the additional payment as aforesaid).
 
11.   Additionally the Trustee shall be entitled to payment for the participation in general meetings of debenture holders in the sum of NIS 250 per (linked to the index as aforesaid in clause 3), per meeting, with the addition of VAT according to the law. In addition the Trustee shall be entitled for reimbursement of all reasonable costs incurred in connection to convening the meetings of debenture holders initiated by it.

- 43 -


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
ADDENDUM TO THE TRUST DEED
Made and signed in Tel Aviv on February 27, 2006
         
Between:
  Cellcom Israel Ltd.    
 
  P.C. 511930125    
 
  10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140    
 
  (the “Company”)   of the one part
 
       
A n d:
  Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.    
 
  Company no. 51-07051-9    
 
  113 Hayarakon St., Tel Aviv    
 
  (the “Trustee” )   of the other part
     
Whereas
  On December 21 2005 the parties entered into a Trust Deed (“ Trust Deed ”); and
 
   
Whereas
  following comments from the Securities Authority the parties wish to amend the provisions of the Trust Deed as set forth hereunder;
      Therefore, it is hereby agreed, declared and stipulated between the parties as follows :
1.   The interpretation to the terms used in this addendum shall be as defined in the Trust Deed.
 
2.   In article 11.1 to the Trust Deed, the words “less than ten percent (10%)” shall be replaced with the words “less than five percent (5%)”.
 
3.   In article 11.2 to the Trust Deed, the words “ten percent (10%)” shall be replaced with the words “five percent (5%)”.
 
4.   In article 11.3 to the Trust Deed, the words “ten percent” shall be replaced with the words “five percent”.
 
5.   Article 14 to Addendum A to the Trust Deed shall be deleted.
 
6.   The remainder of the articles of the Trust Deed shall remain in effect without any change.
In witness whereof the parties have set their hand hereto:
     
( - )   ( - )
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––   ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Cellcom Israel Ltd.   Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
I the undersigned, Liat Menahemi-Stadler, Adv., hereby certify that this Trust Deed was signed by Cellcom Israel Ltd. in accordance with its memorandum and articles, through Messrs. Amos Shapira and Tal Raz.
             
 
      ( - )
 
 
Liat Menahemi-Stadler, Adv.
   
 
      License No. 18656    

- 44 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.4
CELLCOM ISRAEL, LTD.
2006 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
A. NAME AND PURPOSE
1.  Name: This plan, as amended from time to time, shall be known as the “Cellcom Israel, Ltd. 2006 Share Incentive Plan”.
2.  Purpose: The purpose and intent of the Plan is to provide incentives to employees, directors, consultants and/or contractors of the Company and its Affiliates, by providing them with opportunities to purchase Shares, pursuant to a plan approved by the Board which is designed to enable the Company to issue options and restricted stock units, with respect to Israeli residents, pursuant to the provisions of either Section 102 or Section 3(9) of the Ordinance, as applicable, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any other tax ruling provided by the tax authorities to the Company, as well as with respect to non-Israeli residents pursuant to the applicable law in their respective country of residence.
B. DEFINITIONS
Adoption Date ” means the Date of Grant, or any other date of commencement of vesting of an Award for the purposes of this Plan, that is determined by the Committee for a given grant of an Award.
Affiliate ” means any company (i) that is a Controlling Shareholder (as such term is defined in Section 102 of the Ordinance) of the Company, or (ii) of which the Company is a Controlling Shareholder, or (iii) which has a Controlling Shareholder that is also a Controlling Shareholder of the Company.
Awards ” means Options and/or RSUs.
Beneficial Grantee ” means the Grantee in respect of whom, an Award held in Trust by the Trustee was granted.
Board ” means Board of Directors of the Company.
Cessation of Employment ” means the cessation of employment of a Grantee (who was an employee of the Company on the Date of Grant of any Awards to him or her), with the Company, for any reason.
Committee ” means the Board or a committee appointed by the Board for such purpose, if appointed.
Companies Law ” means the Companies Law 1999.


 

2

“Company ” means Cellcom Israel, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the State of Israel, or any Affiliate thereof, unless the context otherwise requires.
Controlling Shareholders ” means controlling shareholders of the Company, as such term is defined in the Ordinance.
Corporate Transaction means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
     (i) a sale or other disposition of Shares of the Company held by Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“DIC”), to a third party that is not an affiliate of DIC nor its shareholder, resulting in DIC holding of less than 50.01% of the issued share capital of the Company;
     (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;
     (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or
     (iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the Ordinary Shares of the Company outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.
          Whether a transaction is a “Corporate Transaction” as defined above, shall be finally and conclusively determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion.
Date of Grant ” means the effective date of the grant of an Award, as detailed in Section 5.1(b) hereinafter.
Date of Cessation ” means (i) the date on which the employee-employer relationship between the Grantee and the Company ceases to exist, or (ii) if the Grantee is a contractor or consultant — the date on which the consulting or contractor agreement between the Grantee and the Company expires, or the date on which either of the parties to such agreement sends the other notice of its intention to terminate said agreement, or (iii) if the Grantee is a director — the date on which the Grantee ceases to serve as a director of the Company.
Disability ” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful occupation for which the Grantee is suited by education, training or experience, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in such person’s death or to continue for a period of six (6) consecutive months or more.
Exercise Date ” means the actual date of exercise of Options.


 

3

“Exercise Price” means the purchase price per Exercised Share, subject to each Option, or the nominal value per Exercised Share to be paid upon the vesting of an RSU, if applicable.
Exercised Shares ” means Shares received upon exercise of Options (or Rights, if applicable) and/or vesting of RSUs.
Grantee ” means the person to whom Awards shall be granted under this Plan.
IPO ” means an initial public offering of Shares.
Notice of Exercise ” means a written notice of exercise of an Option, delivered by a Grantee to the Company.
Notice of Grant ” means a written notice of the grant of an Award.
102 Awards ” means grants of Awards to Israeli employees, directors and office holders of the Company, other than to a Controlling Shareholder, pursuant to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, the 102 Rules, and any other regulations, rulings, procedures or clarifications promulgated thereunder. Such grants of Awards may be pursuant to (i) a Taxation Route and/or (ii) Section 102(c) of the Ordinance (“ 1 02(c) Awards ”).
102 Rules ” means the Income Tax Rules (Tax Relief in Issuance of Shares to Employees), 2003.
Options ” means options to purchase Shares.
Ordinance ” means the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version], 1961.
Plan ” means this “Cellcom Israel, Ltd. 2006 Share Incentive Plan”, as amended from time to time.
Representative ” means any third party designated by the Company for the purpose of the exercise of the Options, as provided in Section 9.2 hereinafter.
Rights ” means rights issued in respect of Exercised Shares, including bonus shares but excluding cash dividends.
RSUs ” means Restricted Stock Units, as described in Section 13 below.
Shares ” means ordinary shares, nominal value of NIS 0.01 each of the Company (subject to an expected split of the Company’s shares).
Taxation Route ” means the capital gains route under Section 102(b)(2) of the Ordinance.
3(9) Awards ” means grants of Awards to Israeli consultants, contractors or Controlling Shareholders of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(9) of the Ordinance and


 

4

the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any other section of the Ordinance that will be relevant for such issuance in the future.
Trust ” means the holding of each Award and Exercised Shares by the Trustee in Trust for the benefit of the Beneficial Grantee.
Trustee ” means a trustee designated by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof and, with respect to 102 Awards, approved by the Israeli Tax Authority.
Trust Expiration Date ” means 1.1.2015, or any other date determined by the Board.
Trust Period ” means the period of time required under a Taxation Route for Awards and/or Exercised Shares to be held in Trust in order for the Beneficial Grantee to enjoy the tax benefits afforded under such Taxation Route, as will be applicable for such Taxation Route from time to time.
Vesting Period ” of an Award means, for the purpose of the Plan and its related instruments, the period between the Adoption Date and the date on which (i) an Option becomes exercisable into a Share; or (ii) an RSU is automatically vested into a Share, as applicable.
C. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PLAN
3.  Administration:
          3.1 The Plan will be administered by the Board or, subject to applicable law, including but not limited to the instructions of the Companies Law, by a Committee, which will consist of such number of directors of the Company as may be fixed, from time to time, by the Board. If a Committee is not appointed, the term Committee, whenever used herein, shall mean the Board. The Board shall appoint the members of the Committee, may from time to time remove members from, or add members to, the Committee and shall fill vacancies in the Committee however caused.
          3.2 The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places, as it shall determine. Actions taken by a majority of the members of the Committee, at a meeting at which a majority of its members is present, or acts reduced to, or approved in, writing by all members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. The Committee may appoint a secretary, who shall keep records of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business, as it shall deem advisable.
          3.3 Subject to the general terms and conditions of this Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the full authority in its discretion, from time to time and at any time to determine (i) the Grantees under the Plan, (ii) the number of Shares subject to each Award, (iii) the time or times at which the same shall be granted, (iv) the schedule and conditions, including performance conditions, if applicable, on which such Awards may be exercised and/or


 

5

on which such Shares shall be paid for and/or on which such RSUs may vest, and/or (v) rules and provisions, as may be necessary or appropriate to permit eligible Grantees who are not Israeli residents to participate in the Plan and/or to receive preferential tax treatment in their country of residence, with respect to the Awards granted hereunder, and/or (vi) any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of the Plan.
          3.4 Furthermore, subject to the general terms and conditions of the Plan, the Ordinance, and any other applicable laws and regulations, the Committee shall have the full authority in its discretion, from time to time and at any time, to determine:
               (a) With respect to grants of 102 Awards pursuant to the Taxation Route the identity of the trustee who shall be granted such 102 Awards in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and the Taxation Route; and
               (b) With respect to the grant of 3(9) Awards — whether or not 3(9) Awards shall be granted to a trustee in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan, and the identity of the trustee who shall be granted such 3(9) Awards in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.
          3.5 Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Committee may, from time to time and at any time, grant 102(c) Awards.
          3.6 The Committee may, from time to time, adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan, as it may deem necessary. No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any act or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted thereunder.
          3.7 The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of the Plan or of any Award thereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any Award or Share issuance thereunder, unless otherwise determined by the Board.
4. Eligible Grantees:
          4.1 The Committee, at its discretion, may grant Awards to any employee, director, consultant and/or contractor of the Company. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, all grants of Awards shall be authorized and implemented only in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.
          4.2 The grant of an Award to a Grantee hereunder, shall neither entitle such Grantee to participate, nor disqualify him from participating, in any other grant of Awards pursuant to this Plan or any other incentive plan of the Company.
5.  Grant of Awards, Issuance of Shares, Dividends and Shareholder Rights:


 

6

          5.1 Grant of Awards and Issuance of Shares .
               (a) Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance and applicable law (it being understood that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the following shall not apply to Awards granted to non Israeli Grantees),
                    (i) All grants of Awards to Israeli employees, directors and office holders of the Company, other than to Controlling Shareholders, shall be as 102 Awards and shall be subject either to the Taxation Route or to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance; and
                    (ii) All grants of Awards to Israeli consultants, contractors or Controlling Shareholders of the Company shall be as 3(9) Awards.
               (b) Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof, the Date of Grant shall be the date the Committee resolves to grant such Award, unless specified otherwise by the Committee in its determination relating to the grant of such Award. The Committee shall promptly give the Grantee a Notice of Grant.
               (c)  Trust . In the event Awards are deposited with a Trustee, the Trustee shall hold each such Award and Exercised Shares in Trust for the benefit of the Beneficial Grantee; provided, however, that unless the Committee determines otherwise, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Trustee shall not hold any Awards in Trust following the Trust Expiration Date, all Awards held in Trust on such date shall be transferred automatically to the Grantee, and all implications, including tax implications, resulting from such transfer of Awards shall be borne solely by the Grantee.
                    In accordance with Section 102, the tax benefits afforded to 102 Awards and any Exercised Shares, in accordance with the Taxation Route, shall be contingent upon the Trustee holding such 102 Awards for the applicable Trust Period.
                    With respect to 102 Awards granted to the Trustee, the following shall apply:
                    (i) A Grantee granted 102 Awards shall not be entitled to sell the Exercised Shares or to transfer such Exercised Shares (or such 102 Awards) from the Trust prior to the lapse of the Trust Period; and
                    (ii) Any and all Rights shall be issued to the Trustee and held thereby until the lapse of the Trust Period, and such Rights shall be subject to the Taxation Route.
                    Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Exercised Shares or Rights may be sold or transferred, and the Trustee may release such Exercised Shares (or 102 Awards) or Rights from Trust, prior to the lapse of the Trust Period, provided however, that tax is paid or withheld in accordance with Section 102 of the Ordinance and/or the 102 Rules, and/or any


 

7

other provision of the Ordinance and any regulation, ruling, procedure and clarification promulgated thereunder, that will be relevant from time to time.
                    All certificates representing Exercised Shares issued to the Trustee under the Plan shall be deposited with the Trustee, and shall be held by the Trustee until such time that such Shares are released from the Trust as herein provided.
                    Alternatively, in the event the Company’s Shares are listed on any stock exchange or admitted to trading on an electronic securities trading system, whether in Israel or outside of Israel, the Company shall register the Exercised Shares issued to the Trustee pursuant to the Plan, in the name of the Trustee, in accordance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations, until such time that such Shares are released from the Trust as herein provided.
          (d) Subject to the terms hereof, at any time after the Awards are vested, with respect to any 102 Awards or Exercised Shares held by the Trustee the following shall apply:
                    (i) Upon the written request of any Beneficial Grantee, the Trustee shall release from the Trust, within a reasonable period of time, the Awards granted, and/or the Exercised Shares issued, on behalf of such Beneficial Grantee, by executing and delivering to the Company such instrument(s) as the Company may require, giving due notice of such release to such Beneficial Grantee, provided , however , that the Trustee shall not so release any such Awards and/or Exercised Shares to such Beneficial Grantee unless the latter, prior to, or concurrently with, such release, provides the Trustee with evidence, satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee, that all taxes, if any, required to be paid upon such release have, in fact, been paid.
                    (ii) Alternatively, subject to the terms hereof, with respect to any Exercised Shares held by the Trustee, provided the Exercised Shares are listed on a stock exchange or admitted to trading on an electronic securities trading system (such as the Nasdaq), upon the written instructions of the Beneficial Grantee to sell any Exercised Shares, the Company and/or the Trustee shall use their reasonable efforts to effect such sale within a reasonable period of time, and shall transfer such Exercised Shares to the purchaser thereof concurrently with the receipt of, or after having made suitable arrangements to secure, the payment of the proceeds of the purchase price in such transaction. The Company and/or the Trustee, as applicable, shall withhold from such proceeds any and all taxes required to be paid in respect of such sale, shall remit the amount so withheld to the appropriate tax authorities and shall pay the balance thereof directly to the Beneficial Grantee, reporting to such Beneficial Grantee and to the Company the amount so withheld and paid to said tax authorities. In case an appropriate tax exemption or partial tax exemption certificate was provided to the Company and/or Trustee, an adequate time prior to the date in which the proceeds are to be paid, the Company and/or Trustee shall not withhold or partially withhold the taxes required, in accordance with the tax exemption certificate, as the case may be).


 

8

          5.2 Guarantee . In the event a 102(c) Award is granted to a Grantee who is an employee at the time of such grant, upon the Grantee’s Cessation of Employment, such Grantee shall provide the Company, to its full satisfaction, with a guarantee or collateral securing the future payment of all taxes required to be paid upon the sale of the Exercised Shares received upon exercise of such 102(c) Award or its vesting (if an RSU), all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, the 102 Rules and the regulation or orders promulgated thereunder.
          5.3 Dividend . All Exercised Shares shall entitle the Grantee thereof to receive dividends with respect thereto. For so long as Exercised Shares deposited with the Trustee on behalf of a Beneficial Grantee are held in the Trust, the cash dividends paid or distributed with respect thereto shall be distributed directly to such Beneficial Grantee, subject to any applicable taxation on distribution of dividends, and when applicable subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, the 102 Rules and the regulations or orders promulgated thereunder.
          5.4 Voting Rights; Shareholder Rights . The holder of an Award shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the Shares subject to such Award until such person shall have exercised the Award, or the Award has vested (if an RSU), as the case may be, has paid the Exercise Price, if applicable, and has become the record holder of the applicable Exercised Shares.
               As long as the Exercised Shares are held by the Trustee, the voting rights at the Company’s general meeting attached to such Exercised Shares will remain with the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be obligated to exercise such voting rights at general meetings, nor to notify the Grantee of any Exercised Shares held in the Trust, of any meeting of the Company’s shareholders. However, the Trustee may, at his sole discretion, empower the respective Beneficial Grantee, to vote in name and in place of the Trustee according to such Beneficial Grantee’s instructions, if provided.
6.  Reserved Shares: The total number of Shares that may be subject to Awards granted under this Plan shall not exceed 2,500,000 in the aggregate, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 11 hereof. All Shares under the Plan, in respect of which the right of a Grantee to purchase the same shall, for any reason, terminate, expire or otherwise cease to exist, shall again be available for grant through Awards under the Plan, and under any other plans or sub-plans, as the Committee may determine at its own discretion, from time to time, provided, however, that until termination of the Plan the Company shall at all times reserve sufficient number of unissued Shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.
          Without derogating from the foregoing, the Committee shall have full authority in its discretion to determine that the Company may issue, for the purposes of this Plan and/or any other plans, previously issued Shares that are held by the Company, from time to time, as Dormant Shares (as such term is defined in the Companies Law).


 

9

          7. Required Approvals; Notice of Grant; Vesting and Re-pricing:
          7.1 The implementation of the Plan and the grant of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by applicable law or regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards granted under it, and the Exercised Shares issued pursuant to it.
               The Company shall obtain the approval of the Company’s shareholders for the adoption of this Plan or for any amendment or sub-plan adopted in the future to this Plan, if shareholders’ approval is necessary to comply with the Company’s bylaws, any applicable law, rule or regulation, including without limitation the US securities laws, or the securities laws of other jurisdictions applicable to Awards granted to Grantees under this Plan, or if shareholders’ approval is required by any authority or by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, including without limitation the US Securities and Exchange Commission.
          7.2 The Notice of Grant shall state, inter alia , the number of Shares subject to each Award, the vesting schedule, the dates when the Awards may be exercised or shall automatically vest into Exercised Shares (for RSUs), as applicable, their Exercise Price, if applicable, whether the Awards granted to Israeli Grantees are 102 Awards (and in particular whether the 102 Awards are granted under the Taxation Route, or as 102(c) Awards) or 3(9) Awards, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee at its discretion may prescribe, provided that they are consistent with this Plan. Each Notice of Grant evidencing a 102 Award shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Ordinance applicable to such awards.
               Furthermore, each Grantee of a 102 Award under the Taxation Route shall be required to execute a declaration stating that he or she is familiar with the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Taxation Route, and to undertake not to sell or transfer the Awards and/or the Exercised Shares prior to the lapse of the applicable Trust Period, unless he or she pays all taxes that may arise in connection with such sale and/or transfer .
          7.3 Term of Awards; Vesting . Without derogating from the rights and powers of the Committee under Section 7.2 hereof and subject to Section 10 hereinafter, unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the Awards shall be for a term of six (6) years, and, unless determined otherwise by the Committee, the Vesting Period pursuant to which such Awards shall vest, shall be such that 25% of the Awards granted to a Grantee in a specific grant shall vest on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Award granted under this Plan shall vest prior to the consummation of an IPO .
               Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, any period in which the Grantee shall not be employed by the Company, or in which the Grantee shall have taken an unpaid leave of absence, or in which the Grantee shall cease to serve as a director, consultant or contractor of the Company, shall not be included in the Vesting Period.


 

10

          7.4 Acceleration of Vesting . Anything herein to the contrary in this Plan notwithstanding, the Committee shall have full authority, whether before or after the grant of an Award, to determine any provisions regarding the acceleration of the Vesting Period of any Award, or the cancellation of all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions with respect to any Award upon certain events or occurrences, on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.
          7.5 Repricing . Subject to applicable law, the Committee shall have full authority to, at any time and from time to time, (i) grant in its discretion to the holder of an outstanding Award, in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of such Award, a new Award having an Exercise Price lower than provided in the Award so surrendered and canceled and containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, or (ii) effectuate a decrease in the Exercise Price (see Section 8 below) of outstanding Awards.
          8.  Exercise Price: The Exercise Price shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to applicable law and to guidelines adopted by the Board from time to time.
          9. Exercise of Options:
          9.1 Options shall be exercisable pursuant to the terms under which they were awarded and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
          9.2 The exercise of an Option shall be made by a written Notice of Exercise delivered by the Grantee to the Company at its principal executive office, and/or to a Representative and, with respect to Options held in the Trust, to the Trustee, in such form and method as may be determined by the Company and when applicable, by the Trustee in accordance with the requirements of Section 102 of the Ordinance, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by the payment of the Exercise Price, at the Company’s or the Representative’s principal office, and containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time.
          9.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.2 above, and unless otherwise provided by the Board, all Options shall be exercised using the following method (the “ Net Exercise ”):
                         (a) The Company shall issue to the Grantee (or to the Trustee, as applicable) a number of Shares having an aggregate Market Value (as defined below) equal to the Benefit Amount (as defined below) (the “ Net Exercise Shares ”);
                         For the purposes of this Section:
                         (i) The “ Benefit Amount ” shall mean the difference between:


 

11

                         (A) (i) the Market Value times (ii) the number of Shares subject to the Options for which a Notice of Exercise has been delivered to the Company; and
                         (B) (i) the Exercise Price times (ii) the number of Shares subject to the Options for which a Notice of Exercise has been delivered to the Company.
                    (ii) “ Market Value ” shall mean the closing price for a Share on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise, as reported or quoted on the Nasdaq or on any other stock market on which Shares are traded, as shall be determined by the Committee.
               (b) The Grantee shall not be required to pay to the Company any sum with respect to the exercise of such Options, other than a sum equal to [the aggregate nominal value of the Net Exercise Shares (which shall be paid in a manner provided in Section 9.5 below) (the “ Nominal Value Sum ”). However, the Company shall have the full authority in its discretion to determine at any time that the Nominal Value Sum shall not be paid and that the Company shall capitalize applicable profits or take any other action to ensure that it meets any requirement of applicable law regarding issuance of Shares for consideration that is lower than the nominal value of such Shares;
               (c) No fractional Shares will be issued to the Grantee and the number of Shares granted to the Grantee under the Plan shall be rounded off (upward or downward) to the nearest whole number.
          9.4 Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, but without derogating from the provisions of Section 10 hereof, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if any Option has not been exercised and the Shares subject thereto not paid for within six (6) years after the Date of Grant (or any shorter period set forth in the Notice of Grant), such Option and the right to acquire such Shares shall terminate, all interests and rights of the Grantee in and to the same shall ipso facto expire, and, in the event that in connection therewith any Options are still held in the Trust as aforesaid, the Trust with respect thereto shall ipso facto expire, and the Shares subject to such Options shall again be available for grant through Awards under the Plan (provided its term is extended, if needed), any other plans or sub-plans, as provided for in Section 6 herein, or any other incentive arrangement of the Company.
          9.5 Each payment for Exercised Shares shall be in respect of a whole number of Shares, and shall be effected in cash or by a bank’s check payable to the order of the Company, or such other method of payment acceptable to the Company.
10. Termination of Employment:
          10.1 Employees . In the event of a Cessation of Employment of a Grantee who was an employee at the Date of Grant, all Awards theretofore granted to such Grantee when such Grantee was an employee of the Company, unless determined otherwise by the Committee, shall terminate as follows:


 

12

                         (a) All such Awards that are not vested on the Date of Cessation shall terminate immediately.
               (b) If the Grantee’s cessation of employment is by reason of such Grantee’s death or Disability, any Options previously granted to the Grantee (to the extent vested on the Date of Cessation) shall be exercisable by the Grantee (if applicable) or the Grantee’s guardian, legal representative, estate or other person to whom the Grantee’s rights are transferred by will or by laws of descent or distribution, at any time until the lapse of twelve (12) months from the Date of Cessation (but in no event after the expiration date of such Options), and shall thereafter terminate.
               (c) If the Grantee’s Cessation of Employment is due to any reason other than those stated in Sections 11.1(b), 11.1(d) or 11.1(e) herein, any Options previously granted to the Grantee (to the extent vested on the Date of Cessation) shall be exercisable at any time until the lapse of three (3) months from the Date of Cessation (but in no event after the expiration date of such Options), and shall thereafter terminate;
               (d) Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if the Grantee’s Cessation of Employment is due to (i) breach of the Grantee’s duty of loyalty towards the Company, or (ii) breach of the Grantee’s duty of care towards the Company, or (iii) the commission of any flagrant criminal offense by the Grantee, or (iv) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty towards the Company by the Grantee, or (v) any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Grantee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, or any substantial breach of the Grantee’s employment agreement with the Company, or (vi) any other intentional misconduct by the Grantee (by act or omission) adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company in a material manner, or (vii) any act or omission by the Grantee which would allow for the termination of the Grantee’s employment without severance pay, according to the Severance Pay Law, 1963, any and all Options previously granted to the Grantee whether vested or not shall ipso facto expire immediately and be of no legal effect.
               (e) If a Grantee retires, he may, subject to the approval of the Committee, continue to enjoy such rights, if any, under the Plan and on such terms and conditions, with such limitations and subject to such requirements as the Committee in its discretion may determine.
               (f) Whether the Cessation of Employment of a particular Grantee is by reason of “ Disability ” for the purposes of paragraph 10.1(b) hereof or by virtue of “retirement” for purposes of paragraph 10.1(e) hereof, or is a termination of employment other than by reason of such Disability or retirement, or is for reasons as set forth in paragraph 10.1(d) hereof, shall be finally and conclusively determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion.


 

13

               (g) Notwithstanding the aforesaid, under no circumstances shall any Option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the term of such Option.
          10.2 Directors, Consultants and Contractors . In the event that a Grantee, who is a director, consultant or contractor of the Company, ceases, for any reason, to serve as such, the provisions of Sections 10.1(a), 10.1(b), 10.1(c), 10.1(d), 10.1(f) and 10.1(g) above shall apply, mutatis mutandis .
          10.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an Option is granted or thereafter, to:
               (a) Extend the period of time for which the Option is to remain exercisable following the Date of Cessation to such greater period of time, as the Committee shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the specified expiration of the term of the Option; or
               (b) Permit the Option to be exercised, during the applicable exercise period following the Date of Cessation, not only with respect to the number of Shares for which such Option is exercisable on the Date of Cessation but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Grantee would have vested under the Option had the Grantee continued in the employ or service of the Company.
          10.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10, and for the avoidance of doubt, unless the Board determines otherwise, the transfer of a Grantee from the employ or service of the Company to the employ or service of an Affiliate, or from the employ or service of an Affiliate to the employ or service of the Company or another Affiliate, shall not be deemed a Cessation of Employment or termination of service for purposes hereof.
11. Adjustments, Liquidation and Corporate Transaction:
          11.1 Bonus Shares .
               (a) If the Company distributes bonus shares to all of its shareholders, including all holders of Shares, whose date of distribution is earlier than the Exercise Date or vesting date (for RSUs), as applicable, Shares in the number and kind that the Award holder would have been entitled to as bonus shares had he/she exercised the Options or had his/her RSUs vested, as the case may be, before the record date determining the right to receive bonus shares, will be added to the Exercised Shares to which the holder of the Awards is entitled upon exercising the Options or vesting of the RSUs, as applicable.
                    (b) The Exercise Price of each Award will not change as a result of the addition of such bonus shares, while other terms referring to the Exercised Shares will also apply to the bonus shares added to the Exercised Shares, mutatis mutandis .


 

14

                    (c) If the Company distributes bonus shares, as described in Section (a) above, for which the record date for distribution and/or the date of distribution fall during the period in which Exercised Shares are registered in the name of the Trustee for the Beneficial Grantee, the Company will transfer to the Trustee an amount of bonus shares according to the number of Exercised Shares registered in its name at the time of distribution, and the Trustee will hold them in Trust for the Beneficial Grantees. In the event Exercised Shares have been transferred from the Trustee to a Beneficial Grantee and/or sold by the Company or the Trustee at the Beneficial Grantee’s request between the record date for distribution and the date of distribution, the Company will transfer bonus shares in respect of these Shares directly to such Beneficial Grantee. Each such Grantee will be entitled to Shares in the same number and class to which he would have been entitled, had the Shares been held by him prior to the record date for the right to receive the bonus shares.
          11.2 Cash Dividends . If the Company distributes cash dividends with respect to all Company’s Shares issued to its shareholders, and the record date for determining the right to receive such dividends (the “ Determining Date ”) is earlier than the Exercise Date of the Options granted hereunder, then the Exercise Price for each Share subject to an Option not exercised prior to the Determining Date, shall be reduced by an amount equal to the gross amount of the dividend per Share distributed, calculated in the same currency as the Exercise Price according to the representative rate of exchange as of the Determining Date, if applicable. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the event the Company’s Shares are listed on any stock exchange or admitted to trading on an electronic securities trading system as of the Determining Date, the aforesaid reduction of the Exercise Price for each Share subject to an Option not exercised shall correspond to the reduction in the price of a Company Share as a result of such distribution as recorded by such stock exchange or electronic securities trading system. Unless determined otherwise by the Board, the Exercise Price shall not be reduced to less than the nominal value of a Share.
          11.3 Adjustments . Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company and/or any other required action under any applicable law, the number of Shares subject to each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Shares subject to each such outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, combination or reclassification of the Shares or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided , however , that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.


 

15

               Except as expressly provided in this Section 12, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.
               Except as expressly provided in this Section 11, the grant of Awards under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to distribute bonus shares, to offer rights to purchase its securities, or to distribute cash dividends.
          11.4 Liquidation . Unless otherwise provided by the Board, in the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. In such case, the Committee may declare that any Award shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Committee and give each Grantee the right to exercise his/her Award or to allow his/her Awards to vest (for RSUs), including any Award that would not otherwise be vested (in respect of RSUs) and/or exercisable (in respect of Options).
          11.5 Corporate Transaction .
               (a) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Vesting Period of the Awards shall be automatically and immediately accelerated so that all Awards whether vested or not shall become vested and, in respect of Options, exercisable, as of ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such Corporate Transaction and until the effective date of such Corporate Transaction.
               (b) Immediately prior the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards which are not exercised until the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.
          11.6 Sale . Subject to any provision in the Articles of Association of the Company and to the Committee’s sole and absolute discretion, in the event of sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the outstanding share capital of the Company, each Grantee shall be obligated to participate in such sale and sell his or her Exercised Shares, provided , however , that each such Exercised Share shall be sold at a price equal to that of any other Share sold under the sale, subject to the absolute discretion of the Board.
               With respect to Exercised Shares held in Trust the following procedure will be applied: the Trustee will transfer the Exercised Shares held in Trust and sign any document in order to effectuate the transfer of such Shares, including share transfer deeds, provided , however , that the Trustee receives a notice from the Board, specifying that: (i) all or substantially all of the issued outstanding share capital of the Company is to be sold, and therefore the Trustee is obligated to transfer the Exercised Shares held in Trust under the provisions of this Section 11.5; and (ii) the Company is obligated to withhold at source all taxes required to be paid upon release of the Exercised Shares from the Trust and to provide the Trustee with evidence, satisfactory to the Trustee, that such taxes indeed have been paid;


 

16

and (iii) the Company is obligated to transfer the consideration for the Exercised Shares directly to the Grantees.
          11.7 The grant of Awards under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
12. Limitations on Transfer:
          12.1 Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, no Award shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom granted otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Award may be exercised, where applicable, during the lifetime of the Grantee only by such Grantee or by such Grantee’s guardian or legal representative. Any assignment or transfer other than as aforesaid, shall be null and void. The terms of such Award shall be binding upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of such Grantee. In addition, as long as Awards and/or Exercised Shares are held by the Trustee on behalf of the Grantee, all rights of the Grantee over the Exercised Shares are personal, cannot be transferred, assigned, pledged or mortgaged, other than by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution.
          12.2 Underwriter’s Lock-up . The Grantee’s rights to sell Exercised Shares may be subject to certain limitations (including a lock-up period), as will be requested by the Company or its underwriters, from time to time, or upon a specific occurrence, and the Grantee unconditionally agrees and accepts any such limitations.
          12.3 Restrictions on Shares. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Exercised Shares, as it may deem advisable, including, but not limited to, restrictions related to applicable U.S. federal securities laws, the requirements of any national securities exchange or system upon which Shares are then listed or traded, or any U.S. blue sky or state securities laws.
13. Restricted Stock Units
          13.1 Subject to the sole and absolute discretion and determination of the Committee, the Committee may decide to grant under this Plan, in addition to, or instead of, any grant of Options, Restricted Stock Unit(s) (“ RSU(s) ”). RSUs are Options, bearing an Exercise Price of no more than the underlying Share’s nominal value. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.2 above, upon the lapse of the Vesting Period of an RSU, such RSU shall automatically vest into an Exercised Share of the Company and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Grantee shall pay to the Company its nominal value as a precondition to any issuance of such Exercised Share. However, the Company shall have the full authority in its discretion to determine at any time that the nominal value shall not be paid and that the Company shall capitalize applicable profits or take any other action to ensure that it meets any requirement of applicable law regarding issuance of shares for consideration that is lower


 

17

than the nominal value of such Shares.
          13.2 All other terms and conditions of this Plan applicable to Options, shall apply to RSUs mutatis mutandis .
14. Term and Amendment of the Plan:
          14.1 The Plan shall terminate, and no additional Awards may be granted pursuant to it, upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Plan was adopted by the Board, or (ii) the termination of all outstanding Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction. All Awards outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the documents evidencing such Awards.
          14.2 Subject to applicable laws and regulations, the Board in its discretion may, at any time and from time to time, amend, alter, extend or terminate the Plan, as it deems advisable. However, no amendment or modification shall adversely affect any rights and obligations with respect to Options at the time outstanding under the Plan, unless the applicable Grantee consents to such amendment or modification. In the event the Committee wishes to grant Awards to non-Israeli Grantees, the Committee may adopt, as part of this Plan and based on it, sub-plans, in order to comply with all relevant and applicable laws and regulations of the country of residence of such Grantees.
15.  Withholding and Tax Consequences: The Company’s obligation to deliver Exercised Shares upon the exercise or vesting of any Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income tax and other compulsory payments withholding requirements. All tax consequences and obligations regarding any other compulsory payments arising from the grant, exercise, or vesting of any Award, from the payment for, or the subsequent disposition of, Exercised Shares subject thereto or from any other event or act (of the Company, of the Trustee or of the Grantee) hereunder, shall be borne solely by the Grantee, and the Grantee shall indemnify the Company and/or the Trustee, as applicable, and hold them harmless against and from any and all liability for any such tax or other compulsory payment, or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any such tax or other compulsory payment from any payment made to the Grantee.
          The Company and/or the Trustee, when applicable, shall not be required to release any Share certificate to a Grantee until all required payments have been fully made.


 

18

16. Miscellaneous:
          16.1 Continuance of Employment. Neither the Plan nor the grant of an Award thereunder shall impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment or service of any Grantee. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted thereunder shall confer upon any Grantee any right to continue in the employment or service of the Company for any period of specific duration, or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the right of the Company to terminate such employment or service at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.
          16.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, it is hereby clarified, that any income attributed (or deemed to be attributed) to the Grantee as a result of this Plan, the grant or exercise of Awards thereunder, or the sale of Exercised Shares, shall not be taken into account for the purpose of calculating the Grantee’s eligibility for any rights deriving from the employee-employer or service provider-client relationship between the Grantee and the Company.
          16.3 Governing Law. The Plan and all instruments issued thereunder or in connection therewith, shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Israel, excluding the choice of law rules thereof .
          16.4 Application of Funds . Any proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Exercised Shares pursuant to the Awards granted under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes of the Company.
          16.5 Multiple Agreements. The terms of each Award may differ from other Awards granted under the Plan at the same time, or at any other time. The Committee may also grant more than one Award to a given Grantee during the term of the Plan, either in addition to, or in substitution for, one or more Awards previously granted to that Grantee. The grant of multiple Awards may be evidenced by a single Notice of Grant or multiple Notices of Grant, as determined by the Committee.
          16.6 Non-Exclusivity of the Plan . The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
          16.7 The provisions of this Plan shall not be construed as deviating from any applicable laws, rules and regulations.
*****

  

 

EXHIBIT 10.5
EXECUTION VERSION
EXHIBIT 2.2.3
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 15th day of March, 2006, by and among Cellcom Israel Ltd an Israeli company (the “Company”), Discount Investment Corporation Ltd, an Israeli company (“DIC”), DIC Communication and Technology Ltd, an Israeli company (“DICC”), PEC Israel Economic Corporation, a Maine, U.S.A. corporation (“PEC”) and Goldman Sachs International (“Goldman”), (each of DIC, DICC and PEC, a “DIC Shareholder”, and collectively, the “DIC Shareholders”; and each of DIC, DICC, PEC and Goldman, a “Shareholder”, and collectively, the “Shareholders”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, the Shareholders are holders of the majority of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares of nominal value ten Agurot (NIS 0.1) each in the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Shareholders and the Company desire to set forth certain matters regarding the registration for trade on a United States recognized public stock exchange (including any of the NYSE New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Market and the American Stock Exchange) of the Company’s Ordinary Shares held by them;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined in the recitals above and in other clauses of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
Affiliate ” with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with, such person at any time during the period for which the determination of affiliation is being made.
Control ” means the ability, directly or indirectly, to direct the activities of the relevant entity, including, without limitation, the Holding of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shareholder votes in a general meeting or the ability to appoint or elect more than fifty percent (50%) of the directors of such entity “Controlled” and “to Control” shall have correlative meanings.
For the purpose of the term “Control”, “Holding” means in relation to securities or voting power and the like, directly or indirectly, including through a trustee, a trust company, or a registration company or in any other manner, excluding holding through, or on behalf of, an entity which is considered an Institutional Investor pursuant to the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968. Holding by a company shall also mean holding

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION
by its Affiliate. Holding of securities by any Person shall not include the holding of securities by any other Person where there is cooperation between such Persons according to a written or verbal agreement, unless such Persons are Affiliates.
Form F-3 ” means Form F-3 under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.
Holder ” means any holder of outstanding Registrable Securities which is a Shareholder or a Permitted Transferee thereof.
IDB Group ” means IDB Development Corporation Ltd and entities Controlled by it, but excluding any entity considered an Institutional Investor pursuant to the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968.
IPO ” means an initial public offering of the Company’s shares on a United States nationally recognized stock market, disregarding any prior registration of the Company’s shares for trade on any stock market that is out of the United States.
Initiating Holder ” means a Holder of at least three and a quarter percent (3.25%) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.
Permitted Transferee ” shall mean with respect to a Person an Affiliate of such Person.
Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, or any other entity or organization of whatever nature, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Register ”, “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering by the SEC of effectiveness of such registration statement.
Registrable Securities ” means the Ordinary Shares of the Company held by the Shareholders at the date hereof and any additional Ordinary Share of the Company that the Shareholders may hereafter purchase or acquire pursuant to their preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or otherwise, or Ordinary Shares issued by the Company on conversion or exercise of other securities so purchased which are convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, provided that in each such case shares will be deemed Registrable Securities only so long as they are held by a Shareholder.
2. Incidental Registration .

2


 

EXECUTION VERSION
     2.1 If, at the sole discretion of the Company and the underwriters to the Company’s IPO, it is decided to enable any shareholders of the Company to sell shares in the course of the IPO (including in the course of the offering and/or any over allotment option), or, if the Company at any time after the closing of the IPO proposes to register any of its securities for its own account or for the account of any shareholders of the Company, other than in a registration under Section 3 of this Agreement or a registration relating solely to an employee and/or consultant and/or directors benefit and/or stock incentive plan, it shall give notice to the Holders of such intention. Upon the written request of any Holder, given within twenty (20) days after receipt of any such notice, the Company shall include in such registration all of the Registrable Securities indicated in such request.
     2.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then each Holder that is not a member of the IDB Group (“ Non-IDB Holder ”) wishing to participate in such registration shall be entitled to include in such registration (A) as long as such Non-IDB Holder holds more than twenty percent (20%) of the number of Registrable Securities held by such Non-IDB Holder on the date it first became a party to this Agreement (the “ Original Holding ”), a number of Registrable Securities, calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, by (y) a percentage that is equal to twice the percentage holding of Registrable Securities of such Non-IDB Holder, out of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by all Holders wishing to participate in such registration (including members of the IDB Group), and (B) as long as such Non-IDB Holder holds less than twenty percent (20%) of its Original Holding, a number of Registrable Securities, calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, by (y) a percentage that is equal to the percentage holding of Registrable Securities of such Non-IDB Holder, out of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by all Holders wishing to participate in such registration (including members of the IDB Group). All the Holders who are members of the IDB Group wishing to participate in such registration will include in such registration a number of shares equal to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration minus all the Non-IDB Holders participation calculated as above (to be allocated pro rata among such IDB Group Holders), provided , however , that all Registrable Securities must be included in such registration prior to any other securities of the Company (with the exception of securities to be issued by the Company to the public).
3. Demand Registration .
     3.1 At any time commencing eighteen (18) months following the closing of the IPO, an Initiating Holder may request in writing that all or part of the Registrable Securities Held by such Initiating Holder shall be registered for trading either on the securities exchange in the United States on which the IPO took place (in which case by use of Form F-3 if such form is then available to the Company), or, on any other

3


 

EXECUTION VERSION
securities exchange on which the shares of the Company are then registered for trade. Any such demand must request the registration of Ordinary Shares Held by the Initiating Holder in a minimum of three percent (3%) of the then outstanding share capital of the Company. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of such request to the other Holders and shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities held by all such Holders who wish to participate in such demand registration and provide the Company with written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. Thereupon, the Company shall effect the registration of all Registrable Securities as to which it has received requests for registration for trading on the securities exchange specified in the Initiating Holder’s request for registration.
     3.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that in a registration that is to be underwritten the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then each Non-IDB Holder (including the Initiating Holder) wishing to participate in such registration shall be entitled to include in such registration (A) as long as such Non-IDB Holder holds more than twenty percent (20%) of its Original Holding, a number of Registrable Securities, calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, by (y) a percentage that is equal to twice the percentage holding of Registrable Securities of such Non-IDB Holder, out of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by all Holders wishing to participate in such registration (including members of the IDB Group), and (B) as long as such Non-IDB Holder holds less than twenty percent (20%) of its Original Holding, a number of Registrable Securities, calculated by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, by (y) a percentage that is equal to the percentage holding of Registrable Securities of such Non-IDB Holder, out of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by all Holders wishing to participate in such registration (including members of the IDB Group). All the Holders who are members of the IDB Group (including the Initiating Holder, if applicable) wishing to participate in such registration will include in such registration a number of shares equal to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration minus all the Non-IDB Holders participation calculated as above (to be allocated pro rata among such IDB Group Holders).
     Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. The Company shall not register securities for sale for its own account in any registration requested pursuant to this Section 3 unless permitted to do so by the written consent of Holders who hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested. The Company may not cause any other registration of securities for sale for its own account (other than a registration effected solely to implement an employee and/or consultant and/or directors benefit and/or stock incentive plan) to be initiated after a registration requested pursuant to Section 3 and to become effective less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of any registration requested pursuant to Section 3.

4


 

EXECUTION VERSION
     3.3 The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 3: (i) if it would result in effecting more than one (1) demand in any twelve (12) month period; or (ii) if (a) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is essential to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (b) the Company shall have furnished to such Holders a certificate signed by the CEO of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, in which case the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for the period during which such filing would be seriously detrimental, provided, that the Company may not defer the filing for a period of more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders.
     3.4 If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request to the public by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 3, and the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the notice given pursuant to Section 3. The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 3 shall be conditional upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting arrangements required by Section 3 and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder with respect to such participation and inclusion) to the extent provided herein.
4. Designation of Underwriter .
     4.1 In the case of any registration effected pursuant to Section 3 and which is to be underwritten, the Initiating Holders that submitted the request for registration shall have the right to designate, upon consent of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) in any underwritten offering, provided that the Company’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
     4.2 In the case of any registration initiated by the Company, the Company shall have the right to designate the managing underwriter in any underwritten offering.
5.   Expenses . All expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with any registration under Section 2 or 3 shall be borne by the Company (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Holders); provided, however, that each of the Holders participating in such registration shall pay its pro rata portion of discounts or commissions payable to any underwriter.
 
6.   Indemnities . In the event of any registered offering of securities of the Company pursuant to this Agreement:

5


 

EXECUTION VERSION
     6.1 To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Holder participating in the registration and any underwriter for such Holder, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such underwriter, from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, joint or several, costs and expenses (including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent) to which such Holder or any such underwriter or controlling person may become subject under applicable law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, damages, claims, liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), costs or expenses arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or included in the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such Holder, such underwriter and each such controlling person of the Holder or the underwriter, promptly upon demand, for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, damage, liability, cost or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Holder, such underwriter or such controlling persons in writing specifically for inclusion therein; provided , further , that this indemnity shall not be deemed to relieve any underwriter of any of its due diligence obligations; provided , further , however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability, provided , further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 6.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Holder, the underwriter or any controlling person of the selling Holder or the underwriter, and regardless of any sale in connection with such offering by the Holder. Such indemnity shall survive the transfer of securities by the Holder.
     6.2 To the extent permitted by law, each Holder participating in a registration hereunder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each other Holder participating in such registration, any underwriter for the Company or for any such other

6


 

EXECUTION VERSION
Holder, each person, if any, who controls the Company or such underwriter or such other Holder, from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, costs or expenses (including any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Holder’s consent) to which the Company or any such controlling person and/or any such underwriter and/or such other Holder may become subject under applicable law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, damages, claims, liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), costs or expenses arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or included in the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and each such Holder will reimburse the Company, each other Holder participating in such registration, any underwriter and each such controlling person of the Company, any underwriter or other Holder, promptly upon demand, for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was so made in strict conformity with written information furnished by such Holder specifically for inclusion therein. The foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) made in the preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus at the time the registration statement becomes effective or in the final prospectus, such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of (i) the Company and (ii) any underwriter, if a copy of the final prospectus was not furnished to the person or entity asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such furnishing is required by the Securities Act; provided , further , that this indemnity shall not be deemed to relieve any underwriter of any of its due diligence obligations; provided , further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 6.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holders, as the case may be, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld In no event shall the liability of a Holder exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.
     6.3 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party pursuant to the provisions of subsections 6.1 or 6.2 of notice of the commencement of any action involving the subject matter of the foregoing indemnity provisions, such indemnified party will, if a claim thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to the provisions of said Section 6.1 or 6.2, promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6, except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and, provided further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. In case such action is brought

7


 

EXECUTION VERSION
against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , that if the defendants in any action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and there is a conflict of interests which would prevent counsel for the indemnifying party from also representing the indemnified party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select one separate counsel to participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party pursuant to the provisions of subsections 6.1 or 6.2 for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed counsel in accordance with the provision of the preceding sentence, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after the notice of the commencement of the action and within 15 days after written notice of the indemnified party’s intention to employ separate counsel pursuant to the previous sentence, or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without receiving the prior written consent of such indemnified party.
     6.4 If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions, for any reason other than as specified therein, then an indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the selling Holders on the one hand and the Company on the other hand from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the selling Holders on the one hand and the Company on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the selling Holders on the one hand and the Company on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering received by the selling Holders bear to the total proceeds from the offering received by the Company. The relative fault of the selling Holders on the one hand and the Company on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the selling Holders on the one

8


 

EXECUTION VERSION
hand or by the Company on the other hand and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No selling Holder shall be required to contribute an amount in excess of the total gross proceeds from the offering of the Registrable Securities received by each selling Holder. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
7. Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Agreement to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:
     7.1 prepare and file with the SEC, or the equivalent securities authority in the jurisdiction of the applicable stock market in the United States, the registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to eighteen (18) months or, if sooner, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed.
     7.2 prepare and file with the SEC, or the equivalent securities authority in the jurisdiction of the applicable stock market in the United States, such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act or other applicable laws in the jurisdiction of the applicable stock market in the United States with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement.
     7.3 furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act or other applicable laws in the jurisdiction of the applicable stock market in the United States, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.
     7.4 register and qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business in any state or other jurisdiction or to take any action which would subject it to general or unlimited service of process in any such state or jurisdictions.
     7.5 in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

9


 

EXECUTION VERSION
     7.6 notify each holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, or other applicable laws in the jurisdiction of the applicable stock market in the United States, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and as promptly as possible thereafter the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus will not include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     7.7 cause all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
     7.8 provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.
     7.9 furnish, at the request of any Holder participating in a registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders participating in such registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.
9. Information from Holder . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

10


 

EXECUTION VERSION
10. Assignment of Registration Rights . Subject to the immediately following sentence, no Shareholder shall assign or transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the Company and the Company shall not assign or transfer its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding Notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the Holders may assign its rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (but only with all related obligations) to a Permitted Transferee or to any other transferee of its Registrable Securities, provided that the Registrable Securities are transferred by such Holder to such Permitted Transferee or transferee and further provided, that such Permitted Transferee or transferee shall only be assigned the rights pertaining to those Registrable Securities transferred to it. Any such transferor shall, within twenty (20) days after such transfer, furnish the Company with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or Permitted Transferee (as applicable) and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and the transferee’s written agreement to be bound by this Agreement.
11. Lock-Up . Each Holder hereby agrees that in addition to any lock up period imposed under any applicable law, should the managing underwriter so require, it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO or to any secondary offering by the Company and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from consummation of the IPO or the secondary offering by the Company, as applicable) (i) lend, offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of the Company (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The underwriters in connection with the IPO and any secondary offering by the Company are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
12. Public Information . At any time and from time to time after the earlier of the close of business on such date as (a) a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act becomes effective, (b) the Company registers a class of securities under Section 12 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any federal statute or code which is a successor thereto, or (c) the Company issues an

11


 

EXECUTION VERSION
offering circular meeting the requirements of Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Company shall undertake to make publicly available and available to the Shareholders pursuant to Rule 144, such information as is necessary to enable the Shareholders to make sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to that Rule. The Company shall comply with the current public information requirements of Rule 144 and shall furnish thereafter to any Shareholder, upon request, a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it has taken to so comply.
13. Grant of Additional Registration Rights . Subsequent to the date of this Agreement, additional shareholders of the Company may, by signing the joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, become parties to this Agreement and shall thereafter be deemed Shareholders hereunder for all purposes and matters. In addition and without derogating from the immediately preceding sentence, the Company may grant additional demand registration rights, and incidental or other registration rights senior to those of the Holders, with the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.
14. Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in Sections 3-13, at such time at which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (and any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3) month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
15. Miscellaneous
     15.1 Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto shall perform such further acts and execute such further documents as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and give full effect to the provisions of this Agreement and the intentions of the parties as reflected thereby.
     15.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Israel, without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.
     15.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly limited herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto.
     15.4 Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matters hereof and thereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance) only with the written consent of the Company, and the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, provided that any amendment that has a direct adverse effect on the rights hereunder of any

12


 

EXECUTION VERSION
Shareholder, shall require the written consent of such Shareholder unless such direct adverse effect results from more senior rights being granted hereunder and the provisions of this Agreement are modified to provide that such Shareholder will also benefit from such senior rights (it being clarified that for the purpose hereof, the dilution of the rights of any Shareholder hereunder resulting from additional Registrable Securities becoming subject to this Agreement, shall not be considered a direct adverse effect on the rights of such Shareholder).
     15.5 Notices, etc . All notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the first regular working day of the addressee following the date of dispatch via facsimile or e-mail at the addressee’s facsimile number or e-mail address specified in this Section, or on the first regular working day of the addressee following the date of actual delivery by courier or other personal delivery, or on the fifth regular working day of the addressee following the date of dispatch by registered mail addressed to, the addressee’s address specified in this Section, as follows:
     To any of the DIC Shareholders:
         
 
      Discount Investment Corporation Ltd.
 
      3 Azrieli Center
 
      The Triangular Tower
 
      44th Floor
 
      Tel Aviv 67023
 
      Israel
 
      Facsimile: 972-3-607-5877
 
      Attention: Mr. Ami Erel
 
      President and CEO
 
      E-mail: ami.erel@dic.co.il
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co., Law Offices
 
      2 Weizmann Street
 
      Tel Aviv, Israel
 
      Facsimile: +972-3-608-9909
 
      Attn: Oded Eran, Adv.
 
      E-mail: oded.eran@glelaw com
 
       
 
  To the Company:   Cellcom Israel Ltd
 
      10 Hagavish Street
 
      Natanya, Israel
 
      Facsimile: +972-151-52-9989700
 
      Attention: Tal Raz
 
      Chief Finance Office
 
      E-mail: talraz@cellcom.co.il

13


 

EXECUTION VERSION
         
 
  With a copy to:   Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co., Law Offices
 
      2 Weizmann Street
 
      Tel Aviv, Israel
 
      Facsimile: +972-3-608-9909
 
      Attn: Oded Eran, Adv.
 
      E-mail: oded.eran@glelaw.com
 
       
 
  To Goldman:   Goldman Sachs International
 
      Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street, London, EC4A 2BB
 
      Facsimile: +44-207-774 1880
 
      Attention: Atul Kapur
 
      E-mail: atul.kapur@gs.com
 
       
 
  and to:   Facsimile: +44-207-774 0561
 
      Attention: Anna Williams
 
      E-mail: anna.williams@gs.com
 
       
 
  With a copy to:   Gornitzky & Co., Advocates and Notaries
 
      Zion Building
 
      5 Rothschild Blvd
 
      Tel-Aviv, Israel
 
      Facsimile: +972-3-5606555
 
      Attn: Pinhas Rubin, Adv.
 
      E-mail: rubin@gornitzky.co.il
     or such other address, e-mail address or facsimile telephone number of any party hereto as may be designated hereafter by its written notice to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Section.
     15.6 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party upon any breach or default under this Agreement, shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any of the parties, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
     15.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that in such event this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to give effect, to the greatest extent consistent with and permitted by applicable law,

14


 

EXECUTION VERSION
to the meaning and intention of the excluded provision as determined by such court of competent jurisdiction.
     15.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     15.9 Aggregation of Stock . All Ordinary Shares Held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights or the applicability of any limitations under this Agreement.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

15


 

EXECUTION VERSION
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CELLCOM REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have signed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first hereinabove set forth.
         
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Atul Kapur
 
Name: Atul Kapur
   
 
  Title: Managing Director    
 
       
CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Itamar Bartov /s/ Tal Raz
 
Name: Itamar Bartov & Tal Raz
   
 
  Title: VP–Executive/CFO    
 
       
DIC COMMUNICATION AND TECHNOLOGY LTD.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Raanan Cohen /s/ Kurt Keren
 
Name: Raanan Cohen & Kurt Keren
   
 
  Title: VP/Corporate Secretary    
 
       
PEC ISRAEL ECONOMIC CORPORATION    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Raanan Cohen /s/ Kurt Keren
 
Name: Raanan Cohen & Kurt Keren
   
 
  Title: Director/Authorized Signatory    
 
       
DISCOUNT INVESTMENT CORPORATION LTD.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Raanan Cohen /s/ Kurt Keren
 
Name: Raanan Cohen & Kurt Keren
   
 
  Title: VP/Corporate Secretary    

16


 

EXECUTION VERSION
Exhibit A
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement
     The undersigned hereby consents to and agrees to be bound by the terms, covenants and provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of _________, 2006 (the “Agreement”). The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that upon execution and delivery of this Exhibit A, the undersigned shall be deemed a party to the Agreement and a “Shareholder” as defined therein.
Dated as of:                                          
Number of Ordinary Shares Owned:
Name:
                                         
Address:
                                         
                                         
                                         
Signature

17

 

Exhibit 10.6
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006, including amendments to become effective as of the closing of the offering
                 
    General License for   1
CHAPTER A: GENERAL   2
    PART A: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION:   2
 
      1.   Definitions   2
 
      2.   Clause Headings   11
 
      3.   Blue Pencil Principle   11
    PART B – LEGAL PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS   12
 
      4.   Upholding Laws and Provisions   12
 
      5.   Permit Obligation Pursuant to Any Other Law   12
 
      6.   Contradiction in the License Provisions   12
    PART A – SCOPE AND PERIOD OF THE LICENSE   13
 
      7.   Scope of the License   13
 
      8.   Absence of Exclusivity A16   13
 
      9.   The License Period   14
 
      10.   Extension of the License Period   14
 
      11.   Renewal of the License   16
 
      12.   Termination of the License Period   17
    PART B – CHANGE IN CONDITIONS AND CANCELLATION OF THE LICENSE   18
 
      13.   Change in the License Conditions   18
 
      14.   Cancellation of the License   18
 
      15.   Other Remedies   21
CHAPTER C: OWNERSHIP, ASSETS AND MEANS OF CONTROL   23
    PART A – RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE LICENSE AND ITS ASSETS   23
 
      16.   Prohibition on Transfer of the License   23
 
      17.   Ownership of the CELLULAR System   23
 
      18.   Restrictions on Transfer of the License Assets   23
 
      19.   Engagement With Another   24
    Part B: Means of Control – Changes and Limitations   25
 
      20.   Particulars of Licensee   25
 
      21.   Transfer of Means of Control   25
 
      22.   Encumbrance of Means of Control   27
    Part C: Cross-Ownership and Conflict of Interest   28
 
      23.   Prohibition on Cross-Ownership   30
 
      24.   Prohibition on a Conflict of Interest   30
Chapter D: SETUP AND OPERATION OF CELLULAR SYSTEM   32
    Part A: Setting Up the System   32
 
      25.   Definition   32
 
      26.   Setup According to Plans and Specifications   32
 
      27.   Execution Stages and Timetable   32
 
      28.   Change of Plans During Setup   33
 
      29.   Utilization and Construction of Infrastructures   33
 
      30.   Obligation of Interconnection   34
 
      30A.   Rules Concerning the Implementation of Interconnection   34
 
      30B.   Payment for Traffic Completion and Interconnection   36
 
      30C.   Prohibition on Delaying Interconnection   36
 
      30D.   Providing the Possibility of Utilization   36
 
      30E.   Infrastructure Services for a Privy   36
 
      30F.   Numbering Plan   37
 
      31.   Reports on the Setup Works   38

I


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
                 
 
      32.   Handover of Information and Documents   38
 
      33.   Supervision of Setup Works   38
 
      34.   Correction of Deficiencies and Defects   38
 
      35.   Safety Precautions and Prevention of Hazards   39
 
      36.   Void   39
 
      37.   Intersections with Electricity and Telecommunications Lines   39
 
      38.   Discovery of Antiquities and Site Preservation   39
 
      39.   Land-Related Powers   39
    Part B: Equipment Checks and Installation Certifications   41
 
      40.   Compliance Check   41
 
      41.   Responsibility for Compliance   41
 
      42.   Performance Testing Program and Its Approval   41
 
      43.   Notice of Setup Completion   41
 
      44.   Terms of Fitness and Operation   41
    Part C: Use of Frequencies   43
 
      45.   Allocation of Frequencies   43
 
      46.   Restriction on Use of Frequencies   43
 
      47.   Prevention of Interferences   43
 
      48.   Cellphone Activity in Emergencies   44
    Part D: Inspections   46
 
      49.   Definitions   46
 
      50.   Periodical Inspections and Special Inspections   46
 
      51.   Regular Inspections   46
 
      52.   Inspections, Malfunctions and Maintenance Log   46
 
      53.   Repair of Deficiencies and Defects   47
 
      54.   Maintenance System   48
Chapter E: PROVIDING CELLULAR SERVICES TO SUBSCRIBERS   48
    Part A: Entering into an Agreement with Subscribers   48
 
      55.   Definition of Contract   48
 
      56.   The Contract and Its Approval   48
 
      57.   Modification of Contract   49
 
      58.   Entering into an Engagement with a Subscriber   49
 
      59.   The Obligation of Connecting Applicants and the Prohibition on Stipulation   49
    Part B: Service Level for Subscribers   51
 
      60.   Obligation of Maintaining the Service   51
 
      61.   Service Offices   51
 
      62.   Obligation of Maintenance   52
 
      63.   Repair of Malfunctions   52
 
      64.   End-user equipment – Selling and Renting   53
 
      65.   Public Emergency Services   53
 
      65A   Blocking Service to a Nuisance Subscriber   53
 
      66.   Protecting Subscriber Privacy   54
 
      66A.   Special Services for the Security Forces   55
 
      66B.   Security Provisions   55
 
      67.   Bills to Subscribers   56
 
      67A.   Information Service for Clarifying Telephone Numbers   57
 
      67B.   Operating the Service   60
 
      67C.   Service Dossier   60
 
      67D.   Erotic Service   61
    Part C: Termination, Delay or Restriction of Service   62

II


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
                 
 
      68.   Definitions   62
 
      69.   Prohibition on the Termination or Disconnection of Service   62
 
      70.   Disconnection of Service at Subscriber's Request   62
 
      71.   Termination of Service at the Subscriber's Request   62
 
      72.   Termination or Disconnection of Service Due to Breach of Agreement   63
 
      73.   Disconnection of Service Due to Maintenance Operations   63
CHAPTER F – PAYMENT FOR SERVICES   65
    Part A – General   65
 
      73A.   Definitions   65
 
      74.   Payment Categories   65
    Part B – Setting and Publication of Rates   67
 
      75.   Setting the Rates and Their Amount   67
 
      75A.   Completion of a Call in Another Public Telecommunications Network   69
 
      75B.   Completion of an SMS on Another Public Telecommunications Network   69
 
      75C.   Temporary Order   69
 
      76.   Publication of Rates   70
 
      77.   Provision in a Contract   70
 
      77A.   Fraud Prevention   71
    Part C – Changes in the Rates   72
 
      78.   Change in the Rates   72
 
      79.   Start of an Increase or Reduction in a Rate   72
 
      80.   Arrears in Payment   72
    Part D – Miscellaneous   73
 
      81.   Onetime Debit for Connection Fee   73
 
      82.   Collection of Subscription Fee in Installments   73
 
      83.   Harm to Competition or to Consumers   73
CHAPTER G: PAYMENTS FROM THE LICENSEE, LIABILITY, INSURANCE AND GUARANTEE   74
    Part A – Royalties and Payments   74
 
      84.   Royalties   74
 
      85.   Arrears in the Payment of Royalties   74
 
      86.   Payment Method   74
 
      87.   Other Mandatory Payments   74
    Part B – Liability and Insurance   75
 
      88.   Definition of Scope of Insurance   75
 
      89.   Licensee’s Liability   75
 
      90.   Immunity from Liability   75
 
      91.   Making an Insurance Contract   75
 
      92.   Conditions in the Insurance Contract   77
 
      93.   Remedy for Breach of Conditions with Respect to Insurance   77
    Part C – Guarantee to Secure Fulfillment of the Terms of the License   78
 
      94.   The Guarantee and Its Purpose   78
 
      95.   Exercise of the Guarantee   78
 
      96.   Manner of Exercise of the Guarantee   79
 
      97.   Term of Validity of the Guarantee   79
 
      98.   Preservation of Remedies   81
CHAPTER H – SUPERVISION AND REPORTING   82
    Part A: Supervision of Licensee’s Activities   82
 
      99.   Supervisory Power   82
 
      100.   Preservation of Confidentiality   82

III


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
                 
 
      101.   Entry to Premises and Inspection of Documents   82
 
      102.   Cooperation   82
    Part B: Reporting and Correction of Defects   83
 
      103.   Duty of Submission of Reports   83
 
      104.   Types of Reports   83
 
      105.   Notice Concerning a Defect   85
 
      106.   Reporting to the Minister   85

IV


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
                     
CHAPTER I – MISCELLANEOUS       86
 
      107.   The License as an Exhaustive Document        86
 
      108.   Keeping the License Documents and Returning the License        86
 
      109.   Postponement of Deadline       86
 
      110.   Reserving of Liability       87
 
      111.   Notices       87
 
  First Schedule   first schedule 1
 
  Second Schedule – List of Appendices   second schedule 2
 
      Appendix D– Uniform Engagement Contract – Not Attached   Appendix D 1
 
      Appendix E– Minimum Requirements and Level of Services to Subscriber   Appendix E 3
 
      Appendix J–Accessibility to International Telecommunications Services   Appendix J 1
 
      Appendix K– Discontinuation of Service to CELLULAR End user equipments of the IS-54 type   Appendix K 1
 
      Appendix O– Erotic Services   Appendix O1

V


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
General License for
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
Award of license
By the authority vested in me under the Telecommunications Law, 5742 – 1982 (hereinafter – the Law), the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version], 5732 – 1972 (hereinafter – the Ordinance), and my other powers pursuant to any law, I, the Minister of Communications, hereby grant a license to Cellcom Israel Ltd. (hereinafter – the Licensee) to establish, maintain and operate a mobile radio telephone system by the cellular method, and to provide thereby mobile radio telephone services to the Israeli public, as set forth in this License.
This License is granted for the period set forth in the license and is subject to its conditions as follows:

1


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER A: GENERAL
PART A: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION:
1.   Definitions
 
1.1   In this License, the words and expressions below will have the meaning listed next to them, unless another meaning is evident from the written language or its context.
         
“Type Approval”
    Approval given by the Minister pursuant to the Law and the Ordinance to an CELLULAR end-equipment model.
 
       
“Means of Control”
    In a corporation – any one of the following:
 
       
 
      (1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in an entity corresponding thereto in another corporation;
 
       
 
      (2) the right to appoint a director or CEO;
 
       
 
      (3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;
 
       
 
      (4) the right to a share in the balance of the assets of the corporation after payment of its debts on liquidation.
 
       
“Telecommunications”
    Broadcast, transfer or reception of marks, signals, written material, visual forms, sound or information, via wire, wireless, optical system or other electromagnetic systems;
 
       
“Franchisee” A16
    As defined in Section 6(12)(1) of the Law;
 
       
“Interested Party”
    Anyone holding, directly or indirectly, 5% of a certain type of the Means of Control;
 
       
“Licensee”
    Anyone to whom the Minster granted, pursuant to the Law, a general or special license; A16
 
       
“General Licensee” A16
    Anyone who has received a general license for implementing the Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services;
 
       
“Broadcasting Licensee” A16
    As defined in the Law;
 
       
“Accessibility Fees”
    Payment for the use of another Telecommunications system, including for connection, transmission and collection;
 
       
“Technical Requirements and Service Quality”
    Standards of availability and service quality, standards for Telecommunications facilities and instructions for installation, operation and maintenance, all according to the engineering plan as the Director will order from time to time relating to the services of the Licensee;
 
       
the “Proposal”
    The Licensee’s Proposal in the Tender;
 
       
the “Bezeq Corp.”
    Bezeq Israel Telecommunication Corp. Ltd.;
 
       
the “Law”
    The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts), 5742 – 1982; A16
                                         

2


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLUAR
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16

3


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
         
“Holding” A16
    For the purpose of Means of Control – directly or indirectly, whether alone or in concert with others, including through another, including a trustee or agent, or through a right granted under an agreement, including an option for a Holding that does not derive from convertible securities, or in any other way;
 
       
“Transfer” A16
    For the purpose of the Means of Control, whether directly or indirectly, whether for consideration or without consideration, whether in perpetuity or for a period, all at once or in parts;
 
       
“In Concert With Others” A16
    Permanent collaboration and, with regard to an individual, permanent collaborators will be deemed – the individual, his Relative, and a corporation that one of them controls and, with regard to a corporation – the corporation, anyone controlling it and anyone who is controlled by one of them;
 
       
“Security Forces”
    The Israel Defence Forces, the Israel Police, the General Security Service and the Mossad Institute for Intelligence and Special Operations;
 
       
“Index”
    The Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics from time to time, or any other index that may replace it;
 
       
“Cellular Radio Center”
    A wireless facility functioning on the operating frequencies and used for creating a radio connection between Cellular end-equipment units in the possession of the subscribers in its coverage area and the Cellular switchboard;
 
       
“Interface”
    The physical meeting between various functional Telecommunications units, including by optical or wireless means; A16
 
       
“Telecommunications Facility”
    A facility or device intended mainly for telecommunication purposes, including end-equipment; A16
 
       
“Tender No. 1/01” A16
    A tender published by the Ministry on 4 Nissan 5761 (March 28, 2001), including the clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License was amended;
 
       
the “Tender”
    Tender No. 10/93 published by the Ministry on November 11, 1993, including clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License is granted;
 
       
the “Director”
    The Director General of the Ministry of Communications or anyone authorized by him for the purposes of this License, in whole or in part;
 
       
“Subscriber”
    Anyone who enters into an agreement with the Licensee for the purpose of receiving its services, except for another Licensee;
 
       
“International Telecommunications System”
    A system of Telecommunications facilities, connected or designated for connection to the Public Telecommunications Network through an International NEP, which is used or designated for use in the transfer of Telecommunications messages between an international switch situated in Israel and a Telecommunications Facility located abroad, including a satellite ground station and other Telecommunications facilities (hereinafter – the System Components ) and including

4


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
transmission facilities among the System Components; A16
                                                              
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
         
“Mobile Radio Telephone System” (Cellular System)
    A system of wireless facilities built by the cellular method and other installations, through which mobile radio telephone services are provided to the public, including a Cellular coordinator, cellular radio centers and wireless or cable transmission arteries between cellular radio centers, a cellular radio center and a Cellular coordinator, between Cellular coordinators, or between an Cellular switchboard and a Public Telecommunications Network.
 
       
“NDO (National Domestic Operator)” A16
    A General Licensee for the provision of landline domestic Telecommunications services
 
       
“Cellular Operator”
    A General Licensee for the provision of mobile radio telephone services A16
 
       
“Another Cellular Operator”
    A Cellular Operator that is not the Licensee.
 
       
“Switchboard”
    A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated switching and transmission means, enabling contact between various end-equipment units that are connected or linked thereto, and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities and other facilities that enable the provision of various services to Subscribers of the Licensee or to subscribers of another Licensee;
 
       
the “Ministry”
    The Ministry of Communications
 
       
“Transit Switch” A16
    A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated the means of switching, routing and transmission enabling contact between various switchboards that are connected or linked thereto and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities;
 
       
“Officer” A16
    Anyone acting as a director, CEO, chief business officer, deputy CEO, someone who fills such a position in a company even if the title is different, as well as any other manager who is directly subordinate to the CEO of the company;
 
       
“Appendices” A16
    The first addendum and the Appendices set forth in the second addendum to the License A16
 
       
“NEP (Network End-Point)”
    An Interface to which is connected on one side a Public Telecommunications Network and on the other side, end-user equipment, a private network, a mobile telephone network or other public network, as applicable;
 
       
“International NEP”
    A connections device to which are linked a Public Telecommunications Network on one side and an International Telecommunications System on the other;
 
       
“Telecommunications
    The operation, installation, construction or maintenance of a Telecommunications Facility, all for the purpose of

5


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
         
operation”
      Telecommunications;
 
       
the “Ordinance”
    The Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version]. 5732 – 1972;
 
       
“End-User Equipment”
    Telecommunications equipment, which is connected or is designated for connection to a public Telecommunications network through an NEP or through a private network, including a telephone, modem, facsimile or private switchboard;
                                                              
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16

6


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
         
“Cellular End-User Equipment”
    Portable or movable Telecommunications equipment, connected or designated for connection to an Cellular System by means of a cellular radio center.
 
       
“Interconnection” A16
    Connection between a Public Telecommunications Network of one Licensee to a Public Telecommunications Network of another Licensee, physically or logically, that facilitates the transfer of Telecommunications messages between Subscribers of the Licensees or the provision of services by one Licensee to the subscribers of the other Licensee;
 
       
“Relative”
    Spouse, parent, son, daughter, brother, sister or their spouses;
 
       
the “License”
    This License, with all its Appendices and any other document or condition stipulated in the License that will constitute an integral part of the License or its conditions;
 
       
the “Network” A16
    The Cellular System of the Licensee;
 
       
the “Minister”
    The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;
 
       
“Public Telecommunications Network”
    A system of Telecommunications facilities, used or designated for the provision of Telecommunications services to the general public throughout Israel or at least in the area of service, including Coordinators or Transit Switches, transmission equipment and an access Network, including a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications system, except for a private network, End-Equipment and Cellular End-Equipment;
 
       
“Public Telecommunications Landline Network”
    A domestic Public Telecommunications Network, except for a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications network;
 
       
“Access Network” A16
    Components of a Public Telecommunications Network, which are used for connection between Coordinators and an NEP by means of a landline infrastructure, wireless infrastructure or a combination of the two;
 
       
“Bezeq Network”
    The Public Telecommunications Network used by Bezeq for provision of its services under the general license granted to it and the other Telecommunications services provided under the Law, whether by Bezeq or by any other person;
 
       
“Use” A16
    Access to a Telecommunications Facility of the Licensee, including to the public Telecommunications network or its Access Network, in whole or in part, and the possibility of using them for the purpose of conducting Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services by means thereof, including the installation of a Telecommunications Facility of another Licensee in a Telecommunications Facility or courtyards of the Licensee
 
       
“Telecommunications Service”
    The performance of Telecommunications operations for others;
 
       
“Basic Telephone Service”
    Two-way switched or routed transfer, including via modem, of speech or of speech-like Telecommunications messages, for example, facsimile signals;
 
       
“Telephony Service” A16
    Basic telephone service and services related to this service;
 
A16   Amendment No. 16

7


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16

8


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
         
“International Telephone Service (ITMS)”
    A telephone service by means of the international system of a Licensee for the provision of international services;
 
       
“Roaming Service” A16
    A Cellular service provided abroad and in the areas of civilian control of the Palestinian Council via the Cellular System of a foreign Cellular operator (hereinafter – Foreign Operator), whereby the Subscriber pays the Licensee for the service; and, similarly, a Cellular service provided in Israel via the Cellular System of the Licensee, whereby the Licensee provides service to a Foreign Operator for the subscribers of that operator; in this regard, the “Palestinian Council” – as defined in the Law for Implementation of the Interim Agreement Regarding the West Bank and Gaza Strip (Jurisdictional Powers and Other Provisions) (Legislative Amendments), 5756 – 1998 [sic];
 
       
“Related Service”
    A service set forth in the first addendum to the License, provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service and which, by its nature, can only be provided by the supplier of the basic service;
 
       
“Value Added Service” A16
    A service provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service, which, by its nature, can be provided by another, including another Licensee that is not the supplier of the basic service; with regard to the services of the Licensee, a service as stated, which is set forth in the first addendum to the License;
 
       
“infrastructure Service”
    An Interconnection, or possibility of Use given to another Licensee, to a Franchisee or to a broadcast Licensee; A16
 
       
“Domestic Telecommunications
Landline Service”
A16
    Infrastructure, transmissions, communication of data and landline telephony;
 
       
“Licensee Services”
    Cellular services, Telecommunications Services and other services which the Licensee is entitled to provide pursuant to this License, to its Subscribers, to other Licensees, to broadcast licensees, to Franchisees and to the Security Forces; A16
 
       
“Cellular Services”
    Telecommunications services provided by means of the CellularSystem;
 
       
“Control”
    The ability to direct a corporation’s activity, directly or indirectly, including ability deriving from the articles of incorporation, by virtue of an agreement, either written or oral, by virtue of a Holding in the Means of Control in another corporation — or from any other source, except for ability deriving solely from fulfilling the position of director or other position in the corporation;
 
       
“the Minister”
    The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;
 
       
“Engineering Plan”
    An engineering plan submitted by the Licensee in the Tender, including any change introduced therein with the approval of the Director and attached to the license as Appendix B;
 
       
“Numbering Plan” A16
    As defined in Section 5A(B) of the Law;
 
A16   Amendment No. 16

9


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16
A16 Amendment No. 16

10


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
1.2   Other words and expressions in the License, insofar as they are not defined in Clause 1.1, will have the meaning they have in the Law, in the Ordinance, in the regulations enacted thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set forth in the relevant places in the License, unless another meaning is implied by the written language or its context.
 
2.   Clause headings
The headings of the clauses in this License are provided solely for the convenience of the reader, and should not be used for interpretation or explanation of the content of any of the conditions of the License.
3.   Blue pencil principle
A cancellation or determination regarding the non-validity of a condition of this License or part of a condition will apply only with regard to that condition or part, as applicable, and will not serve, per se, to derogate from the binding validity of the License or any other condition therein.

11


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
PART B – LEGAL PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
4.   Upholding laws and provisions
4.1   In everything pertaining to the setup, existence, operation, and maintenance of the Cellular System and the provision of Cellular Services thereby, the Licensee will act in accordance with the provisions of any law and, without derogating from the aforesaid generality, will ensure compliance with the following:
  (1)   the provisions of the Telecommunication Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder;
 
  (2)   the provisions of the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder;
 
  (3)   administrative provisions;
 
  (4)   international Telecommunications and radio treaties to which Israel is a party;
 
  (5)   any other law or treaty that will apply to Telecommunications and radio, even if they go into effect after the License is granted.
4.2   The Licensee will act pursuant to laws and provisions as stated in Clause 4.1 as these will be in force from time to time during the license period, including the remedies for the breach thereof, and they will be deemed an integral part of the License conditions.
 
5.   Permit obligation pursuant to any other law
 
5.1   The granting of this License will not exempt the Licensee from the obligation to obtain, with regard to execution of the License, any license, permit, approval, or consent pursuant to any other law.
 
6.   Contradiction in the License provisions
In the event of an apparent contradiction in the License provisions, the Minister will determine the interpretation of the provisions or how to settle the contradiction between them and after the Licensee has been given a fair opportunity to voice its claims A2 .
 
A2   Amendment No. 2

12


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER B: THE LICENSE – SCOPE, VALIDITY AND CANCELLATION
PART A – SCOPE AND PERIOD OF THE LICENSE
7.   Scope of the License
 
7.1   Pursuant to this License and subject to all the provisions and conditions hereof, the Licensee is entitled to set up, implement, maintain and operate a cellular System and, through it, to provide cellular Services to the Israeli public; without derogating from the aforementioned generality, the Licensee is entitled to do the following:
  (1)   To set up, implement, maintain and operate cellular radio centers and to connect them to cellular switchboards, and to connect between cellular switchboards, by means of cable and wireless transmission channels;
 
  (2)   To connect the cellular System to the Public Telecommunications Network of Bezeq;
 
  (3)   To connect the cellular System to the international Telecommunications system;
 
  (4)   To connect its cellular System to another cellular System;
 
  (5)   To contract with Subscribers for the purpose of providing cellular Services;
 
  (6)   To provide Subscribers with cellular End-User Equipment;
 
  (7)   To connect Subscribers to the cellular System and provide cellular Services and other services pursuant to this License;
 
  (8)   To provide Subscribers with the following services:
  (A)   Basic mobile wireless telephone service;
 
  (B)   Related services as set forth in the first addendum;
 
  (C)   Roaming service; A16
 
  (D)   Any other cellular service permitted pursuant to this License. A16
7.2   The Licensee will not be entitled to provide any cellular service or other Telecommunications Service that is not explicitly permitted within the context of this License.
 
8.   Absence of exclusivity A16
 
8.1   The Licensee will not have any exclusivity in the provision of its services.
 
8.2   The Minister is entitled, at any time, to grant a license to additional operators for the provision of cellular Services.
 
8.3   Should the Minister publish a tender for the provision of cellular services, the Licensee will be entitled to submit its bid in the tender, however, the Minister will be entitled to determine as part of the conditions of such a tender that if the Licensee wins the tender, the receipt of a license will be contingent on the fact that the Licensee transfer its cellular System to another as instructed by the Minister and under conditions determined thereby, and it will cease to provide cellular Services by means thereof.
 
A16   Amendment No. 16
 
A16   Amendment No. 16
 
A16   Amendment No. 16

13


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
9.   The License period
 
9.1   This License is valid for a period of 10 years, commencing on the date of the granting of the License (hereinafter – the License Period).
 
9.2   The License Period may be extended by additional six years in accordance with that stated in Clause 10 (hereinafter – the Additional Period).
 
9.3   This License may be renewed for one or more Additional Periods of six years, in accordance with that stated in Clause 11.
 
9.4   During the License Period and the Additional Period or on renewal of the License, the License will be subject to the authority of the Minister pursuant to Clauses 13 to 15 with regard to change, restriction, suspension or cancellation of the License.
 
9.5 A15
  Notwithstanding the aforesaid A16 , in the context of expansion of the License, as a result of the Licensee winning Tender No. 1/01, this License will be valid for a period of twenty (20) years, commencing on 19 Shevat 5762 (February 1, 2002).
 
10.   Extension of the License Period
 
10.1   The Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to extend the License Period for additional six years, if, after he has examined the following:
  (A)   The Licensee has complied with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance, the regulations thereunder and the provisions of the License;
 
  (B)   The Licensee has continually acted to improve the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services and to update the technology of the cellular System and its activities did not include an act or omission that would impair or restrict competition in the cellular sector;
 
  (C)   The Licensee is capable of continuing to provide cellular Services at a high level and that it is able to make the investments required for the technological updating of the cellular System and for improving the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services.
10.2   The Licensee must submit its request for an extension of the License Period during the forty-five days prior to the period of eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period.
 
10.3   The Licensee must attach the following to its request:
  (A)   A report summarizing the annual statements that the Licensee has submitted pursuant to this License between the date of commencement of the License and the date of submission of its request;
 
  (B)   Comparison of the data in the report for each year with the data for the preceding year and explanations of unusual changes in the data;
 
  (C)   Review of the means, actions and investments taken or made by the Licensee to improve the quality, scope and availability of the Cellular Services and to develop and update the Cellular System technology.

14


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
10.4   The summary report pursuant to Clause 10.3 must contain up-to-date and precise details and be prepared in the form of an affidavit.
 
A15   Amendment No. 15
 
A16   Amendment No. 16

15


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
10.5   For the purpose of examining the Licensee’s request to extend the License Period, the Minister is entitled to require the Licensee to furnish, during the period and in the manner that he will determine, any information or document and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, the Minister is entitled -
  (A)   To require the Licensee to attach any document to the summary report for the purpose of verifying the details therein, to complete the report or to furnish any additional detail that is not included therein;
 
  (B)   To summon the Licensee to appear before him to respond to questions or to present documents that are in its possession or under its control, relating to the data in the report;
 
  (C)   To require the Licensee to submit to him an Engineering Plan outlining its plans for the technological update of the Cellular System during the Additional Period;
10.6   The Licensee must fulfil every requirement or summons as stated in Clause 10.5; if the Licensee is required to appear before the Minister, the chairman of the board of directors of the company holding the License or the CEO of the company or anyone authorized to do so in writing, will appear.
 
10.7   If the Licensee fails at least twice to respond to the request or summons as stated in Clause 10.5, the Minister is entitled to reject its request to extend the validity of the License.
 
10.8   The Minister will inform the Licensee of his decision regarding the request for extending the validity of the License no later than a year before the end of the License Period.
 
10.9   The Additional Period will be subject to the terms of this License, including any change therein.
 
10.10   The provisions of Clause 100 regarding confidentiality will apply, mutatis mutandis , to data furnished by the Licensee to the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf, pursuant to the provisions of Clause 10.
 
11.   Renewal of the License
 
11.1   At the end of the License Period or the Additional Period, the Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to renew the License for one or more Additional Periods of six years, as will be determined.
 
11.2   The Licensee will submit its request for the renewal of the License during the forty-five days prior to the eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period or the Additional Period.
 
11.3   The Minister will inform the Licensee in writing, within 30 days of the date of receiving its request for renewal of the License, whether he intends to take the measures and institute the proceedings required to renew the License, or a tender will be conducted for the services under this License.

16


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
12.   Termination of the License Period
 
12.1   If the License Period pursuant to Clause 9.5 A16 or the Additional Period pursuant to Clause 10.1 or the License Period after its renewal pursuant to Clause 11.1 ends and the License is not extended or not renewed, the Minister is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue to operate the Cellular System for a period to be determined (hereinafter — the Period for Terminating the Service) until a license is duly granted to another for the provision of services pursuant to this License (hereinafter – Alternate Licensee), and the procedures for transferring the system thereunder are completed, or until a license is duly granted to another for alternate services. In any case, the Period for Terminating the Service will not exceed two years from the date on which the License expires.
 
12.2   During the Period for Terminating the Service and no later than ten months from the date on which a license is granted to an Alternate Licensee, the Licensee and the Alternate Licensee will negotiate for the purpose of purchasing the Cellular system at its economic value and assigning the rights and obligations of Subscribers to the Alternate Licensee; if said Licensees do not reach an agreement within said ten months, the price will be determined by an arbitrator, whose decision will be final, to be appointed by the Chairman of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
 
A2   Amendment No. 16

17


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
PART B – CHANGE IN CONDITIONS AND CANCELLATION OF THE LICENSE
13.   Change in the License conditions
 
13.1   The Minister is entitled to change, add to or subtract from the License conditions if he is convinced that one of the following exists:
  (A)   A change has occurred in the extent of the License applicant’s suitability to perform the actions and services that are the subject of the License;
 
  (B)   Subject to that stated in Clause 8, a change is required in the License to ensure competition in the telecommunications area;
 
  (C)   A change is required in the License to ensure the level of services provided thereunder;
 
  (D)   Changes that have occurred in telecommunications technology require a change in the license;
13.2   The Minister is entitled to change, increase or reduce the rates for services, if he is convinced that a change has occurred in one or more of the components of the costs, which represent a basis for calculating the rates.
 
13.3   The Minister will act pursuant to his authority as stated in Clauses 13.1 and 13.2 after the Licensee has been given a reasonable opportunity to voice its claims.
 
14.   Cancellation of the License
 
14.1   The Minister is entitled to cancel the License before the end of its period, if one or more of the causes set forth in Section 6 to the Law exist, or in one of the following cases:
  (A)   The Licensee did not disclose to the tenders committee information that must be disclosed or it furnished inaccurate information;
  (B) A2   If the Licensee refuses to furnish the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf with information in its possession that must be disclosed and which it was obligated to disclose by virtue of the provisions of this license or pursuant to law, or the Licensee furnished the Minister or someone acting on his behalf with false information;
  (C)   The Licensee did not comply with the provision of the Law, the Ordinance or the regulations thereunder;
 
  (D)   The Licensee committed a material breach of the License conditions and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, including the following:
  (1)   The Licensee is demanding for its services payments that are higher than the maximum rates prescribed in this License or pursuant thereto, or pursuant to any law;
 
  (2)   The Licensee is not complying with the coverage or quality requirements prescribed in this license;
 
  (3)   The Licensee did not comply with the provisions of this license with regard to the operation of digital technology in the cellular System;
  (E)   The Licensee did not commence provision of the services pursuant to that set forth in the License or unlawfully discontinued, restricted or delayed one of the services;

18


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Isrrael Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
 
A2   Amendment No. 2

19


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
(F) One or more of the qualities that rendered the Licensee suitable to participate in the tender for cellular services, or to be a Licensee, has ceased to exist, including:
  (1)   The Licensee has ceased to be a company registered in Israel;
 
  (2)   Residents and citizens of Israel no longer hold, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of all of the Means of Control in the Franchisee; in this clause – “Citizen of Israel” – as defined in the Citizenship Law, 5712 – 1952; “Resident” – as defined in the Population Registry Law, 5735 – 1965;
 
  (3)   A majority of the directors in the Licensee company are not citizens and residents of Israel;
 
  (4)   The manager or a director of the Licensee company was convicted of an infamous crime and continues to serve in his position;
 
  (5)   The joint equity, including surpluses, of all of the shareholders in the Licensee company, together with the equity of the Licensee, has declined to under US $200 million; in this matter, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the right to the company’s earnings will not be taken into account.
 
  (6)   Before 5 years have elapsed from the date of granting the License, the share of the cellular operator has fallen to less than 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting or of the right to appoint a director or CEO in the Licensee company;
 
  (7)   Subject to that stated in paragraph (8), the Licensee, or an officer in the Licensee company or anyone who holds more than 5% of the Means of Control in the Licensee company, holds, directly or indirectly, more than one per cent (5%) of the Means of Control in Bezeq A2 , Another cellular Operator, or one of them acts as an Officer in a competing corporation.
 
  (8)   If one of the following occurs in an Interested Party in the Licensee company, which is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or pension fund;
    it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, without receiving a permit therefor from the Minister;
 
    it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing company pursuant to a permit from the Minister and, additionally, it is a controlling shareholder and exercises actual Control in a competing corporation or it has a representative or appointee on its behalf among the Officers in the competing corporation, unless it is required to do so under law;
 
    it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, even though it has received permission to hold up to 10% of said Means of Control;
  (G)   Void A2
 
  (H)   If an act or omission in the Licensee’s operations impaired or restricted competition in the cellular sector;
 
A16   Amendment No. 16
 
A2   Amendment No. 2

20


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (I)   A receiver or temporary liquidator was appointed to the Licensee company and an order was given for its liquidation or it decided on voluntary liquidation;
 
  (J)   Void A2)
 
  (K)   The Licensee requested cancellation of the License;
     
14.1.1 A2
  For the purposes of sub-clause 14.1(E A2 ), the restriction of service for technological reasons, effected after the Director was provided with prior written notification of the reasons and approved by the Director, will not be considered deemed an improper unlawful cessation, restriction or delay of service.
     
14.2
  If the Minister is convinced that, in the circumstances, the cause of invalidity does not necessitate cancellation of the License, the Minister will grant the Licensee a fair opportunity to rectify the act or omission constituting a cause for cancellation.
 
   
14.3
  The Minister will notify the Licensee in advance of his intention to cancel the license, will state in the notice the cause in question, and will allow the Licensee to voice its claims relating to the cause for cancellation, either in writing or orally, according to the circumstances, within the period set forth in the notice.
 
   
14.4
  The Minister is entitled to summon the Licensee to appear before him and may demand that it respond to questions, present documents or furnish him with whatever information and documents are required for the purposes of clarifying the cause for cancellation.
 
   
14.5
  If the Licensee is required or summoned as stated, it must respond to the requirement or summons on the date set forth therein.
 
   
14.6
  If the Licensee fails to respond, at least twice, to the Minister’s demand or summons within the period stipulated by the Minister in his demand or summons, the Minister is entitled to cancel the License in a notice that will be sent to the Licensee (hereinafter — Cancellation Notice).
 
   
14.7
  In the Cancellation Notice, the Minister will determine the date on which the cancellation of the License will take effect and he is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue the provision of services pursuant to this License until a license is granted to another or until the appointment of a trustee or until a receiver is duly appointed for the purpose of managing and operating the cellular System – as applicable.
 
   
14.8
  The Licensee will continue to provide services until the end of the period stipulated by the Minister in his notice and will comply with the provisions of this License and any instruction given by the Minister in this matter.
15.   Other remedies
In addition to his authority to cancel the License as stated in Clause 14, the Minister is entitled, if the causes outlined in Clause 14.1 occur, to restrict or suspend the License or to change its conditions or to foreclose on the guarantee given by the Licensee to secure fulfilment of the conditions of the License, in whole or in part; the procedures set forth for cancellation of the License will

21


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
apply, mutatis mutandis , to the restriction or suspension of the License or forfeiture of the guarantee.
 
A2   Amendment No. 2
 
A2   Amendment No. 2
 
A2   Section 3 in the original version of Amendment No. 2 contained a typographical error, in which 14.1(D) was written instead of 14.1(E).

22


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER C: OWNERSHIP, ASSETS AND MEANS OF CONTROL
PART A – RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE LICENSE AND ITS ASSETS
16.   Prohibition on transfer of the license
The license, in whole or in part, may not be transferred, encumbered or attached without the prior consent of the Minister.
17.   Ownership of the Cellular System
     
17.1
  The Licensee will be the owner of the Cellular System.
 
   
17.2
  Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 17.1, the Director is entitled to permit the Licensee to utilize the cable or wireless transmission arteries of another for the purpose of connecting cellular radio centers, connecting a cellular radio center to an Cellular Coordinator of the Licensee or of another Licensee, connecting Cellular Coordinators of the Licensee, connecting a Cellular Coordinator of the licensee to an Cellular Coordinator of Another Cellular Operator A16 , or connecting a Cellular Coordinator to a Public Telecommunications Network or to an International Telecommunications Network.
18.   Restrictions on transfer of the License assets
     
18.1
  The Licensee may not sell, lease or pledge any of the assets used in performance of the License (hereinafter – the License Assets) with the Minister’s prior consent and in accordance with the conditions determined by him.
 
   
18.2
  Without derogating from the generality of that stated in Clauses 16 and 18.1, the Minister will give his consent for the granting of rights in the License Assets to a third party, if he is convinced to his satisfaction that the Licensee has promised that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by a third party will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this License, as long as the Licensee is obligated to provide these services pursuant to the provisions of this License.
     
18.3 A2
  Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 18.1, the Licensee is entitled to encumber one of the License Assets in favour of a bank duly operating in Israel, for the purpose of receiving bank credit, provided that it has furnished notice of the encumbrance that it intends to create, whereby the encumbrance agreement includes a clause ensuring that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by the banking corporation will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this license. For the purposes of this clause – “Banking Corporation” is as defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741 – 1981, except for a “Foreign Corporation,” as defined in the same law.
 
   
18.4 A2
  The provisions of Clause 18.1 will not apply to the sale of equipment items during an upgrade, including the sale of equipment, as stated, on a “trade-in” basis.
 
A16   Amendment No. 16
 
A2   Amendment No. 2
 
A2   Amendment No. 2

23


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
19.   Engagement with another
19.1   If the Licensee wishes to provide one of the services pursuant to this license, in whole or in part, through another on its behalf, it must apply to the Director for his approval therefor; the Licensee must attach to its application the contract between itself and the other. The provisions of this clause will not apply for the purposes of the engagement between the Licensee and a marketer of CELLULAR End-Equipment or anyone acting on behalf of the Licensee for the purpose of marketing its services. A2
 
19.2   The Director is entitled to approve or reject the application, or to condition his approval on terms that must be fulfilled, including amendment of the agreement; the Director will consider, inter alia , to what extent the terms of the engagement with the other guarantee compliance with the conditions of this License and the obligations of the Licensee hereunder. The Director will not approve an engagement with another that contradicts the obligations of the Licensee pursuant to this License.
 
19.3   Nothing in the engagement with another will derogate from the obligations and of the Licensee and its responsibility for performing any of the services pursuant to this License, in whole or in part, pursuant to the provisions of this License, nor will it serve to derogate from the powers of the Minister, the Director or anyone acting on their behalf.
 
A2   Amendment No. 2

24


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part B: Means of Control – Changes and Limitations
20.   Particulars of Licensee
20.1   Details regarding the Licensee’s legal entity, incorporation, “curtain-lifting,” control therein, and ownership of the means of control, are attached as Addendum A to the license.
 
20.2   The Licensee will report to the Director in writing regarding any change in the information contained in Addendum A, including any transfer and acquisition of control or of 5% of the means of control in the Licensee company or change in the appointment of a director or general manager, within 14 days of the date of change.
 
21.   Transfer of Means of Control
21.1   There will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, unless this received the Minister’s prior consent.
 
21.2   There will be no kind of transfer of any means of control in the Licensee, or a part of said means of control, so that as a result of the transfer, control in the Licensee is transferred from one person to another, unless this was given the Minister’s prior consent.
 
21.3   There will be no acquisition of control, directly or indirectly, in the Licensee, and there will be no acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a person himself or together with his relative or with another person, who operate with him regularly of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, without the prior consent of the Minister.
 
21.4   Subject to the foregoing in this section, there will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of means of control, so that the share of a cellular system operator in the Licensee drops below 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting and of the right to appoint a director or general manager, except after 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license. If 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license, the cellular system operator’s share can go below 25% to the point of selling all the means of control in its possession to another, all subject to the Minister’s approval for the very reduction of the cellular system operator’s share in the means of control in the Licensee and also regarding the purchaser.
 
21.5   Notwithstanding that stated in sections 21.1 and 21.3, if traded means of control in the Licensee, not entailing the transfer of control in the Licensee, have been transferred or acquired at a rate requiring approval under sections 21.1 or 21.3, without the Minister’s approval having been requested, the Licensee shall report this to the Minister, in writing, and shall submit to the Minister an application for approval of the transfer or the acquisition, all within 21 days from when the Licensee learned of this fact, provided the Minister gave his prior written approval to the holding per se of the issue or the sale of the securities to the public. In this regard, “traded means of control” – means of control, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities listed on the stock exchange in Israel and/or

25


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
abroad, in a non-hostile country, or means of control offered to the public pursuant to a prospectus and held by the public, in Israel and/or abroad, in a non-hostile country.
21.6   Entry into an underwriting agreement in connection with an issue or sale of securities to the public, and listing on a stock exchange in Israel or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or the deposit of securities, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities, or the registration thereof with a nominee company and/or agent, shall not in themselves be deemed as the transfer of means of control in the Licensee.
         
21.7
  (A)   Irregular holdings shall be registered in the members register (shareholders register) at the Licensee, noting the fact of their irregularity, immediately when the Licensee learns of this fact, and a notice concerning the registration shall be delivered by the Licensee to the owner of the irregular holdings and to the Minister. In this regard, “irregular holdings” – the holding of traded means of control without the Minister’s agreement as required under section 21 or in contravention of the provisions of section 23, and the entire holdings of a holder of traded means of control who acted contrary to the provisions of section 24; the aforesaid for as long as the Minister’s agreement is required and was not given under section 21 of the license or circumstances exist involving the contravention of the provisions of sections 23 or 24 of the license.
 
 
  (B)   Irregular holdings registered as stated in section 21.7(A), shall not confer any rights on the holder, and shall be “dormant shares” as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law, 1999, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution to the shareholders (including the right to participate in an issue of rights which are calculated on the basis of holdings in means of control in the Licensee, except that holdings added as stated shall also be deemed as irregular holdings), therefore no act or contention of exercise of a right by virtue of irregular holdings shall be valid, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution as stated.
 
 
  (C)   Irregular holdings shall not confer voting rights in the general meeting. A shareholder participating in a vote in the shareholders meeting shall notify the Licensee prior to the vote, or where the vote is by means of a voting instrument – on the voting instrument, whether or not its holdings in the Licensee or its vote require approval under sections 21 or 23 of the License. If the shareholders did not give a notice as stated, it shall not vote and its vote shall not be counted.
 
 
  (D)   A director may not be appointed to the Licensee, elected or dismissed by virtue of irregular holdings. If a director was appointed, elected or dismissed as stated, such appointment, election or dismissal, as the case may be, shall not be valid.
 
 
  (E)   The provisions of sections 21.7 and 21.9 shall be included in the articles of the Licensee, mutatis mutandis.
21.8   For as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe as stated in section 21.7 and the Licensee acts in accordance with that stated in sections 21.5 and 21.7, for as long as the holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes are not reduced to less than 50% of each of the means of control in the Licensee, and for as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe that

26


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
a majority of the voting power in the shareholders general meeting may appoint all the directors in the Licensee, excluding outside directors in accordance with any relevant statutory requirement or stock exchange directive, irregular holdings shall not in themselves be cause for the cancellation of the license.
For purposes of this section, “founding shareholders or their substitutes” – Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., DEC Communications and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation, or any other body to which any of those enumerated above transferred, with the Minister’s approval, means of control, provided the Minister confirmed in writing that the transferee body shall be deemed in this regard as the substitute of the founding shareholder beginning from the date to be determined by the Minister, and including anyone who is an “Israeli entity” as defined in clause 22.2A, who acquired a means of control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder of its substitute starting from the date that was determined by the Minister. The grant of approval under this section shall not exempt the Licensee from the duty of receiving the Minister’s approval for every transfer of means of control in the Licensee that requires approval under any other section of the license.
21.9   The provisions of sections 21.5 and 21.8 shall not apply to founding shareholders or their substitutes.
 
22.   Encumbrance of Means of Control
A shareholder of the Licensee company or a shareholder of an interested party therein may not encumber his shares in such manner so that exercise of the encumbrance results in a change in ownership of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, unless the encumbrance agreement contains a limitation by which the encumbrance may not be exercised without the prior consent of the Minister.

27


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
22A.   Israeli Nationality and Holdings of Founding Shareholders or Their Substitutes
     
22A.1
  The total holdings of “founding shareholders or their substitutes” as defined in section 21.8 (including anyone being an “Israeli entity” as defined in section 22.2A below, who acquired means of control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder or a substitute thereof as from the date determined by the Minister), who are mutually bound by an agreement for the fulfillment of the provisions of section 22A of the license (in this section, all of the above will be deemed: “founding shareholders or their substitutes”), cumulatively, may not be less than 26% of each of the means of control in the Licensee.
 
   
22A.2
  The cumulative holdings of “Israeli entities,” one or more, included among founding shareholders or their substitutes, out of the total holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes as stated in section 22A.1 above, may not be at any time less than 20% of the total issued capital and of the means of control in the Licensee. For this purpose, the Licensee’s issued share capital will be calculated less the number of “dormant shares” held by the Licensee.
 
   
 
  In this section –
 
   
 
  “Israeli entity” – With respect to an individual – anyone who is a citizen and resident of Israel; with respect to a corporation – the corporation was incorporated in Israel, and an individual who is a citizen and resident of Israel controls it, directly or indirectly, provided indirect control is solely through a corporation incorporated in Israel, one or more. However, for purposes of indirect holding, the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications may approve holding through a corporation that was not incorporated in Israel, provided such corporation does not hold shares in the Licensee directly, where they are satisfied that this will not be detrimental to the purposes of this section. In this regard, “Israeli citizen” – as defined in the Citizenship Law 1952; “resident” – as defined in the Population Registry Law 1965; “dormant share” – as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law 1999.
 
   
22A.3
  At least twenty percent (20%) of the Licensee’s directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2. Notwithstanding the above, in this regard, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers up to 14 members – at least two directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers from 15 to 24 directors – at least three directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, and so forth.
 
   
22A.4
  The Licensee’s board of directors will appoint from among its members having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service (hereinafter – “classified directors” ), a committee called the “Committee for Security Matters.”
 
   
 
  At least four directors will serve on the Committee for Security Matters, among them at least one outside director. Matters pertaining to security will be considered, subject to that stated in clause 22A.5 below, solely in the framework of the Committee for Security Matters.

28


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
A resolution that was adopted or an action that was performed by the Committee for Security Matters will be deemed the same as a resolution adopted or action performed by the Company’s board of directors, and it will be considered by the board of directors only if this is required under section 22A.5 below and subject to that stated in section 22A.5 below. In this clause, “security matters” – as defined in the Telecommunications Order (Designation of an Essential Service Provided by Bezeq Israeli Telecommunications Company Ltd.) 1997.
     
22A.5
  Security matters which the Licensee’s board of directors or Audit Committee are required to consider according to the cogent provisions in the Companies Law 1999 or according to cogent provisions of any other law applying to the Licensee, will be considered, insofar as necessary, by the board of directors or by the Audit Committee, with the participation of classified directors only. Non-classified directors may not participate in such meetings of the board of directors or the Audit Committee and may not receive information or inspect documents pertaining to the security matters considered in the meeting. The quorum in every such meeting will consist of classified directors only.
 
   
 
  The Licensee will specify in its articles that an officer who by virtue of his position and by virtue of the provisions of the law or the articles should have received information or participated in meetings on security matters, and is prevented from doing so by reason of the provision of clause 22A.5, will be exempt from liability for breach of the duty of care towards the Licensee, if the duty of care was breached due to non-participation in a meeting or non-receipt of information.
 
   
22A.6
  The general meeting may not assume, delegate, transfer or exercise powers that are vested in another organ of the Company, in security matters.
         
22A.7
  (A)   The Minister will appoint an observer at meetings of the Company’s board of directors and committees, having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service.
 
       
 
  (B)   The observer will be a government employee qualifying as a director under Chapter C of the Government Companies Law 1975.
 
       
 
  (C)   In addition, and without derogating from any duty imposed on him by law, the observer will owe the Licensee a duty of confidentiality, except as required for the fulfillment of his function as an observer. The observer may not serve as an observer or in any other position on behalf of any other entity engaging in the provision of communication services and competing directly with the Licensee, and he will avoid any conflict of interest between his function as an observer and the Licensee, except a conflict of interest stemming from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee. The observer will commit towards the Licensee not to serve as an observer or officer and not to hold any position or be employed, directly or indirectly, at any entity competing directly with the Licensee or being in a conflict of interest with it, except for a conflict of interest stemming, as stated, from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee, throughout his tenure as observer at the Licensee and during eighteen (18) after the end of such tenure.
 
      In any case of differences of opinion as to the observer being in a conflict of interest, the Attorney General or someone on his behalf will decide on the matter.

29


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
         
 
  (D)   An invitation to meetings of the board of directors and its committees, including the Committee for Security Matters, will be delivered to the observer as well, who may participate as an observer at any meeting as stated.
 
       
 
  (E)   The observer’s right to receive information from the Licensee will be the same as a director’s right. If the Licensee is of the opinion that certain information in the nature of sensitive business information is not required by the observer for the fulfillment of his function, the Licensee may withhold delivery of such information to the observer, notifying him in this regard. If the observer is of the opinion that he should receive that information, the matter will be referred to the decision of the head of the General Security Services.
 
       
 
  (F)   If the observer saw that the Licensee adopted or is about to adopt a resolution on security matters contrary to any provision of the license, contrary to section 13 of the Law or contrary to section 11 of the General Security Services Law 2002, it will notify the Licensee without any delay, in writing, such notice to be delivered to the chairman of the board of directors and to the chairman of the Committee for Security Matters, and to set a proper time in the circumstances of the case for remedying the breach or modifying the resolution, should this be possible.
Part C: Cross-Ownership and Conflict of Interest
23.   Prohibition on Cross-Ownership
23.1   The Licensee, an officer therein or whoever holds more than 5% of any means of control in the Licensee, will not hold, directly or indirectly, more than one percent (5%) of the means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator. Regarding this matter, “holding” – includes the holding as an agent.
 
23.2   Notwithstanding that stated in Section 23.1, an interested party in the Licensee that is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or a pension fund, may hold up to 5% of the means of control in Bezeq, another cellular system operator A16) , provided all the following are fulfilled:
         
 
  (A)   It is not a controlling shareholder and does not exert, directly or indirectly, any control in Bezeq or A16) another cellular system operator;
 
       
 
  (B)   It has no representative or person in charge on its behalf among Bezeq’s or the other cellular system operator’s officers, unless required to do so by law.
23.3   Pursuant to a written request, the Minister may allow an interested party in the Licensee, as stated in Section 23.2, to hold up to 10% of the means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator, when the terms stated in Section 23.2(A) and (B) are fulfilled, if he saw, to his satisfaction, that such a holding will not harm competition.
 
24.   Prohibition on a Conflict of Interest

30


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
The Licensee, an officer therein or an interested party in the Licensee company will not be a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator, meant or liable to reduce competition or harm it in all pertaining to cellular system services, cellphone network end-equipment and other services provided via the cellular system.

31


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Chapter D: Setup and Operation of Cellular system
Part A: Setting Up the System
25.   Definition
In this part –
“Milestones” – Stages in the setup of the cellular system, according to the timetable detailed in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.
26 .   Setup according to Plans and Specifications
26.1   In all pertaining to the setup and operation of the cellular system (in this section – network), including the technical quality of its various components, as well as the network’s structure and manner of setup, the Licensee will comply with the terms and provisions in the engineering plan.
26.2   The Licensee will follow all the specifications of the Ministry of Communications and the network-related standards prescribed by standardization organizations in Israel and around the world, as well as other international organizations, in the telecommunications and wireless field as well as in any other field pertaining to the setup and operation of the network.
27.   Execution Stages and Timetable
 
27.1   The setup rate of the cellular system, the setup milestones, the commencement date for providing the service in the various regions in Israel, will be in accordance with the timetable set in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.
 
27.2   The Licensee may not deviate from the timetable unless authorized to do so by the Director, provided the Licensee applies in writing to the Director to receive his permission immediately after realizing that difficulties have arisen that prevent it from meeting the original timetable.
             
 
    27.2.1     A delay in signing agreements with a third party or obtaining approval from the planning and construction authorities will be deemed a reasonable reason for obtaining the Director’s permission for deviating from the timetable, only if the Director realizes to his satisfaction that the Licensee has done its reasonable utmost in the circumstances of the matter, to come to an agreement with a third party or to receive approval from the planning and construction authorities.
27.3   The Director may approve the Licensee’s request to deviate from the timetable, in whole or in part, and to stipulate conditions for its approval. The Director may also approve deviation regarding a specific milestone, provided the Licensee undertakes to catch up with the planned setup rate in the succeeding milestones.

32


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
28.      Modification of Plans during Setup
28.1   The Licensee may not deviate from the engineering plan unless it has been authorized to do so by the Director under the provisions of this section. However, the placement of a Cellular Radio Center in a different site from that set in the engineering plan will not be deemed a deviation, if done within the search region. As regards this section, a “search region” denotes a territory defined in the engineering plan in which a Cellular Radio center is planned to be set up, at a specific site within the territory, and regarding which it has been stated in the engineering plan that it might be necessary to place the center in another site found in the territory.
 
28.2   If in the course of setting up the cellular system, the Licensee realizes that it has become necessary to deviate or depart from the engineering plan, the Licensee must apply in writing to the Director to obtain his approval for the plan. In its application, the Licensee must describe the essence and nature of the requested modification and the reasons therefor. The Licensee must attach the amended plan it proposes, to the application.
 
28.3   The Director may reject or approve the request, in whole or in part, and may also stipulate conditions for its approval, insofar as these are needed for the rigorous assurance of the network’s quality and performance level. The Director will make a decision in the matter of the request and notify the Licensee of his decision, all within a reasonable amount of time.
 
29.   Utilization and Construction of Infrastructures
29.1   For the purpose of setting up and operating the cellular network, the Licensee may, subject to any law, set up, maintain and operate cable or wireless transmission arteries, provided such transmission arteries will be used solely for the following:
         
 
  (A)   Connection between the Cellular Radio Centers forming part of the Licensee’s cellular system;
 
       
 
  (B)   Connection between the Licensee’s Cellular Radio Centers and its cellphone exchanges;
 
       
 
  (C)   Connection between all the cellular exchanges;
 
       
 
  (D)   Connection between the Licensee’s cellular exchanges and a public telecommunications system, or another cellular operator’s cellular network A16) , or other systems operating lawfully.
29.2   For the purpose of the connection described in Section 29.1, the Licensee may use also the cable or wireless transmission arteries of Bezeq or of another licensee or concessionaire lawfully authorized to provide aforesaid infrastructure services.
 
29.3   To remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that use of the transmission arteries to be set up by the Licensee is solely for operating the cellular system as stated in Section 29.1, unless the Minister permitted the Licensee in the license to make other use thereof, in accordance with the terms he laid down.

33


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
30. A16) Obligation of Interconnection
30.1   The Licensee will act to effect interconnection of the network with every other public telecommunications network, operating in the territory subject to the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel (including settlements, military sites and military installations in Judah, Samaria and Gaza Strip), including with every public landline telecommunications network, international telecommunications network and cellular network of another cellular operator.
 
30.2   The interconnection between the network and another licensee’s public telecommunications network will be effected in such manner as to enable the following:
         
 
  (A)   Relay of telecommunication messages between end-equipment connected to the network and end-equipment connected to the other public telecommunications network;
 
       
 
  (B)   Proper, regular provision of services by the Licensee to the other licensee’s subscribers, and the provision of services by the other licensee to the Licensee’s subscribers.
30.3   Interconnection may be effected either directly or indirectly, via a public telecommunications network of another general license holder, provided it enables that stated in Section 30.2.
 
30.4   As regards the interconnection between the network and public landline telecommunications network, the Licensee will act to set up interface points between the two networks, for each type of service (infrastructure, data transmission and communication, telephony), with at least three transition switches, unless the Director has decided otherwise at the written request of the Licensee. Setup of the interface points will be done under an agreement between the Licensee and the domestic operator licensee. Such an agreement will include, inter alia, the technical, operational and business details of the connection, the number of connections and their location.
 
30.5   As regards the interconnection between the network and an international telecommunications network, the Licensee will act in compliance with the provisions of Addendum J to the license.
30A. A16)       Rules Concerning the Implementation of Interconnection
The Licensee will act to implement interconnection in accordance with all the following:
(A)   The Licensee will verify that the network’s technical and operational standards comply with the requirements for linkup with the public telecommunications network of the domestic operators, the other cellphone operators, and the international operators (hereinafter – other operator ), that the network’s activities will mesh properly with the activities of the other operator’s public telecommunications network, and that the interconnection will not adversely affect the proper functioning of these networks and the normal service to their subscribers;

34


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
(B)   The Licensee will provide the interconnection service under equal conditions for every other operator and avoid any discrimination in actuating the interconnection, including with regard to the following:
             
 
    (1 )   Supply of infrastructure facilities and network linkup services;
 
    (2 )   Availability of linkup facilities;
 
    (3 )   Linkup method, quality and survival;
 
    (4 )   Alterations and adaptations in the switching in the facilities, in the protocols and at the network interface points;
 
    (5 )   Payments for interconnection;
 
    (6 )   Debiting and collection arrangements, and the transfer of information regarding subscribers;
 
    (7 )   Commercial terms for effecting interconnection;
 
    (8 )   Submission of information regarding the network and alteration therein relating to interconnection;
(C)   The Licensee will place at the disposal of the other operator any essential information the other operator needs for providing its services via the Licensee’s facilities. Said information will be given subject to any law concerning the protection of privacy or commercial confidentiality. In the event the parties fail to reach an agreement regarding the nature and scope of the essential information, the Minister will decide in the matter;
 
(D)   The Licensee will give the other operator information regarding alterations planned in its network, which may affect the interconnection with the other operator’s public telecommunications’ network, or the interconnection between the public telecommunications networks of the other operators. The Licensee will provide the aforesaid information in such manner as to enable the other operator to prepare reasonably for the implementation of said alterations;
 
(E)   As regards Subsections (C) and (D), the Licensee may stipulate the provision of information to the other operator on signing a reasonable privacy protection agreement, intended to safeguard the Licensee’s rights under any law, including trade secrets, intellectual property rights and the like, pertaining to information regarding modification of the network meant to be given to the other operator;
 
(F)   The terms in respect of interconnection between the network and the other operator’s public telecommunications network will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other operator. If the parties fail to reach an agreement, the Minister will decide in the matter.
             
(G)
    (1 )   The Licensee will allow its subscribers to receive all the services offered to them by another operator, The Licensee may also allow another operator’s subscribers to receive services from the Licensee, provided that said receipt of services is possible under any law.
 
    (2 )   The Director may order the Licensee to allow the other operator’s subscribers to receive services provided by the Licensee, provided that such receipt of services is possible technically and under any law.
 
    (3 )   Notwithstanding that stated in Subsection (1), the Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, exempt the Licensee from the obligation of allowing its subscribers

35


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
the possibility of receiving services from another operator, for technical, economic reasons or for other justified reasons.
(H)   The Licensee will forward to the Director a signed copy of every agreement between it and the other operator concerning interconnection;
 
(I)   The Licensee will forward to the Director on demand, any information given to the other operator under Subsections (C) and (D), as well as a copy of every confidentiality agreement under Subsection (E);
 
(J)   The Licensee will act in compliance with additional provisions the Minister will prescribe.
30B. A16)   Payment for Traffic Completion and Interconnection
In the event the Minister did not determine payment for interconnection or payment deriving from interconnection, the Licensee may demand in respect thereof reasonable and non-discriminatory payment.
30C. A16)   Prohibition on Delaying Interconnection
The Minister will give the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to voice his position in all pertaining to the Minister’s intention to order it regarding the manner of effecting interconnection and its scope, regarding the actions, services and arrangements incidental to effecting interconnection, and regarding payments in respect of interconnection. Once the Minister has instructed the Licensee on said matters, the Licensee will not delay in any way interconnection with the network, and will fulfill its obligations in accordance with the Minister’s provisions, properly and in good faith, on the date set therefor and with full cooperation.
30D. A16)   Providing the Possibility of Utilization
     
30.1D
  The Minister may order the Licensee to provide the possibility of utilizing its telecommunications facility, by virtue of his authority under Section 5 of the Law.
 
   
30.2D
  The Licensee will enable another licensee, by the Minister’s order, to provide value added services via the Licensee’s network. The Licensee will ensure reasonable and equal terms for any other licensee, in all pertaining to the provision of value added services by the latter to the Licensee’s subscribers.
 
   
30.3D
  As regards providing the possibility of utilization, the provisions of Sections 30A to 30C will apply, mutatis mutandis.
30E. A16)   Infrastructure Services for an Interested Company

36


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
     
30.1E
  The Licensee will not give preference, in providing infrastructure services, to a licensee that is an interested company over another licensee, whether in payment for the service, in service conditions, in service availability or in any other way.
         
30.2E
  (A)   Pursuant to a written request from the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee limitations on the provisions of Section 30.1E, in all pertaining to another licensee or a broadcasting licensee that is an interested company, provided the following conditions are fulfilled:
 
      (1) The other licensee or the concessionaire is not a material operator:
 
      (2) The Director is of the opinion that giving such permission does not materially harm competition in the field of telecommunications.
         
 
  (B)   As regards the limitations stated in Subsection (A), these may allow the Licensee to offer an interested company the use of its telecommunications facilities under preferred conditions, and these may be limited in time or by another condition.
 
       
 
  (C)   When considering a permit under this section, the Director will take into account the existence of a valid agreement, which was signed prior to Amendment No. 16 to this license, between the Licensee and the interested company, concerning, inter alia, the restriction of the permit in time or by other conditions.
     
30.3E
  In this section – “interested company,” “subsidiary,” and “material operator” – as these terms are defined in the Telecommunications Regulations (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License for Providing Domestic Landline Telecommunications Services), 2000.
30F. A16)   Numbering Program
     
30.1F
  The Licensee will act in accordance with the numbering program, and in compliance with the Director’s provisions regarding the activation and implementation of the numbering program.
 
   
30.2F
  The Director ordered the activation of number portability, so that every subscriber of another cellular system licensee will be able to switch over to and be a subscriber of the Licensee or receive services from the Licensee without any change in his telephone number, and vice versa – the Licensee will incorporate into its public telecommunications network devices enabling the application of this property, on the date and using the method laid down in the Director’s provision.

37


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
31.   Reports on the Setup Works
31.1   The Licensee will submit to the Director, throughout the cellular system setup period, quarterly reports describing the setup works carried out during the period of each report, according to the milestones and timetables in the engineering plan. As regards this section, “the setup period” denotes 15 months from the date the license was granted or until the date of the completion of the network’s setup in full deployment, according to the engineering plan, whichever the earlier.
 
31.2   The reports will include a comparison of the plans’ execution versus the plan for each report’s period, as well as explanations for any deviation or alteration that occurred in the execution compared with the plan.
 
31.3   Each report will be submitted in triplicate in a format to be instructed by the Director, and will bear a date and be signed by the Licensee or whoever it empowered especially for this purpose.
 
31.4   The Director may demand that the Licensee prepare special reports, and also that it draw up anew or supplement a report submitted to him.
 
32.   Handover of Information and Documents
The Licensee will furnish to the Director, on demand, any information or document regarding the execution of cellular system setup works, at the time, in the format, and in the manner instructed by the Director.
 
33.   Supervision of Setup Works
33.1   The Director may supervise, by himself or through a designee, the Licensee’s actions connected with the execution of the setup works. To this end, the Director may enter at any reasonable time, the Licensee’s work sites, cellular system facilities and offices, for the purpose of making measurements, performing inspections and perusing any plan or document pertaining to the execution of the setup works.
 
33.2   The Licensee will cooperate with the Director in all pertaining to the supervision of the setup works, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, will enable him to enter the work site and its facilities, enable the perusal of any document, plan and specification, and provide him with any information he requests.
 
34.   Correction of Deficiencies and Defects
34.1   The Director may notify the Licensee in writing about deficiencies, defects and deviations he found in the cellular system setup operations, based on reports submitted by the Licensee , documents and information it furnished him, or based on measurements and inspections he made.

38


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
34.2   In the event the Licensee receives a notice as stated in Section 34.1, it will notify the Director, within fourteen days of the date of receiving the notice, regarding its response to that stated therein and the measures it took or plans to take, in order to correct the deficiencies, defects or deviations.
 
35.   Safety Precautions and Prevention of Hazards
35.1   The Licensee will execute the setup works, taking adequate safety precautions to prevent personal accidents and property damage, will prevent the causation of nuisances and hazards to the public in the work areas, and if required to do excavations at the spot, will do everything to prevent damages to underground systems, including telecommunications networks, and to this end will make sure to obtain every permit required by any law, including an excavation works permit under Section 53B of the Law.
 
35.2   Upon completion of the setup works, the Licensee will make sure to clean up the work sites and restore them to their previous condition.
 
36.   Void. A2A2)
 
37.   Intersections with Electricity and Telecommunications Lines
 
    In a place where there are electricity lines or electricity facilities prior to the installation of the cellular system, the Licensee is subject to the obligations imposed under the Telecommunications and Electricity Regulations (Convergence and Intersection between Telecommunications Lines and Electricity Lines), 1986.
 
38.   Discovery of Antiquities and Site Preservation
38.1   Antiquities, as defined in the Antiquities Law, 1978, which are discovered at a setup work site, are state assets, and the Licensee will take the appropriate precautions to prevent damage thereto.
 
38.2   The Licensee will notify the director of the antiquities authority regarding the discovery of an antiquity within 15 days of the date of the antiquity’s discovery and will follow the instructions of the authority’s director in all pertaining to the manner of handling the antiquity.
 
38.3   In the course of the setup works, the Licensee will avoid, inasmuch as possible, damaging sites of historical or national value, tourist sites and landscape.
 
38.4   The Licensee will avoid, insofar as possible, damaging buildings and trees found in the places where setup works are being carried out.
 
39.   Land-Related Powers

39


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
39.1   The Minister may, at the Licensee’s request, grant it all or some of the powers prescribed in Chapter F of the Law, subject to that stated in Section 39.2.
 
39.2   The Licensee will specify in its request the sites at which it requires the aforesaid powers, the scope of the required powers and the reasons therefor, including the steps it took to find alternative sites, without having to use the power under Chapter F of the Law.
 
39.3   In the event the Minister is convinced of the need to grant the Licensee powers under Chapter F of the Law, the Minister will publish his decision in the Reshumot (Official Announcements and Advertisements Gazette).

40


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part B: Equipment Checks and Installation Certifications
40.   Compliance Check
The Director may determine which items of equipment should not be installed in the Cellular System before undergoing a compliance check. “Compliance” as regards this section – as emerges from that stated in Section 41. If the Director has decided as aforesaid, the items will not be installed before undergoing a compliance check.
41.   Responsibility for Compliance
It is the responsibility of the Licensee to see to it that the equipment installed in the Cellular System is, at least, technically compliant with the properties detailed in the manufacturer’s specifications relating to the specific item of equipment, and attached to the engineering plan.
 
42.   Performance Testing Program and Its Approval
 
42.1   The Licensee will furnish the Director, no later than 30 days before giving notice of the completion of installation under Section 43, with an up-to-date, detailed testing program for carrying out the performance check, relating to that part of the Cellular System it wishes to operate (hereinafter – detailed testing program).
 
42.2   The Licensee will present the detailed testing program to the Director. The Director may demand within 15 days of the aforesaid presentation that the Licensee make changes in the detailed testing program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the full and accurate execution of the performance check, and the Licensee will carry out the checks according to the Director’s request.
 
43.   Notice of Setup Completion
Once the Licensee has completed setting up a Switchboard or Cellular Radio Center in some region, so that it is possible to start providing cellular services through it, the Licensee will notify the Director in writing thereof, in the format it was instructed by the Director, along with the results of the detailed check indicating successful installation and operation.
 
44.   Terms of Fitness and Operation
 
44.1   Prior to operating the network, the Licensee must meet the requirements and conditions detailed below:
         
 
  (A)   Entering into an Agreement with an Equipment Manufacturer
The Licensee must have agreements in force for the entire operation period planned, with a Cellular System manufacturer, comprising the following:
(1) Know-how agreement;
 
      (2) An agreement guaranteeing the supply of parts for the network’s equipment for a period of at least 7 years;
 
      (3) An agreement guaranteeing the supply of technical literature and full documentation of the network’s equipment, including updates.

41


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
         
 
  (B)   Lab and Testing Equipment
The Licensee must operate a lab, or have a valid agreement with a competent lab. The lab should include professional testing equipment for performing the checks and making the repairs on the Cellular System equipment, including mobile testing equipment.
 
       
 
  (C)   Parts
The Licensee must maintain and run a spare parts warehouse for Cellular System equipment according to the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers.
 
       
 
  (D)   Maintenance System
The Licensee must maintain, on its own or through another, an efficient maintenance system, consisting of maintenance personnel, service vans and communication means, ensuring the proper, ongoing operation of the network and enabling the handling of any malfunction within the response time required under this license, and also enabling, in any case of a serious problem with the Cellular System causing radio interferences, large-scale disconnection of subscribers or posing a safety risk, repair of the malfunction within 4 hours.
 
       
 
  (E)   Communication Means
Means of communication, such as a walkie-talkie, telephone or cellphone, should be installed in the operation exchanges and centers, as well as in the service and maintenance centers.
44.2   The Licensee must present to the Director, seven days before setting the network in operation for the first time, certifications and documents regarding compliance with the requirements and conditions specified in Section 44.1. In the event the Director fails to respond within five days of the date of delivery of said documents, the Licensee may operate the Cellular System and connect subscribers thereto. If the Director orders the Licensee, based on the documents’ findings, to alter or fix the network, the Licensee must make the required alteration or correction and present a certification of execution to the Director, and if the Director fails to respond within 3 days, the Licensee may operate the system.

42


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part C: Use of Frequencies
45.   Allocation of Frequencies A16)
45.1   The Licensee may operate the Cellular Radio centers of the Cellular System, using the frequency bands allocated for its exclusive use, as detailed below:
         
 
  (A)   A35) 835 to 845 MHz and corresponding range 880 to 890 MHz;
 
       
 
  (A1)   A35) 1710 to 1712 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1807 MHz;
 
      That stated in this subsection in no way derogates from the Director’s authority to allocate an alternative frequency band with identical bandwidth for the Licensee’s use, instead of the frequency band specified in this subsection.
 
       
 
  (B)   Starting from February 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:
 
      1710 to 1715.4 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1810.4 MHz;
 
      1716.6 to 1721.2 MHz and corresponding range 1811.6 to 1816 MHz;
 
      1962 to 1967 MHz and corresponding range 2152 to 2157 MHz;
 
       
 
  (C)   Starting from January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:
 
      1720 to 1730 MHz and corresponding range 1815 to 1825 MHz;
 
      1960 to 1970 MHz and corresponding range 2150 to 2160 MHz;
 
      as well as the frequency range 1905 to 1910 MHz.
 
       
 
  (C1)   A2A26) Starting from April 4, 2004 the following frequency bands will be allocated:
 
      1715 to 1720 MHz and corresponding range 1810 to 1815 MHz.
 
       
 
  (D)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Licensee asks to postpone the usage commencement date for the frequencies specified in subsections (B) and (C), or a part thereof, to a later date, the Director may suspend the allocation of frequencies to a date he decides on.
45.2   The Licensee may select a narrower frequency band than that stated above in the framework of the frequency bands specified in Section 45.1.
 
45.3   In the event of detection of electromagnetic interferences from other radiants that can harm the proper functioning of the Cellular System, the Director must, at the Licensee’s request, take any reasonable action to find an appropriate solution or stop the aforesaid interferences.
46.   Restriction on Use of Frequencies
The Licensee will make use of the frequencies allocated to it as stated in Section 45 only for providing the services under this license.
 
47.   Prevention of Interferences
 
47.1   The Licensee will set up the Cellular System and operate it in such manner so that no part of its parts will emit radiation prohibited under the provisions of the Pharmacists’

43


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Regulations (Radioactive Elements and Their Products), 1980, and do everything required, if required, to obtain a permit in accordance with the aforesaid regulations.
47.2   The Licensee will coordinate the use of the frequencies with the Director, who will base his directives, inter alia, on the program derived from the preparation for a national emergency crisis.
 
47.3   The Licensee will submit to the Director, or anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, a detailed, up-to-date plan for the operation of Cellular Radio Centersand for the expected use of the frequencies at least 60 days before the operation, and will report to the Director regarding the actual execution, within 7 days of the operation date.
 
47.4   The Licensee will set up and operate the Cellular System in such a manner as to prevent interferences with other Bezeq and wireless systems operating lawfully. Prior to the activation of any Cellular System, the Licensee will perform tests and measurements for the purpose of preventing electromagnetic interferences. If found that electromagnetic interferences can be expected or interferences have been detected during operation, the Licensee will act to find a solution that will prevent these interferences and also prevent their recurrence, and in the absence of a solution it will turn in writing to the Director or to anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, in order to find a reasonable solution in this regard. The Director may demand that each of the parties make changes in the operation of the equipment or in the use of the frequencies or that they stop broadcasting over certain frequencies, throughout the country or in a certain region.
 
47.5   The granting of this license, including the approval of the engineering plan, in no way provides protection against harmonies from other radiants operating lawfully, or other radiants operating outside state territory; however, the Director must make every reasonable effort to find an appropriate solution providing the necessary protection.
 
48.   Cellphone Activity in Emergencies
 
48.1   In times of national emergency or for national security reasons, the one empowered to do so by any law may take the steps needed for state security, with a notice to the Licensee A2A2) , including control of the network. In such circumstances, the Licensee will operate according to the instructions and notices of those authorized to do so by any law, including the government, the Minister, the Director and head of the unit for the management of a broadcasting spectrum and satellites in an emergency (hereinafter – head of the emergency unit).
 
48.2   The Licensee will give the head of the emergency unit the names of its representatives authorized to receive instructions and notices anytime, 24 hours a day, in all pertaining to national emergency and security matters. The representative will have a first and second deputy, who will substitute for him during his absence.
 
48.3   The Licensee will set up and operate the network in a manner that will allow reducing the network’s activity, when necessary, during times of emergency:
(A) In terms of the frequency profile;
(B) In terms of the geographical profile;

44


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
(C) Through the disconnection of part of its subscribers, according to predetermined lists, or according to directives deriving from the situation;
(D) In terms of a profile combining profiles A, B and C.
48.4   The Licensee will organize itself in such manner, so that it will be able to carry out the reductions detailed in Section 48.3 rapidly and efficiently, by remote control or by presence at the sites themselves.
 
48.5   The head of the emergency unit may establish a detailed procedure formalizing and regulating the Cellular System activity during an emergency, which he will present to the Licensee, and the latter will strictly fulfill the provisions of this procedure.

45


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part D: Inspections
49.   Definitions
 
    In this part:
 
    Periodical inspection ” – An inspection of the Cellular System or any part thereof performed according to the license’s provisions, at fixed time intervals and at least once every half year;
 
    Special inspection ” – An inspection of the Cellular System or any part thereof performed due to a maintenance action or repair, following radio interferences, a malfunction, clarification of a complaint, a technological modification, an alteration in the engineering plan or something else, done on the initiative of the Licensee or at the request of the Director;
 
    Regular inspection ” – An inspection of the Cellular System or any part thereof, done on a regular, ongoing basis, using control, testing and monitoring equipment connected permanently to the network’s subsystems and to the network’s control center.
 
50.   Periodical Inspections and Special Inspections
 
50.1   On January 1 of each year, the Licensee will submit to the Director a periodical inspections program for the Cellular System. The inspections program will include a description of how the periodical inspections are to be performed.
 
50.2   The Director may request within 30 days of receiving the program, to put changes into the program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the performance of the periodical inspections or for the performance of the regular inspections.
 
50.3   The Licensee will carry out the periodical inspections on the Cellular System in the format and at the inspection points specified in the engineering plan.
 
50.4   The Director may instruct the Licensee to carry out a special inspection. Such an inspection will be carried out at a time scheduled in coordination with the Director.
 
50.5   The Director or the one authorized to do so will be allowed to carry out the inspections himself, using testing equipment placed at his disposal by the Licensee or using other testing equipment.
 
51.   Regular Inspections
 
    The Licensee will set up and operate a control system for regular, ongoing inspection of the proper functioning order of the Cellular System, and will also conduct on a regular basis, regular inspections of the Cellular System or any part thereof, according to need, in compliance with the testing program prescribed in the engineering plan.
 
52.   Inspections, Malfunctions and Maintenance Log

46


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
52.1   The Licensee will keep an inspections, malfunctions and maintenance log (hereinafter – maintenance log), in which the following details will be recorded in the course of each inspection and maintenance action:
  (1)   Date of inspection or maintenance action:
 
  (2)   Reason for inspection or maintenance action: periodical / regular/ special inspection, initiated by the Licensee or following a request by the Director /the subscriber/ or another;
 
  (3)   The means used in performing the inspection;
 
  (4)   The inspection’s findings and comparison with the technical specification requirements;
 
  (5)   If deficiencies were revealed in the inspection – specification of the measures and maintenance action taken by the Licensee or that it intends to take to rectify the deficiencies;
 
  (6)   In the case of a inspection or maintenance action due to a malfunction, the following details should be indicated:
    Date of receiving the complaint/discovering the malfunction;
 
    Duration of its occurrence;
 
    Manner of localization – according to complaint;
 
    Type of malfunction;
 
    Source and reason of malfunction;
 
    Steps taken to correct it;
 
    Date of repair.
52.2   The Licensee will hold the maintenance log at its offices and enable the Director or a representative authorized by him to peruse it at any time, to examine it or copy it in any manner.
 
53.   Repair of Deficiencies and Defects
 
53.1   The Director may notify the Licensee in writing of deficiencies and defects he found in the Cellular System, in its electrical performance level or in the level of radiation leakage from its installations to the spectrum, based on the inspections he conducted or based on inspection reports, documents and information provided to him by the concessionaire.
 
53.2   The Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the measures it must take in order to correct the deficiencies and defects revealed, as well as the dates for their execution.
 
53.3   In the event the Licensee received such a notice, it will notify the Director, within the time set for this purpose in the Director’s notice, of its reaction to that stated therein and the measures it has taken or intends to take to correct the deficiencies, defects or deviations.

47


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
54.   Maintenance System
 
    The Licensee will maintain a maintenance system and a stock of parts as detailed in Addendum C to the license, in order to ensure efficient, regular, ongoing servicing of the Cellular System.
Chapter E: Providing Cellphone Services to Subscribers
Part A: Entering into an Agreement with Subscribers
55.   Definition of Contract
 
    In this chapter:
“Contract” – The agreement between the Licensee and subscriber which was approved by the Minister and under which the Licensee provides its services to its subscribers. A2A2)
 
56.   The Contract and Its Approval
 
56.1   The Licensee will prepare a proposed wording for the standard contract that it intends to offer its subscribers, and will submit it for the Minister’s approval no later than three months before the date it plans to invite requests from the public to enter into an agreement with it, in order to receive its services.
 
56.2   The terms of the contract shall not contradict, expressly or implicitly, the provisions of any law or the license’s provisions.
 
56.3   The contract will be printed and laid out in a manner enabling clear and convenient reading, specifying prominently any term or limitation on the Licensee’s liability toward the subscriber. A copy of the Licensee’s rate schedule will be attached as an addendum to the agreement.
 
56.4   The Minister may approve the wording of the contract, in whole or in part, or to stipulate its approval on alterations the Licensee must make in the agreement’s wording or form. The Minister’s decision regarding approval of the contract will be given within 30 days of the date on which the agreement was submitted for his approval.
 
56.5   In the event the Minister did not approve the wording of the contract, in whole or in part, the Licensee will draw up a new agreement in lieu thereof, or will put in modifications according to the Minister’s request, within the time determined by the Minister.
 
56.6   Void. A2)
 
56.7   Only the contract approved by the Minister A2) will be used by the Licensee for the purpose of entering into an agreement with its subscribers. A copy of the approved contract will be attached to this license as part of Addendum D.
 
56.8   Void. A2)

48


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
57.   Modification of Contract
 
57.1   The Licensee may apply to the Minister, for reasons to be specified, to modify the existing contract. A2)
 
57.2   The Minister may ask the Licensee to modify the existing contract. A2)
 
57.3   A2) If the Minister approved the Licensee’s request to modify the existing contract as stated in Section 57.1 and the license was amended as approved by the Minister, or if the Minister requested that the Licensee modify the existing contract as stated in Section 57.2 and the license was amended as required, the engagement between the Licensee and the subscriber will be entered into from the same date under the amended contract.
 
57.4   That stated in this section does not derogate from the authority vested in the Minister by law to prescribe regulations or provisions in this license regarding telecommunications operations and telecommunications services.
 
58.   Entering into an Engagement with a Subscriber
 
58.1   The contract will be used by the Licensee for entering into an engagement with its subscribers.
 
58.2   Once an agreement has been signed between the Licensee and a subscriber, the Licensee will deliver a copy of the contract to the subscriber. IF the agreement includes addenda, the Licensee will attach a copy of the addenda to the agreement to be given to the subscriber.
 
59.   The Obligation of Connecting Applicants and the Prohibition on Stipulation
 
59.1   If the Licensee has met the terms for operating a Cellular System as stated in Section 44.2, the Licensee will connect any applicant to the Cellular System no later than the date set in the contract with the subscriber, unless the Director has authorized the Licensee not to connect the applicant, under circumstances he deems justified. A2)
 
59.2   The Licensee may not stipulate the connection of an applicant on unreasonable, discriminatory or unfair terms, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing:
  (A)   The Licensee may not require a subscriber to purchase end-user equipment from it or from its designee;
 
  (B)   The Licensee may not require the subscriber to receive maintenance services from it for the end-user equipment in the subscriber’s possession;

49


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (C)   The Licensee may not suspend or stipulate cellphone services, service conditions or a rate on the purchase of cellphone-end-user equipment from it or from any other.
59.3   Void. A1)

50


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part B: Service Level for Subscribers
60. A16)   Obligation of Maintaining the Service
 
60.1   The Licensee will put at the disposal of its subscribers all the services detailed in the First Schedule, in accordance with the terms detailed in the schedule, and will maintain all its services all year round, around the clock, both in times of calm and in times of an emergency, subject to Section 48, in accordance with the technical requirements and service quality requirements, in a proper and regular fashion, and of a quality no lower than that indicated by the service quality indexes specified in the first schedule to the license and in Addendum E to the Second Schedule to the license. In the event of a contradiction between the First Schedule and Addendum E to the license’s Second Schedule, the provisions of Addendum E to the Second Schedule will prevail.
 
60.2   Without derogating from that stated in Section 75.3, the Licensee will provide cellphone service and a service package, as this term is defined in Section 73A, to every applicant, under equal and non-discriminatory terms and at a non-discriminatory rate.
 
60.3   If the Director has found that the service package is liable to harm competition or the consumers, he will notify the Licensee thereof, indicating the date by which the Licensee must stop offering its subscribers the service package.
 
60.4   If the Licensee provides any cellphone service to any person or organization, for payment, the service must be available to any subscriber throughout the network coverage area, complying with the minimal requirements as regards service quality, without discrimination, within 24 months of the date of commencing provision of the service for payment.
 
60.5   The Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, allow the Licensee limitations on the provision of Section 60.4, after being convinced that there is a real difficulty in providing the service to anyone that requests it, and that the specific features of the service possess a unique and exceptional flavor justifying this.
 
61.   Service Offices
 
61.1   The Licensee will maintain and operate service offices and call centers as detailed in Addendum E.
 
61.2   The service offices will be used for receiving subscribers’ and applicants’ calls regarding cellphone services and incidental services, including with regard to service quality and handling of subscriber accounts.
 
61.3   The service offices will be open to receive the public all weekdays as specified in Addendum E, except on the regular rest days, as these are defined in the Governance and Judicial Procedures Ordinance, 1948.

51


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
61.4   The Licensee will publicize the address of the service offices and the ways of applying to them. The Licensee will notify the Director and its subscribers of the address of the service offices and of any change in the address.
 
62.   Obligation of Maintenance
 
62.1   The Licensee is responsible for the maintenance of the Cellular System.
 
62.2   If a subscriber purchases cellphone-end-user equipment from the Licensee or from its designee, and the purchase agreement included maintenance services, the concessionaire will be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-equipment, however the concessionaire will not be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment beyond the maintenance period undertaken by the manufacturer, unless agreed otherwise between it and the subscriber. A2)
 
62.3   If, in order to receive cellphone services, the subscriber used cellphone-end-user equipment not purchased from the Licensee or from its designee, the Licensee is not obligated to look out for the maintenance of this end-user equipment, but may enter into an agreement with the subscriber for providing maintenance services also for said equipment.
 
63.   Repair of Malfunctions
 
63.1   The Licensee will maintain a regular service for handling subscribers’ calls concerning problems with receiving cellphone services, and to this end will operate centers for receiving messages from subscribers all year round (excluding Yom Kippur), and 24 hours a day (hereinafter – call center).
 
63.2   Without derogating from the generality of that stated in Section 63.1, the Licensee will operate the call center in a manner enabling the receipt of complaints from subscribers via telephone, in all pertaining to the Licensee’s services.
 
63.3   The call center will be manned by skilled and professional personnel, having the appropriate competence for handling problems, and if a complaint has been received regarding a malfunction that led to disruption of the service or regarding poor reception quality, said personnel will act immediately to localize the malfunction and start taking measures to correct it, as detailed in Addendum E.
 
63.4   The Licensee will repair any malfunction for which a notification was received at the call center, within the response time detailed in Addendum E. If identification or repair of the malfunction necessitates a visit at the subscriber’s site, the Licensee will coordinate the repair date in advance with the subscriber, provided that the length of time the subscriber has to wait on said date does not exceed 4 hours.
 
63.5   The Director may, at the Licensee’s request, extend the repair time for the malfunction if he deems that the time required for its repair exceeds that stated in this section, provided that the time is not extended by more than 5 days from the date on which the malfunction

52


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
    occurred. If the Licensee applied to the Director for extension of the malfunction repair time as stated, and no approval was given yet, the Licensee will continue to work to repair the malfunction at the soonest possible.
 
63.6   The Licensee will specify in the maintenance log the details of the malfunction and the steps taken to repair it, all as stated in Section 52.
 
64.   End-user equipment – Selling and Renting
 
    The Licensee may sell or rent out to its subscribers cellphone-end-user equipment for the purpose of linkup to the Cellular System, provided it complies with the following:
  (A)   The Licensee has notified the subscriber that he may purchase cellphone-end-user equipment from any licensed marketer and that he does not have to buy the equipment from the Licensee in order to receive cellphone services;
 
  (B)   The Licensee will not stipulate the provision of maintenance services for cellphone-end-user equipment on the very receipt of cellphone services from the Licensee, and will notify the subscriber that he may receive maintenance service for end-user equipment, from any person, including the end-user equipment purchased or rented from the Licensee.
65.   Public Emergency Services
 
65.1 A21)   The Licensee will enable, anytime and at no charge, to all its subscribers free and rapid access to public emergency services such as: Magen David Adom, the Israel Police and the Fire Station.
 
65A A21)   Blocking Service to a Nuisance Subscriber
 
65.1A   Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1, the Licensee will block a nuisance subscriber’s access to the public emergency service. If blockage of public emergency service alone is not technically possible, then the Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber’s access to all the cellphone services. As regards this section, a “ nuisance subscriber ” denotes a subscriber who has contacted a certain emergency center, for no justifiable reason, more than 10 times during one whole day, using the end-user equipment in his possession.
 
65.2A   A notice regarding a nuisance subscriber will be submitted in writing to the Licensee by a senior employee in the public emergency service (hereinafter – the employee) and will be corroborated by an affidavit signed by the employee (hereinafter – the complaint). The complaint will include, inter alia, the name of the nuisance subscriber, his telephone number, insofar as these are known to the complainant, as well as a specification of the contact times of the nuisance subscriber, and the content of the call showing that the contact was made without any justifiable reason. If the complaint does not include the telephone number of the nuisance subscriber, the Licensee will act in a reasonable fashion, to identify the nuisance subscriber based on the data provided in the complaint.

53


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
65.3A   The Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber’s access to the emergency service as stated in Section 65.1A, after giving the nuisance subscriber advance warning. The notice will be given 3 workdays before the date of service blockage, in one of the following ways:
  A.   A phone call from a service center of the Licensee to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;
 
  B.   An SMS message sent to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;
 
  C.   Delivery of a registered letter to the subscriber, except for one who is a prepaid subscriber and his address is unknown.
65.4A   Blockage of service to a nuisance subscriber who is a prepaid subscriber whose address is unknown will be done no later than one full day from the time of receiving a complaint or identification as stated in Section 65.2A.
 
65.5A   Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1A, the Licensee will not block the public emergency service to a subscriber, if the circumstances of contacting, as these emerge from the explanation given by the subscriber to the Licensee, show that the contacting was justified and that he should not be deemed a nuisance subscriber. The Licensee will forward to the Director, within 10 workdays from the date of receiving the complaint or the identification as stated in Section 65.2A, the arguments for not blocking the nuisance subscriber.
 
65.6A   In the event it blocked the nuisance subscriber’s access to emergency calls, the Licensee may collect from the subscriber all his debts, and may also collect payment from him for removing the block.
 
65.7A   The Licensee may remove the block once the nuisance subscriber has given it a written undertaking not to repeat his nuisance calls in the future.
 
65.8A   The Licensee will keep records of how the nuisance subscriber was identified, how the notice was given to the nuisance subscriber, or, alternatively, in a case where a notice was not given the nuisance subscriber, the reasoning for not giving the notice. Likewise, a record will be kept concerning the removal of the block.
 
65.9A   The Licensee will specify, in the framework of the applicants and subscribers report as stated in Section 104(B), the number of nuisance subscribers whose access to the public emergency service or to all the cellphone services was blocked under this section, and the subscribers for whom said block was removed, as well as the number of subscribers that were not blocked under this section and the reasons for this.
 
66. A16)   Protecting Subscriber Privacy
 
66.1   Without derogating from the provisions of the Law, The Wiretapping Law, 1979, The Privacy Protection Law, 1981, or any other law concerning the safeguarding of an individual’s privacy, the Licensee may not wiretap the telephone or any other communication of the subscriber without the written permission of the subscriber, except

54


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
    for the purpose of controlling the quality and standard of the service or for preventing frauds.
 
66.2   Subject to that stated in Section 66A, the Licensee, its workers, agents and designees may not disclose lists or documents containing the name and address of a subscriber or any other information pertaining to him, including account details, phone call traffic, call durations and destinations, to any person whatsoever except to the subscriber or to anyone empowered by the subscriber for this purpose.
 
66.3   Notwithstanding that stated in Section 66.2, the Licensee may do the following:
  (A)   To give the subscriber’s details to another licensee for the purpose of collecting monies owed him by the subscriber in respect of services it provided him through the network, provided that the information relayed is necessary fro collecting monies and preparing bills, and the other licensee has undertaken to safeguard the subscribers’ privacy;
 
  (B)   To transfer a subscribers’ details to another, insofar as the particulars are in its possession, by lawful authority.
66A. T3)   Special Services for the Security Forces
  (A)   The Licensee will provide special services to the security forces as detailed in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum I and in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum L A12) .
 
  (A1) A12)   The Licensee will enable the security forces, regarding which the Director informed in writing, to realize, subject to any law, their powers with respect to any telecommunications activity in the framework of the license, and will be responsible for the maintenance, proper functioning, and technological adaptation of the equipment and infrastructure required for realizing said execution capability, all in coordination with the security forces, as detailed in Addenda I and L. The security forces will bear the payment under the provisions of Section 13 of the Law.
 
  (B)   The Licensee will see to it that Addenda I and L are guarded A12) in accordance with the provisions of the procedure for safeguarding records to be laid down by the Licensee in conjunction with the security officer of the “General Security Service.”
 
  (C)   The Licensee will be exempt from the duty of indemnification toward the State, by virtue of the provisions of Section 91.2 of the general license and/or by virtue of any law, in respect of the very execution of the special services for the security forces.
66B. A12)   Security Provisions
  (A)   The Licensee will appoint a security supervisor in accordance with the provisions of the Security Arrangement in Public Bodies Law, 1998, and rigorously follow the security provisions detailed in the Addendum M to the license.
 
T3)   Amendment No. 3

55


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (B)   The Licensee will establish appropriate provisions in the incorporation documents and in its regulations, and will act in such manner so that only a person who meets the conditions set out below will be appointed and serve in a position or function enumerated in Addendum M to the license:
  (1)   An Israeli citizen, as this term is defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952, and a resident of Israel;
 
  (2)   Was given security clearance by the General Security Service, by which there is no prevention to his serving as stated.
  (C)   The Licensee will act to safeguard the secrecy of the security forces’ operations, and act according to the security directives of those same security forces, including in the matter of the appropriate security classification for officers and holders of important functions working for the Licensee, and compartmentalization of knowledge pertaining to activities involving the security forces.
 
  (D)   The Licensee will take the measures necessary to protect the network, its components and the databases used for providing services, and for operating and controlling the network in the face of activities carried out by unauthorized entities, according to the provisions detailed in Addendum M to the license.
67.   Bills to Subscribers
 
67.1 A16)   A bill that the Licensee submits to the subscriber should be clear, succinct, readable and understandable. The bill should contain an accurate breakdown of the components of the payment required according to the types of payments and the rules specified in Chapter F.
 
67.2   A credit due a subscriber from the Licensee will be included in the successive bill immediately after the subscriber’s right to the aforesaid credit has been established.
 
67.3   The Licensee may collect payments for his services from the subscriber through another, including through Bezeq.
 
67.4 A34)   (A) Without derogating from the rest of the license provisions pertaining to the manner of preparing the bill for the subscriber and to the manner of debiting, the Licensee will act in compliance with Israel Standard 5262, concerning debiting credibility and due disclosure in telephone bills (hereinafter – “the Standard”).
  (B)   Subsection (A) constitutes a “service condition,” as concerns Section 37B(a)(1) of the Law.
 
  (C)   Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (A) -
  (1)   Regarding the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, the rounding off method will apply as follows:

56


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (a)   An amount in the bill will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in two digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five tenths of an agora (three digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.
 
  (b)   An amount to be paid for a single call will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in three digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five hundredths of an agora (four digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.
  (2)   The Licensee may present any amount included in the bill with a breakdown exceeding that required by the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, provided the rounding off method stated in Subsection (C)(1) above will apply thereto.
 
  (3)   The price of a phone call (voice) that includes a changing rate, will be presented in the bill submitted to the subscriber as an average price per minute, computed by dividing the payment amount for that same call by the its total number of minutes.
 
      In this paragraph, “changing rate” denotes a rate that varies in the course of the call according to various criteria, such as a rate that diminishes with increasing consumption, or a rate that varies due to a transition from a “peak period” to a “slack period” in the course of the call or vice versa.
 
  (4)   In addition to that stated in the provision of the last part of Section 2.2.4 of the Standard regarding service packages, the bill will contain a breakdown of the services included in the package, along with the overall rate paid for the package as a whole.
 
      In this paragraph, “service package” denotes several services marketed to the subscriber as a single package, in return for an overall rate (and without a breakdown of the payment for each component separately).
 
  (D)   (1)   Chapter B in the Standard concerning due disclosure in telephone bills will come into effect no later than Friday, October 14, 2005.
  (2)   Chapter C in the Standard regarding debiting credibility will come into effect no later than Sunday, January 14, 2006.
67A. A16)   Information Service for Clarifying Telephone Numbers T39)
 
67.1A   Without derogating from the provisions of Section 66, the Licensee will provide, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of anyone who is a subscriber of a NDO or of a Cellular System operator, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber (hereinafter – “information service”), as follows:
 
A39)   Amendment No. 39

57


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (A)   For the general public and at no charge, via a website through which the service will be provided;
 
  (B)   For its subscribers, at a reasonable price, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a network access code set by the Director;
 
  (C)   The information service will be given through each of the aforesaid means based on the same information characteristics to be provided by the subscriber applying to receive the service.
67.2A   Without derogating from that stated in Section 67.1A, the Licensee will provide to the general public and at no charge, by itself or through another, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of any subscriber, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a national access code set by the Director.
 
67.3A   In addition to that stated in Sections 67.1A and 67.2A, the Licensee may offer, at a reasonable price, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service, by any other means, including by means of a national access code or by means of an SMS.
 
67.4A   In order to execute that stated in Subsections 67.1A and 67.3A:
  (A)   The Licensee may send a query on its behalf to any database of a NDO or cellular system operator (hereinafter – “another licensee”), or to receive information from the database of another licensee by any other method and with the consent of the other licensee, all subject to the duty of safeguarding the subscriber’s privacy;
 
  (B)   In order for an information service to be provided by another licensee under its general license, the Licensee will enable any other licensee access to the Licensee’s database;
 
  (C)   The Licensee will update the database on a regular basis, so that each name, address or telephone number of a subscriber that was added, altered or removed, will be updated in the database within one workday following execution of the update in the Licensee’s system being used to provide telephony services.
 
      As regards this section –
“Database” denotes a collection of data including the name, address and telephone number of any subscriber that is not ID-restricted, including a subscriber that is a business.
67.5A  (A)     The Licensee will request the consent of each new subscriber for including his details in the database. If the subscriber gives his consent, the Licensee will include his details in the database.
  (B)   The Licensee will grant the first request of any subscriber who wishes to remain ID-restricted, free of charge.
 
      In this subsection, a “new subscriber” denotes a subscriber who has signed a contract with the Licensee after the commencement date as stated in Section 67.7A.
67.6A   (A)   The terms for providing an information service for clarifying telephone numbers, given under Section 67A, will be established by the Licensee, provided they are fair and non-discriminatory, including as regards the order of the data presented to the

58


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
    user of the service. The service will be given twenty four (24) hours a day, all year round, except for Yom Kippur. In this subsection, “order of the data presented” – Insofar as the answer to the service user’s query comprises several different data, the requested data will be presented to the service user in random order.
  (B)   The response in respect of the information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.2A will be given within a reasonable time. If the Director sees that the waiting times for the service are not reasonable, he may establish response time indexes.
 
  (D)   An information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.1A(B) and an information service using a phone center, the access to which is effected by means of a national access code as stated in Section 67.3A, will comply with the service indexes specified below:
  (1)   At any time, in the event of a heavy service call load 6 , the number of inquirers receiving service should not be less than 90%;
 
  (2)   The average waiting period of a caller until the start of receiving service 7 should not exceed 30 seconds;
 
  (3)   The maximum waiting period for a caller until the start of receiving the service should not exceed 60 seconds.
67.7A   Section 67A will go into effect on February 8, 2007 (“the commencement date”), except for Subsection 67.2A that will go into effect at the time of signing this amendment.
 
67.8A   The Licensee, by itself or through another, including together with another licensee, will advertise all the information services for clarifying telephone numbers given free of charge by the Licensee, as well as the national access codes allocated to the cellular service licensees for providing the service (hereinafter – “free information services”). The advertising should include at least the following:
  (A)   The Licensee’s website;
 
  (B)   At least once every half year, the Licensee will attach, in the framework of the bill submitted to the subscriber, a separate information sheet and a magnetic sticker regarding the free information services, which will not include any other information, starting from the first bill submitted to the subscriber following the commencement date.
(C)At least four (4) times during the first year following the commencement date, the Licensee will run large, prominent ads in at least the 3 largest Hebrew language newspapers, and in the largest newspaper in Arabic, in English and in Russian, as well as in the largest economic newspaper. These ads will include no other information. The first ad in all the aforesaid newspapers, except for the economic newspaper, will be on the first Friday after the commencement date or on the following one, and in the economic newspaper it will run on the first Tuesday after the commencement date or on the following one, regarding the free information services.
 
6   Busy Hour Call Attempts
 
7   Start of receiving service – the beginning of the response by a center operator or of an IVR system, which ask the inquirer for the information needed to find the requested phone number and the like.

59


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Without derogating from the foregoing, the Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the manner and format for advertising the information services.
67B. A16)   Operating the Service
 
67.1B   The Licensee will provide a basic telephone service, an incidental service and an value added service, at the time and of a service standard as detailed in the First Schedule.
 
67.2B   The Licensee must present to the Director, no later than thirty (30) workdays before setting in operation for the first time the service described in the First Schedule, a notice regarding the intention to start providing the service.
 
67.3B   If the Licensee wishes to provide a service that is not included in the First Schedule (hereinafter in this section – new service), it will notify the Director thereof in writing thirty (30) workdays before the date on which it intends to start providing the new service. The Licensee will attach to its notice a document containing a concise description of the new service, the manner of its provision, the rate it intends to collect for it, and also the service standard indexes it intends to meet.
 
67.4B   The Director may notify the Licensee within thirty (30) workdays of the date of receiving the notice as stated in Section 67.3B, that providing the new service entails the fulfillment of conditions that the Licensee must fulfill before starting to provide the new service or thereafter, and he may order the Licensee to avoid from providing the new service, providing the reasons for his notice. If the Director has not notified the Licensee as aforesaid, the Licensee may provide the new service thirty (30) workdays after the date of notifying the Director.
 
67.5B   Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 67.2B, 67.3B and 67.4B, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee to commence providing the service even before thirty (30) workdays have elapsed from the date a notice was given by the Licensee.
 
67.6B   Any new service that the Licensee has started to provide as stated in Section 67.4B will be deemed part of the First Schedule. The First Schedule will be updated from time to time by the Director.
 
67C. A16)   Service Dossier
 
    Notwithstanding that stated in Section 67B, the Director may request the Licensee to prepare a service dossier for each of its services, in a format and at a time set by the Director in his request. The service dossier will include, inter alia, documents describing the service and the manner of its provision, and presenting its rates and the service quality standards relating to it. Each such service dossier will be submitted to the Director for his approval, following which it will publicized in the extent and manner determined by the Director. The Director may instruct at any time that approval of a service dossier is a condition for the provision of any service. As to rates not set in the regulations, the Director’s approval of a service dossier will not be deemed approval of the rate’s reasonableness.

60


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
67D. A24)   Erotic Service
 
    An erotic service provided through the network, will be provided in accordance with the provisions of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.
 
    As regards this section –
“Erotic service” – as defined in Section 1 of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.

61


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part C: Termination, Delay or Restriction of Service
68.   Definitions
 
    In this part –
“Disconnection of service” – Temporary discontinuation of cellular system service to a subscriber;
 
    “Termination of service” – Absolute discontinuation of cellular system services to a subscriber.
 
69.   Prohibition on the Termination or Disconnection of Service
 
    The Licensee may not terminate or disconnect cellular system services and other services, which the Licensee must provide under this license, unless that stated in this part is fulfilled, or that stated in Section 48.
 
70.   Disconnection of Service at Subscriber’s Request
 
70.1   A subscriber may ask the Licensee for a temporary disconnection of service for a period no less than thirty days and no longer than ninety days (hereinafter – disconnection period). The subscriber’s request will be made in writing, and may be done through the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession, provided that the Licensee has verified the request’s credibility by a return call to the subscriber’s cellular system end-user equipment or by any other reliable way.
 
70.2   The Licensee will effect the disconnection of service no later than the workday following the day of the request’s submittal.
 
70.3   The Licensee will resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in the subscriber’s possession at the end of the disconnection period. If the subscriber requests, in a written notice, to resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession before the end of the disconnection period, the Licensee will resume the services no later than the workday following the day on which the subscriber’s notice was submitted.
 
71.   Termination of Service at the Subscriber’s Request
 
71.1   A subscriber may request in writing from the Licensee the termination of service to the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession.
 
71.2   The Licensee will terminate the provision of cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in the subscriber’s possession no later than the workday following the date specified by the subscriber in his notice. If the subscriber did not specify a date, the termination of service will be done no later than the workday following the day on which the notice was received by the Licensee.
 
71.3 A2)   Notwithstanding that stated in Section 71.2, the Licensee may disconnect service to the subscriber without prior notice with the fulfillment of one of the following:

62


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (A)   The subscriber did not pay for the third time during the same year the bill in respect of the payments he was charged for cellular system services on the date set therefor in the payment notice. In this section, “year” denotes the period from January 1 to December 31;
 
  (B)   There is reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the subscriber’s end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user equipment;
 
  (C)   the Licensee found that the subscriber used the cellular system services in an unusual amount for that type of subscriber, and after the Licensee’s service center contacted the subscriber in a phone call placed to the end-user equipment in his possession, and the subscriber did not give a reasonable explanation for said anomaly. As regards this paragraph, consumption will not be deemed unusual when less than threefold the average consumption for the same type of subscribers.
71. A2)   The Licensee may disconnect service to a subscriber if it has found that the end-user equipment in the subscriber’s possession, through which the subscriber receives cellular system services, causes interference with the provision of cellular system services to other subscribers or interference with the cellular system activity, provided that the Licensee gave the subscriber a notice in writing of at least 21 days prior to the expected disconnection date. The notice will specify the reason for the expected disconnection and state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within an amount of time to be set in the notice, to repair the end-user equipment in such manner as to prevent said interference.
 
72.   Termination or Disconnection of Service Due to Breach of Agreement
 
72.1   The Licensee A16) may terminate or disconnect the service to a subscriber if one of the following is fulfilled:
  (A)   The subscriber did not pay a payment he owes in respect of service he received, on the date set for its defrayal in his contract with the Licensee;
 
  (B)   The subscriber breached a condition in the contract between him and the Licensee, which was established as a material condition;
 
  (C)   The subscriber used unlawfully or allowed another to use as aforesaid the end-user equipment in his possession.
72.2   Service to a subscriber will not be terminated or disconnected in the cases detailed in Section 72.1(A) and (B), except after the Licensee gives the subscriber a notice in writing at least 10 days prior to the expected termination or disconnection date. The notice will state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within the time set in the notice, to rectify the act or default, in respect of which the service will be terminated or disconnected.
 
73.   Disconnection of Service Due to Maintenance Operations

63


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
73.1   The Licensee may temporarily disconnect or restrict services that it is obligated to provide (hereinafter – disconnection due to maintenance), if the need to carry out vital cellular system maintenance or setup operations necessitates this, provided the following are fulfilled:
  (A)   The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed twelve (12) consecutive hours;
 
  (B)   The number of disconnections due to maintenance does not exceed two (2) during a single year;
 
  (C)   Void. A2)
73.2   The Director may ask the Licensee for a detailed explanation regarding the circumstances necessitating disconnection due to maintenance, and may ask the Licensee to postpone said disconnection if he came to the realization, after considering the Licensee’s contentions, that a vital public interest necessitates such a postponement.
 
73.3   If due to the need to carry out vital maintenance or setup operations in the cellular system requires disconnection of service exceeding 12 hours, the Licensee will ask in advance for the Director’s approval. The request will specify the maintenance operations required and the actions taken by the Licensee to speed up these operations and reduce, inasmuch as possible, the duration of the service disconnection.
 
73.4   Void. A2)
 
73.5   If disconnection or restriction of service is required urgently for the purpose of carrying out immediate, vital operations, the Licensee will notify the Director forthwith, including by phone, cable or fax, regarding the urgent disconnection or restriction. The Licensee will notify its subscribers about the aforesaid urgent disconnection or restriction, as early as possible, including via the public address system operating through the cellular system, insofar as this is possible, as well as through the public media.
 
73.6   Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 73.1 and 73.4, the Licensee does not have to notify the Director or the subscribers about disconnection due to maintenance, when the following are fulfilled:
  (A)   The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed half an hour;
 
  (B)   Disconnection due to maintenance is being done between 24:00 Saturday night and 05:00 Sunday morning the following day.
Such a disconnection will not be counted in the number of disconnections as required under Section 73.1(B).

64


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER F – PAYMENT FOR SERVICES A8)
Part A – General
73A.   Definitions
 
    In this chapter –
         
“Licensee”
    Anyone to whom the Minister has granted, in accordance with the Law, a general or special license;
 
       
“Airtime”
    Duration of the time in which a subscriber receives cellular services, whether the connection is initiated by the subscriber or by someone else;
 
       
“Airtime unit” A31A31)
    Time unit of 12 seconds at the most, but starting from Thursday, 1 January 2009, a time unit of 1 second.
 
       
“Package of services”
    Several services sold to a subscriber as a package, for which a rate has been set as specified in section 75.2.
 
       
“Public telecommunications network”
    Including an international telecommunications system.
 
       
“Payment for completion of a call”
    Payment made by the initiator of a call which began on end-user equipment connected to one public telecommunications network and ended on another public telecommunications network, or on end-user equipment connected to such a public telecommunications network, for completing the call on the other public telecommunications network.
74.   Payment Categories
 
    The Licensee may collect from its subscribers payments for Cellular services, as follows:
  (a)   A onetime installation fee for connecting mobile or portable end-user equipment held by the subscriber to the Cellular system, including issuance of a smart (SIM) card to the subscriber, or a onetime registration fee (hereinafter – connection fee);
 
  (b)   A fixed payment;
 
  (c)   Payment for airtime as specified in section 75A;
 
  (d)   Payment for completion of a call as specified in section 75A;

65


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (e)   Payment for basic telephone services, related services and value added services, detailed in the First Schedule to the License;

66


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part B – Setting and Publication of Rates
75.   Setting the Rates and Their Amount
 
75.1   The Licensee shall fix a rate for every service and package of services provided by it to its subscribers, and it may determine the manner of linkage of the rate to the index. The Licensee shall notify the Director of the amount of each rate, before the rate comes into effect.
 
75.2   The Licensee may designate packages of services according to types of services included in the package or time periods or by any other method. The Licensee may set a separate rate for each of the services included in the package or set a general rate for the package.
 
75.3   The Licensee shall offer each package of services at equal terms and at a uniform rate according to categories of subscribers; For purposes of this section, “category of subscribers” – A16) a group of subscribers whose attributes provide reasonable justification for distinguishing it from another group.
 
75.4   The Licensee shall allow any subscriber, without discrimination, to switch from one package of services to another that is being offered by it at the time. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. In the framework of this provision it may set times when it is permissible to make such a switch and it may set conditions, including payment terms, for implementing the switch.
 
75.5   If the Licensee contracts with the subscriber in regard to a certain package of services, and the contract includes a condition whereby the subscriber commits to a certain contract period (hereinafter – the commitment period), the package of services, its rates and conditions shall be known and fixed in advance for the entire commitment period. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. The Licensee may set, for a package of services, different rates that will apply during the commitment period.
 
75.6   The Licensee may not condition a contract with a subscriber or a subscriber’s switch from one package of service to another on the purchase of value added services or end-user equipment from the Licensee.
 
75.7   A package of services in which a payment in installments is set for end-user equipment or for one of the services, shall include also a payment arrangement in the event that the subscriber wishes to be released from that package or to switch from that package to another package of services, according to the outstanding balance of the payments due from the subscriber or according to the remainder of the commitment period.
 
75.8   (a) The Licensee may not collect from a subscriber payment for a call when the call was not initiated by the subscriber (hereinafter – uninitiated call).
  (b)   Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an uninitiated call in the following cases:
  (1)   Call transferred to the subscriber by means of a roaming service;

67


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  (2)   Collect call to which the subscriber has given his agreement;
 
  (3)   Call created by dialing a service number containing the access code 1-800, that was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with him;
 
  (4)   The subscriber’s share in a call created by dialing a service number containing the access code 1-700 (split debit), that was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with him.
75.9 A18)   Inception
  (a)   The Licensee may collect from a subscriber who initiates a call by means of access code 1-800, whose destination is on another licensee’s network, a lower rate than the one applying to the subscriber for a call not initiated through such an access code, provided it does not exceed the amount set by agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee, and in the absence of such agreement – does not exceed the amount set by the Minister 2 .
 
  (b)   That stated in subsection (a) shall not apply to calls destined for 1-800 numbers with a special numbering format that were allocated to the international operators for the purpose of providing international telecommunication message services, as this term is defined in the international operator’s license A) .
75.10   The payment for airtime will be determined in the manner set out below:
  (a)   The payment for airtime will be determined according to an airtime unit A31) ; For the purpose of calculating the payment, a part of an airtime unit shall be deemed the same as a whole airtime unit.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may offer its subscribers a package of services based on another time unit, provided the subscriber is entitled at any time to switch to a package of services based on debiting according to an airtime unit A31) . The Licensee may set a payment for implementing the switch. The Licensee shall include in the contract a provision as stated, and shall specify therein the payment entailed in implementing the switch.
 
  (c)   The duration of the call for payment purposes is from the moment the connection is established between the subscriber who initiated the connection (hereinafter – the calling subscriber) and the subscriber receiving the call, until the moment when the call is terminated, which is the moment when an instruction to terminate the connection is received from the calling subscriber or from the subscriber receiving the call; The duration of the connection setup time, until the moment the
 
Inception   The inception of section 75.9 is on December 15, 2002.
 
2   On November 26, 2002, the Minister issued a directive prescribing as follows: For a call originating in a cellular network and destined for a Bezeq subscriber for a 1-800 service Bezeq will transfer to the cellular licensee a sum of 22 agorot per minute (excluding VAT); Bezeq may collect this amount from the 1-800 subscriber; In addition, the cellular licensee will collect from its subscriber, who initiated the call, a sum not exceeding 22 agorot per minute (excluding VAT).
 
A)   Simultaneous two-directional voice transfer and simultaneous transfer of fax messages, in an international telecommunications system.

68


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
      connection is established, and the duration of the disconnection time, from the moment the instruction to terminate the connection is received until it is actually implemented, is not included in the count of the duration of the call.
 
      In this regard, subscriber receiving the call – including a voice mailbox.
 
      “Voice mailbox” – an installation or device forming part of the cellular system, designed to enable the calling subscriber to leave a voice message for the called subscriber A40) .
 
  (d)   A40) Regarding a call that is transferred to a voice mailbox, the Licensee shall play to the calling subscriber an introductory voice message, lasting at least 2 seconds (in this subsection – “message” ), and will enable the calling subscriber, at his option, to disconnect the call without any debit, in the course of the message, or within a reasonable time being not less than one second after the end of the message ( “reasonable time” ). In such case, the moment of establishing the connection with the subscriber receiving the call, within the meaning of subsection (c) above, will be deemed to occur at the end of the reasonable time.
 
      The wording of the message will be: “The call is being transferred to a voice mailbox,” and it will be articulated clearly and at a reasonable speed. In this subsection, “call transferred to a voice mailbox” – excluding a call originating in an international telecommunications system.
75A.   A25) Completion of a Call in Another Public Telecommunications Network
 
    The payment for completion of a call to be collected by the Licensee shall not exceed the interconnection rate specified in the Telecommunications Regulations (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.
 
75B.   A2A25) Completion of an SMS on Another Public Telecommunications Network
 
    The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is being transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee, a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.
 
    For purposes of this section –
 
    “SMS” – telecommunications messages comprised of writing, including signs or symbols, transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network, to end-user equipment that is connected to the network or to a cellular system of another cellular licensee.
 
75C.   A27) Temporary Order

69


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
    Notwithstanding that stated in section 75B, for the period beginning May 9, 2004 and ending February 9, 2005 A29) , the following provisions shall apply:
  (a)   The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is destined for end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee (hereinafter – “inter-network SMS”) a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000, less a rate of 0.7% 8 ;
 
  (b)   The Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an inter-network SMS as stated in subsection (a), even if its transfer to the called subscriber was not completed.
76.   Publication of Rates
 
76.1   The Licensee shall provide to anyone so requesting, at the service offices and at the call centers, free of charge, full and detailed information concerning the up-to-date rates for all its services, including the payment for completion of a call; The Director may instruct the Licensee concerning the manner and format of publication of the rates.
 
76.2   The Licensee shall indicate in every account sent to a subscriber the package of services according to which the subscriber is being debited.
 
76.3   The Director may request to receive from the Licensee at any time details of the rates charged by it.
 
77.   Provision in a Contract
 
77.1   The Licensee shall indicate in the contract with the subscriber the package of services that was agreed upon with the subscriber and the rates and terms thereof.
 
77.2   The Licensee shall include in every contract a provision stating that the rates specified for the package of services appended to the contract will remain in force throughout the commitment period, and that they were set based on the provisions of the license, which can be perused by any subscriber at the Licensee’s service offices.
 
8   The 0.7% reduction is based on a report received from some cellular operators concerning the rate of inter-network SMS messages that did not reach their destination. Section 75C was enacted as an temporary order, with the cellular operators to make the necessary adjustments in the cellular systems and in the interconnection arrangements between them to enable full implementation of section 75B of their license. To remove doubt, it is clarified that this temporary order was enacted only for a limited time, owing to difficulties that were pointed out by the cellular operators concerning the possibility of receiving information about non-completion of an SMS on another cellular network; However, beyond this, nothing may be inferred from this temporary arrangement concerning permission to collect payment for an SMS that was not transferred to its destination, and said arrangement does not detract from the Ministry’s basic position according to which, in general, no payment may be collected for a telecommunications service that was not realized.

70


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
77.3   Provisions as stated in sections 75.4, 75.5, 75.10(b) and 80.2 shall be included in every contract with the subscriber.
 
77A.   Fraud Prevention
 
77A.1   The Licensee shall take suitable and reasonable steps to prevent fraud and shall maintain a control and follow-up system for verifying, to the extent possible, that the calls for which the subscriber is being debited were actually made from end-user equipment connected to the Licensee’s cellular system in the subscriber’s name.
 
77A.2   The Licensee shall disconnect the service to the subscriber’s end-user equipment after receiving at the service offices the subscriber’s notification that the end-user equipment was lost or stolen, or that there is a possibility that someone else is making calls through the end-user equipment without having received permission to do so; The subscriber may give such a notification by telephone or in writing, including by fax or email; Upon receipt of a telephone notification or immediately after receipt of a written notification, the Licensee shall verify its reliability and disconnect the service.
 
77A.3   The Licensee shall cooperate with other licensees in locating and preventing fraud.

71


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part C – Changes in the Rates
78.   Change in the Rates
 
    Subject to that stated in section 75, the Licensee may change a rate that was set by it, provided it submits to the Director a written notice giving details of the new rate, before such rate goes into effect; For purposes of this section, “change” – any change in a rate resulting in an increase or reduction in the payment which a subscriber is required to pay for cellular services.
 
79.   Start of an Increase or Reduction in a Rate
 
    In case of an increase or reduction in any rate for cellular services according to the provisions of the license, such increase or reduction shall not apply to payments made for such a service prior to the starting date of the increase or the reduction; An increase or reduction shall apply only to cellular services provided to a subscriber after the date of the increase or reduction; This section shall not apply to a rate adjustment ordered by the Minister under section 83(A).
 
80.   Arrears in Payment
 
80.1   The Licensee may debit a subscriber arrears interest, linkage differences and collection costs on payments for cellular services which were not paid by a subscriber on their stipulated payment date, in a payment notice sent to the subscriber, according to the contract between them A33) (hereinafter – the payment date).
 
80.2   The Licensee shall indicate in the contract with the subscriber the amount of the arrears interest, linkage differences and collection costs.
 
80.3   The amount of the arrears interest shall not exceed the rate specified in the definition of “linkage differences and interest” in section 1 of the Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, plus linkage differences for the period between the stipulated payment date and the actual payment date of the specified amount.
 
80.4   A33) The Licensee may debit a subscriber collection costs on a payment for a service which it provided to the subscriber, which was not paid on the payment date (hereinafter – the amount of the debt), provided at least fourteen (14) days have elapsed from the payment date, excluding a case of nonpayment due to the bank’s or the credit-card company’s refusal to pay a debit for the collection of which the Licensee received an authorization; The amount of the collection costs to be collected by the Licensee shall be reasonable and in proportion to the amount of the debt and the actions which the Licensee must take in order to collect it.: In this regard, “collection costs” – including legal handling by the Licensee or someone acting on its behalf, of the collection of the amount of the debt before application is made to the courts.

72


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part D – Miscellaneous
81.   Onetime Debit for Connection Fee
 
    If the Licensee decides to collect a connection fee as defined in section 74(A), it may debit a subscriber a connection fee only for the connection of the subscriber for the first time to the cellular network and the provision of the cellular services, or for a connection after the termination of a service under section 71 or the termination or disconnection of a service under section 72.
 
82.   Collection of Subscription Fee in Installments
 
    The Licensee may collect the connection fee as stated in section 81 for connection to the cellular system in a number of installments, at the times agreed upon with the subscriber and in the amount specified in the contract.
 
83.   Harm to Competition or to Consumers
  (a)   If the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is contrary to the provisions of the License, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate and shall act to refund the excess amount, if any, which a subscriber was debited according to the rate prior to its correction.
 
  (b)   If the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is unreasonable or is liable to harm competition or the consumers, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate

73


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER G: PAYMENTS FROM THE LICENSEE, LIABILITY, INSURANCE AND GUARANTEE
Part A – Royalties and Payments A16)
84.   Royalties
 
84.1   The Licensee shall pay royalties as prescribed in the Telecommunications Regulations (Royalties), 2001, or in any other regulations replacing them (hereinafter – “the Royalties Regulations” ).
 
84.2   To every payment of royalties under this section the Licensee shall attach two copies of an unaudited quarterly income report, signed by the Licensee and certified by an accountant; The report shall contain a detailed calculation of the liable income according to the Royalties Regulations, and any other particular on which the Licensee based the amount of the royalties.
 
84.3   Upon the submission of an annual income report audited and signed by the Licensee’s accountant (hereinafter: “the audited report” ), the Licensee shall submit a report, prepared by quarters, setting out the adjustment between the income on which it paid royalties, and the income appearing in the audited report (hereinafter – “the adjustment report” ).
 
84.4   If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties to be paid by the Licensee, according to the adjustment report, is greater than the amount paid by it for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall pay royalties differences, in addition to interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.
 
84.5   If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties paid by the Licensee is greater than the amount it was required to pay for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall be credited with the amount of the excess payment; The excess payments to which the Licensee is entitled shall be offset, pursuant to a written approval of the Director, from the next payment of royalties, and linkage differences and interest shall be calculated according to the last index published before the date of the offset; In this regard – interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.
 
85.   Arrears in the Payment of Royalties
 
    The Licensee shall pay linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs, as set forth in the Royalties Regulations, on royalties that were not paid at the time stipulated therefor in the regulations.
 
86.   Payment Method
 
    Royalties as well as linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs in respect thereof shall be paid to the Ministry of Communication’s accountant by a bank transfer to the ministry’s account.
 
87.   Other Mandatory Payments
 
    The royalties under this Part shall be in addition to any other fee, tax or mandatory payment which the Licensee is required to pay under any law.

74


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part B – Liability and Insurance
88.   Definition of Scope of Insurance
 
    In this Part, “use of the license” – setup, installation, maintenance, upkeep or operation of the cellular system, whether by the Licensee itself or through anyone acting on its behalf, including its employees, contractors, agents or representatives.
 
89.   Licensee’s Liability
 
89.1   The Licensee shall be liable at law for death, damage or loss to the body or property of any person, directly or indirectly resulting from or consequent on the use of the license.
 
89.2   When using the license, the Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage or loss to the body or property of any person, and where such damage or loss was caused due to the use of the license, the Licensee shall repair the damage at its expense and compensate the aggrieved party, all subject to any law, excluding a case in respect of which the Minister granted the Licensee immunity as specified in section 90.
 
    To avoid doubt, this section shall not impose on the Licensee liability beyond the liability in torts established in the regular law of torts.
 
90.   Immunity from Liability
 
90.1   The Minister may, at the Licensee’s request, grant it all or any of the immunities enumerated in Chapter I of the Law, subject to that stated in section 90.3.
 
90.2   The Licensee shall set out in its request the immunities which it is requesting and the reasons therefor.
 
90.3   If the Minister is persuaded of the necessity of granting the Licensee the immunities under Chapter I of the Law, he shall publish his decision in a notice in Reshumot .
 
91.   Making an Insurance Contract
 
91.1   The Licensee shall make, at its expense, an insurance contract with a licensed insurer according to the terms contained in section 92; The insurance contract shall be presented to the Director at the time of the grant of the license.
 
91.2   The Licensee shall indemnify the State in respect of any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable towards a third party due to the use of the license; Any indemnity under this section shall be insured by the Licensee for liability insurance.
 
91.3   The Licensee shall insure itself, including its employees and contractors, against any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable at law owing to damage caused to the body or property of a person from the use of the license, and against any loss or damage caused to all or a part of the cellular system from the use of the license, including against third party risks.
 
91.4   The Licensee shall submit to the Director an opinion of a lawyer specializing in insurance, confirming that the insurance policy covers everything required in sections

75


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
91.2 and 91.3; The Licensee shall attach to the opinion a copy of the insurance contract and its attachments; Said documents shall be submitted to the Director within 7 days of the signing of the insurance contract and shall be attached to this license as Addendum G.

76


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
92.   Conditions in the Insurance Contract
 
92.1   The insurance contract shall specify the period of insurance and shall stipulate that at the end of the period of insurance the insurance shall be extended automatically.
 
92.2   The Licensee shall present to the Director, once a year, the insurer’s confirmation that the insurance contract is valid, there are no arrears in the Licensee’s payments of the premiums and there are no pending notices concerning the cancellation, suspension, limitation, amendment or termination of the insurance contract.
 
92.3   The insurance contract shall stipulate that in the event the insurer wishes to cancel the insurance contract, owing to nonpayment of the premium, it must give the Director prior notice in that regard not less than 90 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled (hereinafter in this section – cancellation notice).
 
92.4   If a cancellation notice has been sent as stated in section 92.3, the Licensee shall act immediately to eliminate the cause of the cancellation, or shall act immediately to obtain an alternative insurance contract as stated in section 92.6, and it shall notify the Director of the actions it took for this purpose; Where the cause of cancellation was nonpayment of the premium by the Licensee, the Director may pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and he may exercise the bank guarantee or any part thereof to cover amounts which he expended on payment of the premium or collect them in any other manner.
 
92.5   If the Licensee wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it must notify the Director in that regard at least 45 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled.
 
92.6   If the Licensee has agreed to the cancellation of the insurance contract by the insurer or itself wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it shall make an insurance contract with another licensed insurer, in such manner that the new insurance contract will come into effect simultaneously with the lapse of the previous contract; The new insurance contract shall be submitted for approval to the Director, together with an opinion as stated in section 91.4, 45 days before its effective date, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the sections in this Part.
 
93.   Remedy for Breach of Conditions with Respect to Insurance
 
    If the Licensee did not make an insurance contract, or if it becomes apparent that the insurance contract which it made was cancelled or expired, the Director may effect insurance and pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and it may exercise the bank guarantee to cover amounts expended by it on the insurance or collect them in any other manner; All the foregoing without derogating from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license owing to the Licensee’s failure to effect insurance according to the terms of this license.

77


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part C – Guarantee to Secure Fulfillment of the Terms of the License
94.   The Guarantee and Its Purpose
 
94.1   A30) The Licensee shall present to the Director an unconditional bank guarantee in favor of the State of Israel, in shekels, equivalent to ten (10) million US dollars, as security for fulfillment of the terms of the License; The guarantee is attached to this license as Addendum H to the Second Schedule.
 
94.2   The guarantee shall serve as security for fulfillment of the terms of the license and for compensation and indemnification of the State for any damage, payment, loss, detriment or expense caused or liable to be caused to the State – whether directly or indirectly – due to nonfulfillment of all or any of the terms of the license, fully and on time, or due to the cancellation, restriction or suspension of the license.
 
95.   Exercise of the Guarantee
 
95.1   Without derogating from the general purpose of section 94.2, the Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, if damage is caused due to nonfulfillment of the terms of the license, including in each of the cases set out below:
  (a)   The State incurred a loss of income from royalties owing to a lack of revenues from subscribers’ payments, including by reason of:
  (1)   Failure to operate the cellular services at a time stipulated therefore in the timetable determined by the Director, or as approved by the Director;
 
  (2)   Discontinuation, suspension or restriction of services;
 
  (3)   Restriction or suspension of the license;
  (b)   No insurance contract was made according to sections 91-92, the premium was not paid, or the insurance contract was cancelled or expired;
 
  (c)   The Licensee is debiting its subscribers for payments contrary to that stated in section 75;
 
  (d)   The Licensee is not complying with the coverage and service quality requirements as stated in Appendix B, or the Licensee consistently stops, suspends or limits the service contrary to the provisions of the license;
 
  (e)   The Licensee does not convert the cellular system to a digital technology by the date specified in Appendix B.
 
  (f)   The Licensee consistently or willfully violates any of the provisions, terms or requirements of the license;
 
  (g)   A claim or demand was submitted against the State for payment of compensation and damages due to a violation of a condition in the license or faulty implementation of the license or due to the cancellation of the license, and where the State incurred expenses due to such claim or demand; The exercise of the

78


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
      guarantee for the purpose of covering the amount of a claim as stated, shall be done only after the judgment in that claim has become absolute;
 
  (h)   Royalties according to section 74 were not paid fully and on time;
 
  (i)   The State incurred costs or damage due to the cancellation of the license;
 
  (j)   The Licensee did not complete the guarantee fees as specified in sections 96.2 and 79.2.
 
  (k)   A16) The Licensee did not present the license fee on the required date, as stipulated in section 40.1 of the conditions of Tender No. 1/01.
 
  (l)   A16) A monetary sanction was imposed on the Licensee in accordance with the law, and the required amount was not paid on time, provided no amount above the amount of the sanction is collected.
95.2   The Director may exercise the guarantee as stated in this Part also by reason of an expected violation of the terms of the license or frustration of the terms of the license that justify, at his discretion, early exercise of the guarantee.
 
96.   Manner of Exercise of the Guarantee
 
96.1   The Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, up to the amount specified therein, provided it warned the Licensee that if it does not correct the act or omission the subject of the warning within the period specified in the warning – the guarantee will be exercised, in whole or in part.
 
96.2   If the entire amount of the guarantee or a part thereof was exercised, the Licensee shall provide a new guarantee or complete the balance up to the original amount of the guarantee immediately upon the Director’s demand; Failure to complete the amount of the guarantee as stated shall constitute a material breach of the terms of the license, and the Director may – without derogating from his authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license – exercise any remaining balance of the guarantee.
 
96.3   The Licensee may appeal a decision of the Director to exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, before the Minister within 15 days of being notified of the Director’s decision.
 
97.   Term of Validity of the Guarantee
 
97.1   The guarantee shall be valid throughout the term of validity of the license and for A16) two years after the end of the term of the license, or until the Licensee satisfies all its obligations under the license to the Director’s satisfaction – according to the later of these two dates.
 
97.2   If the Director determines that the Licensee did not satisfy all its obligations under the license, within 60 days before the expiry of the term of the guarantee, he may require the Licensee to extend the term of the guarantee or to present a new guarantee, within the period specified by the Director; The new guarantee shall be valid up to the date specified by the Director or until the Licensee satisfies, to the Director’s satisfaction, all its obligations under the licenses – according to the later of these two dates; If the

79


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
    Licensee fails to present a new guarantee as stated, the Director may exercise the guarantee.
 
97.3   Where the Director confirmed receipt of a guarantee the validity of which may be extended from time to time upon his demand, the Licensee shall extend the validity of the guarantee before the expected end of its term, for a year, unless the Director exempted it from this obligation; If the Director did not grant an exemption from the obligation to extend the validity of the guarantee, and the validity of the guarantee was not extended at the specified time, the Director may exercise the guarantee in its entirety without advance warning.

80


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
98.   Preservation of Remedies
 
98.1   Exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, does not derogate from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license.
 
98.2   The amount of the guarantee shall not serve to limit the scope of the Licensee’s liability towards the State for payment of the full damages caused to it, where the Licensee is obligated to make such payment under the license or by law.
 
98.3   The exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, shall not derogate from the Director’s right to demand from the Licensee in any other manner payment for damages which it is obligated to cover under this license or to exercise other reliefs that are available to him by law.

81


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER EIGHT – SUPERVISION AND REPORTING
Part A: Supervision of Licensee’s Activities
99.   Supervisory Power
 
    The Director or anyone authorized by him for this purpose may supervise the Licensee’s activities with respect to the implementation of the license and compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance and the Regulations pursuant thereto.
 
100.   Preservation of Confidentiality
 
    The Director and anyone engaging on his behalf in supervising the Licensee shall not disclose any information or document coming into their possession by virtue of their function, to a person who is not authorized to receive such information or document, unless it was already published in public or disclosure is necessary for the performance of their function under this license or by law.
 
101.   Entry to Premises and Inspection of Documents
 
    For the purpose of exercising the supervision as stated in this Part, the Director may:
  (a)   Enter at any reasonable time any facility or office used by the Licensee to provide its services under this license.
 
  (b)   Carry out measurements and tests on the cellular system, and he may inspect any record, document, plan, account book, ledger or data base, whether regular or computerized, of the Licensee or of anyone employed by the Licensee in subjects over which the Director has supervisory power as stated; The Director may inspect them and copy them in any manner he deems fit.
102.   Cooperation
 
    The Licensee shall cooperate with the Director or with anyone authorized by him with respect to the exercise of supervision over its activities as stated, and without derogating from the general purport of the aforesaid, it shall allow them to carry out that stated in sections 100 and 101 and shall furnish to them, upon their demand, any information in its possession or control that is required by them for the exercise of the supervision.

82


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
Part B: Reporting and Correction of Defects
103.   Duty of Submission of Reports
 
103.1   The Licensee shall submit to the Director the reports specified in this license, in the format and at the times stipulated below.
 
103.2   Every report shall reflect the correct facts relating to the subject thereof, updated for the period of the report.
 
103.3   A report shall be submitted in two copies, printed and prepared in an easily readable form, bearing the date of its preparation and signed by the Licensee, including whoever the Licensee has authorized specifically for this purpose.
 
103.4   The Director may require the Licensee to prepare anew or to complete a report which it submitted, if he found it lacking in details which, in the Director’s opinion, should have been included by the Licensee in the report.
 
104.   Types of Reports
 
    The Licensee shall submit to the Director, once yearly or at an earlier time, as specified in this license, the following reports:
  (a)   Report concerning the setup works of the cellular system;
 
  (b)   Applicants and subscribers report – containing, inter alia, details of the number of applicants, the number of those waiting to be connected, the number of those connected during the report, terminations or disconnections, etc.;
 
  (c)   Complaints report – detailing written service complaints that were submitted by subscribers during the period of the report, including the subject of the complaints, the manner in which they were clarified and dealt with, and if they were found to be justified – the measures taken by the Licensee to correct the defects;
 
  (d)   Malfunctions report – detailing the date of every malfunction, its description, its cause, the duration of the repair and the steps taken by the Licensee to repair it;
 
  (e)   The Licensee must report to the Director immediately any case of imposition or realization of any attachment or encumbrance on any of the Licensee’s assets, their realization, or the voidance of the Licensee’s right in an asset;
 
  (f)   Management and control report – report concerning changes (if any) that occurred in the controlling shareholders, in the Licensee and/or in its managers and/or shareholders;
 
  (g)   Tests report – report concerning tests which the Licensee carried out during the period of the report on the cellular system as detailed in sections 49 to 54;
 
  (h)   Annual income report – report detailing the Licensee’s income amounts, including revenues from all its subscribers, during the period of the report, according to dates of receipt of the revenues in each quarter and the services for

83


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
      which they were received; The income report shall be audited and signed by an accountant – all subject to section 84.5;
 
  (i)   Annual financial statement – annual financial statement audited and signed by an accountant, to be submitted within 90 days from the end of the year.

84


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
105.   Notice Concerning a Defect
 
105.1   Where the Director, whether at his own initiative or pursuant to an application, finds defects or deficiencies in the Licensee’s activities, he shall notify the Licensee thereof in writing.
 
105.2   If the Licensee received a notification as stated, it shall submit to the Director, within 30 days from receipt of the notification, its written response detailing the measures taken by it to correct the defects indicated therein.
 
106.   Reporting to the Minister
 
106.1   Where the Director finds that the defects or deficiencies involve a breach of any of the terms of the license or a breach of any statutory provision, whether by act or omission, he shall submit the matter to the Minister.
 
106.2   The Director shall submit to the Minister, not later than 14 months before the end of the license period, a report concerning the manner in which the Licensee complied with the provisions and terms of the license, the level of system maintenance and the quality of the subscriber service maintained by the Licensee throughout the period of the license.

85


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
CHAPTER I – MISCELLANEOUS
107.   The License as an Exhaustive Document
 
107.1   The Licensee’s rights, obligations and powers with respect to the setup, maintenance and operation of the cellular system and the provision of services by means thereof, originate in and derive exclusively from and according to this license.
 
107.2   Void. A2)
 
108.   Keeping the License Document and Returning the License
 
108.1   The Licensee shall keep the license documents in its office and shall allow the public to inspect their true and up-to-date copies; In case the terms of the license are modified, the Licensee shall attach the modification wording to said license documents.
 
108.2   A16) If the license and its documents are made available for public inspection, the public shall not be allowed to inspect the following documents, which are included in the Second Schedule to the License:
  (a)   Appendix A – Details of the Licensee;
 
  (b)   Appendix B – Engineering plans;
 
  (c)   Appendix C – Maintenance setup;
 
  (d)   Appendix G – Insurance contract;
 
  (e)   Appendix H – Bank guarantee;
 
  (f)   Appendix I – Special services for the security forces;
 
  (g)   Appendix L – Special services for the security forces – security addendum (confidential);
 
  (h)   Appendix M – Security directives;
 
  (i)   Appendix N – Letters of undertaking.
108.3   The license documents are the property of the State and are entrusted to the Licensee for the term of validity of the license; Upon the cancellation or expiry of the license, the Licensee shall return the license with all its documents to the Director.
 
108.4   A16) The Licensee shall allow the public to inspect the license documents via the Internet; The Licensee may do this also by way of referral to the website of the Ministry of Communications, as long as the Ministry publishes the license on its website.
 
108.5   A16) The Ministry may publish the license, excluding the appendices indicated in section 108.2, at the time and in the manner deemed fit by it.
 
109.   Postponement of Deadline
 
109.1   A duty imposed on the Licensee in this license, for which a performance deadline has been set, must be performed by the Licensee within the deadline.
 
109.2   A2) The Director, at the Licensee’s request, may postpone a deadline set as stated, if it deems it impossible to perform the duty within such deadline for reasons of force majeure.

86


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
110.   Reserving of Liability
 
    Any approval or supervisory authority granted under this license to the Minister or to the Director, including the exercise of such authority, shall not impose on them any liability which is imposed by this license on the Licensee, and shall not derogate or detract from or void or diminish the Licensee’s liability as stated.
 
111.   Notices
 
111.1   A notice concerning this license or its implementation shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or dispatched by registered post with confirmation of delivery; A notice sent by registered post as stated shall be presumed to have reached its destination by the end of 48 hours from the time of its delivery for dispatch.
 
111.2   Any notice of the Licensee to the Minister shall be delivered or sent through the Director.
 
111.3   The Licensee’s address for receipt of notices under this section is: 10 Hagavish St., Poleg Industrial Area, Netanya 42140; The Licensee shall notify the Director immediately of any changes in this address.

87


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
First Schedule
List of Services and Measures for Quality of Service
1.   General
  1.1.   This Schedule includes the list of services the Licensee will provide, under the conditions set out in Section B of Chapter E – “Level of Services for Subscribers”.
 
  1.2.   The services will be provided in each of the technologies operated by the Licensee, unless otherwise noted in the License or in the Schedule to the License.
 
  1.3.   Wherever the term: “Support in Various Languages” is used, this denotes support in at least these four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian.
2.   List of Services
  2.1.   Basic Telephone Services
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
1.
    Cellular Calls     Telephone calls to and from Licensee’s subscribers to any telephone or other appropriate end user equipment in another public telecommunications network in Israel or throughout the world     Existing service     98% availability        
 
2.
    Emergency Calls     Free dialing to emergency services determined by the Director (for example: police, ambulance, fire dept., etc). Caller will be referred to the emergency hotline according to the services provider’s definition with reference to the subscriber’s location.     Existing service     98% availability     According to the Director’s rules  
 

First Schedule - 1


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
  2.2.   Related Services
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
1.
    Call Waiting     Subscriber may receive incoming calls while on another call. Subscriber may cancel service at will.     Existing service     99.9% availability        
 
2.
    Selective Call
Waiting
    Only calls from a list of numbers defined by the subscriber will activate call waiting alert     Future service     99.9% availability        
 
3.
    Call Forwarding     Diversion of incoming calls to a phone number at the subscriber’s choice:
    Existing service     99.9% availability        
 
 
         
Always
                   
 
 
          When busy                    
 
 
          When call is not answered                    
 
 
          When subscriber unavailable                    
 
4.
    Selective Call
Forwarding
    Diversion of incoming calls according to a list of numbers predefined by the subscriber, to another destination at the subscriber’s choice:     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
 
         
  Always
                   
 
 
         
  When call is not answered
                   
 
 
         
  When busy
                   
 
5.
    Call Transfer     Subscriber may transfer call to another telephone number     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
6.
    Hunting Group     Determining a leading number for a subscriber’s group of numbers: dialing the leading number will refer the call to a free     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 

First Schedule - 2


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
 
          number in the group.                    
 
7.
    Caller ID     Caller’s number will appear on the screen     Existing Service     99.9% availability     Depends on caller’s end device  
 
8.
    Calling ID
Restriction
    Allows blocking subscriber’s number from appearing on call receiver’s screen. Block may be permanent or one-time.     Existing Service     99.9% availability        
 
9.
    Caller Name
Announcement
    Option of identification of caller by voice signature     Existing Service     99.9% availability        
 
10.
    Conference Call     Establishing a call for a number of subscribers simultaneously     Existing Service     98% availability        
 
11.
    Closed User Group     A group of phone numbers than may establish a call only among themselves     Existing Service     98% availability     GSM network
only
 
 
12.
    Voice Mail     Storing messages of callers to the subscriber in a personal box and allowing extraction of such     Existing Service     99% availability        
 
13.
    Advanced Voice Mail     Voice mail system as described in paragraph 12 above, with added “smart” element, including visual or audio indication of messages waiting, transfer of messages to other platforms and receiving messages from such platforms.     Existing Service     98% availability        
 
14.
    Voice Mail
Notification
    When message received in voice mail box, the mail box will dial or send message to destinations defined by subscriber     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
15.
    Voice Activated
Service
    Allows operation of telephone and basic services, related services and value added services by voice     Partially existing, Future Service expansion.     70% chance of correct identification in regions where signal strength is better than 85dbm        
 

First Schedule - 3


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
16.
    Call Tracking     Allows subscriber to send the applicant an indication, while talking, for purposes of later identification of source of call.     Future Service     99.9% availability     Subject to law  
 
17.
    Virtual Private
Network (VPN)
    Allows short dialing according to a private numbering program     Existing Service     99.9% availability     For subscribers according to relevant types.
Currently provided to business sector.
 
 
18.
    Centrex     Allows maintaining a private network while using network resources     Future Service              
 
19.
    Facsimile Services     Allows receiving, storing and extracting facsimile messages via phone     Existing Service     99.9% availability        
 
20.
    Roaming     Allows receiving, extracting and blocking messages abroad     Existing Service     99.9% availability     Subject to availability of foreign operator. In GSM network in 3 months of launching of the network.  
 
21.
    GPRS Roaming     Allows using certain communications data services while using roaming services     Future Service     99.9% availability     Subject to operator availability  
 
22.
    Toll Free Call
(1-800)
    Free call to caller. Subscriber – call receiver – is charged for cost of call.     Future Service           According to numbering program and Director’s rules  
 
23.
    Split Charge
(1-700)
    Splits cost of call between call maker and subscriber receiver     Future Service           According to numbering program and Director’s rules  
 

First Schedule - 4


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
24.
    Call Screening     Defining a list of phone numbers subscriber will receive calls from. Call from other numbers will be referred to another destination.     Existing Service     99.9% availability        
 
25.
    Talk Two     One number for two end user equipment units.     Existing Service     99% availability        
 
26.
    One number for two
SIM cards
    cellular services for two or more telephones in one number     Future Service     99% availability        
 
27.
    Two numbers for one
SIM card
    Defining two telephone numbers for the same SIM card     Future Service     99% availability        
 
28.
    Change of number announcement     A caller to a subscriber will receive an announcement of the subscriber’s new number, and will be given the option of directing the call to the new number.     Existing Service     99.9% availability     GSM network
only
 
 
29.
    Wake-up Service     Allows subscriber to request the system call him at an hour defined.     Future Service     Precision of service approx. 5 minutes. 99.9% availability        
 
30.
    Camp on busy line     Call automatically put through to busy number when number frees up.     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
31.
    Personal Number
Service
    Allows subscriber to define calls to a certain number be forwarded to various destinations according to parameters set by subscriber.     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
32.
    Collect Call     Cost of call to be paid by subscriber receiver, after confirmation.     Existing Service     99.9% availability     Between
licensed
subscribers only
 
 
33.
    Message Distribution     Distribution of messages to a list of addressees, using various platforms     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
34.
    Hot Billing     Provides updated information to subscriber regarding his bill with the     Future Service     99% availability        
 

First Schedule - 5


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
 
          applicant via various platforms                    
 
35.
    Over the Air
Services (OTA)
    Update of data and applications on SIM card via SMS by the applicant. Running applications from SIM card will be performed by subscriber, using end device.     Future Service     99% availability        
 
36.
    Account Code Billing     Splitting charge for one phone number into separate accounts. Subscriber’s instructions regarding the account to be billed will be performed by punching a code at the beginning or during a call.     Future Service     99% availability        
 
37.
    Star Services     Allows establishing a connection by dialing a short access code according to applicant’s internal numbering program.     Existing Service     99.9% availability        
 
38.
    Short Messages
Service (SMS)
    Allow receiving and sending written messages via phone     Existing Service     99% availability     Depends on
end user equipment
 
 
39.
    Circuit Switch Data
(CSD)/High speed
circuit switch data
(HSCSD)
    Access to data service using a dial-up modem on phone or independent dial modem     Existing Service     98% availability     Depends on
end user equipment
 
 
40.
    Data communications
in Packet Switch
    Subscriber connection via phone or independent modem to TCP/UDP/IP communications for broadcastung using packet switch     Existing Service     98% availability on
best effort basis
    Depends on
end user equipment
 
 
41.
    Discontinuation of Service     Discontinuation of service upon subscriber’s request     Existing Service     Will be performed no later than the next business day after subscriber’s request        
 

First Schedule - 6


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
42.
    POC (Push to Talk Over Cellular)     Call made by pressing a button on cellular end user equipment
Call may be private (between subscriber and subscriber) or group on data communications network
    Service Exists
(just started)
    According to service file     According to temp. provision  
 
     
Temporary Provision
  The Licensee will allow operation of Push to Talk Over Cellular services (hereinafter: the Service) to any subscriber who is a legal entity (individual or corporation), provided the number of users (number of cellular end user equipment units permitted use of this service, hereinafter – end user equipments) in the possession of such subscriber does not exceed 20 during the first year starting on the date service begins. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, should there be any considerable changes in the cellular sector influencing provision of such service, the Ministry will consider a shorter period.
 
Application
  This service will not begin before Sunday, the 29 th day of Tamuz, 5764 (July 18, 2004)
 
*   availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services.
  2.3.   Value Added Services
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
1.
    Speaking Clock     Notice of time     Future Service     99.9% availability        
 
2.
    Directory Assistance     Allows receiving information on phone     Future service     99.9% availability        
 

First Schedule - 7


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
 
          numbers and automatic establishment of calling number so given.                    
 
3.
    Connectivity to Information and Entertainment Services     Allows subscriber to connect to information, entertainment, applications and content services, whether interactive or noniteractive, whether by download, by upload, or by various means of access.     Existing service     99.9% availability     Depends on end user equipment. Subject to Director’s rules  
 
4.
    Access to Internet Provider Services     Allows subscriber access to internet provider.     Future Service              
 
5.
    Location Based
Information &
Tracking
    Receiving and sending information depending on location of phone, subject to law.     Future Service              
 
6.
    M-Commerce     Connection via end user equipment for performing transactions     Existing Service           Depends on end user equipment. Subject to Director’s rules  
 
7.
    Unified Messaging     Allows subscriber to receive and send voice messages, speaking messages, faxes, SMS, E-mail messages, application messages and multimedia files, to and from unified cell, allowing the convertion of the data received from one format to another, as well as access to data from various means of access.     Future Service     99.9% availability     Depends on end
device
 
 
8.
    Telemetry Command and Control     Use of phone or cellular modem for receiving indication and sending orders concerning various device operation (for example: alarm systems, inventory systems, traffic lights, controllers, etc.)     Existing Service     99.9% availability        
 

First Schedule - 8


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
General license for Cellcom Israel Ltd. for the provision of mobile radio telephone services by the cellular method
(CELLULAR).
Combined Version, as at November 6, 2006
CELLULAR
                                   
 
                          Measures        
                    Date     for quality        
  No.     Name of Service     Description of Service     provided     of service     Remarks  
 
9.
    Sponsored Call     Connection during which subscriber will be exposed to commercial information and advertisements     Future Service           Subject to law  
 
10.
    Video Conference     Allows visual and audio communication between a number of users.     Future Service           Depends on end
device
 
 
11.
    Instant Messaging     Message transfer service between “community” participants, organizations, groups of friends, groups of people with same interests. Subscriber notifies he is on network and ready to receive messages. Service notifies subscriber members of group who are in geographic proximity.     Future Service              
 
12.
    Surf & Talk     Allows subscriber to receive an indication of call waiting and reply while connected to internet     Existing Service     99% availability     Depends on end user equipment. GSM network only  
 
13.
    Personal
Information
Management
    Access and synchronization via end user equipment to personal data base.     Existing Service           Depends on end user equipment.  
 
    availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services.

First Schedule - 9


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Second Schedule – List of Appendices
Second Schedule – List of Appendices
     
Appendix A
  Particulars of Licensee – not available to public;
Appendix B A16
  Engineering Plan — not available to public;
Appendix C
  Maintenance Scheme — not available to public;
Appendix D
  Uniform Engagement Agreement – not attached;
Appendix E A16
  Level of Subscriber Services;
Appendix F A8
  Void;
Appendix G
  Insurance Contract — not available to public;
Appendix H A16
  Bank Guarantee — not available to public;
Appendix I t3t5
  Special Services for security forces — not available to public;
Appendix J A6
  Access to International Communications Services;
Appendix K A7
  Discontinuation of Services for cellular end user equipments of IS-54 type;
Appendix L A12
  Special Services for security forces — not available to public;
Appendix M A12
  Security Instructions — not available to public;
Appendix N A16
  Letters of Undertaking — not available to public;
Appendix O A24
  Erotic Services
 
A3 Amendment no. 3    
 
A5 Amendment no. 5    
Second Schedule – 2

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix D
Appendix D – Uniform Engagement Agreement – Not Attached
Not Attached
Second Schedule—Appendix D 1

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix E
Appendix E – Minimum Requirements and Level of Subscriber Services A16)
1. System Performance
1.1.   The system and its services will fulfill performances, qualities and measures defined in the Engineering Plan – Appendix B.
1.2.   The system performance and services will not fall, in any event, from the following minimum requirements:
  1.2.1.   Digital Technology: the system and the services under the extension of the license will be operated using digital technologies, according to relevant international standards.
 
  1.2.2.   Service Coverage:
Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, all services will be provided in the entire coverage area of the system, keeping up minimum requirements in the matter of quality of service, for twenty four (24) months from the date on which the service for pay commences.
 
  1.2.3.   Quality of Service :
  (A)   In this section:
  (1)   “Blocked Calls” : calls that cannot be established or messages that cannot be sent immediately upon entering the order to connect because of non-availability of cellular system resources or resources for connection between the cellular system and other systems;
 
  (2)   “Dropped Calls” – calls stopped not by the initiative of the subscriber caller/connector or that of the receiving subscriber;
  (B)   Quality of service in cellular system will not be less than the following:
  (1)   the amount of blocked calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%);
 
  (2)   The amount of dropped calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%);
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 1

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix E
  (C)   The system will uphold the requirements set out in sub-sections (A) and (B) ninety-nine percent (99%) of the time during maximum use hours;
 
  (D)   Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, the system will reach the level of requirements set out above by no later than twenty four (24) months from the date of start of provision of such services for pay; from that time, said quality of service will be upheld in all the system’s coverage areas;
 
  (E)   The number of blocked and dropped calls will be measured as follows:
  (1)   measure will relate to the time span of one hour;
 
  (2)   the maximum use hour to which the measure will refer will be the busiest hour of the system, on the day the measure is taken;
 
  (3)   The measure will be taken at the maximum use hours on each of five (5) consecutive work days as stated;
 
  (4)   The final number indicating the likelihood of blocked and dropped calls will refer to the average of the five (5) measured over the five (5) said consecutive work days, and for each type of service provided by the system;
  (F)   Measurement and calculation will be performed for each cell separately, for each switch separately, and for the entire system; notwithstanding the aforesaid, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may allow exceptions to the provisions of section 1.2.3, after having been satisfied that there is a true difficulty in performing the measure and calculations as stated, provided an alternative measuring and calculation system is proposed.
2.   Customer and Subscriber Services Quality Measures
 
2.1.   Services for provision of information to customers and subscribers: will be given by referral to call centers, at service centers, at the internet site, by e- mail, by telephone and by facsimile.
 
2.2.   Standards for accessibility and provision of information:
  (A)   A call center will be available twenty four (24) hours a day, all days of the week except on Yom Kippur.
 
  (B)   The call center will be manned at least thirteen (13) hours a day Sundays through Fridays, and five (5) hours a day on Fridays and eves of holidays.
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 2

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix E
  (C)   The reply at the call center will be within a reasonable time. Should the Director observe that the waiting time at the call center is not reasonable, he may set measures for response time.
 
  (D)   A caller to a call center during unmanned hours will be referred to a message box to leave a message, and will receive a reply on the following day.
 
  (E)   The Licensee will operate additional channel allowing subscribers to contact it for provision of information and for queries, such as:
  -   Computerized voice system IVR;
 
  -   queries via post;
 
  -   queries via fax;
 
  -   queries via e mail.
  (F)   The Licensee will publish its service office address and telephone number of the call center in the following ways, among others:
  -   In the engagement agreement with the subscriber;
 
  -   In the bills sent to the subscriber;
 
  -   In any document sent on behalf of the Licensee to the subscriber in a matter relating to customer services;
 
  -   In telephone directories and in telephone information centers.
2.3. Bills to Subscribers
  (A)   Bills to subscribers will set out the relevant details for such bill, out of the following:
  (1)   monthly charge (fixed charge)
 
  (2)   duration of calls or air time (minutes, seconds)
 
  (3)   volume of data use (MB,kB) – if the service provided is charge by volume of data transmitted.
 
  (4)   Other charges (such as for receipt of data, SMS transmission, mobile electronic commerce).
 
  (5)   Combination of the above charge methods.
  (B)   Structure of the Bill
 
      Bills will be sent in a fixed form, as follows:
  (1)   Following payment; the bill will serve as a receipt, including: the amount for payment not including VAT, rate of VAT and total for payment including VAT. In this section, the identifying particulars of the Licensee will be specified, and the identifying particulars of the subscriber.
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 3

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix E
  (3)   The Licensee may include information regarding deals and personal notices to the subscriber.
  (C)   Production and delivery of bills
  (1)   The Licensee will produce monthly bills for its subscribers or at any other time with subscriber’s consent.
 
  (2)   A subscriber wishing to disengage with the Licensee will receive a final bill on the closest date possible, and no later than two months from the date of disengagement.
 
  (3)   Subscriber bills may be obtained via post or via any other means agreed upon with the subscriber, and to the address chosen by the subscriber.
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 4

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
Appendix J –Accessibility to International Telecommunications Services A6)
1. Definitions
1.1   In this document, the following words and terms will have the definitions noted at their sides, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context:
     
Bezeq International -
  The Bezeq International Company Ltd. ;
 
   
Barak -
  Barak I.T.C. (1995) Company for International Telecommunications Services;
 
   
Chance caller -
  A Licensee subscriber, calling abroad using an international operator, using a three digit dialing code, as set out in section 2;
 
   
Subscriber number (or
telephone number) -
  A group of numbers in a certain order, including area code, the dialing of which should create a telecommunication’s connection between the reading subscriber’s end user equipment and the reader subscriber’s end user equipment; a reader subscriber number may be a subscriber number of a number to a call answering center of a subscriber or a number to a call answering center of a licensee 2
 
   
International operator -
  Anyone providing international telecommunications services to the public in Israel under a general license from the Director;
 
   
Chosen operator -
  An international operator chosen by appointment, under the provisions of section 4 3
 
   
Access code -
  A group of numbers in a certain order, the dialing of which allows access to a certain telecommunications service of a certain operator; dialing additional codes, as needed, and the subscriber number, should create a telecommunication connection to the subscriber’s end user equipment 4 ; if the access code is a manned call center, the service is given via the operator.
 
2   The phone number is determined by the licensee, according to rules and directives prescribed by the Director.
 
3   A chosen operator may be Bezeq International, Barak or Golden Lines.
 
4   for example: dialing an access code for international services, and after a country code, area code in that country and telephone number of the designated subscriber abroad
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 1

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
     
Short dialing code -
  “00” ” and “188” access code, designated to receive international telecommunications services, by direct dialing, or via an operator, as explained in section 2;
 
   
Golden Lines -
  The Golden Lines International Communications Services Company;
 
   
Subscriber ascription
  The technically defining action an internal operator performs in his switch so that his subscriber’s calls, performed through a shortened dialing code, are channeled into the chosen operator’s switch;
 
   
Outgoing ITMS calls -
  Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by a Licensee subscriber;
 
   
Ingoing ITMS calls -
  Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by an international caller;
 
   
International
Telecommunications Services -
  Telecommunications services given to the public in Israel, under license from the Director, via an international operator’s international telecommunication services;
 
   
ITMS service
  International telecommunications message service, that is, two-directional simultaneous transfer of talk and simultaneous transfer of facsimile messages, in an international telecommunications system.
1.2   Words and expressions in this document not defined above shall have the meaning as defined in the Law, regulations enacted by virtue thereof, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set out in the appropriate places in the Licensee’s general license and in the International Operators’ licenses, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context.
2. Allocation of Access Code
  2.1   A Licensee will channel subscriber dialing, to the international operators’ switches, for access to international telecommunications’ services, using the following codes:
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 2

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
  (A)   double-digit access code – the ‘00’ access code, which will serve as short access code for international telecommunications services provided by a chosen operator; the Licensee will channel a subscriber dialing the prefix ‘00’ to the chosen operator;
 
  (B)   triple-digit access code – an access code of ‘01X’ type, which will serve as an access code for international telecommunications services provided to a chance user; the Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing the prefix ‘01X’ code to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the international operator’s code, according to the following:
  1.   ‘2’ – code for Golden Lines’ services;
 
  2.   ‘3’ – code for Barak services;
 
  3.   ‘4’ – code for Bezeq International services;
  (C)   ‘188’ access code – that will serve as a number for operator services ; any subscriber dialing ‘188’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the chosen operator’s operator services;
 
  (D)   four - digit access code – numbers of the ‘18XY’ type, that will serve as an access code for various international telecommunications services of any and all international operators; any subscriber dialing ‘18XY’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the code of the international operator under section 2.1(B); the Y digit is any number from 1 to 9 and the 0 digit; the use of the Y digit will be determined by the Director, under advisement with the international operators, in order to ensure uniformity and fair competition; each international operator will be allocated ten (10) such four digit numbers/ these numbers will be accessible for both the chosen operator’s subscribers and for chance callers.
  2.2   If the Licensee allows its subscriber the use of another short dial code (such as +), instead of the “00” dial code (hereinafter: a special code), all the provisions and rules applicable to the short “00” dial code will apply to the special code as well.
 
  2.3   Dial by pre-paid program for unidentified subscribers who are not blocked for outgoing ITMS calls will be possible only using three-digit access codes of the 01X type, and four-digit access codes of the 18XY type; upon dialing a short access code or a special access code, a voice announcement will be heard referring the customer to dial via said access codes available to him.
 
  2A.     A23 Subscriber Access to Outgoing ITMS Calls :
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 3

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
      2A.1 The Licensee will allow subscribers to act as follows, with regard to outgoing ITMS calls:
(A) as an ascribed subscriber.
(B) As blocked
(C) As a chance caller only.
3. Blocking Outgoing International Calls and Removal of the Blocking
3.1   The Licensee will block outgoing ITMS calls, and may also block collect incoming ITMS calls for any subscriber requesting to block access to international services or subscribers for whom the international service for outgoing ITMS calls has been stopped or cut off, in accordance with the conditions of the License; the licensee may not block incoming ITMS calls except collect calls.
3.2   If a block for outgoing ITMS calls has been implemented at a subscriber’s request, the Licensee will remove the block as follows: A23
  (A)   If the subscriber has asked to join, he will indicate his choice international operator who shall serve as his “chosen operator”, by his signature on the appropriate form; notice given by means of facsimile will be deemed notice in writing given to by the subscriber in this matter.
 
  (B)   If the subscriber has asked to be a chance caller, he will notify the Licensee of such; if the notice is verbal, the Licensee will verify the requesting party’s identity.
3.3   The Licensee will perform the block for ITMS or removal thereof, performed in accordance with the subscriber’s request, according to the following:
  (A)   70% — Within one working day of receipt of notice; requests received after 1500 hours will be deemed having been received on the following work day;
 
  (B)   20% — within two working days of receipt of notice;
 
  (C)   the rest – within 5 working days.
3.4   The Licensee will ensure that a subscriber who has blocked his outgoing ITMS calls cannot make outgoing calls using ‘00’ dialing code, ‘01X’ dialing code, ‘188’ or ‘18XY’ dialing codes, or using any other code that may come in place thereof A23 .
 
3.5   The Licensee may collect reasonable payment for performance of a block for outgoing ITMS calls or for removal of the block.
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 4

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
  3.6   Notwithstanding that stated in section 3., the Licensee will allow all its subscribers to block outgoing ITMS calls before initiation of services for such subscriber, free of charge.
 
  3.7   The Licensee will verify that all subscribers whose access to outgoing ITMS calls has been blocked receive appropriate voice message when dialing access codes or telephone numbers for international services.
 
  3.8   If a subscriber who has chosen a chosen operator asks to block outgoing ITMS calls, the Licensee shall notify such to the chosen operator, within seven (7) working days of the date of performance of the block.
4. Choosing a Chosen Operator
  4.1   A Licensee’s subscriber may notify the international operator in writing, on a signed form approved by the Director, regarding his choice of a chosen operator through whom such wishes to receive international telecommunications services using ‘00’ or ‘188’ access codes; the form will including the particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time when instruction regarding the appointment was given. The form will explain that any phone number may have one chosen operator only, and such will fulfill the requirements prescribed in this matter in the international operator’s license 7 (hereinafter: the ascription form).
 
  4.2   Subscribers may change the chosen operator at any time by written notice on the ascription form; for initial ascription made at the subscriber’s request, the subscriber will not be asked to pay anything, however the subscriber may be charged a reasonable fee for any change in the ascription.
 
  4.3   The chosen operator will send the Licensee notice regarding the subscriber’s having chosen him as the chosen operator (hereinafter: ascription notice); ascription notice will include the subscriber’s particulars — first name and last name, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time of the ascription form on which the subscriber signed; the chosen operator will give ascription notice to the Licensee in accordance with the ascription forms signed by him; ascription notice will be given via magnetic media files, or in any other manner agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operators. If two or more ascription notices are given to the
 
7   Attention is called to section 52.3 of the Bezeq license, and section 56.4 to the Golden Lines and Barak license.
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 5

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
    Licensee, relating to the same telephone number, the sc will act in accordance with the ascription notice with the later date and hour.
 
4.4   If a person has asked to become a new Licensee subscriber, he must make note, in the request to the international operator of his choice to engage with as a chosen operator; the Licensee will allow any new subscriber to choose a chosen operator for himself or to block the outgoing ITMS calls, or will allow the subscriber to receive ITMS services as a chance caller only; ascription services to a chosen operator or connection as a chance caller, and blocking outgoing ITMS calls will be given to new subscribers, at the time of initial registration, free of charge A23 .
 
4.5   In order to choose a chosen operator, and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Licensee will act as follows:
  (A)   the Licensee will allow all subscribers having a subscriber line number to choose one chosen operator will be for certain subscriber lines, and another for other subscriber lines;
 
  (B)   void A2A23 .
 
  (C)   the Licensee will perform ascription of a subscriber within one working day of receipt of ascription notice form the chosen operator A2A23 .
 
  (D)   The Licensee will report to the international operator regarding completion of said subscriber ascription as stated in sub-clause (C) above, including change of ascription at the time and under such plan as agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator; the report will include particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to ascribe to the international operator.
 
  (E)   A20 The Licensee will send a daily modification file of subscriber ascription to all international operators (hereinafter: the modification file), containing the particulars of the subscribers who ascribed to the international operator or who unsubscribed on that day. The modification file will be handed over at the time and under such procedure as shall be agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator. The file will include the particulars of the subscriber, including at least the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for. effect
 
  (F)   The Licensee may request that the Director allow in certain cases, all the prescription of rules and limitations on the matter of subscriber ascription, the Licensee will set out the technical or operational reasons on which such request
 
effect   This amendment will go into effect by no later than Thursday, the 29 th of Nissan, 5763 (May 1, 2003)
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 6

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
      is based; if the Director consents to the Licensee’s said request, at his professional discretion, the Director will prescribe the time frame for the applicability of said rules and limitation;
 
  (G)   The Licensee will submit a written quarterly report to the Director, by the 15 th of the month following the end of the quarter; the information in the report will be correct as of the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the date of the report, and will include the following:
  (1)   The number of subscribers blocked form international telecommunications services;
 
  (2)   The number of subscriber engaged for international services using short dialing codes or using special codes, for each of the international operators;
 
  (3)   A23 The number of subscribers engaged for international services as chance dialers only.
  (H)   If there should be any disputes between the international operator or between the Licensee and the international operator on the matter of a subscribers choosing a chosen operator, the matter will resolved by the Director, or resolved by an independent arbitrator appointed by the Director, at his exclusive discretion.
4.6   The Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing using the ‘00’ prefix or any other special prefix for access to international telecommunications services, or channeling a call to a Licensee’s subscriber located abroad using an international operator (follow-me subscriber service) to the chosen operator.
 
5.   Void A23
 
6.   Block for short dialing code
 
6.1   Subject to the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will perform a block for short dialing code for any subscriber so requesting A23 .
 
6.2   The Licensee will perform the block for short dialing code as follows: the Licensee will channel the subscriber’s calls using the double-digit ‘00’ prefix and the ‘188’ prefix to an announcer playing a recorded announcement stating the following in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian: “This service is blocked, for further details please dial ___(a telephone umber of the announcer under the provisions of section 6.7) A23 .
 
6.3   Void A23
 
6.4   Void A23
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 7

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
6.5   Void A23
 
6.6   Void A23
6.7   The Licensee will operate the voice announcement 24 hours a day, including Saturdays and holidays, using such method and wording allowing a subscriber to receive an explanation regarding the ascription and overseas dialing, in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian; the explanation will include the following matters:
  (A)   Performance of ascription – the ascription process and where to call in order to request the ascription form;
 
  (B)   How one may make an international call when the subscription is blocked for short dialing codes;
 
  (C)   The option of blocking overseas dialing and the option of removing such block;
 
  (D)   Where one may call in order to find out about additional matters – telephone numbers of international operators.
7. Interconnection
7.1   The Licensee will connect its system to all international telecommunications system, directly or indirectly, according to the terms of its license, in a manner allowing provision of international telecommunications services to all subscribers through the international telecommunications services of all international operators, including outgoing and incoming ITMS calls, direct dialing, dialing through an operator (‘188’ service, as stated in section 2.2(A)), “Direct Israel” services, collect service (from abroad to Israel, from Israel abroad), international 1-800 service (incoming and outgoing), calling card services, from any destination abroad and to any destination abroad.
7.2   The technical, operational and commercial arrangements between the Licensee and any international operator will allow the provision of the following to all subscribers:
  (A)   Quality service, including service quality control and means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding quality of service;
 
  (B)   Accurate and precise billing of subscriber, including control over the billing and means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding incorrect billing and tools and means of identification and prevention of fraud and deception;
Second Schedule—Appendix J — 8

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
  (C)   Consumer response to subscriber’s queries and questions, including tools and means of providing an itemized bill for subscribers, and for investigating subscriber’s queries in all matters related to receipt of international services.
7.3   In order to implement the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will act, inter alia, as follows:
  (A)   Allow any subscriber who has not blocked outgoing international ITMS calls to make international calls at any time via his chosen international operator or as a chance caller, using dialing methods set out in section 2;
 
  (B)   Allow all subscribers to change their chosen operators; this service will be given in return for a reasonable charge,
 
  (C)   Take reasonable measures to prevent subscriber ascription to a chosen operator without his knowledge or against the subscriber’s wishes (“slamming”); these measures will include identification of the subscriber and verification of the subscriber’s right to receive service;
 
  (D)   Give all subscribers, free of charge, service allowing them to identify the name of their chosen operators;
 
  (E)   The Licensee will offer non-discriminatory conditions to all international operators, including in all matters regarding the commercial conditions, billing and collections arrangements, availability of connection installations and quality of service; without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the Licensee will provide service for all international operators under equal conditions including in the matter of interconnection, provision of infrastructure installations and connection services to the network, performance of changes in switching, in installations, protocols and network interface;
 
  (F)   The conditions for interconnection between the Licensee’s system and the international operator’s international telecommunications system will be reasonable and non-discriminatory; if the parties have not reached any agreement, the Minister will determine matters between them;
 
  (G)   A copy of any agreement between the Licensee and international operator in the matter of interconnection will be delivered to the Director;
 
  (H)   Any international operator requesting the particulars of a subscriber refusing to make payments to the Licensee designated for the international operator for services used via the international operator’s international telecommunications system will be given over, whether such subscriber was an ascription subscriber or a chance caller; these particulars will include the first name, last name or name
Second Schedule-Appendix J — 9

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix J
      of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone number.
 
  (I)   A22 Allow international operators to collect payment directly for services from subscribers ascribed to such international operator, and who have chosen to receive billing and collections services directly; the Licensee will have any vital information required by the international operator at his disposal allowing the international operator to provide billing and collection services for such aforesaid ascribed subscribers;
 
  (J)   A22 Provide services under equal and non-discriminatory conditions and for such charge not discriminating against an ascribed subscriber who has chosen to receive billing and collection services from the international operator.
7.4   The international operators will bear the costs of implementation of the interconnection including the process of survey and blocking short dialing codes, and, if so required, for a subscriber’s initial ascription to a chosen operator; the rate of payments, as stated, will be determined under negotiation between the Licensee and the international operator; the Licensee’s shared expenses that cannot be ascribed to a particular international operator will be divided equally between all international operators; if the parties have not come to an arrangement, the Minister will prescribe instructions in these matters, after giving the parties a fair opportunity to argue their claims before him.
First Schedule – Void A23
Second Schedule – Void A23
Second Schedule-Appendix J — 10

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix K
Appendix K – Discontinuation of Service to CellularEnd user equipments of the IS-54 type t7
Definitions 1. In this appendix -
     
“Old technology phone” -
  A cellular phone operating on IS-54 format;
 
   
“New technology phone” -
  A cellular phone operating on IS-136 format;
 
   
“Upgradeable telephone” -
  An old technology phone that may be upgraded to a new technology phone;
 
   
“Date of cessation of service” -
  The date on which the Licensee ceases to provide cellular services to an old technology phone owner.
 
   
“Eligible customer” -
  The Licensee’s subscriber or customer who has lawfully purchased an old technology telephone and has not exchanged or upgraded it to a new technology phone;
 
   
“Telephone Number” -
  The number of the cellular telephone given to a subscriber or customer who lawfully purchased an old technology phone and connected to the Licensee’s network;
 
   
“Upgrade” -
  Exchanging the software version of the telephone upgrades the telephone, wherein it becomes a new technology phone.
                 
Discontinuation of service     2.     Notwithstanding the aforesaid in section C of chapter E of the General License, the Licensee may discontinue provision of cellular services to eligible customers, provided all the following provisions apply:
 
               
Publication
    3.     (A)   The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the date of cessation of service.
 
t7 Amendment 7
Second Schedule-Appendix K — 1

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix K
                 
 
          (B)   The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of cessation of service.
 
               
Exchange of telephone     4.     The Licensee will exchange an old technology telephone including all accessories thereto, including a hands-off device, for a new technology telephone, including all accessories thereto, for any eligible customer, on the basis of accessory for accessory, including the installation thereof, provided the new technology telephone is of no lesser features than the new technology telephone’s features, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.
 
               
Upgrade     5.     The Licensee will upgrade an eligible customer’s upgradeable telephone, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.
 
               
Telephone number     6.     The Licensee will keep the telephone number allocated to any eligible customer before the date of cessation of service for a period of six months from the date of cessation of service; after this period the Licensee may exchange the telephone number of an eligible customer who did not exchange the old technology telephone to a new technology telephone or did not upgrade an upgradeable phone during that period.
 
               
Notice of Application     7.     The Licensee shall inform the Director in advance and in writing of the day of Discontinuation of Service and of the days of Publication as detailed in sub-sections 3(A) and (B) above and shall furnish the Director with copies of the notices as published.
 
               
Period     8.     The Licensee will fulfill the provisions of sections 4 and 5 above starting on the date of publication prescribed in sub-section 3(A) above for a period of 7 years from the date of cessation of service.
 
               
Conditions of service     9.     The provisions of sections 4, 5 and 6 will be deemed a condition of service, as defined in section 37B.(A)(1) of the Telecommunications Law.
Second Schedule—Appendix K — 2

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix O
Appendix O – Erotic Services t36 effect
1. Definitions
1.1 In this appendix –
     
Licensee -
  One who has been given a general license by the Minister for provision of NDO or cellular services;
 
   
Telephone bill -
  A bill given to the subscriber by the Licensee for services provided;
 
   
Writing -
  Including via facsimile or electronic mail;
 
   
Service number -
  A number of digits allocated to an erotic services provider by the Licensee, given by dialing a telephone number, subject to the provisions of the numbering program and administrative provisions in this matter, the dialing of which, following a dialed prefix, allows the subscriber access to the service;
 
   
Services provider -
  One who provides erotic services via the network, and payment for the service is made through the telephone bill; in the matter of erotic services provided through dialing a telephone number, access to the services is achieved through a service number;
 
   
Erotic promo
  Broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including a recorded message, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, and such message is intended to provide information on a service following or to encourage the use thereof, provided the broadcast of the message or presentation are made without additional charge beyond the charge for a telephone call collected via the telephone bill;
 
  In this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the erotic promo.
 
   
Area code
  A national area code in such model as prescribed by the Ministry for erotic services;
 
   
The network -
  The Licensee’s public telecommunications network.
 
   
Erotic services -
  Audio broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including recorded messages, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, including services for dating, chats, or sending messages between chance callers, designated or serving, even in part, for sexual purposes,
 
A36  Amendment no. 36
effect This amendment will go into effect on the 1 st of Nissan, 5766(March 30, 2006)
Appendix O — 1

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix O
                 
    which are any of the following:
 
               
 
        (1)     A service provided through the dialing of a telephone number given by a service provider;
 
        (2)     An access service to a closed data base of contents including multimedia files, held by the Licensee or by another provider of the service with the Licensee’s consent (hereinafter: the “cellular portal” ).
        In this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the service or for charging for it;
 
               
Payment regulations -   The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Payment for Telecommunications’ Services), 5765 – 2005;
 
               
Special payment -   A price fixed as stated in section 6, which the subscriber is required to pay for erotic services in addition to the regular payment;
 
               
Payment Per time -   A special payment, the rate of which is determined by the amount of time the subscriber used the erotic service;
 
               
Regular payment -   One of the following:
 
               
    (A)   For a call within the network – a payment that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee regarding a call to another subscriber in the same network;
    (B)   For a call from one cellular network to another cellular network or to a NDONDO network – payment as set out in sub-section (A) plus a payment that does not exceed NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);
    (C)   For a call from the Bezeq company network to a cellular network – a charge that does not exceed that prescribed by the letter D in table A in the First Schedule of the Payment Regulations, plus NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);
    (D)   For a call from a NDONDO network, except the Bezeq company network, to a cellular network – a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between NDO subscribers and NDO, with respect to another subscriber number within the same network, plus NIS 0.50 per minute.
    (E)   For erotic services given via the cellular portal – a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee with regard to access service to the cellular portal.
2.   Access through Dialing
 
2.1   Subject to the provisions of section 4, access to erotic services given through dial-up will be made available to subscribers via an area code and service number.
Appendix O — 2

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix O
3.   Allocation of Service Number
 
3.1.   In the matter of erotic services provided by dial-up, the Licensee may allocate a service number to a service provider; in such case, the Licensee will allow the service provider to provide services to both the Licensee’s subscribers as well as subscriber to other licensees.
 
4.   Blocking Access
 
4.1.  
A. A38 A Licensee will block access to erotic services from all end-user equipments connected to the network; without derogating from the aforesaid, for the purpose of blocking access to erotic services given though the cellular portal, the Licensee may make use of a means of blocking, including content filtering programs, provided they efficiently block access to said service.
 
 
B. A38 Should the Ministry of Communications notify the Licensee that an erotic promo is being given through the Licensee’s telephone line or network, without access through a service number, the Licensee will cut off said line, or block the line from receiving incoming calls;
4.2   A subscriber 18 years of age or more may request the Licensee remove a block imposed as described in section 4.1A A38 from his end user equipment.
 
4.3   A request for such removal of a block will be made in writing, or verbally, provided the Licensee has prescribed a procedure allowing accurate identification of the requesting subscriber.
 
4.4   If a subscriber has so requested a block removed, the Licensee will remove the block within a reasonable time, in a manner allowing the subscriber access to erotic services via the end user equipment in his possession.
 
4.5   If a block has been removed for erotic services as stated, and the subscriber requests that his end user equipment again be blocked for such services, the Licensee shall perform the block at the soonest possible opportunity, and by no later than 2 work days from the date of receipt of the subscriber’s request.
 
4.6   The first removal of a block against erotic services, made at the subscriber’s request as stated in sections 4.2 and 4.3 will be made free of charge; the Licensee may charge the subscriber a reasonable fee for any additional blocking access to erotic services or for additional removal of such block, made at the subscriber’s request.
 
5.   Early Registration
 
5.1   Notwithstanding that stated in section 4 above, the Licensee may establish a duty of early subscriber registration for receipt of a password, a submission of which will be a precondition for receipt of erotic services. The provisions of this section do not derogate from the provisions of sections 4.2 and 4.3 above.
 
6.   Special Payment
Appendix O — 3

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix O
6.1   If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the rate shall be fixed by the Licensee or in agreement between the Licensee and the services provider.
 
7.   Charging the Subscriber
 
7.1.   If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the Licensee’s phone bill will show the payment for the service separately from charges for the Licensee’s other services, unless the subscriber has requested otherwise.
 
7.2.   The Licensee shall provide the subscriber, upon demand and within ten (10) working days, details of the special payment for erotic services as follows:
  (A)   The service number the service allocated;
 
  (B)   The date and time service was provided;
 
  (C)   Billing time units – when charging per time – the number of time units charged or the total amount of the special payment; in the case of a charge according to traffic volume (such as MB, KB), the number of volume units transferred;
 
  (D)   The sum charged for the service.
    The Licensee may collect a reasonable fee for specification of the special payment.
 
8.   Mandatory Tender
 
8.1   If a special payment has been fixed for erotic services provided through the network, the Licensee, either himself or via the services provider, will play a recorded message at the beginning of the call, containing the following details:
  A.   The essence of the service;
 
  B.   Rate of special payment for the service, according to payment per time or per traffic volume, as the case may be;
 
  C.   The option to discontinue the service, without charge, before the signal is heard, as stated in section 8.4.
8.2   The recorded message will be played in the language in which the erotic service is provided, in comprehensible language, at a reasonable pace and without recording defects.
 
8.3   At the start of erotic services provided in a language not Hebrew, a message will be played announcing the language in which the service is provided, and after, the recorded message will be played, as stated in sections 8.1 and 8.2, in the language in which the service is provided.
 
8.4   Upon completion of the recorded message, as stated in section 8.1, the caller will have a 5 second interval, at the end of which a signal indicating the start of the erotic services; if the caller disconnected the call before the signal was heard, he will not be charged the special payment. Alternatively, the caller will be asked to press a certain key on his end
Appendix O — 4

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix O
    user equipment in order to confirm that he desires to accept the service, and will be charged the special payment only from the moment he so acts.
 
8.5   If a special payment is fixed for erotic services provided by access to the cellular portal, the Licensee will notify subscribers regarding the price of the service in an obvious and clear manner, providing the subscriber the option to disconnect from the service without being charged the special payment.
 
9.   Licensee –Services Provider Relations
 
9.1   The Licensee may allow a services provider to perform telecommunications operations via its installations in order to provide erotic services; the services provider will be exempt from the duty of obtaining a license for telecommunications services, under the provisions of section 3(5) of the Law.
 
9.2   The Licensee will include the provisions of this appendix, mutatis mutandis, in the agreement between the Licensee and the services provider, in such manner that the services provider will be obligated to fulfill said provisions.
 
9.3   The Licensee will provide the Director with any agreement between such and a services provider, upon demand.
 
10.   Interconnection
 
10.1   The conditions for interconnection between the network and the Licensee’s public telecommunications network, in all matters relating to provision of billing and collection services by one Licensee to another licensee, for purposes of provision of erotic services given via the network to another licensee’s subscriber, will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee; if the parties cannot reach an agreement, the Minister will decide on the matter.
 
10.2   The Licensee will, upon demand, provide the Director with a signed copy of all agreement it has with other licensees in the matter of said interconnection.
 
11.   General
 
11.1   The Licensee will be responsible to handle all erotic services customer complaints, in all matters relating to subscriber access to the service, and problems of billing and collection in connection with the service, and will establish a mechanism for dealing with customer queries for such purpose; the services provider will be responsible to deal with subscriber complaints in regard to service content. If the Licensee himself provides the erotic services, the Licensee will be responsible to handle erotic services customer complaints regarding the service content as well.
 
11.2   The Licensee may not disconnect, stop or harm the basic telephone services of a subscriber who has used erotic services and refuses to pay for such, however, the Licensee may disconnect such subscriber from continued use of the erotic services.
 
11.3   The Licensee may not provide a subscriber’s particulars to another services provider or to others, without the subscriber’s written consent , and only after verification of the authenticity of such consent.
Appendix O — 5

 


 

TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
Second Schedule for Cellcom Israel Ltd. Company’s General License for Cellular Telephone Network (CELLULAR) Services. Consolidated Version as of November 6, 2006.
Appendix O
11.4   A Licensee shall, within three (3) working days, provide any subscriber so requesting the following particulars regarding the services provider, without charge:
  A.   The name and address of the provider;
 
  B.   The telephone number at which such provider may be reached.
11.5   The provisions of this appendix will apply, mutatis mutandis, to provision of erotic services provided as a network service to the Licensee’s subscribers only.
 
11.6   The Licensee may himself provide erotic services, and the provisions of this appendix will apply thereto, mutatis mutandis.
Appendix O — 6

 

 

EXHIBIT 21
List of Significant Subsidiaries
     None, other than subsidiaries which considered collectively would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

 

EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Cellcom Israel Ltd.:
We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the references to our firm under the headings “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in the prospectus. Our report contains emphasis paragraphs noting the following:
1) The consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 have been translated into United States dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. The consolidated financial statements expressed in NIS have been translated into dollars on the basis set forth in Note 2C of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
2) As explained in Note 2B, the financial statements, as of dates and for reporting periods subsequent to December 31, 2003, are presented in New Israeli Shekels, in conformity with accounting standards issued by the Israel Accounting Standards Board. The financial statements for the reporting periods ended prior to, or on the above date, are presented in values that have been adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency through that date, in accordance with pronouncements of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants in Israel.
  /s/ Somekh Chaikin                         
Somekh Chaikin
Certified Public Accountants (lsr.)
Member Firm of KPMG International
Tel Aviv, Israel
January 17, 2007